THE UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS LIBRARY .031 H555m Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2017 with funding from University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign Alternates https://archive.org/details/hillsmanualofsoc00hill_0 HILL’S MANUAL. Chicago; Moses Warren & Co, HILL’S MANUAL OF Social and Business Forms: A lllrittm EMBRACING INSTRUCTION AND EXAMPLES IN Penmanship, Spelling, Use of Capital Letters, Punctuation, Composition, Writing for the Press, Proof-Reading, Epistolary Correspondence, Notes of Invitation, Cards, Commercial Forms, Legal Business Forms, Family Records, Synonyms, Short-Hand Writing, Duties of Secretaries, Parlia¬ mentary Rules, Sign-Writing, Epitaphs, The Laws of Etiquette, Book-Keeping, Valuable Tables of Reference, Writing Poetry, Etc., Etc. IB IT T HI OS. IE. HILL. CHICAGO: MOSES WARREN & CO., Publishers. BOSTON: A. W. STOLP. NEW YORK: WM. H. SHEPARD. CLEVELAND: A. C. ROWE. SAN FRANCISCO: WM. H. SHEPARD & CO. i 8 79 - COPYRIGHT, 1878, By MOSES WARREN & CO. Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year eighteen hundred and seventy seven, by MOSES WARREN & CO., In the office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year eighteen hundred and seventy-six, by MOSES WARREN & CO., In the office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year eighteen hundred and seventy-five, by MOSES WARREN & CO., In the office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year eighteen hundred and seventy-four, by MOSES WARREN & CO., In the office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year eighteen hundred and seventy-three, by MOSES WARREN & CO., In the office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. Issued by subscription only, and not for sale in the bookstores. Residents of any State desiring a copy should address the Publishers, and an Agent will call upon them. SEVENTEENTH EDITION, o 3 1 ^ 5 5 5 ty\J To THE MILLIONS WHO WOULD, AND MAY, anft (©raccfullg tfeprcss tlje ftigljt ^Ijougljt, THIS WORK IS RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED 1 enable the individual to write with ease, and to do the right thing in the right place in many of the important positions in life, is the object of this book. There have been many excellent works heretofore given to the world treating on Penmanship, that admirably served their purpose in their specialty; but the student when done with their study, though proficient in chirography, was yet ignorant of how to use the same in the transaction of business. Good books in abundance have been published on Grammar, Letter-writing, Composition, and various Business Forms, but, though proficient in a knowledge of their contents, the student, often left with a miserable Penmanship, shrinks from making use of this knowledge, because of the disagreeable labor attendant upon a cramped and detestable handwriting. The result sought to be accomplished in this book is to combine both a knowledge of penmanship and its application in the written forms which are in most general use. Added to these are the chapters on collection of debts, parliamentary rules, etiquette and other departments of action, which are calculated to teach how to do in many ot the important social and business relations of life. The Teacher of Penmanship will find its pages replete with information pertain¬ ing to the art of writing. As a treatise on Penmanship, it is more profusely illustrated than any work of the kind now before the public; and though condensed, it is yet sufficiently explicit in detail, and in the consideration of principles, to make the analysis of letters thoroughly understood by the student. The programme ol exercises for a course of writing lessons, together with suggestions relating to the organization and management of the writing class, will be welcomed by young teachers, whose pen¬ manship is sufficiently good to enable them to teach the art, but who fail ol success through lack of knowledge of the course to be pursued in order to interest and enter¬ tain the class after it has assembled. The Teacher of the public or*private school will find abundant use for a manual of this kind in the school-room. The subject of letter-writing — an art almost universally neglected — should be a matter of daily exercise in the recitation - room. The correct form of writing the superscription, the complimentary address, the division into paragraphs, the complimentary closing, the signature, and folding of the VI PREFACE. letter; the letters of introduction, of recommendation, excuse, sympathy, and business — all these practical epistolary forms, such as enter into the every-day transactions of life, should be thoroughly taught in our schools. The gathering of news for the press, the rules and typographical marks for proof¬ reading, the illustrations of printing types, visiting and business cards, notes of invi¬ tation, etc.— all these exercises and more, can be introduced with great benefit to pupils. In short, nearly every chapter of this Manual, much of which has never been published before in any form, can be used to supply practical lessons in the school¬ room. In the business walks of life, a work of this kind has long been required. In penmanship, use of capital letters, punctuation, letter-writing; the forms of notes, bills, orders, receipts, checks, drafts, bills of exchange, articles of agreement, bonds, mortgages, deeds, leases, and wills; in selecting the kind of type in which to print the hand-bill or card ; the marking letters; the law of the different States concerning the limitation of actions, rates of interest, usury, and amount of property exempt from forced sale and execution,— all this and much more contained herein, will be of especial service for reference in the transaction of business. By the lady, much will be found in a Manual of this kind that will particularly serve her in the writing of her social forms. As a text-book and self-instructor in writing, it admirably serves to give her that delicate and beautiful penmanship which pleases the eye as does fine music the ear. The rules of composition, writing for the press, the letter-writing, the marriage anniversaries, the notes of invitation to the cotton, paper, leather, wooden, tin, silk and other weddings; the fancy alphabets for needle-work; the selections for the album, lists of common Christian names, and synonyms, abbreviations, foreign words and phrases, the rules for writing poetry and the laws of etiquette — all these will meet her especial favor. The mistress of the household will find here the form of the testimonial suitable to be given the servant upon his or her departure to seek a situation elsewhere. The mother will find the written excuse to the teacher for the non-attendance of her child at school; the servant, the form of letter when applying for a situation; and the bashful, blushing maiden, the cautious, carefully worded letter, that will aid her in giving expression to the hitherto closely guarded secrets of the heart. The sign-painter has daily use for a reference book of this kind, arranged and adapted, as it is, to the comprehension and wants of the knights of the pencil and brush, with the rules of punctuation, prepared for his especial use, and abundant examples of signs, so as to enable him not only to paint the letters and words beautifully, but to punctuate the same correctly. In this department is given a large number of plain and fancy alphabets, while the book throughout contains beauti¬ ful emblems and different kinds of lettering. The fine specimens of penmanship and pen-flourishing, including round-hand writing, old English, German-text, and orna- PREFACE. yii mental script letters, will particularly please, presenting, as they do, much that is entirely new, calculated to aid the young sign-painter in doing his work elegantly and correctly. The artist in lettering on marble finds in this work a chapter presenting tomb¬ stone inscriptions and epitaphs, giving the modern and best forms of wording by which to perpetuate the memory of the departed. More especially will this be valued by the marble-worker as giving him the grammatical wording of the inscription, the abbreviation of words, and their correct punctuation. The grand and costly monu¬ ment, designed to stand for a thousand years, to be gazed upon by multitudes, and the record that it bears to be read by millions! How important tnat, in this con¬ spicuous place, in such enduring form, the inscription, in grammar, capitalization, and punctuation, should be given absolutely correct. The ornamental scripts, with the plain and fancy alphabets, will also admirably serve the wants of marble-workers. This chapter will likewise assist the mourner who is desirous of selecting an appro¬ priate inscription to mark the last resting place of the departed. The reader will appreciate the forms herein relating to inscriptions suitable for use by the engraver, when marking the spoon, the ring, the cane, the watch, the modest birth-day gift, or the costly wedding present. The engraver will more especially value these examples, from the fact that they enable the customer to select at once the words desired, and the style of lettering in which they shall be executed ; while the forms of punctuation and arrangement of wording will teach the youngest apprentice at the bench how to execute the same correctly. The secretary of the public meeting, the presiding officer, every member of the assemblage; in fact, every American citizen that aspires to discharge the duties of a freeman, will be aided by the chapter on parliamentary rules, the forms of resolutions appropriate for various occasions, petitions to public bodies, etc. The individual who would appear at ease in general society, who would do the right thing at the right time, be self-possessed and free from embarrassment, will appreciate the chapter on etiquette. More especially will this be valued because ol its beautiful and instructive illustrations. The chapter assigned to the writing of poetry, and the dictionary of rhymes, will instruct and aid a certain class; while the poetic selections will be valued by all lovers of poetry, as presenting some of the most beautiful and charming poems in existence. In short, the varied character of this work appeals alike to the wants of the old and young of all classes. Realizing this, the book is launched on the sea of literature with the confident belief that it is demanded, and that it will accomplish its mission of usefulness. 8 Alphabetical Summary of Contents. Page. Abbreviations, Modern List of.240 Ainums, Selections for.....138 Alphabets of Plain and Marking- Letters.282 Articles of Agreement, Forms of_.194 Balls, Rules that should Govern them.148 Bills of Purchase, Form of...193 Bills of Sale, Form of.....196 Bonds, Form of.. 197 Book and Newspaper Type, Sizes and Names of.276 Bookkeeping; Directions for Keeping Books of Account.. . 190 Bathing, Directions for. 170 Beauty, Personal Habits which Make it...170 Blondes, Colors They Should Wear...172 Brunettes, Colors They Should Wear..172 Calls for Public Meetings, Form of..248 Capacity of a Freight Car.... . .229 Capital Letters, Rules for Use of.. . ..52 China Weddings, Form of Invitation to.133 Coal, Where it Comes From.232 Composition, Rules of. 58 Common Christian Names, List of. . ..236 Comparative Value of Different Woods for Fuel ..226 Collection of Debts; Howto Proceed..216 Constitution and By-Laws, Forms of..246 Copyright, Law of. 223 Correcting Proof; Typographical Marks.278 Countries of the World; Population, Size, Government, etc..227 Crystal Wedding, Form of invitation to.133 Calling; When, Where, and How to Call...144 Carriage Riding; Howto Make it Agreeable..165 Church Etiquette; What is Proper.166 Conversation; When, Where and What to Speak.146 Courtship and Marriage; Danger of Mismating.158 Card Playing, Etiquette of... . ..150 Charming Homes; How to make them....177 Colors Suitable for Different Complexions . 172 Colors Suitable to Wear at Different Seasons .. .172 Colors in Dress Most Beautiful at Night.172 Colors in Dress Most Beautiful by Daylight.. . 172 Colors that Contrast, yet Harmonize.173 Courtship; Suggestions Concerning it.159 Days of Grace on Drafts, Notes, etc., in Different States.189 Deeds, Forms of....... .. . . 200 Degrees at which Substances Melt, Boil, Freeze, etc.226 Dictionary of Synonyms, Giving over 11,000 Words. 63 Distances to Principal Cities by Land and Water__ _ 237 Drafts, Forms of.189 Dinner Parties, How to Conduct Them. 153 Engravers’ Inscriptions, Forms of.295 Epitaphs, Forms of.....299 Exemptions from Forced Sale in Different States.212 Extempore Speaking, Directions for...57 Etiquette, Important Rules of Conduct.175 Employer ana Employe, Relations Between.168 Family Records, Form of. 131 Fast Trotters, Time of.... . 2132 Flowers, Language and Sentiment of..234 Foreign Words and Phrases, with Pronunciation.238 Funeral Notice, Form of..136 Feet, How to Care for them.171 Fashion, Hints to Gentlemen. . .173 F'ashion, Hints to Ladies.. . 173 Funerals, Rules for Conducting them..164 Golden Wedding, Form of Invitation to.133 Grammar, Leading Rules of.. . ... 55 Hair, How to Make it Abundant and Beautiful.171 Husbands and Wives; Duty to Each Other...161 Husband’s Duty to Wife. 161 Hand, How to Make it Handsome.171 Horseback-Riding; Cautions and Suggestions.163 Highest Towers, Monuments, etc., in the World. .. 229 How to Teach Writing; Programme of Lessons . . 36 How to Ascertain the Present Value of a Widow’s Dower . 237 Introductions, Directions for. 141 Influence of the Moon on the Growth of Plants.237 Insurance Tables_ 233 Interest Tables; How to Compute Interest.184 Invitation to Receptions, Forms of. 129 Kindness to the Erring.178 Landlord and Tenant; Forms of Leases.202 Largest Churches and Theaters; Their Capacity.229 Page. Letters Accompanying Gifts, Forms of.105 Letters of Advice, Forms of...101 Letters Applying for Situations, Forms of.91 Letters Asking Favors, Forms of.104 Letters of Congratulation, Forms of. 97 Letters of Excuse, Forms of.103 Letters of Friendship and Relationship, Forms of.. 107 Letters of Introduction, Forms of. 99 Letters of Love and Courtship, Forms of... . 112 Letters of Recommendation, Forms of.. 94 Letters of Sympathy, Forms of.95 Letter-Writing; General Directions for Correspondence.79 Limitation of Action in Different States. . . . ..183 Marriage Anniversaries; When to Celebrate Them..132 Marriage Certificate, Form of..127 Marriage License, Form of...126 Marriage Notices, Form of.....128 Men that Went to the War; Number from Each State.232 Metric System of Weights and Measures..215 Mortgages, Forms of. 198 Marriage Ceremonies; How to Conduct Them...160 Notes of Invitation to Weddings and Parties...134 Number of Soldiers Called for during the late Civil War.232 Neighbors; How they may be Improved.176 “No”; Importance of Saying it Politely...168 Oceans, Lakes, Rivers, Mountains; Length, Height, etc..228 Orders, Forms of.. 192 Paper Wedding ; When it Occurs.. .. .—132 Parliamentary Rules for the Use of Public Meetings.259 Partnership; Form of Partnership Agreement.205 Pen and Pencil Flourishing. 280 Penmanship; Rules and Copies . . ... 17 Petitions to Public Bodies, Forms of......252 Poetry, Rules for Writing.302 Population, Area, etc., of Each of the United Stales__227 Population of Cities at last Census. . .230 Precautionary Measures in Transacting Business..216 Presidents of the U. S.; Historical Facts Relating to...229 Presidents of the U. S.; Where they were Educated____232 Principal Exports of Various Countries...228 Promissory Notes, Forms of.....179 Public Celebrations; How to Conduct them. . ...253 Public Meetings; Directions for Conducting them. .256 Punctuation, Rules of___ _ _52 Parental Government, Rules for..—167 Partners for Life; Whom to Marry....158 Proposal of Marriage; How to make it....159 Receipts, Forms of- 192 Resolutions, Forms of. 249 Skin; How to make it Pure and Clear...170 Selections from the Poets; Fifty Standard Poems.. . 319 Senators and Representatives; Numbei from each State.232 Short-Hand Writing, Rules and Copies for....44 Silk Wedding, Form of Invitation to....132 Silver Wedding, Form of Invitation to. . .133 Sign-Writing; Wording and Punctuation... 291 Spelling, Rules and Directions for.. . .48 State Laws Relating to Interest.....183 Strength of Ice.....232 Subscription Papers; How to Draft them......211 Superscriptions on Envelopes, Directions for Writing - -84 Temperaments that Should go Together in Marriage.159 Teetn, How to make them Clean and White—...171 Toilet, Rules and Directions for.. . —169 Tables for Reference; Coins, Value, etc...224 Time Required to Digest Different Kinds of Food.229 Titles; His Excellency, Hon., Rev., Dr., Prof., Esq., etc. 82 Toasts and Sentiments Suitable f6r Public Occasions. 255 Tombstone Inscriptions, Forms of..297 Underscoring; Rules for Italicizing .....54 United States; When, Where and by Whom Settled.228 United States Army; Its Strength at Various Dates..232 Visiting and Business Cards, forms of.. —...137 Vocabulary of Rhymes; Rhyming Dictionary... -. .309 Wages Table; Showing Earnings per Hour, Day, etc...226 Wedding Ceremonies, Etiquette of.—.125 Weights, Measures, Variations of Time, etc. 225 Weights of a Cubic Foot of Metals, Liquids, etc.--.- . 226 Wills, Forms of.206 Wedding Dresses, Directions for.160 Wife’s Duty to Husband.161 Writing for the Press, Rules and Directions for..272 PENMANSHIP. Introductory Remarks, - System of Penmanship,— Copies,— Principles,— Im¬ portance of Practice,— Pens, ... Paper,— Ink,— Other Writing Materials,— How to Practice, ...... Position while Writing, - Position for Sitting and Holding the Pen, Legibility,— Proportion of Small Letters,— Relative Proportion of Letters in Large Round-hand,— Ele¬ ments of Small Letters, - General Hints for Small Letters,— Principles of Capi¬ tal Letters,— Capital Letters, Views ol the Correct Positions for Holding Hand and Pen while Writing, - Views Representing Incorrect Positions for Hand and Pen while Writing, - Nature’s Rules,— Curved Lines,— Proportion, Contrast,— Position of Hand in Flourishing,— Plain Penmanship and Flourishing, ... Correct Position for Standing while Writing, Correct and Incorrect Positions for Sitting and Hold¬ ing the Pen, ..... Small Letters Contrasted, Showing Probable Faults, Right and Wrong, ..... Description of the Plates, .... Lithographic Copies of Alphabets, Figures, Words, and Sentences, ...... Blackboard Flourishing,— Teaching Penmanship,— The Twelve-lesson System, - How to Organize the Writing Class,— How to Main¬ tain Interest, - Lithographic Copies Representing Ladies' Penmanship, Containing Alphabets, Figures, Words, and Senten¬ ces ,— Business Penmanship, Showing Letter of In¬ troduction, ...... How to Arrange Copies,— Commencement of the Writing School, - Programme of Exercises for Each Lesson. First Second, Third, Fourth, and Fifth Lessons, Lithographic Copies Comprising Off-hand Capitals, Round - hand, and Flourishing, - Sixth, Seventh, Eighth, Ninth, and Tenth Lessons, Eleventh and Twelfth Lessons, ... Lithographic Copies Representing Fine Penmanship and Flourishing ,— Pen-pictures of Birds, etc., Suggestions to Teachers, .... 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30-31 32 32-33 33 34 34-35 35 36 36-37 37 38 38-39 39 Concluding Suggestions on Penmanship to Learners,— Reasons Why we should Write Well, - - 40 Blackboard Flourishing,— Chalk and Pencil Drawing, 40-41 Copies for the Writing School, - - - 41 Copies of Ladies’ Epistolary Penmanship, - - 43 SHORT-HAND WRITINC. General Directions for Writing Short-Hand,—Posi¬ tion for Holding the Pen when Writing Short- Hand, ...... 44 SPELLINC. Spelling,—Names of Elementary Sounds,—Letters,— Rules for Spelling,—Classified list of Words of Similar Pronunciation that are Spelled Differently, —Spelling by Sound, .... 48-51 CAPITAL LETTERS. Capital Letters,—Rules for the Use of Capitals, - 52 PUNCTUATION. Examples,— Punctuation Marks,— Rules for Punc¬ tuation, ...... 52-53 Marks of Pronunciation,—Marks Directing Attention, —Underscoring, ..... 54 CRAMMAR. Grammar,—Mistakes Corrected, - - - 55 Slang Phrases and Profanity,—Declamation of Origi¬ nal Composition, ..... 56 Writing as an Aid to Exte.opore Speaking, - - 57 Composition, ...... 58 Brevity in Telegrams, - - - - 59 Rhetorical Figures,—Metaphor,—Allegory,—Personi¬ fication,— Metonymy,—Synecdoche ,—1 rony,—Par- alipsis,—Climax, ----- 60 Allusion,— Exclamation,— Interrogation,— Euphem¬ ism,—Apostrophe,—Vision, - - - 61 Summary,—Laws of Language,—Specific Directions, —Rules of Construction, .... 62 DICTIONARY OF SYNONYMS. Examples Given of over Eleven Thousand Synonym¬ ous Words, Whereby the Writer is Not Only Given the Spelling of all Common Words, but is Enabled with this Table to avoid the Disagreeable Fault of Tautology or Repetition of Words, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78 LETTER-WRITINC. Style and Manner,—Originality, - - - 79 Parts of a Letter,—Purity of Expression,—Form, - 80 lA 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS. Position of the Various Parts,—Complimentary Ad¬ dress to the Business Man,—To the Married Wo¬ man,— To the Unmarried - Woman, — Kinds of Paper to Use,—Form of a Letter, - - 81 Etiquette of Letter-Writing, - - - 82 TITLES. To Royalty,—To Nobility, - - - 82 To Baronets,—To Knights,—Titles of Honor, Profes¬ sion, and Respect, .... 83 SUPERSCRIPTIONS. How to Write Straight on the Envelope, - - 83 Form of Superscription on Envelope, to Circulate within the United States, - - - - 84 Letter to England, 85 Letter to Germany,—Letter to Ireland,—Letter from Germany,—Letter to be Returned in Ten Days,— Suggestions, ..... 86 BUSINESS LETTERS. General Directions,—Ordering Goods, 87 Form of a Letter Ordering Books, — Form of an Order to a Dry-Goods Merchant,—From a Young Man Commencing Business to a Wholesale House, Enclosing Order,—Requesting Information Con¬ cerning the Opening of a Store,—Answer to the Foregoing, ----- 88 Enquiry Concerning Real Estate,— Letters of Res¬ ignation,—Letter Complaining of Error in Bill, —Answer to the Foregoing—An Application for Situation on a Railway,—Recommending a Suc¬ cessor in Business,—Notice of having Forwarded Goods,—Requesting a Friend to make Purchases, 89 Requesting Settlement of Account,—Reply to the Foregoing,—Urging Payment of Rent,—Letter to a Pioneer Settler in the West,—Answer to the Foregoing, ------ 90 APPLICATIONS FOR SITUATIONS. Letters Answering Advertisements,'— Miscellaneous Advertisements,—“Wanted,”—Answer to an Ad¬ vertisement for an Assistant Editor, - - 91 General Directions,—Letter from a Boy Applying for a Clerkship,—From a Young Lady Applying for a Clerkship in a Store,—Answering an Advertise¬ ment fora Book-keeper,—Answering an Advertise¬ ment for a Cook,—Answer to an Advertisement for a Chambermaid,—Application for a Situation as a Gardener, ------ 92 Application for a Situation as a Coachman,—Appli¬ cation from a Governess Answering an Advertise¬ ment,—Requesting Information as to the Character of a Governess,—Favorable Reply to the Foregoing, —Unfavorable Reply to the Foregoing,—Answer¬ ing an Advertisement for an Apprentice to a Dress¬ maker,—Answer to an Advertisement for a Music- teacher, — Answering an Advertisement for an Apprentice to a Printer, 93 LETTERS OF RECOMMENDATION. Recommending a Salesman, — Recommending a School-Mistress,—Recommending a Book-keeper, Recommending a Waiter, — Recommending a Cook,—Recommending a Washerwoman,—Recom¬ mending a Porter,—Declining to Recommend a Cook, ------ 94 LETTERS OF SYMPATHY. Expressions of Condolence, — To a Friend, on the Death of a Husband,—Reply to the Foregoing,— On the Death of a Mother,—On the Death of a Brother, ... 95 On the Death of a Wife,—On the Death of a Sister, —On the Death of a Daughter,—On the Death of an Infant,—On a Sudden Reverse of Fortune, - 96 LETTERS OF CONGRATULATION. Form of a Letter Congratulating a Friend upon Election to Office, ----- 97 Congratulating a Friend upon. Receiving a Legacy,— Congratulating a Gentleman upon his Marriage.— Congratulating a Friend upon the Birth of a Son,— Congratulating a Friend upon the Twenty-fifth Anniversary of his Wedding,—Congratulating a Lady upon her Approaching Marriage,—Congrat¬ ulating a Friend upon passing a Successful School Examination,—Congratulating an Author upon the Success of his Book, — Congratulating a Friend upon Obtaining a Business Situation, - - 98 LETTERS OF INTRODUCTION. General Directions,—Form of Superscribing a Letter of Introduction,—Letter Introducing one Gentle¬ man to Another,—Introducing one Lady to An¬ other,—Introducing a Young Musician to a Lady Friend,—Introducing an Officer to a Brother Officer. 99 Introducing a Gentleman Seeking a Clerkship,—In¬ troducing a Sister to a Schoolmate,—Introducing a Clerk to an Old Fellow-clerk,— Introducing a Student to the Writer’s Mother,—Introducing a Friend to a Member of Congress,—Introducing a Literary Lady to a Publisher,—Introducing a Daughter about to Make a Visit, - - 100 LETTERS OF ADVICE. General Directions,—Letter Advising a Young Lady to Refuse Gifts from Gentlemen, - - - 101 Letter of Advice to a Young Man to Beware of Bad Company,—Advising a Young Gentleman against a Hurried Marriage,—Advice to a Gentleman on the Subject of Plealth,—Advice to an Orphan Boy, 102 LETTERS OF EXCUSE. General Directions,—Letter Apologizing for a Broken Engagement, — Apologizing for Failure to Pay Money Promptly,—Excuse to a Teacher for Non- attendance of Child at School, — Apology for Breaking a Business Engagement, — Apology for Delay in Returning a Book, ... 103 TABLE OP CONTENTS. LETTERS ASKiNC FAVORS. General Directions,—Letter Requesting the Loan of a Book,—Reply Granting the Favor,—Requesting the Loan of Money,—Answer Refusing the Re¬ quest, — Requesting a Letter of Introduction,— Reply Granting the Request,—Requesting the Loan of an Opera-Glass,—Answer Refusing the Request, — Requesting the Loan of a Pistol,—Reply Grant¬ ing the Request, - - - - 104 LETTERS ACCOMPANYING CIFTS. General Directions — Letter Accompanying a Be¬ trothal Gift of a Ring,—Reply to the Foregoing,— Letter Accompanying Photographs, - - 105 Answer to the Foregoing,—Accompanying a Book Sent by the Author,—Answer to the Foregoing,— Accompanying a Bouquet of Flowers to a Lady,— Answer to the Foregoing,—Accompanying a Birth¬ day Gift,—Answer to the Foregoing,—Accompany¬ ing a Donation to a Clergyman,—Answer to the Foregoing,—Accompanying a Gift to a Superin¬ tendent upon Retirement,—Answer to the Fore¬ going, ------ 106 LETTERS OF FRIENDSHIP AND RELATIONSHIP. General Directions, ----- 107 Letter from a Husband, Absent on Business, to his Wife,—From a Young Lady to a Schoolmate just Married,—From a Young Girl, at Boarding-School, to her Mother, ----- 108 Answer of the Mother,—From an Absent Wife to her Husband,—Answer to the Foregoing—From a Servant in the City, to her Parents in the Country, —The Mother’s Reply,—Letter from a Father Re¬ monstrating with his Son, - 109 The Son’s Reply,—From a Married Man to a Friend about to Marry,—From a Young Man Who Has Recently Entered College, — Descriptive Letter From a Young Man at the “Old Home,” to his Parents in the West, - - - - no Descriptive Letter from a Young Lady Visiting Chi¬ cago, to her Parents in the East, - - - in LETTERS OF LOVE AND COURTSHIP. General Directions.—Importance of Care,—Necessity of Caution,—At What Age to Write Love-Letters, —Approval of Parents,—Times for Courtship,— Honesty, - - - - - 112 Marrying for a Home,—Intemperate Men,—Marry¬ ing Wealth,—Poverty,—Confidence and Honor, - 113 Howto Begin the Love-Correspondence,—Letter of a Gentleman to a Lady, Requesting the Privilege of Calling Upon Her,—Favorable Reply,—Unfavora¬ ble Reply,—An Invitation to a Place of Public Amusement,—Reply Accepting,—Reply Refusing, —Reply with Conditions, - 114 Love at First Sight,—Unfavorable Reply,—Favorable Reply,—A Lover’s Good-Bye Before Starting on a Journey,—Reply to the Foregoing,—Letter Asking an Introduction Through a Mutual Friend,—Reply, ■—Letter of Introduction,—To the Father of the Lady, ------ Favorable Reply,—Unfavorable Reply,—Reply Dis¬ carding a Young Man that Uses Tobacco,—Letter to an Entire Stranger,—Unfavorable Reply, Reply More Favorable,—A Personal Advertisement in a Morning Paper,—Remarks, with Advice Con¬ cerning Answers to “ Personals,”—The Reply, Personal Advertisement, — A Gentleman Makes a Frank Acknowledgment, Gushing with Sentiment, and Running Over with Poetry, - Favorable Reply,— From a Gentleman Confessing Change of Sentiment,—Reply to a Young Man Addicted to Intemperance, - One Way of Breaking the Ice,—An Offer of Marriage, —Favorable Reply,—Letter from a Young Man, Who Proposes Marriage and Emigration,—Reply, WEDDING CARDS AND INVITATIONS. General Directions,—Wedding Cards,—Specimens of Cards, ------ Invitations to the Wedding,—General Directions,— Form of Note of Invitation, with Monogram, “At Home ” Cards after the Bridal Tour,—Card of invitation to the Wedding at the Bride’s Residence, —Form of Invitation to the Marriage Ceremony in Church,—Note of Invitation and an “At Home” Card Combined, - Illustration of Wedding Cards, with Tie in the Cen¬ ter,—Illustration of Cards Fastened Together with a Ribbon at the Top,—Note of Invitation to the Marriage Reception,—Note of Invitation to the Reception at the Residence of the Parents of the Bride, the Marriage Ceremony Having Been Pre¬ viously Performed at Church, - WEDDING CEREMONIES. General Remarks, - Marriage License,—The Law of Different States Con¬ cerning the Age at which Parties can Legally Marry, The Ceremony,—Form of Marriage,— Form of Ad¬ dress to the Husband,—To the Wife,—To Both,— Short Form of Marriage,—Marriage Certificate, - MARRIAGE NOTICES. General Directions in Preparing them for the News¬ papers,—Examples of Marriage Notices,—Married, INVITATIONS TO RECEPTIONS. Various Forms of Invitation to Receptions, Parties, and Balls, ------ FAMILY RECORDS. General Suggestions,—The Biography of Children, - Condensed Form of Keeping the Record, 11 115 116 117 11S 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 12 TABLE OF CONTENTS. MARRIACE ANNIVERSARIES. Gold, Silver, and Other Weddings, — At What Time Comes the Cotton Wedding,— The Paper, — The Leather, — The Wooden, — The Woolen,— The Tin, — The Silk,— The Crystal,— The China, — The Sil¬ ver,— The Pearl, — The Ruby,— The Golden, and the Diamond Weddings,— Form of Note of Invita¬ tion to the Silk Wedding, - 132 Invitation to the Crystal Wedding, — Invitation to the China Wedding, — Invitation to the Silver Wed ding, — Invitation to the Golden Wedding, - 133 NOTES OF INVITATION TO PARTIES. General Directions,—Written Note of Invitation to an Intimate Friend, - - - - 134 Invitation to a Lawn Soiree,—Invitation to an Even¬ ing Party,— Answer Declining the Invitation, — Invitation to a Dinner Party,—Answer Accepting the Invitation,— Answer Declining the Invitation,— Invitation to a Halloween Party,—Invitation to an Evening Party, Dancing and Refreshments Speci¬ fied, ------ 135 Familiar Invitation to a Wedding, — Answer Accept¬ ing, — Answer Declining the Invitation, — Party for a Young Lady,— Invitation to a Picnic,— Invitation to a Ball, — Invitation to a Festival, - - 136 FUNERAL NOTICE. General Remarks, - - - - 136 VISITING ANO ADDRESS CARDS. General Directions,— Husband’s Card,—Wife’s Card, — Daughter’s Card, — Address, Wedding, Auto¬ graph and Business Cards, - 137 SELECTIONS FOR THE ALBUM. Prose and Poetic Gems from the best Authors, Selected for Use When Writing in Albums, - - - 138 LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. What to Say and How to Do,— Pleasant Words and Agreeable Manners, - - - - 139 Etiquette of Introductions, — Salutations, — Shopping, —Making Calls, — Conversation,— New Year’s Call¬ ing,—Balls,—Dinner Parties, — Visiting, — Parties, — Courtship and Marriage,— Weddings, — Traveling, — Horseback Riding,-—Funerals,— Carriage-Riding, — At Church,— In the Home, — At School, — On the Street, — Among Neighbors,— Rules of the Toilet, - - - - - 141-178 COMMERCIAL FORMS. Definition of Commercial Terms,—Promissory Notes, 179 The Law Relating to Promissory Notes, — Negotiable Notes, ------ i8 0 Form of Note for Pennsylvania and New Jersey,— Note not Negotiable,—Note of Two or More Per¬ sons, — Note on Demand, - - - 181 Joint Note,— Note Payable in Installments, — Judg¬ ment Note,— Note in Missouri,—Note Payable in Merchandise, — Due Bills, — Form of Guarantee, 182 Abstract of State Laws, Giving Rate of Interest, Penalty for Usury, and Limitation of Actions, - 183 INTEREST TABLES. How to Compute Interest at Any JIate per Cent., - 184-185 BANK FORMS. Importance of Keeping a Bank Account, — Deposit Ticket, — The Pass-Book, .... 186 Form of a Check-Book, - 187 Bills of Exchange, — Set of Foreign Bills of Exchange, — Drafts, - - - - - - 188 Form of a Bank Draft,—Sight Draft, — Time Draft, — Acceptance, — Days of Grace, - - - 189 BOOKKEEPINC. Rules, Directions and Forms for Keeping Books of Account, ig 0 ORDERS. For Money, — For Merchandise,—For Merchandise, not Exceeding in Value a Certain Specified Sum, — For Goods Stored, .... 192 RECEIPTS. For Money on Account,—In Full of All Demands,— In Full of All Accounts, — For Money Advanced on Contract, — For Rent, — For a Note,—For a Note of Another Person, - - - - - 192 BILLS OF PURCHASE. Forms of Bills of Purchase, — Bill of Goods Paid and Receipted,—Bill of Goods Payable by Note in Thirty Days, ..... 193 ARTICLES OF AGREEMENT. General Definition, — Common Form of Agreement, 194 Article of Agreement for Warranty Deed,—Agreement with Clerk for Services, — Agreement for Building a House, 195 Agreement for Sale and Delivery of Personal Property, 196 BILLS OF SALE. General Definition, — Common Form of Bill of Sale, 196 Bill of Sale of Personal Property, - - - 197 BONDS. General Definition,— Common Form of Bond,—Bond of the Cashier of a Bank, .... 197 Bond to a Corporation, .... 198 MORTCACES. General Definition,—Form of a Chattel Mortgage, - 198 Remarks, — Real Estate Mortgage to Secure Payment of Money, - - . - - 199 Proxy. ...... 2 oo TABLE OF CONTENTS. 13 DEEDS. The Laws of Different States Relating to Deeds, — Form of Warranty Deed, with Covenants, - 200 Quit-Claim Deed,—Long Form of Quit-Claim Deed,— with Homestead Waiver, - 201 Release, ------ 202 LANDLORD AND TENANT. The Law Relating to Leasing Property, - - 202 Short Form of a Lease for a House,—Lease of a Dwelling for a Term of Years, with Covenant not to sublet,—Lease of Farm and Buildings thereon, 203 Landlord’s Agreement,—Tenant’s Agreement, — No¬ tice to Quit,—Tenant’s Notice of Leaving, - 204 PARTNERSHIP. General Suggestions Relating to Partnerships, - 204 Form of Partnership Agreement, - - - 205 WILLS. General Definition, and Law Relating to Wills, - 206 Codicils, ------ 207 General Form of a Will for Real and Personal Prop¬ erty, — Codicil, ----- 208 Short Form of Will, — Form of Will, where Property is Left to Wife Absolutely,—Form of Will, with En¬ tire Property Left to Wife, for Life or Widowhood, with Disposition of the same after her Marriage or Death, Provision being made for Maintaining Chil¬ dren, etc., — Legacies to Executors, - - 209 Nuncupative Will, — Affidavit to the Foregoing, — A Short Form of Will, Conveying the Entire Real and Personal Property to the Wife of the Testator, — Clauses for Insertion in Wills, — Cancelling Debts that are or may be due, - - - - 210 Desiring that Difference of Opinion about Provisions of the Will be Settled by Arbitrators, — Providing that the Wife shall have the Custody of the Chil¬ dren, and Appointing a Guardian in case of her Death, - - - - - 211 SUBSCRIPTION PAPERS. General Directions for Writing them,—Form of a Subscription Heading, - - - - 211 EXEMPTIONS FROM FORCED SALE. Abstract of State Laws, Showing the Amount of Real Estate and Personal Property Exempt from Sale and Execution in each State in the Union, - 212 HOW TO COLLECT A DEBT. What to do when Necessary to Settle an Account by Legal Process, — Outline of Proceedings by Moral Suasion and Legal Means when Collecting a Debt, — How Debts are Made, — General Suggestions on the Best Methods of Doing Business, Precautionary Measures to be Taken in the Transaction of Busi¬ ness, - - - - - - 216 Attachment of Goods, — The Trial,—Attaching the Body, — Form of Capias, — Form of Bond for Capias, — Form of Special Bail, — Who is Exempt from Arrest,— Suing the Garnishee, — Levying upon Real Estate, — Appealing to Higher Courts, - - 219 How Soon the Debt may be Collected, — Expense of Lawsuits, — Collecting Large Amounts, — The Laws of Different States, - - - - 220 POWER OF ATTORNEY. General Form of Power of Attorney,—Letter of Sub¬ stitution Appended to Power of Attorney, — General Power of Attorney to Collect Debts, — Letter of Revocation, - - - - - 221 DUTIES OF CORONERS. Form of Verdict of Coroner’s Jury in Case of Murder, ■—Verdict in Case of Suicide,—Verdict in Case of Natural Death, ----- 222 REPORTS OF COMMITTEES. Form of a Majority Report,—Form of a Minority Re¬ port, — Report of the Treasurer of an Association, 222 Report of a Special Committee, — Report of a Com¬ mittee at an Agricultural Fair, - - - 223 COPYRIGHT. Directions for Securing Copyright under the Revised Act of Congress, - 223 TABLES OF REFERENCE. Foreign and United States Gold Coins, Their Weight, Fineness and Value, Assayed in the United States Mint, — Foreign and United States Silver Coins, — Weights and Measures, - 224-225 WEIGHTS, MEASURES, HEAT AND COLD. Weights of Metals, — Weights of Woods, — Degrees of Heat and Cold, — Ages of Animals,—Value of Woods for Fuel, ------ 226 WACES TABLE. Amount of Wages per Hour and per Day, when Work¬ ing at any Rate per Week, - 226 POPULATION OF THE UNITED STATES. Growth of the States in the Past Ten Years, 227 POPULATION OF DIFFERENT COUNTRIES. Population, Area, Number of Persons to the Square Mile, Capital, Religion and Government, of the Principal Countries of the World, - - - 227 CEOCRAPHICAL AND HISTORICAL TABLES. Population of the Earth, — The World’s Highest Mountains, — The Earth’s Longest Rivers, — The Largest Oceans, Seas and Lakes,—Exports of Va¬ rious Countries,—When, Where and by Whom Each of the United States was Settled, - - - 228 14 TABLE OF CONTENTS. IMPORTANT FACTS. Name, Place of Residence, Age, When Elected, Length of Time in Office, etc., of the Presidents of the United States, — Height of Monuments, Towers, etc.,— Capacity of Large Rooms, — Periods of Di¬ gestion, — Origin of Plants,— Quantity of Seed to Plant a Garden, .... - 229 POPULATION OF CITIES. Population of the Principal Cities of the World, — The Population of All the Principal Cities in the United States, at the Last Census, Compared with the Census of Ten Years Before, - - - 230 UNITED STATES PUBLIC DEBT. Expenditures and Public Debt of the United States Each Year, from the First Report to the Present Time, - - - - 231 IMPORTANT FACTS FOR REFERENCE. Number of Men from each State who went to the war, — Number of Men called for,— Strength of the Army, — Strength of Ice, — Number of Electors and Congressional Representatives that each State is Entitled to,— Education of the Presidents of the United States, — Time of Fast Trotters,— Where we get Coal, 232 BOARD AND INSURANCE TABLES. Tables Showing the Cost of Board per Day, — Tables Showing Proportionate Cost of Insurance at Short Rates, ...... 233 “CIVEN” NAMES OF PEOPLE. Given Names of Men and Women, in Ordinary Use, 236 DISTANCES, EXPECTATION OF LIFE., Etc. Distances from New York to the Principal Cities of the World,— Expectation of Life,—Influence of the Moon on the Growth of Plants, - - - 237 FOREICN WORDS AND PHRASES, Latin Words and Phrases, — French Words . and Phrases, with Pronunciation, - - - 238 Spanish Words and Phrases, — Italian Words and Phrases, ...... 239 LIST OF MODERN ABBREVIATIONS. Abbreviations Alphabetically Arranged for Use in Writing, - - - 240-241-242-243-244-245 CONSTITUTIONS AND BY-LAWS. General Directions Relating to Drafting Constitu¬ tions, ...... 246 Form of Constitutions, By-Laws, and Order of Exer¬ cises when Conducting a Meeting, - - - 247 CALLS FOR PUBLIC MEETINCS. Forms of Wording in Calling Public Meetings,— Forms of Headings,— Examples,— “ Democratic Rally,” — “School Meeting,”—“Old Settlers’ Re¬ union,” — “Firemen’s Review,”— “Woman Suffrage Convention,” — “Hot for Horse Thieves,”— “Rail¬ road Meeting,” - 248 “ Fourth of July,” — “Shall We Have an Agricultural Fair?”—“Eight Hour Meeting,”— “Temperance Convention,” —“ Vermonters, Attention ! ” - 249 RESOLUTIONS. Forms of Resolutions Appropriate for Many Occa¬ sions, ..... 249-250-251-252 PETITIONS. General Suggestions,— Petitions to a City Council, — For Opening a Street, — Remonstrating Against a Nuisance,- — Asking fora Policeman,— Petitions to the State Legislature, — Petition from Farmers Asking for the Extermination of the Canada Thistle, — Petition from Farmers, Relative to Stock Running at Large, — Petition to the Governor, Ask¬ ing for the Pardon of a Criminal, - - - 252 PUBLIC CELEBRATIONS. General Suggestions Concerning Arrangements,— Fourth of July, — Calling a Meeting to Learn the Feeling of the People, .... 253 Appointment of the Necessary Officers and Commit¬ tees to Make the Celebration a Success,— Public Dinners,— Picnics and Festivals, - - - 254 TOASTS AND SENTIMENTS. Examples, — For a Christmas Dinner, — For a Thanks¬ giving Festival, — For the Fourth of July, — For a Wooden Wedding,— For the Tin Wedding, — For the Crystal Wedding, — For the Silver Wedding,— For the Golden Wedding, .... 255 PUBLIC MEETINCS. How to Call, Organize, and Conduct Public Assem¬ blies,— General Directions Relating to the Prelim¬ inary Steps to be Taken, in Order to Call a Public Meeting, — Form of Call for a Meeting, . - 256 Selection of a Chairman,—Appointment of a Secre¬ tary,—Order of Business,— Committee on Resolu¬ tions, ...... 257 Adjournment, — The Secretary’s Report, — Govern¬ ment of Conventions, .... 258 PARLIAMENTARY RULES. Rules of Order in Conducting Public Meetings, - 259 260-261-262-263-264-265 266 267-268-269-270-271 TABLE OE CONTENTS. 15 WRITING FOR THE PRESS. General Directions, — Local Reporting, Important Reportorial Qualifications, — Subjects of Local and General Interest,— Items for the News¬ paper, ..... RESULTS OF BAD PENMANSHIP. The Difficulties, Perplexities and Loss of Time Re¬ sulting from the Use of Bad Penmanship, - NAMES OF SIZES OF BOOKS. Books,— Names of the Different Sizes, — Illustrations and Explanations of the Folio,— Quarto (4to.),— Octavo (8vo.), — Duodecimo_Jl2mo.), etc., - BOOK AND NEWSPAPER TYPE. Brilliant, — Diamond,— Pearl, — Agate,— Nonpariel,— Minion, ...... Brevier, — Bourgeois, — Long Primer,— Small Pica,— 1 Pica, — English, — Great Primer,—Two-Line Small Pica, ...... DIRECTIONS FOR READING PROOF. Typographical Marks, — Explanations of the Correc¬ tions, --.... Marks Used in Correcting Proofs, ALPHABETS OF PLAIN AND FANCY LETTERS. Directions for Making Letters,—Examples of Differ¬ ent Styles of Letters, with Alphabets Complete, prepared for the Use of Sign-Writers,—Marble- Workers,—Engravers, and Others, SICN-PAINTINC. Illustrations of the Proper Wording and Punctuation in Sign-Writing,—General Directions in Punctua¬ tion for the Special Use of Sign-Painters, - ENGRAVERS’ INSCRIPTIONS. Wording and Punctuation of Inscriptions for Engrav¬ ing, TOMBSTONE INSCRIPTIONS. General Directions, — Examples Showing Correct Wording and Punctuation,—Brief Epitaphs, EPITAPHS. Selections from the Poets,—Brief Extracts from the Best Poems, Suitable to Accompany Tombstone Inscriptions, - POETRY. Poetry Defined,—Examples of Poetry in Prose,— “ The Old Church,” .... Versification,— Blank Verse,— Examples of Rhyme, and Blank Verse, - Accent and Feet,— Meters,—Tambic Feet,—Long, Short, and Common Meter, - 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 291 295 297 299 302 303 304 Trochaic Verse,—Examples,—Anapestic Verse,—Ex¬ amples, ------ 305 Dactylic Verse,— Examples,— Other Kinds of Poetic Feet,—Poetical Pauses, - 306 Vaiieties of Poetry,— Epic, — Dramatic, —Lyric, — Elegiac, Pastoral, and Didactic Poetry,—Kinds of Poems,— Odes,— Paeans,— Ballads, - - 307 Epigrams,— Sonnets,— Cantatas,— Charades, — Can¬ zonets, — Epitaphs, — Satires, — Parodies, — Pro¬ logues,—Epilogues,—Impromptus,—Acrostics, - 308 VOCABULARY OF RHYMES. The Poet’s Assistant in Making Rhyme, being a Com¬ plete Collection of all Words that Rhyme, - 309 SELECTIONS FROM THE POETS. Examples of Beautiful Poems,—“ Eternal Justice,” by Charles Mackay, - - - - - 319 “ Hereafter,”—“ The Planting of the Apple-Tree,” by Wm. C. Bryant, ----- 320 “Cleon and I,” by Charles Mackay, — “Hannah Jane,” by Petroleum V. Nasby, ... 321 “ The Motherless Turkeys,” by Marian Douglas, - 323 “ Betsy and I are Out,” by Will M. Carleton, - 324 “ How Betsy and I Made Up,” by Will M. Carleton, 325 “ Weighing the Baby,” by Ethel Lynn,—“ The Old Oaken Bucket,” by Samuel Woodworth,—“ On the Other Side,” ----- 326 “ Maud Muller,” by John G. Whittier, - - 327 “ Rock Me to Sleep, Mother,” by Florence Percy,— “ Katie Lee and Willie Gray,” - -' - 328 “ Never Again,”—“ If I Should Die To-Night,” - 329 “ The Lost Steamship,” by Fitz-James O’Brien,— “ There Is No Such Thing as Death,” - - 330 “ The Vagabonds,.” by J. T. Trowbridge, - - 331 “ Two Little Pairs,”—“Which Shall It Be?” - 332 “ The Little Boy That Died,” by Joshua D. Robin¬ son,—“ Heaven by Littles,” - - - 333 “ There’s But One Pair of Stockings to Mend To- Night,”—“Absence,” by Frances Anne Kemble, 334 “Elegy Written in a Country Church-Yard,” by Thomas Gray - 333 “You and I,”—“Little Feet,” by Florence Percy, - 336 “ The Wants of Man,” by John Quincy Adams, - 337 “ The Evening Bells,” by Thomas Moore, - - 339 “Words for Parting,” by Mary Clemmer Ames,— “ The Sculptor Boy,” - 339 “ The Closing Scene,” by Thomas Buchanan Read,— “ Love Lightens Labor,” - 340 “ Birth-Spot Memories,” by George D. Prentice,— “Oh! Why Should the Spirit of Mortal be Proud ?” 341 “Roll-Call,”—“Over the Hill from the Poor-House,” by Will M. Carleton, - 342 “ A Message,” by Eben E. Rexford,—“ Changes,”— "We Parted in Silence,” by Mrs, Crawford, - 344 “ Rain on the Roof,” by Coates Kinney,—“Over the River,” by Nancy Amelia Priest, - - - 345 PAGE. Gentlemen’s Position for Sitting while Writing, 20 Ladies’ Position for Sitting while Writing, - 21 Correct Positions for the Hand while Writing, 24 Incorrect Positions for the Hand while Writing, 25 The Bird Among the Flowers, - - - 26 Position of the Hands and Pen when Flour¬ — Eagle and Birds, — Birds and Swan, writing Short-hand, ishing, ------- Position for Standing while Writing, - Correct and Incorrect Positions for Sitting while Writing, ..... Specimens of Flourishing Specimens of Flourishing Position of the Pen while The Package of Letters, The Friendship Letter, The Wedding, The Cottage Home, The Reception, - - - - - -139 The Introduction, ..... 141 Shaking Hands, ------ 143 Ung raceful Positions, - - - - - 144 Gentility in the Parlor, .... 143 The New Years’ Call, - - - - -147 The Table Set for Dinner, .... 151 2 7 28 29 40 4 1 44 - 79 - 107 - I2 5 - 120 PAGE. The Plate and its Surroundings, - - - 151 Bad Manners at the Table, - - - - 132 Gentility in the Dining-Room, - - - 1 53 Improper Position for Holding Knife and Fork,.154 Proper Position for Holding Knife and Fork, 154 Position for Holding Cup and Spoon, - - 154 The Visitor Who Smokes in the Parlor, - 157 Interior of a Railway Carriage, - - - 162 The Horseback Ride, - - - - - 163 Assisting the Lady into the Carriage, - - 165 Alighting from the Carriage, - - - 165 The Street Promenade, - - - - 1 74 High Fences Between Neighbors, - - 176 Charming, Beautiful Homes, - - - 177 The Exempted Homestead, - - - - 212 Public Assemblage in Session, ... 256 Books of Different Sizes, .... 275 The Sign-Painter, - - - - - 291 The Engraver at Work, .... 295 The Funeral Procession, .... 297 Entrance to Washington’s Tomb at Mount Vernon, ...... 299 Artist’s Brook,.302 STEEL PLATE PORTRAIT OF THE AUTHOR. FRONTISPIECE. PAGE. Alphabets, Words and Figures, - - -32 Words and Sentences, - - - - ’33 Ladies’ Fine Epistolary Penmanship, - *34 Business Writing — Letter of Introduction, - 35 Off-hand Cajjitals — The SwoojDing Eagle, - 36 Round Hand German Text Alphabet—Scroll, 37 PAGE. Fine Specimens of Flourishing, with Gems of Penmanship, - - - - 3S “The Birds,” an Elegant Full-page Specimen of Pen Flourishing, - - - 39 Pen and Pencil Flourishing - - - 2S0 Specimens of Ornamental Cards, - - 2S1 RITING is the art of placing thought, by means of written characters, upon any object capable of receiving the same. The origin of this art is com¬ pletely veiled in obscurity, no history giving authentic account of its first introduc¬ tion and use. Its first recorded mention is in the Bible, wherein it is said, referring to the prep¬ aration of the Ten Commandments by Moses on Mount Sinai, that “ The Tables were written on both their sides.” Fifteen hundred years before Christ,Cadmus, the Phoenician, had introduced letters into Greece, being sixteen in number, to which several were afterwards added. It is certain that the Greeks were among the very earliest of the nations of the earth to invent and make use of written characters for the record of ideas, which could be clearly interpreted by succeed¬ ing generations; though the invention of the art came from the advancing civilization of man¬ kind, and had its origin with various nations; at first in the form of hieroglyphics, or picture writing, which characters have, as mankind progressed, been simplified, systematized, and arranged in alphabets, giving us the various alphabetical characters now in use. Writing and penmanship, though nearly synonymous terms, are quite different in mean¬ ing. Writing is the expression of thought by certain characters, and embraces penmanship, spelling, grammar and composition. r ENMANSHIP is the combina¬ tion of peculiar characters used to represent the record of thought; and having, since its first invention, continued to change its form down to the present time, so it is probable the style of penmanship will continue to change in the future. The great defect existing in the present system of pen¬ manship is the superabundance of surplus marks, that really mean nothing. This fault, along with our defective alphabet, consumes in writing, at present, a great amount of unneces¬ sary time and labor. Thus, in writing the word Though, we make twenty-seven motions, whereas, being but two sounds in the word, we actually require but two simple marks. That style of writing whereby we use a character to represent each sound, is known as phonography, which system of penmanship enables the penman to write with the rapidity of speech. The phonetic or phonographic system of spelling, wherein each sound is represented by a character, gives us the nearest approach to a perfect alphabet in existence, and is the method of spelling and the style of writing to which we will, beyond question, ultimately attain. It has been found extremely difficult, how¬ ever, to suddenly change a style of alphabet in general use in a living language; and the mass of the American and English people will, with¬ out doubt, use the present style of penmanship, 2 18 PENMANSHIP ILLUSTRATED. with various modifications, many decades in the future. To the perfection of that system in general use, in the English and American method of writing, which the present genera¬ tion will be most likely to have occasion to use throughout their lifetime, this work is directed, as having thus the most practical value ; though Short-hand is illustrated elsewhere. System of Penmanship. Two styles of penmanship have been in use, and each in turn has been popular with Americans in the past fifty years; one known as the round hand, the other as the angular writing. The objection attaching to each is, that the round hand, while having the merit of legibility, requires too much time in its exe¬ cution ; and the angular, though rapidly written, is wanting in legibility. The best teachers of penmanship, of late, have obviated the objec¬ tions attaching to these different styles, by com¬ bining the virtues of both in one, producing a semi-angular penmanship, possessing the legi¬ bility of the round hand along with the rapid execution of the angular. To the Duntons, of Boston, and the late P. R. Spencer, as the founders of the semi-angular penmanship, are the people indebted for the beautiful system of writing now in general use in the schools throughout the country. Copies. The copies, accompanied by directions in this book, will be found ample in number and sufficiently explicit in detail to give the student a knowledge of writing and flourishing. In acquiring a correct penmanship it is not the practice of many different copies that makes the proficient penman, but rather a proper understanding of a few select ones, for a few copies embrace the whole art. As will be seen by an examination of the copy plates, each letter of the alphabet is made in a variety of styles, both large and small, suc¬ ceeded by words alphabetically arranged in fine and coarse penmanship, which are excellently adapted to the wants of both ladies and gentle¬ men, according to the dictates of fancy in the selection of coarse and fine hand. As a rule, however, the bold penmanship, indicating force of character, will be naturally adopted by gentlemen, while the finer hand, exhibiting delicacy and refinement, will be chosen by the ladies. Principles. The principles of penmanship, also repre¬ sented, give the complete analysis of each letter, while the proper and improperly made letters, representing good and bad placed side by side, will have a tendency to involuntarily improve the penmanship, even of the person who makes a casual examination of the letters of the alphabet thus made in contrast. The illustrations of curves, proportions and shades that accompany these directions should also be carefully studied, as a knowledge of these scientific principles in penmanship will be found of great service to the student in giving a correct understanding of the formation of letters. Importance of Practice. It is not sufficient, however, that the student merely study the theory of writing. To be pro¬ ficient there must be actual practice. To con¬ duct this exercise to advantage it is necessary to have the facilities for writing well. Essen¬ tial to a successful practice are good tools with which to write. These comprise the following writing materials: Pens. Metallic pens have generally superseded the quill. They are of all styles and quality of metal, gold and steel, however, being the best. In consequence of its flexibility and great dur¬ ability, many prefer the gold pen; though in point of fine execution, the best penmen prefer the steel pen, a much sharper and finer hair line being cut with it than with the gold pen. SELF-INSTRUCTOR IN PENMANSHIP. 19 Paper. For practice in penmanship, obtain of the stationer five sheets of good foolscap paper. Midway from top to bottom of the sheet, cut the paper in two, placing one half inside the other. Use a strong paper for the cover, and sew the whole together, making a writing-book. Use a piece of blotting paper to rest the hand on. The oily perspiration constantly passing from the hand unfits the surface of the paper for receiving good penmanship. The hand should never touch the paper upon which it is designed, afterwards, to write. Ink. Black ink is best. That which flows freely, and is nearest black when first used, gives the most satisfaction. The inkstand should be heavy and flat, with a large opening, from which to take ink, and not liable to tip over. The best inkstand is made of thick out glass, enabling the writer to see the amount of ink in the same, and shows always how deep to set the pen when taking ink from the stand. Care should be observed not to take too much ink on the pen ; and the surplus ink should be thrown back into the bottle, and never upon the carpet or floor. Close the bottle when done using it, thus preventing rapid evaporation of the ink, causing it soon to become too thick. Other Writing Materials. An important requisite that should accom¬ pany the other writing materials is the pen wiper, used always to clean the pen when the writing exercise is finished, when the ink does not flow readily to the point of the pen, or when lint has caught upon the point. A small piece of buckskin or chamois skin, obtained at the drug store, makes much the best wiper. The student should be provided with various sizes of paper, for different exercises to be written, such as commercial forms, letters, notes of invitation, etc., with envelopes to correspond in size; together with lead-pencil, rubber, ruler, and mucilage. Thus provided with all the materials necessary, the writing exercise, which otherwise would be an unpleasant task, becomes a pleasure. How to Practice. Having the necessary materials in readiness for writing, the student should set apart a cer¬ tain hour or two each day for practice in pen¬ manship, for at least one month, carefully observing the following directions : See Plate 1. Carefully examine each copy on this plate. Devote one page in the writing book to the practice of each copy. Commence with copy No. 1. The practice of this copy is an important exercise for two reasons, being : first, to give sufficient angularity for rapidity in writing; and second, to give freedom of move¬ ment. The student who carries a heavy, cramped hand, will find great benefit result from practic¬ ing this copy always at the commencement of the writing exercise. Rest the hand on the two lower fingers — never on the wrist, and rest the body and arm lightly upon the fore¬ arm. Assume thus a position whereby the pen can take in the entire sweep of the page, writing this exercise, in copy No. 1, from the left to the right side of the page, without removing the pen from the paper while making the same. The student may write both with pen and lead-pencil, and should continue the practice of this exercise until perfect command is obtained of the fingers, hand and arm ; and all evidence of a stiff, cramped penmanship dis¬ appears. Copy No. 2 is a contraction of copy No. 1, making the letter 'Wl. Great care should be used in writing this letter to make the several parts of the same, uniform in height, size, and slope ; ^ the downward slope of all the letters being at an angle of 52 degrees. See diagram illustrating slope of letters. 20 PENMANSHIP ILLUSTRATED. N object early to be attained, is to acquire an easy, graceful and healthful position of body while sitting or standing, when writing. To obtain this, the writer should sit with the right side to the desk, using a table so high as to compel the body to sit erect. Rest the arm lightly upon the elbow and fore¬ arm, and the hand upon the two lower fingers, the wrist being free from the desk. Allow the body and head to incline sufficiently to see the writing, but no more. Maintain a position such as will give a free expansion of the lungs, as such posture is absolutely indispensable to the preservation of health. A desk or table, with a perfectly level surface, is best for writing. Where a decided preference is manifested for sitting with the left side, or square, to the desk, such position may be taken. If the desk slopes considerably, the left side is preferable. Avoid dropping the body down into an awkward, tiresome position. If wearied with continued sitting, cease writing. Lay down the pen, step forth into the fresh air, throw back the arms, expand the chest, inflate the lungs, and take exercise. When work is again resumed, maintain the same erect position, until the habit becomes thoroughly fixed of sitting gracefully and easily, while engaged in this exercise. T SELF-INSTRUCTOR IN PENMANSHIP. 21 O secure the correct slope of a plain, rapid penmanship, when writing, keep the paper at right angles with the arm, holding the same in position with the left hand, the edge of the paper being parallel with edge of the desk. Hold the pen between the thumb and second finger, resting against the corner of the nail, with the fore¬ finger on the back of the pen, for the purpose of steady¬ ing it; having the thumb sufficiently bent to come opposite the forefinger joint, the two last fingers being bent under, resting lightly on the nails. Avoid dropping or rolling the hand and pen too much to one side, thereby causing one point of the pen to drag more heavily than the other, thus producing a rough mark in writing. A smooth stroke indicates that the pen is held correctly; a rough one tells us when the position is wrong. Sit sufficiently close to the desk to avoid the necessity of leaning for¬ ward or sidewise in order to reach the same, and occupy a chair that gives support to the back, using a table large enough to comfortably hold all the writing materials that are necessary when writing. PENMANSHIP ILLUSTRATED. 22 Copy No. 3 shows (see Plate I) the dddy in words, and illustrates the distinction that should he made between the several letters, to make writing plain. See “ Description of the Plates.” Legibility. Legibility is of the greatest importance in penmanship ; and care should be observed to make each letter very distinctly what it is designed to be. While practicing with a view to improvement, the student should beware of writing too fast. The copies are very simple, and are easily imitated by the student who may give the subject earnest attention and care. Proportion of Small Letters. The following diagrams represent the relative proportion of the capital and small letters. As will be seen in the diagram for the finer hand, there are eight lines, containing seven spaces. In the middle space are made the contracted letters which occupy one space, excepting d and & which are a little higher. The ^ d/ and ft are each of the same height; extend the same distance below the line. The loop letters are all of the same length above and below the line, the loop being two thirds the length of the letter. Capitals are of the same height as the loop letters above the line. RELATIVE PROPORTION OF LETTERS IN LARGE, ROUND HAND. Elements of Small Letters. I»y examination of the small letters of the alphabet, it is seen that they can be resolved into a few fundamental elements (or principles, as they are called by many teachers), being five in number, as follows : V z d 5 < The 1st principle, •£, is found in the following letters, viz : last of d/y completely in the •£, in theyV, with the lower part omitted ; last of the 'fjy first of the d and dy completely in the completely in the dd and last of did. The 2nd principle, forms the first of ddd y dd and upper part of d. The 3rd principle, *2, forms the lower part of fd y the lower part of last of dddy dd and ^t and first of ddy did, £, loop too long ; lower part spreads too much. / AA'rong. Right. 1st/is crooked. 2nd /, loop too broad and too long. yyty y^yy Wrong, i Right. 1st m lacks uniformity of slope and appearance. 2nd i7i lacks uniformity of height, and too angular. yyv y&y "Wrong. Right. 1st e , loop too small. 2nd e, loop too large. Wrong. Right. 1st / is crooked. 2nd / has a loop too long, top and bottom. Wrong. 7 Right. 1st g is left open at the top. It resembles a y. 2nd contains a loop at the top. Wrong. Right. 1st Ji is crooked. 2nd h has a loop too long. 'Z Right. Wrong. 1st i has no dot, and the lines unite too low. 2nd i has the dot too near the letter ; the lines are not sufficiently united. Wrong, Right. 1st n lacks uniformity of slope. 2nd n resembles a u with first part too high. Wrong. Right. 1st o is left open at the top and resembles a v. 2nd o contains a loop. Wrong. / Right. 1st p is crooked. 2nd p has been patched and is badly shaded. A f /L Zr Wrong. / Right. 1st /, not crossed, is too round at the bottom, with bad connecting line. 2nd t slopes too much. yyy AVrong. Right. 1st u resembles an n. 2nd u is irregular in height. y^ r AVrong. d U'■ Right. 1st v is too angular at the top and bottom. 2nd v spreads too much. ■m Wrong. Right. 1st w is too angular. 2nd w is irregular in height. ^ * Wrong. Right. 1st x is spread too much. 2nd x is too angular. 7 Wrong. Right. lst^ is too high in the first part. 2nd y slopes too much. Wrong. Right. 1st q is left open at the top. 2nd q contains a loop in the top. y-c 7 Wrong. Right. 1st r contains a loop. 2nd r is too flat. s / Wrong. Right. 1st z has a loop at the top. 2nd z slopes too much. Wrong. Right. The dollar mark should have parallel lines being crossed by a character similar to the letter S. SELF-INSTRUCTOR IN PENMANSHIP. 31 CAPITALS CONTRASTED, SHOWING PROBABLE FAULTS. RIGHT AND WRONG. & Wrong. Right. 1st A is too broad at the top. 2nd too much resembles the small a. Wrong. Right. 1st B has a bad capital stem. 2nd B , like the first. Is too large at the top. Wrong. Right. 1st Chas the loop too large, with base too small 2nd C contains an angle. Wrong. Right. 1st J is crooked. 2nd J is too broad at the top, and contains a bad loop at the bottom. W rong. Right. 1st K has a bad capital stem. 2nd K has an angular capital stem, and spreads too much. Wrong. Right. 1st .S' has the loop too small at the top. 2nd .S' has the loop too large at the top. J'-y Wrong* It i gilt. 1st T has a bad capital stem. 2nd T has a bad top. "Wrong. Right. Wrong. Right. 1st D contains several angles. 2nd D is out of proportion. Wrong. Right. 1st E contains angles. 2nd A, out of proportion by being too large at the top. < 5 ^ Wrong. 1st L loop too large in upper part. 2nd L has the loop in the top too small. 0k Wrong. Right. 1st M spreads too much at the top and has a bad capital stem. 2nd M is too close at the top, has a bad capital stem, the last O part spreading too much. cA Wrong. Right 1st N has a bad capital stem, being too long and angular. 2nd N is out of proportion by spreading too much at the top. Right. 0 k 1st A has the top too far to the left. 2nd F con¬ tains both a bad top and capital stem. Wrong. Right. 1st G is too small at the top. 2nd G is too large at the top . k/ (0/" Wrong. Right. 1st H has a bad capital stem. 2nd H resembles an X . Wrong. Right. 1st O is too slim. 2nd O contains an angle at both top and bottom. Right. Wrong. 1st P is too small at the top. 2nd /’has the top too large. & 0 Wrong. Right. 1st Q contains angles. 2nd Q is too large at the top. "Wrong. Right. 1st I is too broad, and has the loop too large. 2nd / has a bad capital stem. Wrong. Right. 1st R is too large at the top. 2nd R contains angles. cr Wrong Right. 1st U contains angles in the upper part. 2nd U spreads too much at the top. 2 - Wrong. Right. 1st V contains angles. 2nd /'spreads too much at the top. Wrong. Right. 1st W contains angles in the upper portion of the first of the letter. 2nd IV is out of proportion by having too much slope. Dir Wrong Right. 1st X contains several angles where there should be none. 2nd X is spread too much. £ Wrong. Right. 1st Y has the top too long. 2nd Y is too small at the top. Wrong. Right. 1st Z resembles a small letter y. 2nd Z is also illegible. Wrong. Right. 1st character & is too slim. 2nd character spreads too much. Both slope badly. PENMANSHIP ILLUSTRATED. 32 DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES. VERY Copy on Plates Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4 should be written with care by all students desirous of improving their penmanship. Ladies can, if they wish, ter¬ minate with the finer hand, while gentlemen will end with the bolder penmanship. Plate I. Copy I is a free, off-hand exercise, calculated to give freedom and ease in writing. Observe to make an angle, top and bottom. A sufficient amount of practice on this copy, with pen or pencil, will break up all stiffness in the writing. Copy 2 is the contraction of copy No. 1 into the letter 'WZ. giving a free, open, bold, business hand. Copy 3 is composed of words of greater length, which should be written, if possible, by the student, from the beginning to the end of the word, without removing the pen from the paper until the word is finished. The words are composed principally of the letter -WZ. which should be written with much care. Copies 4 and 5 are the small letters of the alphabet. Carefully observe the shades, and the uniformity in slope of letters. Copy 6 exhibits the figures, which are twice the height of small letters. The 7 and 9, in script, extend one-half their length below the line. Copies 7 and 8 are the capital letters of the alphabet, which are of the same height as the small letter ^ There is usually but one shade in a letter. Observe the directions, given else¬ where, for the making of capitals, and guard against the probable faults, as there expressed. Study also, carefully, the principles of curves, proportion and shades, as applied in the making of capital letters. The remainder of copies on Plates 1 and 2 should be written with the greatest care, “ Perseverance ” being the motto. Do not leave these copies until they are thoroughly mastered. Plate III. This plate is composed of copies similar 4o the others, the same principles being applicable in the making of the letters. As will be seen, this is a much more delicate hand, and is especially adapted to fine epistolary writing. Plate IV. Plate IY illustrates the form of writing a letter of introduction, and may be copied by the student as a specimen business letter. Plate V. This plate exhibits the off-hand capitals, which should be made purely with the arm movement, the hand resting lightly on the two lower fingers. Practice, at first, in making them with a lead-pencil on waste paper, will be found quite beneficial. Plate VI. The copies of Round Hand on this plate should be written with especial care, being the style suitable for headings, etc. Observe in the small letters that each is round, and every dow-n mark shaded. The alphabet of German Text on this page will be found useful for ornamental work. Plate VII. Plate VII exhibits a variety of pen work, containing both fine and bold penmanship, and will be found a superior copy in which the student can display a knowledge of penmanship and flourishing. Plate VIII. Plate VIII is an original off-hand specimen of flourishing, the curves, proportion and shades in which should be carefully observed. (See view of holding pen in flourishing , page 27.) : . ■ ■ PLATE I. i'i Mere!el .Qiicaao. PLATE U. n ' . SELF-INSTRUCTOR IN PENMANSHIP. 33 Blackboard Flourishing. The plates, representing flourishing in white lines on dark groundwork, though designed to represent off-hand work upon the blackboard, will be found equally useful for practice with the pen. The figure of the Swan from Packard and Williams’ “ Gems of Penmanship ” is a beautiful piece of flourishing, which finely illustrates how true to nature an object may be made with but very few strokes of the pen. As will be seen, the figures on these plates are composed wholly of curved lines. TEACHING PENMANSHIP. URING the past twenty years great improvement has been wrought in the penmanship of our youth, by the general intro¬ duction of writing books into our common schools, containing engraved copy lines; and yet statistics show that vast num¬ bers of people in every State in the Union are unable to write ; and some of these are to be found in nearly every locality. A majority of these persons have passed their school days, but the necessity is none the less urgent with them for improvement in penmanship ; and they would gladly avail themselves of the opportu¬ nity for receiving instruction, if a competent teacher were to open a Writing School in their vicinity. There exists a general demand for good in¬ structors in Writing throughout the country, and teachers who will properly prepare them¬ selves for the profession, can have excellent remuneration for their services. It is true that many persons attempt to teach writing as a pro¬ fession, who, through bad management and want of moral principle, deservedly fail; but the earnest, faithful, competent teacher is wanted, and will be well rewarded for his labor. The “ 12 Lesson ” System. There are but twenty-six letters in the alpha¬ bet to write; fifty-two in all, capital and small letters. The principles from which these letters are formed are, in reality, very few; and to obtain a mastery of these principles is the object of giving instruction. Therefore, to ac¬ quire a knowledge of how to write, a large number of lessons is not absolutely necessary. The course of instruction may be so arranged as to very completely include all the principles pertaining to penmanship in twelve lessons; and the class may have such practice, each lesson being two hours in length, as will, with many pupils, completely change their penman¬ ship in that time. It is not pretended that any one can perfect their writing in twelve lessons. Real ease and grace in penmanship is the result of months and years of practice; but a knowl¬ edge of how to practice, to impart which is the mission of the teacher, may be learned in a short time. In fact, most people are surprised to see how much may be accomplished in few lessons when the class is properly instructed. Should, however, the teacher wish to give a more extended term of instruction, it is only necessary to drill longer upon each principle, with elaborate blackboard illustration to corre¬ spond. If the time and means of the student prevent the taking of the longer course, the shorter term may be made proportionately ben¬ eficial. Should the Twelve-lesson term be adopted by the traveling teacher, the following suggestions may be of service in the organiza¬ tion and management of a Writing class. Having acquired proficiency in penmanship, and having good specimens of writing to exhibit, let the young teacher, desirous of establishing a Writing school, visit any locality where live a civilized people. While it is true that the more ignorant most greatly need the advantage of such instruction, it is nevertheless a fact that the more intelligent and educated the people of a community, the better will be the teacher’s patronage. 3 PENMANSHIP ILLUSTRATED. 34 How to Organize the Class. Secure, if possible, a school-room provided with desks and a blackboard. It is no more than justice to present the directors and the teacher of the school, upon whom the respon¬ sibility of management of the school building rests, each with a scholarship in the writing class. Having obtained a school-room, the next thing to be done to secure success, is to thoroughly advertise the nature and character of the school, and the time of commencement. The teacher may do this in the following ways : First , By having editorial mention made in all newspapers published in the vicinity. Second , By posters, announcing the school, liberally distributed about the town. Third , By circulars, giving full description of the school, sent to each house. Fourth, By visiting each school-room, sup¬ posing the day schools to be in session, in the vicinity, and, having obtained permission to do so, addressing the pupils of the school, accom¬ panied by blackboard illustrations, showing method of teaching, announcing terms, time of commencing school, etc., and Fifth, By personally calling at every public business place, and as many private houses as possible, in the neighborhood, exhibiting speci¬ mens and executing samples of writing when practicable. A lady or gentleman well qualified as a teacher, pursuing this plan will seldom fail of obtaining a large class. Having secured an established reputation as a good teacher, per¬ sonal canvass afterwards is not so necessary. Personal acquaintance with the patrons of the school, however, is always one of the surest elements of success with any teacher. If the school is held in a rural district, news¬ paper and printed advertising can be dispensed with. In the village or city it is indispensable. It is unwise to circulate a subscription paper, the establishment of the school being made contingent upon the number of subscribers to the class. A better way is to announce the school positively to commence at a certain time and certainly to continue through the course, which announcement inspires confidence and secures a much larger class. Ask no one to sign a subscription paper, or to pay tuition in advance. The fact of doing so argues that the teacher lacks confidence in the people, who, in turn, suspect the stranger that seeks advanced pay, and thus withhold their patronage. The better way is to announce that no subscription is required to any paper, and no tuition is expected in advance ; that all are invited to attend the school, and payment of tuition may be made when students are satis¬ fied of the worth of the school. The fairness of these terms will secure a larger attendance than could otherwise be obtained, and will induce the teacher to put forth the very best efforts to please the patrons of the school. Commencing about the middle of the term to make collection, by good management on the part of the teacher, if the school has been really meritorious, all the tuition will be paid by the time the last lesson is reached. How to Maintain Interest. To secure the best attendance, and the most interest on the part of pupils, the school should be in session every evening or every day, Sun¬ days excepted, until the close of the term. It is a mistaken idea that students do best receiv¬ ing but one or two lessons per week. During the intervening time between lessons pupils lose their interest, and the probability is that the class will grow smaller from the beginning to the close, if the mind of the student is allowed to become pre-occupied, as it will be, with other matters that occur between les¬ sons so far apart. On the contrary, a writing class that meets every day or evening, under the management of an enthusiastic, skillful master, will grow from the beginning in size and interest, and the student, like the daily attendant at the public school, will exhibit a good improvement, resulting from undivided , * ■ PLATE HI PLATE IT. •2T (hr-lcuT(. tuh . StZovzi6. Ed Men del, Ch icc.n o. . i / 7 SELF-INSTRUCTOR IN PENMANSHIP. 35 attention to the study, from the time of com¬ mencement to the close. Each pupil in the class should be provided with pen, ink, and a writing book. Practicing in the evening, each should be provided with a lamp, covered with a shade, throwing as strong light as possible on the writing. For the writing book, use five sheets of best foolscap paper. Cut in two, midway from top to bottom of the sheet; put one half inside the other; cover with strong paper, and sew the whole together, the cover extending one inch above the writing paper. How to Arrange Copies. Slips are best for copies, as they slide down the paper and can be kept directly above the writing of the pupil while practicing. Twenty- four copies will be generally sufficient to occupy the time of most pupils during the term, and should be arranged to embrace all the princi¬ ples and exercises it is necessary for the student to understand in writing plain penmanship. The copies may be written or printed. Writ¬ ten, if well executed; printed, if the teacher can obtain them, suitably arranged for the twelve-lesson term, as they are thus more per¬ fect than written copies are likely to be, and save the teacher the drudgery of writing copies. If printed, the copy should be a fine, elegant lithographic fac simile of perfect penmanship ; —perfect, because it takes the pupil no longer to learn to make a correct than an incorrect letter. Numbered in the order of their suc¬ cession, from one to twenty-four, these slips should be wrapped together in a package, which should be pasted on the inside, at the top of the cover, whence they can be drawn as required by the student. When the copy is finished, the slip should be placed at the bottom of the package. The wrapper, holding the copies, should be sufficiently firm and tight to prevent the copies falling from their places when the book is hand¬ led. If the copies are kept by the pupil free from wrinkles and blots, an advantage of this arrangement is, that when the book is written through the copies are yet carefully preserved in their place, when new writing paper may be added to the book and the copies used again by the same pupil or by others. Another plan is, for the teacher to keep the copies and distribute the same at the commence¬ ment of the lesson among the members of the class, and collect them at the close. When the teacher is short of copies, this plan may be pur¬ sued, though the other is the most systematic, and is attended with the least labor. The most advanced and rapid penmen of the class, who write out their copies before the close of the term, may be furnished with copies of various commercial forms, for practice, in the last of the term. Should a second term of lessons be given, those students who attend it should review the copies of the first term for about six lessons, after which they may be drilled in the writing of commercial forms, business letters, composi¬ tions, etc., according to the capacity and ad¬ vancement of the pupil. The copy should always be ready before the class assembles. The teacher should never be compelled to write a copy while the school is in session, especially if the class be large. Commencement of the School. The teacher having arranged to give a course of lessons in writing, should open the school at the hour appointed, even if there be no more than one pupil in attendance at the time of commencement, and should conduct the term through, unless insurmountable obstacles pre¬ vent. If the school possesses real merit the class will steadily increase in size, until a hun¬ dred pupils may be in attendance, even though but a half dozen were in the class at the open¬ ing lesson. PENMANSHIP ILLUSTRATED. 36 PROGRAMME OF EXERCISES FOR EACH LESSON. First Lesson. Calling audience to order. Brief statement of what it is proposed to accomplish during the course of instruction. Assembling of the members of the class in front of the teacher, when each pupil, able to do so, should write a sample of penmanship, worded as follows : “ This is a sample of my penmanship be¬ fore taking lessons in writing," each signing name to the same. Pupils should be urged to present the best specimen it is possible for them to write, in order that the improvement made may be clearly shown when the student writes a similar exercise at the close of the term. Specimens written, assume position for sitting and holding pen, full explanation being given by the teacher concerning correct and incorrect positions. Commence writing on the second page, the first page being left blank on which to write the name of the owner of the book. Let the first be a copy composed of quite a number of extended letters, containing such words as, - My first effort at writing in this book." XVriting these words in the first of the term enables the pupils to turn back from the after pages and contrast their writing with their first efforts in the book, on an ordinarily difficult copy, thus plainly showing their improvement as they could not perceive it by commencing with the simplest exercise. Students are encouraged to much greater exertion when they can plainly see their improvement. Having covered the first page with their ordinary penmanship, let the class commence with Copy No. 2, shown on page 41, in the set of writing-school copies, while the teacher fully explains, from the blackboard, the object of the copy. Give half an hour’s practice on posi¬ tion and freedom of movement, making frequent use of the blackboard in illustrating the principles for making letters. The blackboard is, in fact, indispensable to the teacher of pen¬ manship. Intermission of fifteen minutes. Criticism of position, ex¬ planation on blackboard of letter m, and practice on the letter by the class. Remarks by the teacher on the importance of a good handwriting, with brief outline of what the next lesson is to be. Second Lesson. Drill on position; criticism. Use a separate slip of paper for ten minutes’ practice on freedom of movement for hand and arm. See that every pupil has the requisite materials. Ex¬ planation again of letter m as made in words mum, man, mim, etc. Thorough drill, and examination by teacher of each pupil’s writing. Intermission. Writing of short words, with special reference to perfecting the letter m. Blackboard explanation of slope of letters, with illustrations showing im¬ portance of uniformity of slope, etc. Hints in reference to neatness, order, and punctuality, and encouragement, if the improvement of the class warrants the same. Love of appro¬ bation is one of the ruling organs of the mind. Nothing is more gratifying, when the student has done well, than to be appreciated ; and the pupil is stimulated to much greater exer¬ tion, when receiving judicious praise from the teacher for work well performed. Prompt and early attendance of the class at the next lesson should be urged, and close by giving outline of next lesson. The teacher should gather and keep the books. Students may each care for their pens, ink, and light. Third Lesson. Drill in movement. Explanation of letter o on the black¬ board, and letters in which it is made, such as a, d,g, q, e, etc., showing, also, faults liable to be made. Careful examination and criticism of the writing of every student in the class indi¬ vidually. Explanation of t, d, and p, on the board, showing probable faults, with other exercises at the discretion of the teacher. Intermission. Explanation of length, size, and form of loop letters, the class being supposed to be practicing simi¬ lar exercises to those illustrated on the board. Explanation and illustration concerning the writing of all the small letters, representing on the board the principles upon which they are made. During the lesson, two hours in length, the students should always be engaged in writing, except at intermission, and while the attention of the class is engaged with the black¬ board illustrations. Fourth Lesson. A few minutes’ drill on freedom of movement. Explanation of position for sitting and holding the pen, showing faults. Illustrations on the blackboard of the fundamental principles for making capital letters, representing curves, proportion, shades, parallel lines, etc.; students practicing the principles on a loose piece of paper. Careful drill on the capital stem. Caution by the teacher that students do not write too fast. General practice on copies including the capital letters. Indi¬ vidual examination by the teacher of all the writing books. Intermission. Blackboard illustration, showing faults in the making of the principles ; careful drill on position for sitting, holding pen, and freedom of movement. Representation by teacher of evil effects of cramped penmanship, and weariness resulting from sitting improperly. Earnest effort to induce every pupil to practice as much as possible between lessons, a premium being given to the member of the class who shows greatest improvement at the close of the lessons, and a premi¬ um to the best penman. Fifth Lesson. Five minutes’ drill on off-hand movement, special attention being paid by the class to the position for sitting and holding the pen. Illustration by the teacher, on the blackboard, of capital letters from A to M, making each capital correctly, beside which should be made the same letter as the pupil is liable to make it, showing probable faults. Examination by the teacher of the writing in each book. Intermission. Urgent appeal by the teacher to students to secure the greatest possi¬ ble excellence in writing, by practice both in and out of the school ; showing not only the reputation acquired by receiving the premium in the class, but the lasting advantage resulting PLATE VI B- Crer'lach. Hrh StLoms. hct Meiicv:1 riiCCiq 0. v SELF-INSTRUCTOR IN PENMANSHIP. 3T from always being able to put thoughts beautifully and readily on paper. Blackboard illustrations, giving the capitals from M to Z, together with probable faults. Careful drill by pupils on capitals, accompanied by examination and criticism of each pupil by the teacher pleasantly suggesting a change where faults are visible, and praising all where improvement is plain. Sixth Losson. General drill by the class on small letters and capitals. Re¬ view by the teacher of the capital stem on the blackboard and the making of all capitals in which it occurs. Examination by teacher of writing books. General remarks on punctuation, showing the importance of being able to punctuate correctly ; followed by making each punctuation mark on the board, its use being explained by sentences written. Each student should give careful attention to all blackboard illustrations. Different sentences should be written, and the various mem¬ bers of the class required to punctuate the same, if possible, correctly. Intermission. Continued drill in penmanship. Special explanation of the capital letter O on the blackboard, showing faults liable to be made ; that the height of the O, correctly formed, is twice its width, is made of a perfect curve, with parallel lines, only one down mark shaded. The teacher will then, on the board, make the capitals in which the same is found. Twenty minutes’ practice by the class, applying the principle. Rest occasionally by the class, in which the teacher further illustrates exercises in punctuation. Seventh Lesson. Drill in penmanship, the teacher yet watching and exposing every fault to be seen in sitting and holding the pen ; also any marked fault in penmanship ; calling, however, no names of pupils that may be at fault. Blackboard illustration, show¬ ing the principle found in the upper part of Q, IV, etc. Capi¬ tals made in which it occurs. Careful drill by pupils on this exercise. Criticism of writing in each book by the teacher. General remarks by the teacher on the use of capital letters, followed by illustrations on the board showing where capitals should be used. Steady practice in penmanship by the class, the pupils being cautioned to write with the utmost care, making it a point to write every letter perfectly, no matter how long it may take to execute the same, remembering that prac¬ tice will bring rapid writing, but care alone, and attention to principles, will bring perfect penmanship. Brief drill by the class in off-hand penmanship, from copies on the board ; wrist free from the desk, and forearm resting lightly on the desk. The teacher should remind the pupil of the importance of always holding the paper with the left hand, and having now nearly completed the seventh lesson, what is yet the fault with any member of the class ? Students should ask them¬ selves, “ What lack I yet in my penmanship?” Intermission. Continued practice by the class. The pupils may rest while the teacher writes several sentences upon the board without capitals, the members of the class suggesting where capitals belong, and also being required to punctuate. Several words may be given for the students to practice next day, the student presenting the best specimen of the same, at the next lesson, to receive honorable mention. Eighth Lesson. Penmanship drill in the writing book. Blackboard illustra¬ tion, showing any fault yet discovered by the teacher. Gen¬ eral remarks on the importance of good penmanship, pecuniarily and intellectually, calculated to inspire the class with a due appreciation of their work. Students can generally write dur¬ ing the time the teacher is talking, except during blackboard illustration. The teacher will now give general remarks on the writing of business forms, concerning the value and use of promissory notes, bills, receipts, orders, checks, drafts, etc., following by writing a promissory note upon the board, accom¬ panying the same by an explanation of the form in which a note should be written to draw six per cent., ten per cent., no per cent., etc. If sold to another person, how it should be en¬ dorsed, etc. After writing one hour, at each lesson, should follow Intermission. Continued practice in penmanship in the writing. Write one copy to the page, a plain hand, and never anything but what is found in the copy. It is a great mistake to practice many styles of penmanship. In so doing the ordi¬ nary pupil becomes proficient in none. Blackboard illustra¬ tions, during this lesson, on writing orders, receipts, bills, etc., requiring students to capitalize and punctuate the same. The teacher should urge, at the close of the lesson, the great impor¬ tance of practice between lessons during the remainder of the term. To whom shall the premiums be given? That will greatly depend upon the practice out of the school-room. Ninth Lesson. Require every student to write one page in the writing book with the greatest care. The teacher should examine every book. What faults yet remain? Illustrate them on the board. More practice in the writing books. General remarks by the teacher on superscriptions, followed by illustrations on the blackboard. Illustrate why and where to place name on the envelope, together with name of town, county, state ; where to place postage stamp, how to write straight. Illustrate and ex¬ plain all the various titles used in addressing Kings, Queens, Presidents, Members of Congress, Governors, Judges, Lawyers, Physicians, Clergymen, Professors, etc., etc. Intermission. On a separate slip of paper the students may then each write the superscription they would use were they to address any official, military, or professional man. Continued practice in the writ¬ ing book, the lesson closing by the teacher requesting each pupil to bring five sheets of note paper and five envelopes for practice in letter writing at the next lesson. Tenth Lesson. Twenty minutes’practice in writing books until all the mem¬ bers of the class have assembled. General remarks by the teacher on the subject of letter writing and commercial corre¬ spondence, explaining the various kinds of letters for different purposes, size of paper and envelopes required for each, and all the essentials necessary to writing any kind of a letter well. The teacher will then write a brief friendship letter upon the board, explaining where and how to write the dating, the com¬ plimentary address, body of the letter, complimentary closing, signature, division of subjects into paragraphs, etc. The stu- 1 38 PENMANSHIP ILLUSTRATED. dents should criticise the letter with reference to punctuation At the close of the lesson, an invitation should be extended to and capital letters, and when the subject is thoroughly under- all the people of the neighborhood to be present at the closing stood by the class, let each pupil copy the letter from the exercises of the last lesson to witness the award of premiums, board ; the teacher in the meantime passing to the desk of each see the improvement of the class, etc. pupil, criticising and making suggestions to pupils that may / require assistance. See that all copy the letter. This exercise Twelfth Lesson. is invaluable, and every student should be required, if possible, to master it. This lesson, well conducted by the teacher, will Students in their seats, and continued practice in the writing give each member of the class information that is worth vastly books. The teacher has had all the specimens of the class. more than the cost of his tuition for the entire term. Inter- first and last of each pupil, examined by a committee chosen mission. Each member of the class should copy the letter for that purpose, along with writing books when thought neces- once more. With all the corrections and suggestions that sary, each pupil’s name on the specimen being covered by a have now been made, many of the class will write the exercise small piece of oaper pasted across the same. The knowledge very well. The letter finished, write superscription on envel- of who takes the premiums, however, should be entirely kept ope, the pupils writing such address as they may choose. At from the class until the last minute, when the same is announc- the close of the lesson, the students may take with them their ed, amid a breathless silence, by the teacher. All the members envelopes and letter paper, for practice on the morrow, and of the class having assembled, the teacher will review the posi- the pupil that will present the most correctly and beautifully tion for sitting, holding pen, kinds of materials to use, how to written letter, at the eleventh lesson, shall be awarded a pre- preserve materials, etc. He should dwell on the importance mium of such character as the teacher may select. This will of frequent composition and letter writing, showing that the induce a great deal of practice in the next twenty-four hours writing term, composed as it is of but twelve lessons, cannot in letter writing, and will be very beneficial to the class. be expected to make the student a finished penman in that course of time. That the object of the lessons has been to teach the members of the class how to learn ; that it now Eleventh Lesson. simply remains for the pupils to build on their knowledge of the principles. Upon the blackboard, the teacher will then General review in penmanship, with practice in writing review the fundamental principles over which the class has book for half an hour, followed by writing of last specimens, passed, showing how the principles of curves, proportion, as follows: shades, and parallel lines will give elegance and grace to the “ This is a specimen of my penmanship after taking les- letter. A few perfect and imperfect letters should again be sons in writing," each scholar signing name to specimen. contrasted together for the benefit of the class, and the enter- Each pupil should write two samples at the commencement of tainment of the audience present, the blackboard illustrations the course of lessons, and two at the close, one of the first to comprising the making of birds, eagles, swans, pens, etc., be put with one of the last for the student to keep, showing showing the application of the principles in all forms, as well the advancement made in a course of lessons. The other as letters ; thus impressing upon the class the necessity of care- first and last will be preserved by the teacher, as a me- ful attention to nature’s rules, in the execution of beautiful mento of the pupil, and also to show, in other localities, the penmanship. The teacher should be provided with a small amount of improvement made by students in this and pre- writing desk, containing every article necessary for writing. ceding classes. During this lesson the teacher will give This he should open before the class, and follow by showing general remarks on letters of introduction, and notes of the use for every article contained therein, the concluding invitation and acceptance, with illustrations on the black- remarks on penmanship being that students should provide board, explaining the circumstances under which they are themselves with every material necessary for composition and used. Before the recess, the teacher should appoint three letter writing, thus making their practice in the future agree- ladies and three gentlemen of the class to assemble at inter- able, and hence their continued improvement certain. Advert- mission, and select three disinterested persons to examine ing now to the promise made in the early part of the term, specimens of the class, to determine who shall receive premi- that those students should be rewarded with honorable men- urns at the last lesson. Intermission. Every pupil should write tion and premiums who had exhibited greatest improvement a last specimen. Most students will be surprised to see their and excellence the teacher will explain the course pursued in advancement in penmanship in the past ten lessons, though no the examination of writing by the committee, and after show- one can actually see all the improvement that has been rrade, ing that perfect impartiality has been observed, he will as much of the time of the class has been occupied in expla- announce the name of the person presenting the best letter, nation, thus placing a knowledge of correct writing in the head. and present premium ; following with the name of the pupil In after months of practice it will come out at the fingers. having made greatest improvement, concluding with the an- The remaining blackboard illustrations of the lesson may nouncement of the student that is regarded the best penman relate to card writing ; the teacher explaining the nature of in the class, accompanying the remarks by presentation of business cards, wedding cards, visiting cards, and address prizes. The exercises of the lesson should close with appro- cards ; showing how they should be written, when used, etc. 1 priate farewell remarks. ' PLATE W. PLATE Vm VdM&MM nip. Co joy right secured. H. (fra laor. TiXh StloVX.'. - ■ SELF-INSTRUCTOR IN PENMANSHIP. 39 SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS. WRITING School conducted thus, according to the foregoing ar¬ rangement of lessons, the princi¬ ples of penmanship being ex¬ plicitly illustrated on the black¬ board and taught by a thoroughly competent teacher, will be of great and lasting service to the community in which it is held, and will afford every member of the class a season of highly profitable enjoyment. Of course the success of the school mainly depends upon the teacher. The instructor is, in fact, the life and soul of the class. If he possess love of order, tact, versatility, know¬ ledge of human nature, self-possession, with ability to illustrate, explain and entertain his class with story and anecdote pertaining to writing, he will find his classes large and the profession of teaching writing as profitable to himself and as beneficial to the public as any upon which he can enter. Should teaching writing be chosen as a pro¬ fession for a series of years, it is well for the teacher to select a dozen or twenty villages in which to teach, and give instruction in each of these localities, once or twice a twelvemonth for years in succession rather than teach over a very wide range of country. The teacher’s reputation thus becomes established, the profes¬ sion is dignified and ennobled; people knowing the worth of the school are free to patronize, and thus the avocation is made much more pleasant and profitable to the teacher. The outline of instruction given for the fore¬ going series of lessons is but a brief epitome of what each lesson ought to be. The enumer¬ ation' of subjects may guide the young teacher somewhat, but the whole should be greatly elaborated, and will be, by the ingenious teacher, as circumstances demand. The usual charge for a course of instruction of 12 lessons is from $2 to $5 per pupil. Teachers should furnish paper for students, and care for the books when not in use by the pupils. Students may take charge of the other materials required. The strictest order should be maintained. No whispering ought to be allowed. Such still¬ ness should reign in the school that every scratching pen may be distinctly heard. To secure order the teacher will notice when the first evidence of restlessness begins to mani¬ fest itself in the class ; certain students becom¬ ing tired of writing. If this uneasiness is allowed to continue twenty minutes, the school will be oftentimes a scene of confusion, but upon the first appearance of weariness, the attention of the class should be directed for a short time to the blackboard, or the time may be occupied for a little while by some story, humorous or other¬ wise, having a bearing upon writing; listening to which the students become rested, and proceed Avith their practice afterwards with pleasure. Having invited the leading citizens of the town to visit the school, call upon them fre¬ quently for remarks to the class on the subject of writing. From the business and professional men who may thus address the class, the teacher and pupils may oftentimes gain many valuable ideas, the class will be encouraged, and better discipline will be secured. The great secret of preserving good order in school is to keep the mind of the students constantly employed with the work in hand. The subjects pertaining to writing are abun¬ dant, and it becomes the teacher to study and present them to the class in familiar lectures as occasion demands. Many of the succeeding chapters of this book afford subject matter, from which the teacher of penmanship can obtain topics to discuss, that will entertain and instruct the class, while the instructor should, at the same time, be on the alert for practical subjects to illustrate his work, from Avhatever source they may be obtained. For example, how character can be told from penmanship; what faculties of mind are employed in the PENMANSHIP ILLUSTRATED. 40 execution of writing; why some pupils are naturally handsome penmen and others not; why Edward Everett should write elegantly and Horace Greeley with a scrawl; why gentle¬ men naturally write a large hand, and ladies fine, etc. The effect of temperament on penmanship, and the result of using stimulants, should be thoroughly considered, and presented to the class. Students should be urged to avoid the use of tobacco as a noxious habit that lays the foundation for intemperance, and the use of strong drink as the destroyer of the soul; both tobacco and stimulants being also destructive to that steadiness of nerve essential to the exe¬ cution of beautiful penmanship. Many a boy may be deterred from an evil habit by the good example and advice of the teacher, admonishing him that superiority in penmanship and great excellence in life will come from being strictly temperate. CONCLUDING SUGGESTIONS ON PENMANSHIP TO LEARNERS. HIS book, as is designed, will fall into the hands of many who will never have an oppor¬ tunity of receiving instruction from a professional teacher. To practice penmanship to advantage, unaided by the teacher, students should pro¬ vide themselves with necessary materials, as detailed elsewhere. For the purpose of making steady progress in the acquisition of an elegant,plain penman¬ ship, the student will be assisted by copying choice gems of poetry or prose, first writing each exercise on a separate slip of paper and afterwards transcribing the same in a book kept for the purpose. In the writing of original compositions and letters, each exercise should be copied as long as the student is desirous of improving in penmanship; the copy being always a great improvement upon-the original, not only in penmanship,but in spelling, grammar, use of capital letters, and composition. Writers should not rest satisfied until they have absolutely mastered a plain, rapid, and elegant penmanship. The art, being almost purely mechanical, is more easily acquired by some than others; but every person from eight years of age upwards, until the body becomes tremulous with age, having ordinary command of the hand, who will persevere in the attempt, can write a legible, easy penmanship. Among the benefits arising from a good handwriting, some are shown in the following Reasons why we should write well. Because, 1st. Good penmanship of itself adds greatly to our happiness. The conscious¬ ness to the lady or gentleman of being able to write a letter that shall win the admiration and praise of the friend to whom it is written is a source of unspeakable pleasure to the writer, and to possess this ability throughout our life¬ time is to be proficient in an accomplishment which adds to our happiness, as does excellence in oratory, painting or music. Good writing is a fine art, and is to the eye what good language is to the ear. 2nd. Good writing is of great benefit to us pecuniarily. The person who may apply for a situation as teacher, clerk, or any position where intellectual ability is required, finds a beauti¬ fully written letter the best recommendation that can be sent when applying for that position. Hundreds of instances are on record, many doubtless within the knowledge of the reader, where lucrative situations have been obtained through good penmanship, that could never have been secured had the applicant not had a good handwriting. And, 3rd. A mastery of the art of writing is of great service to us intellectually.. Persons who can write well, taking pleasure in the practice, will write more than they other¬ wise would. Every time they write a word . * r' * T SELF-INSTRUCTOR IN PENMANSHIP. 41 they spell it, and thus improve in spelling. Every time a sentence is written, an application is made of grammar; and thus knowledge is obtained of how to speak correctly. The sub¬ ject they write about, they become familiar with; and thus, in the act of writing, they are intel¬ lectually improved. The most intelligent and influential in any community are those who can express thought most easily and correctly on paper. COPIES FOR WRITING-SCHOOL. TANDARD copies for the twelve lessons may consist of the following script lines, though it is important that they be as perfectly prepared as the copies shown on Plates I, II, III and IY. The extra practice, beyond the two copies assigned at each lesson, may be on a separate slip of paper, and should comprise the writing of the elements of letters, commercial forms, off¬ hand capitals, letter writing, etc. Students may join the class at any time, up to the last half of the term. Whatever may be the time of commencement, however, each pupil should begin with the first copies, and write as many of them as time will permit. The occasional review of the principles, by the teacher, will enable the students that join last to understand them; though it is desirable, for the sake of practice, that each pupil commence, if possible, with the first lesson. As will be seen by examination, the style of penmanship, for ladies and gentlemen, is equally large up to the 17th copy. Beyond that, the size for ladies is decidedly finer. Though important that ladies should be able to write a bold penmanship for business and other writing, the lady involuntarily chooses a more delicate handwriting, by which she thus expresses her natural delicacy and refinement of character. /. 1 J. 6 J. Second Lesson. 'Ms 'Ms 'M'Ts -M^s -tsts -Ms 'M^s 'Ms 'Ms 'KMs'MsM^s -mmsMMs 'MMszmmms 'MMssM’/^Ms -Third Lesson.- '2'Ms 'M^s '(sis M Ms ■MMs^M/c/ MMs&Msif & 'yMs -Ms Be COPIES FOR THE WRITING SCHOOL. LADIES EPISTOLARY. V- 'ddddd-veid-d-odd ddd. ■a-oa.'U-idddddZ. -rzdd-o Ninth Lesson,— ■ude-c/a-e -id e-cddd-m-e' 'd4c^ad£d&. ■v-adfid'e de-c-e-td-LSi-c/d^) dg . C$n ^We ojf ^u-ad^ded-i^y ^ue^ad-e jf&t -eid/izeddd^y. ( Q^iiddd.d(tdde- ««/ ( <^/d-d'ryiSZ) -Tenth Lesson.- V- didd yf '&te ddddd&a/&o4d. zo. j^edzddd €i&dfXa^ -id ^cdddd£/& ^o=-e/ay/ ya cut. Either the first or second, or both strokes of the vowel diphthongs may be made straight or curved to facilitate joining, thus : Nine, size, noise, now, hew. The other vowel signs do not vary from the alphabetic position, and must be disjoined when they will not form a proper angle. Disjoined vowels should be written to the left of upright and inclined, and above horizontal consonants, when the vowel sound precedes the consonant sound, and to the right of upright and inclined, and below horizontal consonants, when the vowel sound follows the consonantal. CONSONANTAL DIPHTHONGS. I 1 Br, as in brow. c_Dl, as in meddle. 1 Pr, as in prow. c_Tl, as in settle. *\ Gr, as in grow. J) Yl, as in evil. Cr, as in crow. J) FI, as in fly. e— Dr, as in draw. ^Zhl, as in ambrosial. c— Tr, as in try. ^j)Shl, as in special. Vr, as in over. Fr, as in free. q_^N 1, as in kennel. f Zhr, as in measure. / Shr, as in shred. Thr, as in other. ^ Thr, as in three. t __^Nr, as in owner. [ Bl, as in blow, f PI, as in plow. ^ Gl, as in glow. Cl, as in cla}'. I Sp, as in spy. \ Sk, as in sky. o_St, as in stay. *) Sf, as in sphere. ^Sm, as in smith. __Sn, as in snow. SI, as in slat. ^•Sw, as in sweet. Bz, as in hubs. ^ Mz, as in hems. Ps, as in hopes. Nz, Ns, as in hens, [ also Gz, Ks, Dz, Ts, etc.'"— J9 hence. Ngz, as in brings. Lz, Ls, as in owls, else. „ Rz, Rs, as in wars, horse. ^Wh, as in when. ^ Yz, as in loaves. ^ Fs, as in roofs. Zz, as in mazes. Sz, as in masses. / e also Thz, Ths, etc. These signs, it will be observed, are not new ones, but modifications of those already learned. They should be used only where no vowel sound occurs between the consonant sounds. A few examples will explain their use quite fully. ) 1 t ^ V — j) y l ^ Blow, glow, meddle, evil, brow, upper, gray, meeker, draw, utter, over, free, measure, shred, other, owner, spy, stay, sphere, smith, snow, sleep, sweet, when, special, kennel. Where the final consonant of a word is either s or z, preceded by a consonant, a circle is used for the s or z, thus : Hope, hopes, lad, lads, owl, owls, war, wars. When preceded by a vowel, use the alphabetic form for s and z. The circle is also used between two conso¬ nants, and is then written on the outside of the angle formed by the consonants — when both are straight lines, as / j on the inside of the curve, where one is a curve and the other a straight line, as Y~ ; and on the inside of both curves, when possible, as in ^ o ^ It is sometimes necessary to write the circle on the inside of one curve and outside of the other, as in ' ^ SELF-INSTRUCTOR IN SHORT-HAND WRITING. 47 Two or more words, closely allied in sense, may be joined into a phrase, where the signs composing the words unite readily, thus adding to both the speed and legibility of the writing. Example; Of the, with it, it is, in such a way, I will be, I have. The first inclined or perpendicular consonant sign should rest upon the line — the other signs following in their proper direction. Example: Seek always to form a free, flowing, graceful outline. The most easily written forms are the most beautiful, and vice verm. We have given, of this system, only a synop¬ sis of the fully written Common Style', but suf¬ ficient, however, to explain the merits and prin¬ ciples of Tachygraphy. Those who wish to fit themselves for verbatim writing are referred to the work entitled, “ The Note Taker. A»Trea- tise on the Second Style of Lindsley’s Brief Writing, for the use of Lawyers, Editors, Re¬ porters, Students, and all persons desirous of taking full notes in Courts of Record, Profes¬ sional Schools, Seminaries, and Public Assem¬ blies.” Published by the firm to which Ave have before alluded. The following Extracts are from Pope’s Essay on Man. a / r ^—S' ' * Vice is a monster of so frightful mien, 1 1 — As, to be hated, needs but to be seen ; Yet seen too oft* familiar with' her face, We first endure, then pity, then embrace. Pope’s Essay on Man.—Second Epistle. ) c 48 RULES FOR SPELLING. SPELLING. IEAUTIFUL penmanship should be accompanied by correct spelling. If the person can possess but one ac¬ complishment, it is, in fact, better to spell correctly than to write well. Nothing so mars the effect of beau¬ tiful chirography as bad spelling, which is the more conspicuous when set off by good penmanship. True, there are over a hundred thousand words in the English language, and we cannot reasonably be expect¬ ed to remember the correct orthography of them all; and not until the phonetic system is received, by which every word is represented by a recognized sign, can we spell all words correctly without reference to the dictionary ; but tho few hundred words in general use are not so difficult to i luster. At any rate the wri¬ ter should have at hand a reliable dictionary, and no word should go from the hand without being correctly yelled. The following will aid students somewhat in their knowledge of spelling: Names of Elementary Sounds. An elementary sound is the simplest sound of the English language, as a, e, b, k. The English language contains about forty elementary sounds. These sounds are divided into three classes — vocals , sub-vocals , and aspirates. The vocals consist of a pure tone only, as a, e, i, o, u. The sub-vocals consist of tone united with breath; as b, d, 1, m, n, r. The aspirates consist of pure breath only ; as p, t, k, f. The following words contain the different elementary sounds of the language : Vocals. — N-a-me, b-a-11, a- 1, m-e , m-e-t, f-z'-ne, p-z-n, s-o-ld, m-o-ve, n-o-t, m-zz-te, p-zz-11, c-zz-p, f-ozz-nd. Sub-vocals. — B- at, d- og, g- o, j- oy, 7-ife, m-an, n- o, so-ng, ba-r, th- ose, zz-oice, zzz-ise, y-es, z-oue, a-z-ure. Aspirates.— -F-aith, h- at, ar-Jc, p-ine, s-un, £-ake, tA-ink, sh- one, ch-uv-ch , wh-en. Letters. A letter is a character used to represent an elementary sound. The English Alphabet contains twenty-six letters: A, a; B, b ; C, c ; D, d ; E, e ; F, f; Gr, g ; H, h ; I, i; J, j; K, k ; L, 1; M, m ; N, n ; O, o ; P, p ; Q, q ; R, r S, s ; T, t; U, u ; V, v ; W, w ; X, x ; Y, y ; Z, z. As will be' seen, there are more elementary sounds than letters. It therefore follows that some letters must represent more than one sound each. Those letters which represent vocals are called vowels. They are a, e, i, o , u, and sometimes w and y. Those letters which represent sub-vocals and aspirates are called consonants. The sub-vocals and consonants are b , d, g , l , m, zz, r, zj, z. The aspirates and consonants are /, 7z, Jc, c, q, P, t, s. Rules for Spelling. 1. Words of one syllable ending in f, l, or s, preceded by a single vowel, double the final consi.ua.,!; as staff, mill, pass; except if, OF, AS, GAS, HAS, WAS, YES, IS, HIS, THIS, US, THUS. 2. Words ending in any other consonant except f, l, and s, do not double the final letter; except add, odd, egg, ebb, inn, err, purr, butt, buzz, and some proper names. 3. Words of one syllable, and words accented on the last syllable, when they end with a single consonant, preceded by a single vowel, double the final consonant before an additional syllable beginning with a vowel; as rob, robber ; permit, permitting ; but x final, be¬ ing equivalent to ks, is an exception, and is never doubled. 4. A final consonant, when not preceded by a single vowel, or when the accent is not on the last syllable, should remain single before an additional syllable; as toil, toiling; visit, visited. L and s are often doubled, in violation of this rule, when the accent is not on the last syllable; as travel, traveller; bias, biassed. It is better to write traveler and biased. 5. Primitive words ending in ll reject one L before less and ly ; as skill, skilless; full, fully: but words ending in any other double letter, preserve it double before these terminations; as free, freely ; odd, oddly. 6. The final E of a primitive word is generally omitted before an additional termination beginning with a vowel; as rate, ratable; force, forcible; but words ending in ce and ge retain the e before able and ous; as peace, peaceable; outrage, outrageous. 7. The final E of a primitive word is generally retained before an additional termination beginning with a consonant; as pale, pale¬ ness; but whin the E is preceded by a vowel it is sometimes omitUd; as true, truly : and somUinus r,tain^d ; as si:oe, shoeless. CLASSIFICATION OF 8. The final y of a jirimitive word, when preceded fiy a consonant, is changed into I before an additional termination; as merrt, mer¬ rily: but with a yowel before, the y is not changed; as valley, valleys, and not vallies, as frequently written; and before ing the y is retained to prevent the doubling of the I; as i>ity, pitying. 0. Compounds generally retain the orthography of the simple words of which they are composed; as all-wise, blue-eyed. 10. Words ending in f or fe have v substituted for the f in forming the plurals: as wife, wives; knife, knives, etc., except when ending in ff. 11. Some words are spelt the same in both the singular and plural; as deer, sheep, etc., in which instance, by placing a before the word, one is meant, and by using the, more than one. 12. Some words are spelt altogether differently in the singular and plural; as mouse, mice; goose, geese. 13. In spelling words it is necessary to consider well the different sounds of each part of the word. Every separate sound in a word must have in it one of the following letters, a, e, i, o, or u. Take for ins ance, contemplate, which consists of three different sounds, con-tem-plate; there are the letters o, e, and a, respectively, in each sound or syllable, as it is called, and each one gives the sound to its syllable. In dividing such words at the end of a line, you must not let the last letter be any one of the above-mentioned five vowels, but must divide according to the syllable. Another rule to be observed in the spelling of words which have ing added to them, when such words end in e, the e must always be left out; as come, coming; divide, dividing. It is also found difficult when the letters i and e come together in a word, to know which is to be placed first. The following simple rule will obviate such difficulty: When i and k follow c in a word, the e is usually placed first; as receive, deceive, conceive, etc.; in other instances the I comes before the e; as believe, relieve, etc. Words of Similar Pronunciation that are Spelled Differently. Ail, Ale. Ail, unwell; Ale, a liquor. All, Awl. All, everyone ; Awl, shoemaker’s tool. Bear, Bare. Bear, wild animal ; Bare, naked. Bier, Beer. Bier, frame for carrying corpse ; Beer, a malt liquor. Bore, Boar. Bore, carried, or to make a hole ; Boar, the male swine. Birth, Berth. Birth, to be born ; Berth, sleeping place. Bee, Be. Bee, an insect ; Be, is used in every other instance. Call, Caul. Call, to visit, or shout after ; Caul, the covering on the heads of some children when born. Currant, Current. Currant, a fruit ; Current, a stream. Draft, Draught. Draft, commercial form, or current of air ; Draught, to draw a load, or a drink. Dear, Deer. Dear, not cheap, term of affection ; Deer, an animal. Fourth, Forth. Fourth, next after third ; Forth, forward. Four, Fore. Four, the number after three ; Fore, the front. Great, Grate. Great, large ; Grate, fire support in the stove. Hail, Hale. Hail, to shout after, frozen rain ; Hale, vigorous. Hear, Here. Hear, to understand ; Here, in this place. Hole, Whole. Hole, an opening; Whole, entire, complete. I, Eye. I, myself, used thus it should always be a capital ; Eye, organ of sight. Know, No. Know, to understand ; No, a denial. Lief, Leaf. Lief, willingly ; Leaf, part of a tree. More, Moor, Moore. More, in addition ; Moor, a piece of waste land ; Moore, a man’s name. WORDS IN SPELLING. None, Nun. None, not any; Nun, a female who secludes herself from all worldly affairs. Piece, Peace. Piece, a bit; Peace, quietness. Pare, Pear, Pair. Pare, to peel; Pear, a fruit; Pair, two. Rain, Rein, Reign. Rain, water falling from clouds ; Rein, a strap for guiding a horse ; Reign, to rule. Reed, Read. Reed, a kind of tall grass; Read, the act of reading. Red, Read. Red, a color; Read, past tense of read. Sign, Sine. Sign, a token ; Sine, a mathematical term. There, Their. There, in that place ; Their, apersonalpronoun. Tow, Toe. Tow, rope material ; Toe, a part of the foot. Vain, Vane. Vain, conceited; Vane, a weathercock. Vice, Vise. Vice, wickedness ; Vise, a blacksmith’s tool. Ware, Wear. Ware, goods, or earthen-ware ; Wear, to make use of clothing. Write, Wright, Rite, Right. Write, to use a pen ; Wright, a man’s name ; Rite, a ceremony ; Right, not wrong. Wrote, Rote. Wrote, having written ; Rote, to repeat from memory. You, Yew, Ewe. You, yourself; Yew, a tree ; Ewe, female sheep. Blew, Blue. Blew, having blown ; Blue, a. color. Made, Maid. Made, formed ; Maid, female servant. Pail, Pale. Pail, a vessel; Pale, white. Words having prefixes and suffixes of different spelling, while having each the same or nearly the same pronunciation. ible and able. The following words end in ible. Most other words of sim¬ ilar pronunciation end in able. Accessible, Decoctible, Fallible, Admissible, Deducible, Feasible, Appetible, Defeasible, Fencible, Apprehensible, Defectible, Flexible, Audible, Defensible, Forcible, Coercible, Depectible, Frangible, Collectible, Deprehensible, Fusible, Comminuible, Descendible, Horrible, Compatible, Destructible, Ignoscible, Competible, Digestible, Illegible, Comprehensible, Discernible, Immarcessible, Compressible, Discerptible, Immiscible, Conceptible, Distraciible, Intelligible, Conclusible. Distensible, Irascible, Congestible, Divisible, Legible, Contemptible, Docible, Miscible, Contractible, Edible, Partible, Controvertible, Effectible, Perceptible, Convertible, Eligible, Permissible, Convincible, Eludible, Persuasible, Corrigible, Expansible, Pervertible, Corrosible, Enforcible, Plausible, Corruptible, Evincible, Possible, Credible, Expressible, Producible, Deceptible, Extendible, Quadrible, Decerptible, Extensible, Reducible, 4 50 CLASSIFICATION OF WORDS IN SPELLING. Referable, Resistible, Sensible, Reflexible, Responsible, Tangible, Refrangible, Reversible, Terrible, Regible, Revertible, Transmissible, Remissible, Risible, Visible. Reprehensible, Seducible, The following w ords end in able : Approvable, Manifestable, Solvable, Blamable, Movable, Tamable, Conversable, Provable, Tenable, Dilatable, Ratable, Transferable, Dissolvable, Referable, Unsalable, Incondensable, Reprovable, Untamable, Inferable, Salable, Untenable. The following words in spelling begin with lm. Other words of similar pronunciation begin wi h Em. Imbibe, Immingle, Implant, Imboil, Immit, Implead, Imbound, Immix, Impart, Imbrue, Immure, Impose, Imbrute, Impact, Impound, Imbue, Impale, Impregnate, Imburse, Impassioned, Impress, Immanuel, Impawn, Imprint, Immaculate, Impeach, Impromptu, Immense, Impearl, Impugn, Imminent, Impel, Impulse, Immigrant, Impen, Impunity, Immerge, Imperil, Imputable, Immerse, Impinge, Impute. Immigrate, ise and ize. The following words terminate with ise. Other words of like pronunciation terminate with ize. Advertise, Criticise, Exercise, Advise, Demise, Exorcise. Affranchise, Despise, Merchandise, Apprise, Devise, Misprise, Catechise, Disfranchise, Recognise, Chastise, Disguise, Reprise, Circumcise, Divertise, Supervise, Comprise, Emprise, Surmise, Compromise, Enfranchise, Surprise. Words ending in d, de, ge, mit, rt, se, or SS, take sion in derivatives. Other words of similar pronunciation in their ending are usually spelled with tion. Abscission, Confession, Divulsion, Abstersion, Confusion, Emersion, Adhesion, Conversion, Evasion, Admission, Declension, Evulsion, Cohesion, Decursion, Exesion, Compulsion, Depulsion, Expulsion, Condescension, Dissension, Impression, Impulsion, Recension, Revulsion, Incursion, Recursion, Tension, Intrusion, Remission, Transcursion, Propulsion, Revision, Version. Exceptional words. Coercion, Suspicion, Crucifixion. Words in En. Encage, Enfranchise, Ensure, Enchant, Engender, Entail, Enchase, Engorge, Entangle, Encircle, Entrance, Enthrone, Enclose, Enhance, Entice, Encroach, Enjoin, Entire, Encumber, Enlard, Entitle, Endamage, Enlarge, Entomb, Endear, Enlighten, Entrap, Endow, Enlist, Entreat, Enfeeble, Enroll, Words in In. Enure, Inclasp, Ingrain, Intrust, Incrust, Ingulf, Intwine, Indict, Inquire, Inure, Indite, Insnare, Inveigle, Indorse, Insure, Inwheel, Indue, Interlace, Inwrap, Infold, Interplead, Inwreathe. Ingraft, Inthrall, Words ending in eive. Conceive, Deceive, Perceive, Receive, Words ending in ieve. Achieve, Relieve, Sieve, Aggrieve, Reprieve, Thieve. Believe, Retrieve, Nouns which change f or fe into ves in the plural. Beeves, Leaves, Shelves, Calves, Lives, Thieves, Elves, Loaves, Wharves, Halves, Selves, Wives, Knives, Sheaves, Wolves. Nouns ending in f or fe in which S is only used in the plural. Briefs, Turfs, Woofs, Chiefs, Kerfs, Hoofs, Fiefs, Surfs, Roofs, Griefs, Fifes, Proofs, Mischiefs, Strifes, Beliefs, Kerchiefs, Safes, Reliefs, Scarfs, Gulfs. Dwarfs. Nouns ending in eau, ieu, and OU, terminate the plural in *. Beaux, Flambeaux, Morceaux, Bureaux, Rondeaux, Rouleaux, Chapeaux, Plateaux, Tableaux, Chateaux, ■ Bijoux, f ILLUSTRATIONS OF SPELLING BY SOUND. 51 SPELLING BY SOUND. SYSTEM OF ORTHOGRAPHY, whereby superfluous letters could be dispensed with, educational reformers have long sought to introduce. Of these, the following method of Spelling by Sound was published some time since by the Hon. Joseph Medill, editor of the Chicago Tribune, its advantage over the strictly phonetic system being that the same alphabet is employed as that in general use, which makes it much easier to introduce. It is at the same time more agreeable to the eye. By this system the student can spell any word after learning the sounds, and the reader can readily pronounce any word when reading. The great advantages gained are less space used in writing, less time, correct pronunciation, and correct spelling. The application of this system of spelling is shown as follows: A Specimen of His System. The extreme [regularities ov our orthografy hav long ben a sours ov inconvAniens and anoians. Men eminent ax skolars and stAtsmen hav often pointed out theze absurdities ov speling. Yet the Avil remanes. It encumbers our primary educAsion and robs our yuth ov yeresov time that shild be dAvdted tu the acquizision ov nolej. It impozes a burden upon the literary man thru life in the flse ov superfltius leters, and compels meny persons tu study speling from the crAdle tu the grave or fale tu spel corectly. It iz a fereful barier tu foriners hu wish to lern our langwaje ; and wors than aul, it hinders thousands ov persons from lerning tu rede and rite, and thus largly augments the ranks ov igndrans and depravity. Theze Avils ar so dnormus in the agrdgate that we fele compeled tu en- dors the words ov the distinguished President ov the American FilAlojical AsAsiAsion, Prof. F. A. March, hzed in hiz opening adres at the last anilal mdting ov the SAsiety : “ It iz no ftse tu try tu caracterize with fiting epithets the monstrous speling ov the English langwaje. The time lost by it is a larj part ov the hole skule time ov the most ov men. Count the ours which dch person wAsts at skule in lerning tu rede and spel, the ours spent thru life in kdping up and perfecting hiz nolej ov speling, in consulting dicshunAries — a work that never ends—the ours that we spend in rlting silent leters ; and multiplying this time by the number ov persons hu speak English, and we hav a tAtal ov milyuns ov yeres wAsted by dch jenerAsion. The cost ov printing the silent leters ov the English langwaje iz tu be counted by milyuns ov dolors for dch jenerAsion.” “ Stiner or lAter English orthografy must be simplified and rdformed.” —Benjamin Franklin. “ I fele very hopeful that a begining wil be made before long in rdform- ing, not indede everything but at ldst sumthing in the unhistorical, unsis- tematic, unintelijible, untdchable, but by no menes unamendable speling now curent in England.”— Prof. Max Muller. u Delitful task ! to rere the tender thaut, Tu tdch the yung idda hou tu shute, Tu pore fresh instrucsion A’er the mind, Tu brethe the enlivening spirit, and tu fix The jenerus purpos in the gibing brest.” “O, thautles mortals ! ever blind tu fate, Tu sune dejected and tu sune dlate.” “ Worth makes the man and want ov it the felo ; The rest is aul but lether or prunela.” Where there iz a wil there iz a wa ; and while the evil continues the ne- sesity for orthAgrafic rAform wil never cese. If there ar eny among us hu hav tu litle regard for there Ane children tu smuthe for them the path on which there infant fete must stumble, we conjure them in the name ov God and humanity tu beware ov the grAter sin ov crushing by opAzing influens the rising hopes ov milyuns les fortunate, hu hav ndther mony nor time tu squonder, but hu nede aul the ades posible tu enAble them tu take a pozi- sion among the intelijent, vertuus and hapy sitizens ov our grate and glorius cuntry. The foregoing will suffice to represent Mr. Medill’s idea of simplified orthography. It is almost phonetic and yet pre¬ serves most of the analogies and peculiarities of the English language. He retains the general rule that e ending a word and preceding a consonant indicates that the vowel is “long.” Thus he spells such words as belzVve, rec^z've, release, fierce, repeal, feel, sleeve, league, beleve, reseve, relese, fdrse, repele, fele, sieve, lege, guide, course, pique, chaise, paidj repair, gauge, pear, gide, corse, peke, shaze, pade, repare, gage, pare, prove, proof, through, school, door, four, boar, blow, pruve, prufe, thru, skule, dore, fore, bore, bio. Where the e sound does not indicate the long vowel sound, he proposes to use accented vowels, viz. : &, e, i, 6, fi, and for the sound of u in full, should, etc , he uses u : thus, fill, shud. For the broad sound of a heard in azrght, can ght, aw(a\, all, bread, he employs au and spells them out ; caut, auful, aul, braud, etc. For the terminals tion, sion, cian, scion, etc., he uses sion. He retains ed as the sign of the past tense, and s as that of the plural of nouns and singular of verbs. Ble as a terminal is also retained. K is written for ch in all words in which ch has the sound of k. Ex.: arkitect, monark, skule, etc. All double consonants are reduced to single ones, as only one of them is heard in pronunciation. In all words now spelled with ck, as back, beck, lick, rock, luck, he drops the c as being wholly superfluous. In words ending in ous, he omits the o, as in curius, spurius, and when ou has the sound u he also drops the o, as in duble, jurny. He retains y at the end of nouns in the singular, as copy, foly. He writes f for ph in alfabet, fonetics, flosofy, etc. He omits all silent vowels in digraphs, and writes In spAking ov the disgrAsful state ov English orthografy and the best mode ov reforming it. the grate American lexicografer, Dr. N6ah Webster, in the intrAducsion tu hiz Quarto Dicshunary, says : “ Nothing can be more disreputable tu the literAry caracter ov a nAsion than the histAry ov English orthografy, unles it is that ov our or- thAepy.” * * * head, hed earth, erth though, tho, phthisic, tizic, said, sed, heifer, hefer, leopard, lepard, cleanse, clens, tongue, tung, sieve, siv, built, bilt, myrrh, mer. The proposed system is very easily written. After an hour’s practice the pen runs naturally into it. The plan is one which would cost adults scarcely an effort to learn to write, and no 11 Dr. Franklin compiled a dicshunary on hiz skeme ov rAform. and prA- cured tipes tu be cast, which he ofered tu me with a vfi tu engaje me tu prosecute hiz dezine. This ofer I declined tu acsept ; for I wos then, and am stil, convinsed that the skeme ov intrddficing nu caracters intu the langwaje is nAther practicable nor expedient. Eny atempt ov this kind must sertenly fale of sucses.” “ The mode ov asertAning the prAnunsiasion ov words by marks, points or trifling olterAsions ov the present caracters, semes tu be the Anly won which can be rAdused tu practis.” effort at all to learn to read it. He thinks it is the simplest and most rational compromise with existing usage, prejudice, and etymologies, which can probably be devised with any hope of acceptance, and if accepted and adopted it would secure to the Anglo-American race throughout the world one of the simplest and best orthographies in existence. I 52 CAPITAL LETTERS AND PUNCTUATION. CAPITAL LETTERS. >ANY people greatly disfigure their writing, and stamp them¬ selves as illiterate, by the omission or improper use of capital letters. What do we think of the man Avho, wishing to place his son in the care of a teacher, wrote a letter, introducing his boy, thus l “deer sur yeW Bein a man of noleg i Wish tu Put Mi son in yure skull.” Or, of the mother who sends a line by her child to the boot and shoe merchant as follows? “ mister Grean Wunt you let mi Boay hev a Tare ov Esy toad shuz.” Fortunately the rules for using capitals are few, and once acquired, are easily remembered. Rules for the Use of Capitals. Begin every paragraph with a capital letter. Begin every sentence following a period with a capital letter. Begin each proper name with a capital letter. Begin the names of places, as Boston, Newport, Niagara, with capital letters. Begin the words, North, South, East, West, and their com¬ pounds and abbreviations, as North-east, S. W., with capital letters, when geographically applied. Begin the names of the Deity and Heaven, or the pronoun used for the former, as, in His mercy —Thou, Father, etc., with capital letters. Begin all adjectives formed from the names of places or points of the compass as English, Northern, each with a capital letter. Begin each line of poetry with a capital letter. Begin all quotations with a capital letter. Begin all titles of books, and usually each important word of the title, as Hume’s History of England, with capital letters. Begin the name of any historical event, as the French Revolution, with capital letters. The pronoun I and the interjection O must invariably be capital letters. Begin names of the month, as June, April, with capital let¬ ters. Also the days of the week, as Monday, Tuesday, etc. Begin all addresses, as Dear Sir —Dear Madam, with capital letters. Capital letters must never be placed in the middle of a woid. % PUNCTUATION. HILE the omission of punctu¬ ation may not mar the appear¬ ance of writing, as do bad spelling and improper use of capitals, its correct use is, nevertheless, essential to the proper construction of a sen¬ tence. Very ludicrous, and sometimes serious mis¬ takes result from improper punctuation. In the following sentence, the meaning is entirely changed by the location of the semicolon. “ He is an old and experienced hand ; in vice and wicked¬ ness he is never found ; opposing the works of iniquity he takes delight.” “ He is an old and experienced hand in vice and wickedness ; he is never found opposing the works of iniquity ; he takes delight.” Punctuation Marks. are the principal characters or points used in punctuation : The following Comma , Semicolon, ; Colon Period Parenthesis ( ) Exclamation ! Interrogation ? Dash — Ellipsis. The Caret A Hyphen Apostrophe Quotation Marks “ Brackets Rules for Punctuation. The Comma (,). Wherever occurs a distinct natural division of a sentence.; or where two or more words are connected, without the con¬ necting word being expressed, the comma is used ; as “Dealer in hats, caps, boots, shoes, etc.” “ Hedges, trees, groves, houses, and people, all went rushing by.” “ Towering far above us stood the pines, silent, majestic, and grand.” “ Verily, verily, I say unto you.” The Semicolon (;) is used where a sentence consists of several members each constituting a distinct proposition, and yet having dependence upon each other; as RULES FOR PUNCTUATION. 53 “ Some men are born great ; some acquire greatness ; some have greatness thrust upon them.” “Contributors: Will. M. Carleton ; Wm. C. Bryant ; B. F. Taylor ; John G. Saxe.” “ Contents : Riches ; Poverty ; Religion.” The Colon (:) is used to divide a sentence into two or more parts, which, although the sense is complete in each, are not wholly inde¬ pendent ; as “ Temperance begets virtue : virtue begets happiness.” “ Two questions grow out of the subject: 1st: What is the necessity of a classical education ? 2d : How far can a classical education be made applicable to the ordinary business affairs of life?” The Period (.) is placed at the end of every complete and independent sentence ; before decimals ; between pounds and shillings ; after initial letters, and for abbreviations; as “Man, know thyself.” “ Chas. Williams, M.D.” “J.Q. Adams.” “ Genl. Supt. of C., B., and Q. R. R.” “ £25. 8s. qd.” “ 4.24 miles.” The Exclamation Point (!) denotes sudden or violent emotion ; as “ O blissful days ! Ah me! How soon ye passed ! ” “ Charge, Chester, charge! On, Stanley, on! ” “ Great bargains! Clothing sold at forty per cent, below cost! ” “ Rejoice! Rejoice! the summer months are coming.” The Note of Interrogation (?) is used after every sentence in which a question is asked ; as “ What season of the year do you enjoy most ? ” It is also used to denote sneeringly the unbelief of the speaker; as “ His wise counsels (?) failed to accomplish their end.” Brackets [ ] and Parentheses ( ) are employed to enclose words thrown into a sentence by way of explanation, which could be omitted without injury to its construction ; as “ I have met (and who has not) with many disappointments.” “ Eight (8) miles and one hundred (100) yards.” “ In con¬ clusion, gentlemen, I am for the constitution, the whole consti¬ tution, and nothing but the constitution.” [Great applause.] The Bash (—) is used when the subject breaks off suddenly, and to show the omission of words, letters and figures ; thus : “ I would —but ah! I fear it is impossible — I would — I will reform.” “The pulse fluttered—stopped — went on — stopped again — moved — stopped.” “This agreement entered into this-day of-, 18—, between-of the first part, and --of the second part, witnesseth, etc.” The Hyphen (-) is employed as a character between two words to show that they are con¬ nected together as a compound word ; thus : Thirty-fold, super-heated, four-leaved, etc. It is also used at the end of a syllable when the remainder of the word follows on the next line. Also in dividing a word to show its pro¬ nunciation ; as Pro-cras-ti-nate ; val-e-tud-i-na-ri-an ; co-op-e-rate. The Ellipsis (....) is used to represent the omission of words, syllables, and letters, and is sometimes represented by a dash ; thus, k — g for king : occasionally by stars ; thus, * * * * : and sometimes by periods ; like these. The following examples illustrate its use. “ Mrs. W- -, of C-, is said to Ire the for¬ tunate individual.” “ This was in 1850. * * * * Twenty years later, in 1870, we gather up, again, the thread of our dis¬ course.” “If he had married .... Ah, well! it.was not so to be.” 'The Apostrophe (’) is employed to distinguish the possessive case ; thus : “John’s Book.” “Superintendent’s Office.” “Wells’ Grammar: ” And the omission of letters in the beginning or o O middle of a word , thus, “ I’ll, ” for “ I will.” “ Thou’lt,” for “ Thou wilt.” “ Prop’r,” for “ Proprietor.” “ In’st,” for “ Interest,” etc. See rules for punctuation, in the chapter relating to “ Sign Painting.” The Caret (A) is employed, in writing, to show where a word, or several words have been omitted in the sentence, and have been placed above the line ; as handmaid of e “Temperance is the virtue.” “ Improvment.” A A Quotation Marks (“ ”) are used by the writer to designate a word or sentence quoted or copied from another author ; as “ Three things bear mighty sway with men, The Sword, the Sceptre, and the Pen." The Marks of Reference (* f J § II IT) are used to call attention to notes of explanation at the bottom of the page. If many notes are used and these are all exhausted, they can be 54 MARKS DIRECTING ATTENTION. doubled. Some writers use letters, and some figures, for reference. Marks of Pronunciation. For the purpose of giving inflection to cer¬ tain words, or to designate the prolongation of occasional syllables in a word, tlie author frequently finds it convenient to use certain characters to denote such accents. To illus¬ trate : The Acute (4) gives the rising inflection ; as “ Will you ride ?” The Crave (a) the falling ; as “ Will you wdlk or ride.” The Circumflex (a) indicates the rising and falling inflection in the same syllable ; as, “ Machine,” Montreal,” etc. The Macron (-) placed above a letter desig¬ nates a full, long vowel sound ; as “ Fate.” “Home.” “Note.” “ Eve,” etc. A Breve denotes a short sound, when placed above a vowel; as “ A-dore.” “ Glo-ri-ous.” The Diaeresis (a) is used for the purpose of dividing a diphthong, or syllable into two dis¬ tinct syllables; as “ Avenged.” “ Beloved.” Also when two vowels come together, this character is sometimes used to show that they are not contracted into a diphthong ; as “Cooperate.” “Reiterate.” “Reappear.” The Cedilla (p) is a mark placed under the c to denote that its sound is the same as the letter s; as “ Qhaise.” “ Fagade.” The Tilde (n) placed over an n gives it the sound of ny ; as “ Minon.” “ Sefior.” Marks Directing Attention. The Index is used to call special attention to an important line or clause in the writing or printing , as : “ ISF" Five per cent discount for cash.” The Asterism or Stars (***) is used to desig¬ nate a general reference ; as “ *** The teacher should make frequent use of the black¬ board.” The Brace ] is employed to unite two or more parts of speech or names that are brought into juxtaposition as Wm. Smith. Masculine. Gender Feminine, Neuter. Committee j John Brown. A Paragraph is used by the author fre¬ quently to designate, in the middle of a sen¬ tence, when he re-reads his manuscript, those words that he wishes to have commence a para¬ graph. It shows where something new begins. A Section (§) usually designates the smaller distinct parts of a book. As references they are frequently used with numbers; thus: “ If 87. Wedding Ceremonies in Different Countries.” “ § 172. The Law of Usury in Different States.” Leaders (-) are employed to lead the eye from one portion of the page to another across blank space; as London...-. . I2 3 Paris...... New York.. Underscoring. Words and sentences that the writer desires should be emphatic, are designated by lines drawn beneath the words that are to be empha¬ sized. Thus one line indicates italics; two lines, SMALL CAPITALS ; three lines, LARGE CAPITALS; four lines, ITALIC CAPITALS. The words “ To arms ! to arms !! to arms !!! they cry,” Underscored will appear in print thus — “ To arms! to arms!! TO ARMS!! 1 they cry.” “Upward and upward we went! gradually the scene grew more and more entrancing! until at length, faster , RICHER, WILDER, GRANDER the weird objects came and went, fading away at last in the long dim distance.” T NAMES OF THE PARTS OP SPEECH. 55 GRAMMAR. RAMMAR is the art of writing or speaking a language cor¬ rectly. There are eight dis¬ tinct parts of speech, named as follows : Noun, Pronoun, Adjective, Verb, Adverb, Prep¬ osition, Conjunction and Inter¬ jection. The Noun is the name of an object, or some quality of the same ; as knife, horse, house, sharpness, speed, beauty. Nouns are of two classes, proper and common. A proper noun is the name of an individual object; as England, William, Washington; and should always be capitalized. Names given to whole classes are common nouns ; as sea, land , rmy, tree, etc. A Pronoun is a word that takes the place of a noun ; as “ He reads,” “ She studies,” “ It falls.” An Adjective is a word used to describe a noun; as “sweet cider,” “educated people,” “fast horse.” The Verb is a word that expresses action; as “ He runs,” “ She sleeps,” “ It falls.” The Adverb tells how the action is per¬ formed, and modifies the meaning of verbs, adjectives, and other adverbs ; as “ He walks rapidly ,” “ Very soon,” “ More pleasing,” “ Directly under,” etc. A Preposition is a word that connects other words, and shows the relation between them ; as “ The snow lies on the ground,” “ He went to Europe.” A Conjunction is a part of speech used to connect words and sentences together ; as “ Houses and Lands.” “ I walked in the meadows and in the groves, but I saw no birds, nor animals of any kind, because of the dark¬ ness.” An Interjection is a word used to express sudden or strong emotion ; as Of Alas ! Ah ! As a full consideration of the subject of grammar requires a volume of itself, it is not the purpose, therefore, of this book to enter into a detailed explanation of the use of the various parts of speech, along with the rules for applying the same. Fuller instruction relating to the nroper construction of language may be obtained in any of the various text books on grammar, which may be procured at the bookstores. Mistakes Corrected. The object in introducing the subject of gram¬ mar here is to call attention to the faults liable to be made by the writer and speaker unac¬ quainted with a knowledge of the correct use of language. To illustrate : special care should be taken to use the plural verb when the plural nominative is used ; as “ Trees grows ” should be “ Trees groiv.” “ Birds flies ” should be “Birds,/??/.” “ Some flowers is more fragrant than others,” should be “ Some flowers are more fragrant than others.” Care should be exercised in the use of the adjective pronoun ; as “ Them men ” should be “Those men.” The past tense of the word do is frequently improperly used ; as “ I done it ” should be “ I did it.” Care should be taken with words terminating with ly; as “ Birds fly swift ” should be “ Birds fly swiftly;” “She sang beautiful” should be “She sang beautifully;” “He walks rapid” should be “ rapidly “He talks eloquent” should be “ eloquently.” The word got is frequently unnecessarily used ; as “ I have got the book ” should be “ I have the book.” The word learn is often wrongly used in place of teach; as, “ Will you learn me to write?” should be “ WillyouteacA me to write?” The verbs lay and lie are frequently misused. The following examples illustrate the dis¬ tinction to be observed in their use. Thus, “ I lie down; you lie down; he lies down.” But “ I lay down the book; you lay down the carpet; he lays down the rules.” declamation and composition. 56 The verbs sit and set are often used improp¬ erly. The following sentences illustrate the difference between them. Thus,“I sit down; you sit down ; he sits down.” “ I set the table ; you set the trap; and he sets the saw.’ Care should be used not to have two negatives in a sentence when affirmation is meant ; thus, “ Do n’t never tell a lie ” should be “ Never tell a lie“ I can’t see nothing ” should be “ I can see nothing,” or “ I cannot see anything.’ Slang Phrases and Profanity. A man is known by the company he keeps. He is also known by his language. No amount of good clothes or outside polish can prevent a man from being regarded as vulgar and low-bred who is addicted to the use of profane words. The use of profanity plainly indicates that the person employing it has such a limited knowledge of words suitable to express ideas, that he is com¬ pelled to use vulgar language in order to convey his thought. And the same measurably is true of slang phrases. Such words as u Level best ” “ Right smart , ” “ Played out ,” “ You bet,” “ Bottom dollar ,” etc., while sometimes allowed among familiar acquaintances, are vulgarisms, and in all graver speaking and writing should be avoided. The uniform use of a chaste, refined, and beautiful language is not only an index to a pure, clear, and cultivated intellect, but is always, to the lady or gentleman, one of the surest elements of success in any business where language is required. Declamation of Original Compositions. 'HE man or the woman in any com¬ munity who can express ideas cor¬ rectly, plainly, readily, with good voice and self possession; in the presence of others, wields always a commanding influence, provided this accomplishment is guided by good judgment, which teaches what to speak, how to speak, when to speak, and where to speak. The correct and fluent expression of thought is largely a matter of practice. Our youth should be early taught to write their thoughts, and to declaim in public. The writing of compositions in school is one of the most important of the studies pursued, and, with every student, in some form, should be among the daily exercises of the school-room ; as in the writ ing of the composition are learned spelling, penmanship, punctuation, use of capital letters, grammar, and correct expression. And frequently, during the week, should the student declaim ; the declamation being, generally, the student’s own composition. Thus youth become accustomed to the speaking of their own thoughts correctly, and oftentimes eloquently. This art, acquired under the guidance of an experienced teacher, will be of infinite service to the man in after life. And with the rapidly widening sphere of woman’s w r ork, the ability to speak well in public is equally desirable for her. True, many people who have an ambition for public speaking do not awake to the necessity and importance of this subject until the period of their school days has long passed, when the conviction is likely to force itself upon their minds that they are too late. Such, however, need not be discouraged in their efforts towards the acquisition of a pleasing style of oratory. Let a debating club be established, of half a dozen or more persons, to meet regularly during the week at stated times, for the discussion of current topics of the day, either at a private residence, some hall chosen for the purpose, or at a school-room; the exercises of the occa¬ sion being interspersed with written essays by various members of the club, the whole to be criticised by critics appointed. A few weeks thus spent will oftentimes develop in the club several fluent essayists and speakers. A rule ever to be acted upon by the student is, that whatever is worth doing at all is worth doing well. Aim always for the greatest excel¬ lence when commencing the study of any art or science. THE ART OP EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING. 57 WRITING AS AN AID TO EXTEMPORE SPEAKING. HE ability to make an off-hand speech without the aid of manu¬ script, at once entertaining and instructive, is an accomplish¬ ment very much to be desired, and is one that can be acquired in most cases by the man or woman of average talent, who has the requisite amount of training for this purpose, accompanied by the necessary oppor¬ tunities for intellectual culture. Such being the fact, the following suggestions may be oppor¬ tune, as giving an outline of the requisites necessary for the production of a ready speaker. First. The foundation of the discourse should be thoroughly fixed in the mind, and the order of succession in which the arguments are to follow. Second. These should be so arranged that one thought should be the natural outgrowth of the other, and each idea should be so dis¬ tinctly marked out as to be in readiness the mo¬ ment it is wanted. Third. The speaker should vividly feel all that he may design to speak, in order that clear ideas may be expressed. The mind should not, however, be so absorbed with the subject in hand as to prevent its acting readily in the development of the topic under consideration. It is possible for the feelings to become so vehement in their expression as to paralyze utterance from their very fullness. Fourth. The feelings, in speaking, must be resolved into ideas, thoughts intc images, to express which there must be suitable language. While the main idea should be firmly grasped, in its elucidation it should be separated into its principal members, and these again divided into subordinate parts, each under perfect command of the speaker, to be called upon and used at will, until the subject is exhausted. Fifth. The full, complete, and ready use of the imagination is of the greatest importance to the extemporaneous speaker, which power may be greatly cultivated by reading the works of Walter Scott, Dickens, and other standard writers who excel in imaginative description. To hold up before the audience a clear, distinct outline of the subject in hand, and paint the picture in fitting language so vividly that the auditors will delightedly follow its progress, step by step, is the distinguishing excellence of the off-hand speaker. With many persons of real talent, the powers of imagination work too slowly to hold the attention of the audience. This hindrance, however, can be largely over¬ come by practice. Sixth. The difficulty of embarrassment, which afflicts some people upon public appearance, is overcome by practice, and by having a perfectly distinct understanding of what is to be said, which consciousness tends to give confidence and self-possession. To obtain the ability to present this clear conception of the subject, the speaker should study logic, geometry, and kin¬ dred subjects, that arrive at conclusions through a process of analytical reasoning. The speaker should be able to think methodically, being able to decompose his thoughts into parts, to analyze these into their elements, to recompose, regather, and concentrate these again in a man¬ ner such as will clearly illustrate the idea sought to be conveyed. Seventh. One of the most efficient aids to public speaking is the ability to write. The public speaker will do well to commence by writing in full what he is desirous of saying. He should, at the same time, make a study of the various masters of oratory. Writing gives great clearness to the expression of thought, and having plenty of time in its composition, the mind is able to look at the subject in every phase. With the main idea clearly defined and kept constantly in view, let the speaker exam¬ ine the subject in every light, the different fac¬ ulties of the mind concentrating upon a single 58 THE ART OP COMPOSITION. point. Thus, step by step, the subject is con¬ sidered in all its bearings, the various details of the idea being completely studied, and the whole matter thoroughly developed, until the subject has reached its perfect form. Eighth. The daily study of synonymous words and their meanings will give greater facility of expression. The mind should also be stored with a great variety of information on subjects per¬ taining to the arts and sciences, from which one can constantly draw in cases of emergency, xt is impossible for the speaker to extemporize what is not in the mind. And further, all read¬ ing and study should be done with such care that every idea thus acquired will be so thor¬ oughly wrought out as to be available when we wish to communicate our ideas to others. Ninth. In public speaking, one of the great secrets of success is a knowledge of human na¬ ture. To acquire this the speaker should care¬ fully study men — the passions and impulses that influence mankind—their phrenological characteristics, and know them as they are. To do this, he should freely mingle in society, in¬ terchanging ideas, and seeking every opportu¬ nity for the practice of extempore speaking. Tenth. An important element necessary to success in the off-hand speaker is courage. While it is essential that he use choice and fit¬ ting language in the expression of ideas, let him not hesitate, when he has commenced a sentence, because he cannot readily call to mind the exact language necessary to beautifully clothe the thought. Push vigorously through to the end, even though at a sacrifice, for a time, of the most perfect forms of speech. This courage that dare stand up and speak a sentence un¬ grammatically even, is necessary to make the good speaker of the future. Finally, while all cannot become equally proficient in oratory, the industrious student of average talent who earnestly resolves to win success as an extempore speaker, will find him¬ self, in the majority of cases, in time, self-pos¬ sessed in the presence of others. With ideas clear and distinct, vivified and quickened by imagination, clothed in fitting words and beau¬ tiful language, he will be enabled to instruct and entertain an audience in a manner vastly better than most people would suppose who may have listened to his maiden efforts in the commencement of his public speaking. COMPOSITION. 0 be able to talk correctly, the stu¬ dent should first be able to write properly. Not only should penman¬ ship be plain and easy, words rightly spelled, capitals correctly used, and sentences grammatically constructed and punctuated, but much depends, also, be yond that, upon the style of composition, mode of expression, and language used, whether it be acceptable to readers and hearers, or not. As a rule, with the great sea of literature about us, the writer of to-day who is original and condenses ideas into the smallest space, whether in the sermon, book, business letter, or newspaper article, is much the most likely to have readers or hearers. The aim of the wri¬ ter should therefore be, first, to say something new, presenting a subject fraught with original ideas and second, to give those ideas in the fewest possible words consistent with agreeable expression. “ Why did you not make that article more brief ” said an editor to his correspondent. “ Because,” said the writer, ‘ I did not have time.” The idea sought to be conveyed, concerning brevity, is clearly shown in that answer of the correspondent. It is an easy matter to dress ideas in many words. It requires much more care, however, to clearly state the same idea in less words. The chief merit of Shakespeare is the thought conveyed in few words; the meaning that we catch beyond the words expressed. Those poets that will live in immortality have SUGGESTIONS ON COMPOSITION. 59 written thus. The reader cannot fail to recog¬ nize the truth and thought conveyed in this stanza of Cowper’s, beyond the words them¬ selves : “ Judge not the Lord by feeble sense, But trust Him for His grace; Behind a frowning providence, He hides a smiling face.” The idea expressed in these few lines brings up in long review the trials of a past life, and the recollection of sorrows and afflictions which we afterwards, not unfrequently, discovered to be blessings in disguise, and in reality seemingly designed for our best good. There is much food for reflection in the follow¬ ing stanza from Gray’s “ Elegy” : “Full many a gem, of purest ray serene, The dark, unfatkomed caves of ocean bear; Full many a flower is born to blush unseen, And waste its sweetness on the desert air.” With this reading comes up the thought of those of our fellow men whom we know to be good, noble, and worthy, but whose names will go down to the grave unhonored and unknown. Very plainly we see the meaning beyond the words in the following, also from Gray: “ Perhaps, in this neglected spot, is laid Some heart, once pregnant with celestial fire — Hand, that the rod of empire might have swayed. Or waked to ecstasy the living lyre.” A similar idea is expressed by Whittier, though in fewer words: “ Of all sad words of tongue or pen. The saddest are these, ‘ It might have been. 1 ” Both stanzas are deeply freighted with thought beyond what is expressed. Those extracts, whether in prose or poetry, that are destined to go down to coming genera¬ tions, are so laden with ideas and suggestions that in listening or reading, the scenes they suggest seem to move before us, and we forget words in contemplating that which the words describe. Prose writings often contain gems of thought told very briefly, especially in the works of our best authors. In the following, from Irving’s description of the grave, the reader becomes so absorbed in the picture portrayed that the words themselves are lost in the emotions they enkin¬ dle: “ O, the grave 1 the grave! It buries every error, covers every de¬ fect, extinguishes every resentment. From its peaceful bosom spring none but fond regrets and tender recollections. Who can look down upon the grave even of an enemy, and not feel a compunctious throb, that he should ever have warred with the poor handful of earth that lies mouldering before him. “But the grave of those we loved — what a place for meditation! There it is that we call up in long review the whole history of virtue and gentleness, and the thousand endearments lavished upon us, al¬ most unheeded, in the daily intercourse of intimacy; there it is that we dwell upon the tenderness, the solemn, awful tenderness of the parting scene —the hed of death, with all its stifled griefs, its noiseless attendants, its mute, watchful assiduities — the last testimonies of ex¬ piring love — the feeble, fluttering, thrilling — O how thrilling ! — pres¬ sure of the hand — the last fond look of the glazing eye, turned upon us even from the threshold of existence — the faint, faltering accents struggling in death to give one more assurance of affection. “Ay, go to the grave of buried love, and meditate! There settle the account with thy conscience for every past benefit unrequited, every past endearment unregarded, of that departed being who can never — never — never return to be soothed by thy contrition.” The Bible abounds in beautiful and expressive sayings, that reveal much in few words, as shown in the following: “The wicked flee when no man pursueth.” “Boast not thyself of to-morrow. Thou knowest not what a day may bring forth.” “ A soft answer turneth away wrath.” “ Better is a dinner of herbs where love is, than a stalled ox and hatred therewith.” “ Hope deferred maketh the heartsick.” “ Cast thy bread upon the waters, for thou shalt find it after many days.” Care should be taken to prune out the unnec¬ essary words with an unsparing hand. Thus, in the sentence, “ I have got back, having re¬ turned } T esterday,” it is better to say, “ I re¬ turned yesterday.” Two young men, upon going into the army during the la/te civil war, were requested by their friends to telegraph at the close of any battle they might take part in, concerning their condition. At the close of the battle of Perry- ville, one telegraphed the following : “Pebryville, Ky., Oct. 9,1862. “Dear Friends: “ As requested, I take the first opportunity after the late severe battle, fought at this place, to inform you that I came from the engagement uninjured. “HENRY MOSELEY.” The other telegraphed as follows : “ Uninjured. “Pebryville, Ky., Oct. 9, 1862. “ HIRAM MAYNARD.” Hiram well knew that his friends would hear immediate^ of the battle from the newspapers, and would learn from the same source that his regiment participated in the engagement. Their 60 RHETORICAL FIGURES. next question would then be “ How is Hiram ? To answer that, he had simply to telegraph one word. In a letter afterwards, he gave the par¬ ticulars. The following rules should he observed in writing: First. Never use a word that does not add some new thought, or modify some idea already expressed. Second. Beware of introducing so many sub¬ jects into one sentence as to confuse the sense. Third. Long and short sentences should be properly intermixed, in order to give a pleasing sound in reading. There is generally a rounded harmony in the long sentence, not found in the short, though as a rule, in order to express meaning plainly, it is better to use short sen¬ tences. Fourth. Make choice of such words and phrases as people will readily understand. Rhetorical Figures. HE beauty, force, clearness, and brevity of language are frequently greatly enhanced by the judicious use of rhetorical figures, which are named and explained as follows : A Simile is an expressed comparison. Example — “ Charity, like the sun, brightens every object on which itshines.” The Metaphor is an implied comparison, indi¬ cating the resemblance of two objects by apply¬ ing the name, quality or conduct of one directly to the other. Examples - “ Thy word is a Icmn to my feet.” “ Life is an isthmus between two eternities.” “The morning of life.” “The storms oi life.” An Allegory is the recital of a story under which is a meaning different from what is ex¬ pressed in words, the analogy and comparison being so plainly made that the designed con¬ clusions are correctly drawn. Example —Thou hast brought a vine (the Jewish nation) out of E"ypt; thou hast cast out the heathen and planted it. l liou prepar- edst room before it and didst cause it to take deep root, and it filled the land. The hills were covered with the shadow of it, and the boughs thereof were like the goodly cedars.— Bible. In Hyperbole, through the effect of imagina¬ tion or passion, we greatly exaggerate what is founded in truth, by magnifying the good qual¬ ities of objects we love, and diminish and degrade the objects that we dislike or envy. Examples — “ That fellow is so tall that he does not know when his feet are cold.” “ Brougham is a thunderbolt.'" Personification consists in attributing lile to things inanimate. Example — “ Hatred stirreth up strife; but love covereth all sins.” A Metonymy ( Me-ton-y-my ) substitutes the name of one object for that of another that sustains some relation to it, either by some de¬ gree of mutual dependence or otherwise so connected as to be capable of suggesting it; thus cause is used for effect or the effect for the cause, the attribute for the subject or the sub¬ ject for the attribute. Examples —1. Cause and effect; as “ Extravagance is the ruin of many,”—that is, the couse oj vui?i. 2 Attribute and that to which it belongs; as “ Pride shall be brought low”— that is, the proud. A Synecdoche ( sin-ek-do-ke ) is a form of speech wherein something more or something less is substituted for the precise object meant, as when the whole is put for a part, or a part for the whole the singular for the plural or the plural for the singular. Examples — “ His head is grey,”-that is, his hair. “The world considers him a man of talent,”— that is, the people. Antithesis is the contrasting of opposites. Examples - “ Sink or swim, live or die, survive or perish, I give my hand and heart to this vote.” “ Though deep yet clear." Irony is a form of speech in which the wiitei or speaker sneeringly means the reverse of what is literally said, the words being usually mock¬ ery uttered for the sake of ridicule or sarcasm. Irony is a very effective weapon of attack, the form of language being such as scarcely to admit of a reply. Example- “Have not the Indians been kindly and justly treated? Have not the temporal things, the vain baubles and filthy lucre of this world, which are too apt to engage their worldly and selfish thoughts, been benevolently taken from them; and have they not instead thereof, been taught to set their affections ou things above? Paralipsis pretends to conceal what is really expressed. Example— “ I will not call him villain, because it would be unpar¬ liamentary. I will not call him fool, because he happens to be chan¬ cellor of the exchequer.” Climax is the gradual ascending in the expres¬ sion of thought, from things lower to a higher and better. Reversed, it is called anticlimax. RHETORICAL FIGURES. 61 Examples—“A Scotch mist becomes a shower; and a shower, a storm; and a storm, a tempest; and a tempest, thunder and lightning; and thunder and lightning, heavenquake and earthquake.” “Then virtue became silent, heartsick, pined away, and died.” Allusion is that use of language whereby in a word or words we recall some interesting inci¬ dent or condition by resemblance or contrast. Examples — “ Give them the Amazon in South America and we’ll give them the Mississippi in the United States.” After the signing of the Declaration of Inde¬ pendence, Hancock remarked to his fellow signers that they must all hang together. “ Yes,” said Franklin “ or we shall all hang separately. ” The allusion in this case turns to a pun, which is a play upon words. Example — “And the Doctor told the Sexton And the Sexton toiled the bell.” A continued allusion and resemblance in style becomes a parody. Example — “ ’Tis the last rose of summer, left blooming alone; All her lovely companions are faded and gone; No flower of her kindred, no rosebud is mgb. To reflect back her blushes, or give sigh for sigh. I ’ll not leave thee, thou lone one, to pine on thy stem ; Since the lovely are sleeping, go, sleep thou with them. Thus kindly I scatter tby leaves o’er the bed Where thy mates of the garden lie scentless and dead.” Pakodt — “ ’Tis the last golden dollar, left shining alone; All its brilliant companions are squandered and gone; No coin of its mintage reflects back its hue, They went in mint juleps, and this will go too ! I’ll not keep thee, thou lone one, too long in suspense; Thy brothers were melted, and melt thou, to pence ! I ’ll ask for no quarter, I ’ll spend and not spare. Till my old tattered pocket hangs centless and bare.” Pun — “Ancient maiden lady anxiously remarks, That there must be peril ’mong so many sparks: Roguish-looking fellow, turning to the stranger. Says it’s his opinion she is out of danger.” — Saxe. Exclamation is a figure of speech used to ex¬ press more strongly the emotions of the speaker. Examples —“ Oh ! the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God ! ” “ How poor, bow rich, how abject, how august How complicate, how wonderful is man ! Distinguished link in being’s endless chain ! Midway from nothing to the Deity 1 A beam ethereal, sullied and absorbed ! Though sullied and dishonored, still divine ! An heir of glory ! a frail child of dust: A worm 1 a god 1 I tremble at myself, And in myself am lost.” Interrogation is a rhetorical figure by which the speaker puts opinions in the form of questions for the purpose of expressing thought more pos¬ itively and vehemently without expectation of the questions being answered. Examples —“ He that planned the ear shall he not hear? He that formed the eye, shall he not see ?” “0 Death, where is thy sting ? O Grave, where is thy victory ?” “ But when shall we be stronger? Will it be the next week or the next year ? Will it be when we are totally disarmed, and when a Brit¬ ish guard shall be stationed in every house? * * * Is life so dear, or peace so sweet, as to be purchased at the price of chains and slavery ?” “ Can storied urn or animated bust Back to its mansions call the fleeting breath ? Can Honor’s voice provoke the silent dust, Or Flattery soothe the dull, cold ear of death ?” Euphemism ( u-fe-miz-em ) is a word or sentence so chosen and expressed as to make a disagree¬ able fact sound more pleasantly than if told in plain language. Examples — “ Deceased ” for “ dead;” “ stopping payment,” instead of “becoming bankrupt;” “falling asleep,” instead of “dying;” “ you labor under a mistake,” for “ you lie; ” “he does not keep very correct accounts,” instead of “he cheats when he can;” “shecer tainly displays as little vanity in^ber personal appearance as any young lady I ever saw; ” for “ she is*an intolerable slattern.” “ I see Anacreon laugh and sing; His silver tresses breathe perfume; His cheeks display a second spring Of roses taught by wine to bloom." Apostrophe like the exclamation is the sudden turning away, in the fullness of emotion, to ad¬ dress some other person or object. In this we address the absent or dead as if present or alive, and the inanimate as if living. This figure of speech usually indicates a high degree of excitement. Examples — “ O gentle sleep. Nature’s soft nurse, how have I frighted thee. That thou no more wilt weigh my eyelids down, And steep my senses in forgetfulness ? ” Thus King David, on hearing of the death of Absalom, exclaims, “ O, my son Absalom, my son, my son! ” Ossian’s Address to the Moon, is one of the most beautiful illustrations of the apostrophe. “Daughter of heaven, fair art thou! The silence of thy face is pleasant. Thou comest forth in loveliness. The stars attend thy blue steps in the East. The clouds rejoice in thy presence, O Moon ! and brighten their dark-brown sides. Who is like thee in heaven, daughter of the night? The stars are ashamed in thy presence, and turn aside their sparkling eyes. Whither dost thou retire from thy course, when the darkness of thy countenance grows? Hast thou thy hall like Ossian ? Dwcllest thou in the shadow of grief ? Have thy sisters fallen from heaven? and are they who rejoiced with thee at night no more ? Yes, they have fallen, fair light ! and often dost thou retire to mourn. But thou thyself shall one night fail, and leave thy blue path in heaven. The stars will then lift their heads; they who in thy presence were astonished will rejoice.” “Thou lingering star with less'ning ray, That lov’st to greet the early morn. Again thou usher’st in the day My Mary from my soul was tom. O Mary ! dear departed shade !” Vision is a figure of rhetoric by which the speaker represents the objects of his imagina¬ tion as actually before his eyes and present to his senses. Examples —“ Soldiers ! from the tops of yonder pyramids, forty cen¬ turies look down upon you 1 ” “We behold houses and public edifices wrapt in flames; we hear the crash of roofs falling in, and one general uproar proceeding from a thousand different voices; we see some flying they know not whither, others hanging over the last embraces of their wives and friends ; we see the mother tearing from the ruffian’s grasp her helpless babe, and the victors cutting each others’ throats wherever the plunder is most inviting.” 62 LAWS OF LANGUAGE. Onomatopceia is the use of such word or words as by their sound will suggest the sense, as crash , buzz , roar , etc. Motion is thus easily im¬ itated, as is also sound, and even the reflections and emotions. Examples — “Away they went pell mell, hurry skurry, wild buffalo, wild horse, wild huntsmen, with clang and clatter, and whoop and halloo that made the forests ring.” “ The ball went whizzing past. “While I nodded nearly napping, suddenly there came a tapping As of some one gently rapping, rapping at my chamber door. General Summary. Dr. Blair’s system of rhetoric sums up the most important qualities of style in the six fol¬ lowing terms, being thus condensed by Kerl: “ Purity, propriety, and precision chiefly in regard to words and phrases; and perspicuity, unity, and strength, in regard to sentences, lie who writes with purity, avoids all phraseology that is foreign, un¬ couth, or ill-derived; he who writes with propriety, selects the most appropriate, the very best expressions, and generally displays sound judgment and good taste; he who writes with 'precision, is careful to state exactly what he means — all that he means, or that is necessary, and nothing more; he who writes with perspicuity, aims to present his meaning so°clearly and obviously, that no one can fail to understand him at once; he who observes unity, follows carefully the most agree¬ able order of nature, and does not jumble together incongruous things, nor throw out his thoughts in a confused or chaotic mass; and he who writes with strength, so disposes or marshals all the parts of each sen¬ tence, and all the parts of the discourse, as to make the strongest im¬ pression. A person’s style, according as it is influenced by taste and imagination, may be dry, plain, neat, elegant, ornamental, florid, or turgid. The most common faulty style is that which maybe described as being stiff, cramped, labored, heavy and tiresome ; its opposite is the easy, flowing, graceful, sprightly, and interesting style. One of the greatest beauties of style, one too little regarded, is simplicity or nat¬ uralness; that easy, unaffected, earnest, and highly impressive lan¬ guage which indicates a total ignorance, or rather innocence, of all the trickery of art. It seems to consist of the pure promptings of nature ; though, in most instances, it is not so much a natural gift as it is the perfection of art." Laws of Language. The following rules by Dr. Campbell, in ref¬ erence to the construction of sentences and choice of words will be found of service. 1. When the usage is divided as to any particular words or phrases, and when one of the expressions is susceptible of different meanings, while the other admits of only one signification, the expression which is strictly of one meaning should be preferred. 2. In doubtful cases, analogy should be regarded. 8. When expressions are in other respects equal, that should be pre¬ ferred which is most agreeable to the ear. 4. When none of the preceding rules takes place, regard should be had to simplicity. 5. All words and phrases, particularly harsh and not absolutely nec¬ essary, should be dismissed. U When the etymology plainly points to a different signification from what the word bears, propriety and simplicity require its dismis¬ sion. 7. When words become obsolete, or are never used but in particular phrases, they should be repudiated, as they give the style an air of vul¬ garity and cant, when this general disuse renders them obscure. 8. All words and phrases which analyzed grammatically, include an imperfection of speech, should be dismissed. 9. All expressions which, according to the established rules of lan¬ guage, either have no meaning, or involve a contradiction, or accord¬ ing to the fair construction of the words, convey a meaning different from the intention of the speaker, should he dismissed. Specific Directions. Paragraphs. —One or more sentences form a paragraph. When a deviation or change is made in the subject a new paragraph is com¬ menced. The first line of each paiagraph in writing should commence about one inch from the left side of the sheet. Preserve a space half an inch in width between the left of the writing and the edge of the sheet. Write as close to the right edge of the sheet as possible. When lack of space prevents the completion of a word on the line, place the hyphen (-) at the end of the line and follow with the remain¬ ing syllables on the next line. Words may be divided, but never divide syllables. Rules of Construction. 1. The principal words in a sentence should be placed where they will make the most strik¬ ing impression. 2. A weaker assertion or argument should not follow a stronger one. 3. The separation of the preposition from the noun which it governs, should be avoided. 4. Concluding the sentence with an adverb, preposition, or other insignificant word lessens the strength of the sentence. Order of Arrangement. —Young writers will find it well to prepare a memorandum of the subjects they wish to treat on a separate slip of paper, and the points they wish to make relating to each subject. Having the subjects clearly fixed in the mind, they should com¬ mence with the least important and follow through to the end, considering the most import¬ ant at the close. DICTIONARY OF SYNONYMOUS WORDS. 63 ^Dictionary of ^Synonyms. ELEVEN THOUSAND SYNONYMOUS WORDS, For the use of Writers and Speakers. UITE a common fault is that of using, when writing, the same word several times in a sen¬ tence. To avoid this inelegant repetition, the writer should give careful attention to the selection of different words having a similar meaning. Observe the following: Example. He is accurate in figures, accurate in grammar, accurate in spelling, accurate in writing. IMPROVED. He is accurate in figures, correct in grammar, exact in spell¬ ing, precise in writing. See the word accurate in the dictionary, ac¬ companied by synonymous words. Example. He made an excellent address in the morning, and his col¬ league made an excellent address in the evening. IMPROVED. He made an excellent address in the morning, and his col¬ league entertained the assemblage with an eloquent speech in the evening. Example. The patient suffered untold agony for years ; during which time he suffered not only agony of body, but agony of mind. IMPROVED. The patient suffered untold agony for years ; during which time he endured not only torture of body, but anguish of mind. A Abase— humble, lower, degrade, depress, dis¬ grace. Abate— lessen, reduce, subside, decrease, di¬ minish. Abbreviate— abridge, curtail, condense, com¬ press, epitomize, lessen, reduce, shorten. Abuor— abominate, detest, hate, loathe. Ability— capacity, power, skill, means, talent. Able— capable, competent. Abode— dwelling, habitation, residence. Abominate— abhor, detest, hate, loathe. Abridge— contract, diminish, lessen, shorten. Absent— abstracted, inattentive, heedless. Absorb— engross, engulf, imbibe, swallow. Abstain— forbear, refrain, withhold. Abstruse— hidden, obscure, difficult. Absurd— foolish, unreasonable, preposterous, ridiculous, silly. Abundant— ample, copious, plentiful. Abusive— insolent, offensive, scurrilous, dis¬ graceful. Accede— acquiesce, agree, consent, assent, comply, yield. Accept— admit, receive, take. Acceptable— agreeable, grateful, welcome. Accession— addition, augmentation, increase. Accommodate— adjust, adapt, serve, suit, fit. Accomplice— abettor, ally, assistant, acces¬ sory, associate. Accomplish— complete, effect, achieve, fulfill, execute, realize, finish. Account— explanation, narration, description, recital. Accumulate— heap, collect, gather, amass. Accurate— precise, nice, exact, correct. Accuse— asperse, arraign, censure, impeach, defame, calumniate, detract, vilify. Achieve— execute, complete, fulfill, realize, accomplish, effect. Acknowledgment— confession, concession. Acknowledge— confess, own, avow, grant. Acquaint— inform, communicate, disclose, make known. Acquiesce— comply, yield, consent, agree, as¬ sent, yield. Acquire— gain, attain, procure, win, obtain. Acquirement— attainment, gain. Acquit— free, pardon, forgive, discharge, clear. Active— quick, nimble, agile, alert, prompt, industrious, busy, brisk, vigorous. Actual— real, certain, positive. Actuate— impel, induce, move. Acute— sharp, keen, subtle, shrewd, piercing, pointed, penetrating. Adapt— suit, fit, adjust, accommodate. Add— join to, put to, increase. Address— speech, utterance, ability, court¬ ship, skill, direction. Addition— augmentation, increase, accession. Adhere— stick, cleave, hold, attach. Adept— apt, quick, skillful, expert. Adherent— disciple, follower, partisan. Adhesion— sticking, attachment, adherence. Adjacent— close, near, adjoining, contiguous. Adjourn— postpone, defer, delay. Adjust— settle, fit, suit, adapt, accommodate. Administer— give, execute, dispense, manage, supply, serve. Admiration— regard, esteem, wonder, sur¬ prise, amazement. Admission— entrance, access, admittance. Admit— allow, permit, tolerate, concede, grant. Admonition— warning, advice, counsel, re¬ proof. Adorn— deck, embellish, beautify. Adroit— agile, dexterous, clever, skillful. Adulterate— corrupt, pollute, debase, defile. 64 DICTIONARY OF SYNONYMOUS WORDS. Advancement — progression, improvement. Advantage — profit, benefit, use, good. Adventube— chance, casualty, contingency, incident, occurrence. Adversary— opponent, antagonist, enemy. Adverse— unfortunate, hostile, contrary, re¬ pugnant, opposed. Advert— notice, turn, regard, allude. Advise— consult, consider, deliberate, ad¬ monish. Advocate— plead, argue, defend, support. Affability— civility, courteousness, urbanity. Affable— civil, courteous, urbane, pleasing. Affair— business, concern, matter, transac¬ tion. Affect — aim, assume, move, pretend,arrogate. Affecting— feeling, touching, pathetic. Affection — love, fondness, attachment, kind¬ ness, tenderness. Affiliate — adopt, receive, initiate, associate. Affinity— relationship, kindred, alliance,con¬ formity, attraction. Affirm— assure, assert, aver, declare, protest. Affliction— pain, trouble, distress, grief, sad¬ ness, sorrow, tribulation, bereavement, cal¬ amity. Affluence— plenty, abundance, riches, opu¬ lence, wealth, concourse, influx. Afford — yield, grant, give, impart, spare. Affright— alarm, dismay, shock, terrify, appall, frighten, dishearten, intimidate. Affront— provoke, insult, outrage, offend. Afraid — fearful, terrified, timid, timorous. Aged— elderly, old, senile, advanced in years. Agent— representative, deputy. Aggregate— mass, collect, accumulate. Agile— alert, active, lively, quick, sprightly, nimble, brisk. Agitate— shake, disturb, move, discuss. Agitation— disturbance, trepidation, tremor. Agony— pain, distress, torture, anguish, suf¬ fering. Agree— accede, acquiesce, assent, consent, concur, comply. Agreeable— suitable, acceptable, pleasing, grateful. Agreement— harmony, accordance, covenant, concurrence, contract, bargain. Aid— assist, help, succor, relieve. Aim — aspire, endeavor, level, point. Air— aspect, manner, appearance, look, mien. Alarm— f.ar, consternation, dread, apprehen¬ sion, fright, terror, summons, surprise. Alienate— transfer, withdraw, estrange. Allege— adduce, affirm, advance, assert. Alleviate— case, abate, lessen, mitigate, re¬ lieve, diminish, soothe, lighten. Alliance— coalition, union, league, combina¬ tion, confederacy. Allot— distribute, apportion, assign, appoint. Allowance— wages, pay, stipend, salary, per¬ mission, concession, grant. Allude— refer, suggest, hint, intimate. Allure— tempt, entice, seduce, decoy, attract. Alter— change, vary, modify, re-arrange. Always— ever, perpetually, constantly, con¬ tinually, incessantly. Amass— gather, heap, collect, accumulate. Amazement— astonishment, surprise, winder, admiration. Ambiguous— obscure, doubtful, equivocal, un¬ certain. Amenable— answerable, responsible, account¬ able. Amend— correct, improve, better, rectify, re¬ form, mend. Amends— recompense, restoration, reparation, restitution. Amiable— lovely, kind, charming, delightful, obliging. Ample— large, extended, spacious, copious, abundant, plenteous. Amusement — entertainment, diversion, sport, pastime, recreation. Angry — passionate, hot, irascible, hasty. Anguish— pain, distress, suffering, agony. Animate — cheer, enliven, exhilarate, impel, incite, inspire, urge, encourage. Animation — life, spirits, liveliness, buoyancy, gayety, vivacity. Animosity— hatred, enmity, malignity, hos¬ tility. Annex— attach, affix, subjoin, add. Announce— proclaim, declare, advertise, pub¬ lish. Annul— destroy, revoke, abolish, cancel, re¬ peal, annihilate. Answer— reply, response, rejoinder. Answerable — amenable, accountable, re¬ sponsible. Antagonist— enemy, foe, opponent, adversary. Antecedent— previous, former, anterior, pre¬ ceding, prior, foregoing. Antipathy— aversion, abhorrence, dislike, de¬ testation, hatred. Anxiety— caution, care, perplexity, solic¬ itude, uneasiness, disquietude. Apathy — unfeelingness, indifference, insens¬ ibility, unconcern. Aperture— cavity, opening. Apology' — defense, plea, excuse. Apparent— evident, clear, plain, visible, dis¬ tinct. Appeal— invoke, refer, call upon. Appearance— aspect, look, air, manner, mien, semblance. Appease — calm, soothe, allay, pacify, assuage, tranquilize. Applaud — praise, approve, extol, commend. Applause— acclamation, shouting, approval. Appoint— allot, fix, provide, order, prescribe, ordain, depute, constitute. Arpr.AisE—value, estimate. Appreciate— value, esteem, prize, estimate. Apprehension— fear, terror, alarm, seizure, dread, suspicion, fright. Apprise— inform, acquaint, disclose. Approach — admittance, access, avenue, pass¬ age. Approbation— approval, concurrence, con¬ sent, sanction, confirmation. Appropriate— assume, usurp, set apart. Appropriate —peculiar, exclusive, adapted. Approve— allow, like, applaud, esteem, com¬ mend. Arbitrator— judge, umpire, arbiter. Archives -annals, records. Ardent— hot, eager, passionate, fervent, fiery, vehement. Arduous — hard, difficult, laborious. Argument— proof, reason, dispute. Arise— mount, ascend, rise, stand up. Arraign— charge, accuse, impeach. Arrange— place, dispose, class, range. Arrogance— assumption, self-conceit, pride, presumption, haughtiness. Artful — crafty, artificial, deceitful, cunning, dexterous. Articulate— speak, pronounce, utter. Artifice— deception, imposition, stratagem, cheat, deceit, finesse. Attitude— posture, gesture. Attract— charm, captivate, win, allure, draw, entice. Attractions— charms, allurements, entice¬ ments. Audacity— impudence, boldness, hardihood, effrontery. Auspicious— favorable, propitious, prosper¬ ous, lucky, fortunate. Authentic — genuine, authorized, true. Authority— power, dominion, force, sway, influence, ascendency. Avarice— greed, covetousness, cupidity. Averse — loath, unwilling, reluctant, repug¬ nant, unfortunate, unfavorable. Aversion— dislike, antipathy, repugnance, ab¬ horrence, detestation. Avidity— eagerness, greediness. Avocation— calling, trade, profession, office, business, employment, occupation. Avoid— shun, elude, eschew. Avow—own, confess, recognize, acknowledge. Awake —arouse, provoke, excite. Awe — fear, dread, reverence. B Babbling— idle talk, loquacity, chattering, prattling. Backward — loth, unwilling, reluctant, averse. Baffle— confound, defeat, disconcert, elude, confuse. Balance— settle, adjust, regulate, equalize. Banter— taunt, ridicule, deride, rally, joke, jest. Bare— stripped, naked, destitute, uncovered, unadorned. Bargain — purchase, cheapen, contract, buy. Base— mean, low, vile. Bashful— shy, modest, timid, diffident. Basis— foundation, pedestal, ground, base. Bastard— spurious, illegitimate. Battle — combat, fight, engagement. Bear— carry, bring forth, suffer, support, en¬ dure, sustain, undergo. Beat— hit, strike, defeat., overthrow. Beau— sweetheart, gallant, fop, dandy. Beautiful — handsome, fine. Beautift— embellish, decorate, adorn, deck, ornament. Becoming— suitable, comely, graceful, decent, befitting, meet, tit. Beg— crave, beseech, entreat, ask, request, im¬ plore, solicit, supplicate. Begin— originate, commence, enter upon. Beguile — delude, mislead, deceive, amuse, im¬ pose upon. DICTIONARY OF SYNONYMOUS WORDS. 65 Behavior— conduct, carriage, manner, deport¬ ment, address, demeanor. Beiiold— see, look, observe, view. Beholder— spectator, looker on, observer. Belief— credit, faith, trust, certainty, confi¬ dence, reliance, conviction, opinion, assent. Below— under, beneath. Bend— lean, incline, distort, subdue, bow. Beneath— under, below. Bequeath— devise, give by will. Beseech— solicit, crave, beg, implore, entreat, request, urge, supplicate. Bestow— grant, confer, give, present. Better— improve, mend, reform, ameliorate. Blame— reprove, condemn, reproach, censure, reprehend, upbraid, inculpate. Blameless— unblemished, innocent, faultless, guiltless, spotless, irreproachable. Blast— desolate, destroy, wither up, split. Blemish— flaw, spot, defect, fault, speck. Blunt— dull, uncouth, insentient, abrupt. Blunder— error, mistake. Boaster— braggard, braggart, braggadocio, vauuter, blusterer. Boasting— parade, ostentation, vaunting. Boisterous— violent, furious, impetuous. Bold— courageous, daring, fearless, impudent, iusolcnt, audacious. Bondage— servitude, confinement, imprison¬ ment, slavery, Border— edge, verge, rim, brim, margin, brink, side. Bore— pierce, penetrate, perforate. Bound— define, confine, restrict, terminate, limit, circumscribe. Bounty— liberality, generosity, benevolence, beneficence. Brave— bold, daring, heroic, courageous, fin- daunted, intrepid, fearless. Breach— gap, chasm, break, opening. Break— destroy, batter, rend, dissolve, tame, demolish, shatter. Breaker— surge, billow, wave, sand-bank, covered rock. Brief— short, concise, succinct, compendious, summary, epitomized. Bright— clear, shining, sparkling, brilliant, glistening, glittering, lucid, resplendent. Brilliancy— brightness, radiance, splendor, luster. Broad— far-rcaching, ample, large, extensive, wide. Broil— fight, quarrel, altercation, affray. Bruise— break, crush, squeeze, pound, com¬ press. Build— erect, establish, found, construct. Bulk— greatness, largeness, extent, magni¬ tude, size, dimensions. Burden— load, freight, weight, cargo. Burning— ardent, fiery, hot, scorching. Burst— break, rend, crack, split. Business— trade, occupation, calling, work, avocation, employment, profession. Bustle— disorder, hurry, tumult, confusion. But— except, still, however, save, nevertheless, yet, notwithstanding. Butchery— havoc, slaughter, massacre, car¬ nage. Buy— procure, bargain, obtain, purchase. c CABAi^-coalition, combination, league, con¬ spiracy, intrigue, plot. Calamity— mishap, disaster, misfortune. Calculate— count, number, compute, reckon, estimate. Call— exclaim, cry, invite, name, summon, subpoena. Calling— trade, occupation, profession, busi¬ ness, employment, avocation. Calm— soothe, compose, tranquilize, pacify, appease, allay, assuage. Cancel— erase, destroy, abolish, repeal, annul, revoke. Candid— frank, open, artless, honest, ingenu¬ ous. Capable— able, fitted, competent, qualified, skillful. Capacity— capability, faculty, ability, genius, talent. Caprice— fancy, humor, freak, whim, notion. Capricious— notional, variable, fickle, change¬ able, fantastical, whimsical. Captivate— charm, enslave, attract, enchant, enrapture, fascinate, take prisoner. Captivity— servitude, confinement, bondage, imprisonment. Capture— prize, seizure. Care— anxiety, solicitude, regard, attention, management, concern, disquietude, worry. Careful— cautious, solicitous, attentive, pro¬ vident, guarded, prudent, circumspect. Careless— heedless, remiss, thoughtless, in¬ attentive, negligent, unconcerned. Caress— fondle, endear, embrace, stroke soothe. Carnage— massacre, butchery, slaughter. Carriage— manner, behavior, mien, deport¬ ment, demeanor, walk, bearing. Carry— transport, convey, bear. Cast— throw, hurl, turn, fling, direct. Catch— snatch, seize, lay hold of, grasp, cap¬ ture, grip. Cause— origin, source, reason, inducement. Caution— advice, warning, notice, admonition, care, solicitude, circumspection. Cautious— careful, wary, watchful, prudent, circumspect. Cease— leave off, desist, discontinue, stop. Celebrated— honored, famous, illustrious, re¬ nowned. CELEBRATE—praise, extol, commend, perpet¬ uate. Censure— rebuke, reprimand, condemnation, reproach, blame, stricture. Ceremony— form, rite, observance. Certain— manifest, actual, real, sure, constant. Chagrin— vexation, mortification, fretfuluess. Challenge— demand, defy, call, accuse, claim, object, except. Chance— hazard, casual, fortuitous. Change— alteration, variety, mutation, con¬ version, vicissitude. Changeable— uncertain, variable, fickle, mu¬ table, inconstant, unsteady. Character— manner, reputation, description, letter, mark, quality. Charity— kindness, benevolence, good-will, liberality, beneficence, generosity. Charm— attract, bewitch, delight, enrapture, captivate, fascinate. Chasten— correct, punish, afflict, chastise. Chasteness— purity, continence, simplicity, chastity. Chastise— correct, afflict, punish. Chattels— effects, movable goods. Cheat— fraud, deception, stratagem, deceit, imposition. Cheer— incite, 'comfort, gladden, encourage, exhilarate. Cheerfulness— mirth, gladness, liveliness, sprightliness, gaycty, jollity, comfort. Cherish— help, shelter, warm, nurture, foster. Chide— scold, rebuke, reprove, reprimand. Chiefly— mainly, principally, particularly, especially. CniLDisii—simple, puerile, trifling. CniLDnooD—infancy, minority. Children— offspring, issue, progeny. Choke— stifle, smother, suffocate. Choice— selection, election, option. Choose— prefer, select, pick, elect. Circulate— spread, pass, diffuse, propagate. Circumscribe— limit, confine, enclose, bound. Circumstance— event, incident, state, situa¬ tion, condition. Circumspect— watchful, cautious, wary, par¬ ticular, vigilant, prudent. Circumstantial— minute, particular, inci¬ dental, accidental. Civil— obliging, polite, affable, courteous, complaisant, polished, well-bred. Civilization— refinement, culture. Claim— demand, pretension, right. Clandestine— secret, hidden, private. Class— division, order, degree, rank. Cleansing— purifying, purging, cleaning. Clear— free, pure, acquit, absolve, discharge, satisfy, vindicate, evident, apparent, obvious. Clearly— distinctly, lucidly, plainly, mani¬ festly, obviously, visibly. Clemency— mercy, mildness, lenity, kindness. Clever— adroit, skillful, ready, expert. Climb— mount, scale, ascend. Cling— stick, hold, cleave, clasp, hang. Close— shut, firm, compact, concise, confined near. Clothes— raiment, garment, covering, attire habiliments, apparel. Clouded— obscured, variegated, dark, gloomy, overcast, sullen. Clumsy— awkward, unhandy, bungling, un¬ couth. Coadjutor— assistant, colleague, ally. Coalition— conspiracy, league, union, com¬ bination. Coarse— gross, inelegant, rough, rude, vulgar, unrefined. Coax— flatter, wheedle, fawn, cajole. Coerce— force, compel, restrain. Cognomen— name, appellation, denomination. Coherent— consistent, adhesive, tenacious. Coincide— harmonize, agree, concur. Cold- reserved, chill, frigid, shy, unaffecting. Colleague— ally, associate, partner,coadjutor. Collected— calm, placid, unrnffled, composed, gathered. Collection— gathering, assemblage, contribu¬ tion, group. 5 66 DICTIONARY OP SYNONYMOUS WORDS. Colloquy— dialogue, conference, talk. Color— dye, hue, tint, paint, tinge. Combination— union, league, coalition, con¬ spiracy, alliance, confederacy. Comely— graceful, handsome, agreeable. Comfort— solace, console, encourage, enliven. Comfortless — wretched, desolate, forlorn. Comic —funny, ludicrous, ridiculous, laughable. Command— direction, behest, order, precept, injunction. Commanding— dictatorial, imperative, author¬ itative, imperious. Commence— undertake, begin, originate. Commend — praise, recommend, extol, applaud, approve, laud. Commensurate— sufficient, adequate, equal, proportionate. Comment— utterance, explanation, exposition, annotation, note, observation, elucidation, remark. Commiseration— feeling for, pity, compassion, condolence, sympathy. Commission— authorize, empower, enable. Commodious— fit, suitable, convenient. Commodity— goods, merchandise, wares. Common— mean, vulgar, low, frequent, general, ordinary, usual. Commotion— perturbation, tumult, disturb¬ ance. Communicate— tell, report, make known, dis. close, impart, reveal. Communication— commerce, intercourse, con¬ ference. Communion— fellowship, union, converse, in¬ tercourse. Commute— exchange, barter. Compact— contract, agreement, covenant, firm, solid, close. Companion— ally, accomplice, associate, com¬ rade, friend, confederate, partner. Company — assembly, band, crew, corporation, congregation, association. Compass— attain, enclose, invest, besiege, en¬ viron, encircle, consummate. Compassion— tenderness, pity, sympathy, com¬ miseration. Compensation— pay, amends, reward, remu¬ neration, requital. Competent — suitable, fitted, qualified, able, capable, efficient, effective, skillful. Competition — rivalry, oontest, emulation. Complaining— lamenting, bemoaning, mur¬ muring, bewailing, regretting, repining. Complaisant— agreeable, affable, courteous, civil. Complete— conclude, fulfill, terminate, effect, accomplish, consummate, execute, finish. Complex— intricate, complicate, compound. Compliment— extol, flatter, praise, congratu¬ late. Comply— agree, accord, accede, assent, yield, acquiesce, consent. Compose— put together, form, settle, soothe, calm, quiet, compound. Comprehend— appreciate, embrace, include, understand, conceive, comprise. Compress— condense, bind, squeeze. Compulsion— constraint, force, restraint, co¬ ercion. Compunction— regret, penitence, remorse, re¬ pentance, contrition. Compute— count, number, rate, estimate, cal¬ culate. Concede —yield, grant, allow, deliver, admit, surrender. Conceal— hide, disguise, cover, secrete. Conceit— imagination, fancy, notion, freak. Conceited— vain, proud, egotistical, opinion¬ ated. Conception— perception, knowledge, fancy, idea, imagination, notion. Concern— care, iutcrest, affair, business, re¬ gard, matter. Concert— contrive, manage, adjust, consult. Conciliate— win, reconcile, propitiate. Conclude— finish, terminate, close. Conclusion— termination, end, inference. Conclusive— convincing, decisive. Concord— harmony, agreement, unity, amity, peace. Concur— agree, coincide, approve, acquiesce. Condemn— sentence, doom, blame, reproach, reprove. Condense— abbreviate, shorten, contract. Condescension— humility, submission, defer¬ ence. Condition —rank, state, bond, case, compact, situation, stipulation. Condolence— compassion, sympathy, com miseratiou. Conduce— conduct, tend, lead, contribute. Conduct— management, behavior, guidance, deportment. Confederate— ally, accomplice, associate. Confer— give, bestow, discourse, grant. Confess— acknowledge, grant, own, admit, avow, recognize, disclose. Confide— rely, trust, repose, depend. Confident— impudent, bold, positive, dog¬ matical, absolute, assured. Confined— limited, shut up, circumscribed, restrained, contracted, imprisoned. Confirm— corroborate, establish, strengthen. Conflict— contest, contention, fight, agony, combat, struggle, pang, warfare. Conform— submit, yield, comply. Confuse— stupefy, embarrass, abash, con- fouud, disorder, perplex. Congruity— agreement, consistency. Conjecture— guess, think, surmise, belief. Connected — related, joined, united. Connection— intercourse, union, commerce, association, communion. Conquer— subdue, vanquish, overcome, sur¬ mount. Conscious— aware, sensible, apprised. Consent— yield, agree, assent, acquiesce, com¬ ply, accede. Consequence— result, effect, inference. Consequently— accordingly, hence, there¬ fore, wherefore. Consider— ponder, deliberate, regard, reflect. Consign— entrust, commit, transfer, make over. Consistent— agreeing, consonant, accordant, firm. Console— comfort, soothe, cheer. Conspicuous— prominent, noted, distinguish¬ ed, illustrious. Constancy— perseverance, firmness, steadi¬ ness, stability. Constantly — ever, continually, perpetually, unchangeably, incessantly. Construct— make, build, erect, form. Consult — consider, deliberate, advise. Consume — waste, destroy, absorb, complete. Consummation— perfection, completion. Contagious— epidemic, infectious. Contain— hold, include, embrace, compre¬ hend. Contaminate— pollute, defile, taint, corcupt, poison. Contemn— scorn, despise, disdain. Contemplate — consider, meditate, muse. Contemptible —paltry, vile, mean, disdainful, despicable, disreputable, low. Contend— quarrel, debate, contest, argue, vie, strive. Contention —strife, conflict, contest, oombat, dispute, dissension. Contentment — acquiescence, happiness, satis¬ faction, gratification. Contiguous— near, approximating, adjacent. Continual —perpetual, constant, _ incessant, unceasing, continuous. Continuation— continuance, duration. Contract— arrangement, bargain, agreement, compact, covenant. Contract— curtail, abbreviate, abridge, con¬ dense, reduce, shorten. Contradict— gainsay, deny, oppose. Contrary— opposite, adverse, inimical. Contribute— assist, administer, aid, share. Contrition— remorse, penitence, repentance, compunction, regret. Contrivance— plan, device, means, scheme, invention. Control— subdue, restrain, check, govern, curb. Controversy— argument, debate, disputa¬ tion, contest. Convene— call together, assemble, convoke. Convenient— handy, adapted, suitable. Conversation —dialogue, discussion, confer¬ ence, colloquy. Converse— commune, speak, talk, discourse. Convey— take, carry, bear, transport. Conviction — persuasion, detection, satisfac¬ tion. Convivial— agreeable, festal, social, sociable. Convoke— gather, assemble, convene, call to¬ gether. Copious— ample, full, abundant, exuberant, plenteous, beautiful. Cordial— hearty, warm, sincere. Correct — mend, amend, reform, better, im¬ prove, rectify. Corroborate— establish, confirm, strengthen. Corruption— depravity, pollution, defilement, -adulteration, contamination, depravity, in¬ fection, putridity. Costly— expensive, precious, valuable. Counsel— advice, instruction, exhortation. Counteract— change, defeat, oppose, hinder, frustrate, prevent. Countenance— uphold, favor, encourage, sup¬ port, sanction. Counterfeit — forged, feigned, false, spurious, imposture, imitation. DICTIONARY OP SYNONYMOUS WORDS. 67 Couple— brace, pair, two, join, connect. Courage— heroism, valor, bravery, firmness, intrepidity, fearlessness. Course— mode', way, track, line, career, pro¬ gress, method, passage, road, route, series, succession. Courteous— kind, civil, affable, polished, re¬ spectful, polite, well-bred. Covenant— arrangement, agreement, contract, pledge, stipulation. Covering— concealing, screening, sheltering, hiding, overspreading Covetousness— greed, avarice, cupidity, in¬ ordinate desire. Coward— sneak, dastard, poltroon. Cowardice— fear, timidity, cowardliness. Crafty -underhanded, cunning, artful, wily, deceitful, sly, subtle. Crave— beg, pray, beseech, entreat, implore, request, solicit, supplicate. Create— build, form, make, cause, invent, originate, shape, produce. Crime— evil, guilt, wickedness, vice, sin. Crisis— juncture, critical point. Criticism— stricture, censure, review, remark, judgment. Crooked— bowed, turned, awry, bent, curved, disfigured, deformed. Cross— ill-tempered, fretful, peevish, spleeny, petulant, splenetic. Cruel— barbarous, brutal, inhuman, pitiless, inexorable, unmerciful, harsh. Cultivation— advancement, civilization, im¬ provement, refinement, tillage. Cure— heal, restore, remedy. Curious— prying, inquisitive. Curse— imprecation, malediction, anathema, execration. Cursory— hasty, careless, slight, desultory, superficial. Curtail — shorten, contract, abbreviate, abridge. Custom— habit, manner, usage, prescription, practice. D Damage— injury, hurt, loss, detriment. Dampness— wet, moisture, humidity. Danger— hazard, peril, risk, venture. Daring— bold, fearless, valorous, courageous, intrepid, brave. Dark— dim, dismal, obscure, gloomy. Date— time, period, epoch, era, age. Dead— still, lifeless, inanimate, deceased. Deadly 1 —fatal, mortal, destructive. Dealing— trade, practice, commerce, traffic. Dearth— famine, need, scarcity, want. Debar— deter, hinder, prevent, exclude, pre¬ clude. Debase— lower, degrade, humble, disgrace. Debate— argue, wrangle, dispute, controvert, contest. Debilitate— impair, weaken, enervate, en¬ feeble. Debility— infirmity, weakness, incapacity, imbecility, feebleness. Decay— decline, consumption. Decease— demise, death, departure of life. Deceit— fraud, duplicity, deception, cunning, artifice, guilt, trickery. Decent— comely, fit, seemly, becoming. Decide— settle, resolve, fix, determine. Decision— sentence, determination, judgment, resolution, conclusion. Decisive— ending, conclusive, convincing, Declare— announce, pronounce, testify, pro¬ claim, assure, assert, affirm. Decline— droop, decay, shun, reject, repel, sink, refuse. Decorate— embellish, ornament, beautify, adorn. Decoy— allure, tempt, seduce, entice, inveigle. Decrease— lessen, diminish, lower, subside, abate. Dedicate— devote, consecrate, set apart. Deduction— abatement, inference, conclusion. Deed— action, exploit, achievement, feat. Deface— mar, disfigure, destroy, mutilate. Defame— slander, vilify, scandalize, calumni¬ ate. Defeat— beat, baffle, conquer, overcome, over¬ power, overthrow, vanquish, frustrate. Defect— want, flaw, blemish, imperfection. Defective— wanting, imperfect, deficient. Defender— protector, advocate, pleader, vin¬ dicator Defence — apology, excuse, justification, pro¬ tection, vindication. Defer— delay, hinder, prolong, retard, post¬ pone, protract, procrastinate. Deference — respect, regard, condescension, submission, veneration. Defile— taint, poison, vitiate, corrupt, con¬ taminate, pollute. Deficient— lacking, wanting, imperfect. Definite— exact, precise, positive, certain, bounded, limited. Defraud— swindle, cheat, rob, deceive, tri<;k. Degrade— lower, disgrace, lessen, reduce, de¬ cry, depreciate, disparage. Degree— rank, position, station, class, order. Dejection— depression, melancholy, lowli¬ ness. Delay— hinder, defer, detain, prolong, pro¬ tract, postpone. Deliberate— slow, hesitating, considerate, thoughtful, cautious. Delicate— frail, fine, nice, tender, beautiful, weak, elegant, dainty. Delighted— pleased, glad, grateful, joyful. Delightful— sweet, lovely, delicious, charm¬ ing, gladsome. Delineate— describe, draw, paint, sketch, de¬ pict, represent. Delinquent— criminal, offender. Deliver— give up, save, yield, utter, surrender, concede, rescue, transmit. Delude — mislead, deceive, cheat, beguile. Delusion— cheat, illusion,deception, fallacy. Demand— claim, require, ask. Demolish— overthrow, destroy. Demonstrate— illustrate, show, prove, mani¬ fest. Denominate— name, title, style, designate. Denote— imply, signify, mark, betoken. Deny— refuse, disown, contradict, oppose. Departure— leaving, going away, forsaking, abandoning, exit. Dependence— trust, reliance, confidence, con¬ nection. | Deplore— bemoan, bewail, lament, mourn. Deportment— behavior, character, carriage, conduct, demeanor. Depraved— degraded, corrupt, abandoned, profligate, vicious, wicked. Depreciate— underrate, disparage, detract,un¬ dervalue, degrade, lower, traduce. Deprive— prevent, hinder, depose, divest, strip, abridge. Depute— authorize, appoint, constitute. Deputy— agent, substitute, representative, delegate. Derange— disarrange, discompose, disorder, confuse, disconcert. Deride— mock, ridicule, make fun of, banter, laugh at. Describe— illustrate, narrate, delineate, re¬ count, relate, represent. Description— account, illustration, narration, explanation, recital, relation, detail. Design— intend, plan, scheme, purpose, pro¬ ject, sketch. Designate— name, show, point out,-indicate, choose, distinguish, style. Desist— stop, leave off, discontinue, cease. Desperate -desponding, hopeless, mad, care¬ less, furious, regardless. Despicable— mean, vile, worthless, pitiful, outrageous, contemptible. Despise— hate, scorn, loathe. Despotic— arbitrary, self-willed, absolute. Destination— point, location, design, fate, lot, purpose, appointment. Destitute— bare, forlorn, poor, scanty, for¬ saken, needy. Destroy— ruin, waste, demolish, consume, an¬ nihilate, dismantle. Desultory— hasty, slight, loose, roving. Detach— sever, separate, disjoin, divide. Detail— account, tale, description, narration, recital. Detain— keep, restrain, confine, hold. Detect— find, discover, convict. Determine— fix, decide, bound, limit, settle, resolve, adjust. Determined— firm, resolute, decided, fixed, concluded, ended, immovable. Detest— hate, loathe, abhor, abominate. Detestable— hateful, loathsome, abominable, execrable. Detract— defame, degrade, slander, vilify, cal¬ umniate, scandalize, derogate. Detriment— inconvenience, loss, injury, dis¬ advantage, damage, hurt, prejudice. Develop— grow, unravel, clear, unfold, dis¬ close, exhibit. Deviate— stray, wander, err, digress, swerve. Device— design, scheme, plan, contrivance, in¬ vention, stratagem, show. Devote— give, apply, consecrate, set apart, dedicate. Devout— pious, holy, religious, prayerful. Dexterity— adroitness, expertness, aptness, ability, skillfulness, skill, tact. Dialect— language, speech, tongue. Dictate— propose, direct, order, prescribe, in¬ struct, suggest. Die— expire, depart, perish, languish, wither. Differ— dispute, dissent, vary, contend, dis¬ agree. 68 DICTIONARY OF SYNONYMOUS WORDS. Different— unlike, various, diverse. Difficult— tryiug, arduous, hard, trouble¬ some. DiFFicuLTY-obstacle, embarrassment, trouble, obstruction, perplexity, trial, impediment. Diffident— retiring, fearful, bashful, distrust¬ ful, modest, hesitating. Dignified— exalted, elevated,honored, stately. Diligent— industrious, assiduous, laborious, active, persevering, attentive. Diminish— shorten, curtail, decrease, abate, lessen, subside. Direct— show, guide, conduct, manage, regu¬ late, sway. Direction— command, address, order, super¬ scription. Directly— at once, quickly, instantly, immedi¬ ately, promptly, instantaneously. Disagree— dispute, dissent, differ, quarrel, vary. Disappoint— foil, defeat. Disaster— misfortune, calamity, mischance, mishap. Disavow— disown, deny, disclaim, repudiate. Discard— cast off. dismiss, discharge. Discern— distinguish, discriminate, penetrate, behold, discover. Discernible —plain, evident, manifest, per¬ ceptible, apparent. Disclose— reveal, discover, divulge. Disconcert— disorder, confuse, defeat, ruffle, fret, vex, unsettle, interrupt, derange. Discord— contention, dissension, inharmony. Discover— make known, detect, communicate, reveal, impart, tell, disclose. Discredit —dishonor, scandal, disgrace, dis¬ repute, ignominy, reproach. Discretion— prudence, judgment. Disdain— scorn, contempt, arrogance, pride, haughtiness. Disease— sickness, distemper, malady, dis¬ order. Disgrace— degrade, debase, dishonor, abase. Disguise— cover, disfigure, conceal, dissemble. Disgust— loathing, nausea, dislike, aversion. Dishonor— shame, disgrace. Dlslire— antipathy, aversion, hatred, repug¬ nance, contempt, abhorrence. Dismiss— discharge, divest, discard. Disorder— confusion, bustle, tumult, malady, disease, distemper, irregularity. Disparage— lower, undervalue, degrade, de¬ tract, decry, depreciate. Disperse— scatter, dissipate, spread, distrib¬ ute, deal out. Display— parade, exhibit, show, ostentation. Displease— offend, anger, vex. Dispose— regulate, place, arrange, order, adapt. Dispute— contest, debate, quarrel, altercation, difference, controversy. Disseminate— spread, circulate, scatter, prop¬ agate. Dissertation— discourse, essay, treatise, dis¬ quisition. Dissipate— disperse, squander, waste, expend, consume, dispel. Distaste— aversion, disgust, contempt, dislike, dissatisfaction, loathing. Distinct— clear, obvious, different, separate, unlike, dissimilar. Distinguish— discriminate, see, know, per¬ ceive, discern. Distinguished —noted, conspicuous, eminent, celebrated, illustrious. Distress— grief, sorrow, sadness, suffering, affliction, anguish, agony, pain, misery. Distribute— deal out, scatter, assign, allot, apportion, divide. District— locality, section, tract, region, terri¬ tory, province, county, circuit. Diversion— enjoyment, pastime, recreation, amusement, sport, deviation. Divide— separate, part, share, distribute. Divine— suppose, conjecture, foretell, guess. Divulge— disclose, impart, reveal, communi¬ cate, disclose, publish. Docile— gentle, tractable, teachable, pliant, quiet, yielding. Doctrine— belief, wisdom, dogma, principle, precept. Dogmatical— positive, authoritative, arrogant, magisterial, confident. Doleful— awful, dismal, sorrowful, woeful. piteous, rueful. Doubt — suspt use, hesitation, scruple, per¬ plexity, uncertainty. Doubtful— unstable, uncertain, dubious, pre¬ carious, equivocal. Drag— pull, bring, haul, draw. Dread— fear, apprehension. Dreadful— fearful, awful, frightful, terrible, horrible. Dress— array, apparel, vestments, garments, attire. Droop— pine, sink, fade, languish, decline. Dumb— mute, still, silent, inarticulate. Durable— lasting, constant, permanent, con tinning. Dutiful— submissive, obedient, respectful. Dwelling— borne, house, abode, habitation residence, domicile. Eager— earnest, excited, ardent, impetuous, quick, vehement. Earn— acquire, win, make, gain, obtain. Earth— globe, world, planet. Ease— rest, quiet, repose, lightness, facility. Economical— careful, frugal, close, saving, thrifty, sparing. Ecstasy— happiness, joy, rapture, transport, delight, elevation, enthusiasm. Edifice— building, fabric, structure. Education— culture, cultivation, breeding, re finement, instruction, nurture, tuition. Efface— destroy, obliterate, erase, expunge eradicate. Effect— consequence, purpose, result, event, issue, meaning, reality. Effects— things, goods, chattels, furniture, movables, property. Efficient— competent, capable, able, effect ual, effective. Effort— endeavor, essay, attempt, exertion trial. Elegant— graceful, lovely, beautiful, hand some. Eligible— suitable, fit, worthy, capable. Embarrass— trouble, entangle, puzzle, per¬ plex, distress. Embellish— ornament, decorate, adorn, illus¬ trate, deck, beautify. Emblem— symbol, figure, type. Embrace— hold, clasp, hug, comprehend, com¬ prise, include, contain. Emergency— necessity, exigency, casualty. Emolument— reward, profit, gain, advantage, lucre. Emotion— feeling, tremor, agitation, excite¬ ment. Employment— occupation, trade, profession, business, avocation. Empower— enable, delegate, authorize, com¬ mission. Empty— untenanted, vhcant, void, evacuated, unfurnished, unfilled. Enchant— beguile, charm, bewitch, fascinate, captivate, enrapture. Encomium— eulogy, praise. Encounter— quarrel, assault, attack, combat, engagement, meeting. Encourage— cheer, animate, incite, stimulate. countenance, instigate, sanction, support. Encroach— intrude, trespass, Infringe. End— finish, close, stop, extremity, termina¬ tion, finish, sequel, cessation, consequence, death, purpose. Endeavor— aim, exertion, effort, attempt. Endless— unending, everlasting, perpetual, interminable, incessant, infinite, eternal. Endurance— submission, patience, fortitude, resignation. Enemy— adversary, opponent, antagonist, foe. Energy— determination, force, efficacy, vigor, strength, potency, power. Enervate— weaken, enfeeble, debilitate, un¬ nerve, deteriorate. Engage— employ, enlist, fight, induce, pledge, promise, attract, win. Enjoyment— happiness, joy, pleasure, gratifi¬ cation. Enlarge— extend, lengthen, widen, increase. Enmity— spite, hatred, hostility, malignity, animosity. Enough— ample, sufficient, plenty, abundance. Enrage— excite, irritate, inflame, incense, ag¬ gravate, exasperate. Enrapture— charm, attract, captivate, fasci¬ nate, enchant. Enterprise— business, adventure, attempt, undertaking. Entertainment— pastime, amusement, sport, recreation, diversion, performance, banquet, feast. Entice— tempt, decoy, seduce, allure, attract. Entire— full, whole, complete, perfect, total, integral. Entirely— perfectly, completely, wholly. Entitle— style, designate, characterize, name, denominate. Entreat— ask, solicit, crave, beg, beseech, im¬ plore, petition, supplicate. Envy —suspicion, jealousy, grudging. Epitomize— lessen, abridge, reduce, curtail, condense. Equal— commensurate, adequate, uniform. Equitable— just, right, satisfactory, impartial, fair, reasonable, honest. Eradicate— exterminate, extirpate, root out. Erase— expunge, efface, obliterate, cancel. DICTIONARY OF SYNONYMOUS WORDS. 69 Erect— build, raise, found, construct, elevate, establish, institute, set up, raise. Error— blunder, mistake, fault. Escape— elope, evade, elude, fly, avoid, pass. Essential— important, necessary, requisite, indispensable. Esteem— respect, regard, value, appreciate, prize, love. Estimate— rate, compute, calculate, appraise, value, esteem, appreciate. Eternal— perpetual, forever, endless, infinite, everlasting, immortal, continual. Evade— escape, elude, avoid, shun, prevari¬ cate. Even— smooth, level, plain, uniform, equal. Event— incident, adventure, occurrence, issue, result, consequence. Ever— always, constantly, forever, unceas¬ ingly, continually, incessantly. Evidence— proof, deposition, testimony, wit¬ ness. Evil— sinful, wicked, bad. Exact— enjoin, demand, extract, extort. Exact— sure, strict, punctual, accurate, pre¬ cise. Exalted— high, elevated, dignified, refined, raised, magnificent, sublime. Examination— search, investigation, scrutiny, inquiry, research. Example— copy, precedent, pattern. Exasperate— excite, irritate, provoke, vex, aggravate, enrage. Exceed— improve, outdo, excel, surpass, trans- scend. Excellence— goodness, superiority, purity, perfection, eminence. Except— but, besides, unless, object. Exchange— barter, trade, traffic. Excite— provoke, arouse, stimulate, awaken, incite, irritate. Exculpate— forgive, acquit, exonerate, ab¬ solve, justify. Excuse— pretence, pretext, plea, subterfuge, apology, evasion. Execrable— hateful, contemptible, abomin¬ able, detestable. Exemption— freedom, privilege, immunity. Exercise— practice, exert, carry on. Exhaust— empty, drain, spend. Exigency— necessity, emergency. Exonerate— clear, relieve, justify, acquit, ab¬ solve, forgive, exculpate. Expectation— belief, trust, hope, confidence, anticipation. Expedient— fit, suitable, necessary, requisite. Expedite— hurry, hasten, quicken, accelerate. Expeditious— speedy, quick, prompt, diligent. Expel— exile, banish, cast out. Expensive— dear, costly, valuable. Experience— knowledge, trial, experiment, proof, test. Expert— handy, ready, adroit, skillful, dexter¬ ous. Explain— show, elucidate, unfold. Explanation— detail, description, account, relation, explication, recital. Explicit— clear, definite, plain, express. Exploit— feat, accomplishment, achievement, deed, performance. Explore— search, examine. I Extend— spread out, stretch out, enlarge, in crease, distend, diffuse. Extensive— wide, comprehensive, large. Extenuate— palliate, lessen, diminish, excuse. Exterior— outward, outside, external. Exterminate— eradicate, destroy, extirpate. External— outward, exterior. Extol— commend, praise, laud, eulogize, ad¬ mire, applaud. F Facetious— amusing, jocular, comic, jocose. Fact— incident, circumstance. Faculty— ability, gift, talent, power. Failing— weakness, frailty, imperfection, mis¬ fortune, miscarriage, foible, fault. Fair— clear, consistent, right, straight, im¬ partial, honest, equitable, just. Faith— trust, belief, fidelity, credit. Fallacious— illusive, visionary, deceitful, de¬ lusive, fraudulent. Falsehood— falsity, falsification, fabrication, fiction, lie, untruth. Familiar— free, intimate, unceremonious. Famous— celebrated, eminent, renowned, dis¬ tinguished, illustrious. Fanciful— ideal, imaginative, capricious, fan¬ tastical, whimsical, hypochondriac. Fancy— imagination, taste, whim, caprice, in¬ clination, liking, notion, conceit, conception, humor, ideality. Fascinate— charm, attract, captivate, bewitch, enchant, enrapture. Fashion— style, mode, custom, manner, way, practice, form, sort. Fasten— fix, hold, stick, annex, attach, affix. Fastidious— particular, disdainful, squeamish. Fate— destiny, chance,fortune, luck, doom, lot. Favor— civility, support, benefit, grace. Favorable— auspicious, propitious, suitable. Fault— failing, shortcoming, error, blemish, imperfection, offence. Faultless— guiltless, blameless, spotless, in¬ nocent. Fear— alarm, dread, timidity, terror, fright, trepidation, apprehension. Fearful— dreadful, horrible, terrible, awful, afraid, timid, timorous. Fearless— daring, brave, intrepid, undaunted, courageous. Feasible— reasonable, plausible, practicable. Feat— exploit, trick,achievement, act, deed. Feeble— frail, infirm, weak. Feeling— sensation, sympathy, generosity, sensibility. Felicity— joy, delight, happiness, prosperity, bliss, blessedness. Fertile— fruitful, prolific, abundant, produc¬ tive. Fervor— warmth, heat, ardor, vehemence, zeal. Festivity— joyfulness, happiness, gayety, fes¬ tival. Fickle— unstable, changeable, variable, incon¬ stant, capricious, impulsive. Fiction— invention, lie, untruth, falsehood, fabrication. Fidelity— faith, honesty, loyalty. Fiery— hot, fervent, impulsive, ardent, pas¬ sionate, vehement. Figure— shape, semblance, form, representa¬ tion, statue. Fine— delicate, nice, pretty, elegant, lovely, showy, beautiful. Finish— conclude, end, close, terminate, com¬ plete, perfect. Firm— ready, strong, immovable, solid, steady, sturdy, resolute, partnership. First— highest, chief, earliest, primitive, pri¬ mary, pristine, original, commencement. Fitted— suited, competent, qualified, adapted. Flag— droop, languish, pine, decline, faint. Flagitious— wicked, flagrant, heinous, atro¬ cious. Flavor— taste, odor, fragrance. FLAW-epot, stain, speck, crack, blemish, defect. Fleeting— transient, transitory, swift, tem¬ porary. Fleetness— swiftness, rapidity, quickness, ve¬ locity, celerity. Fluctuate— vary, waver, change, hesitate, vacillate. Follower— adherent, believer, disciple, par¬ tisan, pursuer, successor. Fondness— affection, love, attachment, tender¬ ness. Forsake— desert, abandon, abdicate, leave, re¬ linquish, quit. Foolish— simple, stupid, silly, absurd, pre¬ posterous, irrational. Forbear— refrain, spare, abstain, pause. Forbid— deny, prohibit, interdict, oppose. Force— oblige, compel, restrain. Forcible— powerful, strong, mighty, potent, cogent, irresistible. Forebode— foretell, presage, prognosticate, augur, betoken. Foregoing— before, former, previous, prior, preceding, antecedent, anterior. Forego— quit, give up, resign. Forethought— expectation, foresight, antici¬ pation, premeditation. Forfeiture— penally, fine. Forge— counterfeit, frame, invent, fabricate. Forgive— absolve, pardon, remit, acquit, ex¬ cuse. Forlorn— forsaken, lost, lonely, destitute, de¬ serted. Form— ceremony, observance, rite. Formal— ceremonious, particular, methodical, exact, stiff, precise. Fortunate— successful, lucky, prosperous. Fortune— estate, portion, fate, success. Forward— confident, eager, bold, ardent, im¬ modest, ready, presumptuous, progressive. Foster— keep, harbor, nourish, cherish, nurse. Fragile— brittle, weak, frail, tender. Frailty— weakness, unsteadiness, instability, failing, foible. Frame— fabricate, compose, contrive, invent, form, plan, adjust. Fraternity'— brotherhood, society. Fraud— cheat, imposition, deception, deceit, guile. Freak— whim, caprice, humor, fancy. Free— generous, liberal, candid, open, frank, familiar, unconstrained, unconfined, unre¬ served, munificent, bounteous. Free— deliver, liberate, clear, rescue, affran¬ chise, enfranchise. TO DICTIONARY OF SYNONYMOUS WORDS. Freedom — liberty, independence, exemption, privilege, familiarity, unrestraint. Freely- spontaneously, unreservedly, cheer¬ fully, frankly, liberally, unhesitatingly. Frequently— often, repeatedly, commonly, generally, usually. Fresh— new, recent, novel, modern, cool. Fret— chafe, anger, gall, agitate, corrode, vex. Fretful — captious, peevish, petulant, angry. Friendly— pleasant, kind, sociable, agreeable, amicable. Fright— panic, consternation, terror, alarm. Frighten— terrify, scare, intimidate, affright, alarm, daunt. Frightful — horrid, horrible, terrible, terrific, dreadful, fearful. Fruq al— careful, economical, saving, prudent. Fruitful — abundant, plentiful, fertile, pro¬ ductive, prolific. Frustrate — defeat, hinder, nullify, foil, dis¬ appoint. Fully— largely, amply, completely, copiously, abundantly. Futile— useless, frivolous, trifling. c Grasp— gripe, seize, catch. Grateful— thankful, agreeable, delicious, pleasing. Gratification— indulgence, happiness, enjoy¬ ment, pleasure, fruition. Grave— slow, solemn, thoughtful, serious, im¬ portant, sedate, thoughtful. Greatness— size, bulk, magnitude, immensity, power, dignity, grandeur. Greediness— ravenousuess, rapacity, voracity, covetousness, eagerness. Grief— sadness, sorrow, regret, melancholy, distress, affliction, anguish. Grieve— bemoan, bewail, afflict, lament, hurt, mourn, sorrow. Group— cluster, collection, assemblage. Grow— sprout, vegetate, proceed, increase. Guarantee— warrant, vouch for, secure. Guard— protect, defend, shield, watch. Guess— suppose, conjecture, surmise, divine, think. Guest— stranger,isitor, visitant. Guide— lead, direct, conduct, instruct, control, regulate. Guilty— depraved, wicked, sinful, criminal, debauched. Hear— hearken, listen, watch, attend, over¬ hear. Hearty— sincere, zealous, warm, strong, cor¬ dial, ardent, healthy. Heaviness— sorrow, gloom, dejection, weight, gravity. Heedless— dilatory, thoughtless, negligent,re¬ miss, careless, inattentive. Heighten— raise, advance, improve, aggra¬ vate. Heinous— wicked, sinful, flagrant, atrocious. Help— provide, serve, assist, aid, relieve, sup¬ port, succor. Hence— from, thence, so, accordingly, there¬ fore, wherefore, consequently. Heroic— bold, noble, brave, fearless, valiant, courageous, intrepid. Heroism— valor, boldness, courage, bravery, gallantry, fortitude. Hesitate— pause, falter, wait, delay, scruple, doubt, demur, stammer. Hidden— obscure, mysterious, secret, covert, concealed. Hideous— awful, frightful, horrible, ghastly, grim, grisly. Hilarity— jollity, joviality, mirth, merriment, Gain— obtain, get, win, attain, acquire, profit. Gait— bearing, mien, walk, carriage. Gale— breeze, storm, tempest, hurricane. Gather— collect, muster, assemble, compress, fold, infer. Gay— dashing, showy, merry, sprightly, fine, cheerful. Generally— usually, commonly, frequently. Generous— liberal, bounteous, beneficent, mu¬ nificent, noble. Genius— talent, intellect, ingenuity, capacity, ability, wisdom, taste. Genteel— polite, refined, polished, mannerly, cultured. Gentle— tame, meek, mild, quiet, peaceable. Genuine— real, actual, authentic, unalloyed, unadulterated, true, natural. Germinate— sprout, shoot, grow, bud, vege¬ tate. Gesture— action, motion, posture, attitude. Get— gain, attain, obtain, procure, realize, acquire, possess. Gift— donation, present, gratuity, benefaction, endowment, ability, talent. Give— impart, confer, bestow, grant, consign, yield. Glad— happy, gay, cheerful, delighted, joyful, joyous, gratified. Glance— sight, look, glimpse. Glitter— glisten, sparkle, shine, glare, radi¬ ate. Glittering— glistening, Bhining, sparkling, bright, brilliant. Gloom— dark, sad, dim, dull, cloudy, sullen, morose, melancholy. Glory— fame, renown, praise, honor, reputa¬ tion, brightness, splendor. Graceful— comely, genteel, becoming, ele¬ gant, neat. Grand— dignified, lofty, great, exalted, ele¬ vated, magnificent, majestic, glorious, splen¬ did, superb, sublime. Grant— give, bestow, cede, concede, confer, sell, yield. H Hale— strong, robust, sound, hearty. Handsome— fine, fair, pretty, graceful, lovely, elegant, beautiful, noble. Happiness— contentment, luck, felicity, bliss. Harass— tire, molest, weary, disturb, perplex, vex, torment. Harbinger— messenger, precursor,forerunner. Hard— near, close, unfeeling, inexorable, arduous, difficult, firm, hardy, solid. Hardened— unfeeling, obdurate, insensible, callous. | Hardihood— boldness, presumption, audacity, effrontery, bravery, daring. Hardly— barely, scarcely, with difficulty. Hardship— affliction, oppression, grievance, injury. Harm— evil, injury, damage, hurt, misfortnne, ill, mishap. Harmless— gentle, unoffeuding, inoffensive, innocent. Harmony— unison, concord, melody, agree¬ ment, accordance. Harsh— rough, stern, severe, rigorous, austere, morose. Hasten— hurry, expedite, accelerate, quicken. Hastiness— dispatch, speed,, hurry, rashness, precipitancy. Hasty— rash, angry, quick, cursory, passion¬ ate. Hate— dislike, abjure, detest, abhor, loathe, abominate. Hateful— odious, contemptible, execrable, de¬ testable, abominable, loathsome. ■ Haughtiness— vanity, self-conceit, arrogance, pride, disdain. ■ Hazard— trial, venture, chance, risk, danger, peril. Headstrong— self-willed, stubborn, forward, violent, obstinate, venturesome. Heal— restore, cure, remedy. , Healthy— well, sound, wholesome, salutary, salubrious. cheerfulness, gayety. Hinder— interfere, impede, embarrass, retard, prevent, oppose, stop, thwart, obstruct. noLD— keep, occupy, maintain, retain, detain, grasp, possess. Honesty— honor, fidelity, frankness, integrity, probity, purity, justice, sincerity, rectitude, uprightness, truthfulness. Honor— exalt, dignify, respect, adorn, revere, esteem, venerate, reverence. Hope— desire, belief, trust, confidence, expec¬ tation, anticipation. Hopeless— desponding, dejected, despairing. noRRiBLE— dreadful, terrible, terrific, fearful, frightful, awful. Hostile— unfriendly, opposite, contrary, re¬ pugnant. Hostility— enmity, opposition, animosity, ill- will, unfriendliness. House— domicile, dwelling, home, habitation, family, race, quorum. However— notwithstanding, nevertheless, but, yet, still. Humble— meek, lowly, subdued, submissive, modest, unpretending, unassuming. Hurry— hasten, expedite, precipitate. Hurtful— annoying, injurious, detrimental, mischievous, pernicious, prejudicial. Hypocrisy— dissimulation, pretence, deceit. I Idea— notion, thought, conception, imagina¬ tion, perception. Idle— unoccupied, unemployed, inactive, indo¬ lent, still, lazy, slothful. Ignorant —untaught, unskilled, uninformed, unlettered, unlearned, illiterate. Illness— sickness, disorder, disease, malady. Illusion— falsity, deception, mockery. Imagine— think, suppose, fancy, conceive, deem, contrive, apprehend. Imbecility— weakness, languor, feebleness, infirmity, debility, impotence. Imitate— follow, copy, mimic. DICTIONARY OF SYNONYMOUS WORDS. 71 Immaterial— unimportant, insignificant, in¬ considerable, inconsequential, uncorporeal, unsubstantial, unconditioned, spiritual. Immediately— directly, instantly. Immense— vast, huge, enormous, prodigious, unlimited. Immodest— impudent, bold, indelicate, shame¬ less, indecent, unchaste. Impair— lessen, weaken, injure, decrease. Impart— grant, bestow, communicate, reveal, disclose, divulge. Impatient— uneasy, restless, eager, hasty. Impeach— censure, reproach, arraign, accuse. Impede— hinder, delay, obstruct, retard. Impediment— obstruction, obstacle, hinder- ance. Impel— urge, force, incite, induce, instigate, animate, encourage. Impending— imminent, threatening. Imperative— commanding, authoritative, im¬ perious, despotic. Imperfection— wanting, blemish, fault, de¬ fect, failing, frailty, foible, weakness. Imperious— commanding, haughty, domineer¬ ing, imperative, proud, lordly, over bearing, tyrannical. Impertinent— rude, quarrelsome, intrusive, insolent, meddling, troublesome, irrelevant. Impetuous— hasty, rough, violent, vehement, forcible, boisterous, Implicate— involve, entangle, embarrass. Implore— beg, beseech, ask, entreat, suppli¬ cate, solicit, request. Imply— mean, signify, denote, infer, involve. Importance— weight, moment, signification, consequence. iMrosTURE— deceit, deception, cheat, fraud, im¬ position, counterfeit, artifice. Imprecation— execration, curse, malediction, anathema. Improve— cultivate, correct, reform, rectify, amend, advance. Impudent— insolent, bold, rude, saucy, imper¬ tinent, uncouth, shameless, immodest. Impute— charge, attribute, ascribe. Inaeility— disability, weakness, impotence. Inactive— sluggish, lazy, idle, slothful, inert, drowsy. Inadequate— insufficient, incompetent, un¬ able, incapable. Inattentive— negligent, heedless, careless, in¬ advertent, thoughtless, dilatory, remiss. Incessantly— constantly, continually, unre¬ mittingly, unceasingly. Incident— contingency, event, circumstance. Incite— provoke, excite, stimulate, arouse, en¬ courage, animate, aggravate. Include— contain, enclose, comprise, embrace, comprehend. Incommode— molest, disturb, inconvenience, trouble, annoy. Incompetent— inapt, insufficient, incapable, inadequate, unsuitable. Inconsistent— incongruous, ridiculous, con¬ trary, absurd. Inconstant— unstable, uncertain, fickle, vari¬ able, changeable, versatile. Indecent— unbecoming, impudent, immodest, indelicate. Indicate— show, mark, point out, reveal. Indifferent— passive, neutral, regardless, un¬ concerned, impartial. Indigence— poverty, need, want, penury. Indigenous— native. Indignation— temper, anger, displeasure, con¬ tempt, resentment, wrath. Indiscretion— imprudence, folly, injudicious¬ ness. Indispensable— important, essential, neces¬ sary. Indisputable— undeniable, indubitable, un¬ questionable, incontrovertible, conclusive, settled. Indistinct— confused, ambiguous, doubtful, dark. Induce— persuade, lead, influence, urge, insti¬ gate, actuate. Industrious— diligent, persevering, laborious, assiduous, active. Inevitable— unavoidable, certain. Inexorable— immovable, unyielding, relent¬ less, implacable. Inexpedient— unsuitable, unfit, inconvenient. Infect— taint, corrupt, defile, contaminate, pollute. Inference— deduction, conclusion. Inferior— less, lower, secondary, subservient, subordinate. Infested— disturbed, troubled, plagued, an¬ noyed. Infinite— boundless, unbounded, illimitable, unlimited, immense, eternal. Infirm- -weak, sickly, decrepit, feeble, debili¬ tated, imbecile. Influence— authority, power, credit, favor, sway, persuasion. Information— notice, intelligence, counsel, advice, instruction. Ingenious— inventive, talented, skillful. Ingenuity— capacity, genius, invention, skill, talent. Inhabit— dwell, occupy, reside, stay, abide, sojourn. Inherent— innate, inborn, inbred. Inhuman— cruel, barbarous, savage, brutal, Iniquitous— unjust, evil, wicked, nefarious. Injunction— order, command, mandate, pre¬ cept. Injure— harm, hurt, impair, damage, deterio¬ rate. Innate— natural, inherent, inbred, inborn. Innocent— pure, blameless, guiltless, faultless, inoffensive, harmless, spotless. Inordinate— immoderate, excessive, intem¬ perate, irregular. Inquisitive— curious, enquiring, anxious, pry- . ing. Insanity— derangement, craziness, madness, lunacy, mania. Insensibility— dullness, apathy, indifference, stupidity, torpor, imperceptibility. Insidious— deceitful, sly, crafty, cunning, sub¬ tle, treacherous. Insignificant— worthless, meaningless, incon¬ siderable, trivial, unimportant. Insinuate— hint, suggest, intimate. Insolent— insulting, abusive, rude, haughty, saucy, offensive, impertinent. Inspire— animate, invigorate, cheer, enliven, exhilarate, suggest. Instigate— tempt, incite, urge, encourage, im¬ pel, stimulate, move. Instil— infuse, implant, sow. Instruction— education, teaching, precept, suggestion, advice, counsel. Insufficient— inadequate, incapable, incom¬ petent, unfit, unsuitable, unable. Insult— abuse, affront, outrage, contempt, in¬ solence, indignity. Integrity— purity, probity, truthfulness, up¬ rightness, honesty. Intellect— understanding, genius, ability, ca¬ pacity, talent. Intelligence— intimation, understanding, in¬ formation, notice, knowledge, intellect. Intemperate— excessive, immoderate, inordi¬ nate. Intend— purpose, mean, design. Intercede— mediate, interpose, interfere. Interline— insert, alter, add, correct. Intermission— cessation, stop, rest, vacation, interruption. Intermit— abate, suspend, subside, forbear. Interpose— mediate, interfere, interpose, in¬ termeddle. Interpret— explain, demonstrate, elucidate, expound, decipher. Interrogate— examine, question, inquire. Interval— space, interstice, time. Intervening— coming between, interposing, intermediate. Intimidate— frighten, alarm, daunt, scare. Intoxication— infatuation, inebriety, drunk¬ enness. Intractable— perverse, obstinate, stubborn, ungovernable, uncontrollable, unmanage¬ able. Intrepid— fearless, undaunted, bold, daring, valiant, courageous, brave. Intrinsic— real, true, inherent, essential, in¬ ward, genuine. Introductory— preliminary, previous, prefa¬ tory. Intrude— invade, infringe, encroach, obtrude, entrench. Intrust— confide, commit. Invade— enter, attack, intrude, encroach, in¬ fringe. Invalid— weak, sick, infirm, feeble, null, void. Invalidate— weaken, injure, destroy, over¬ throw. Invective— censure, abuse, railing, reproach, satire. Invent— feign, fabricate, frame, conceive, dis¬ cover, devise. Invest— enclose, surround, confer, adorn, ar¬ ray, endow, endue. Investigation— search, examination, inquiry, scrutiny, research. Inveterate— obstinate, confirmed, constant, confirmed, fixed. Invigorate— restore, strengthen, fortify. Invincible— unyielding, unconquerable. Involve— envelope, enwrap, entangle, impli¬ cate. Irascible— irritable, hasty, fiery, hot, angry. Ire— anger, temper, passion, wrath, resent¬ ment. Irony— ridicule, sarcasm, satire, burlesque. 72 DICTIONARY OF SYNONYMOUS WORDS. Irrational— unreasonable, absurd, foolish, silly. Irrefragable —undeniable, indisputable, in¬ controvertible, unquestionable. Irritate— plague, anger, tease, excite, pro¬ voke, aggravate, exasperate. Irruption— opening, bursting forth, invasion, inroad. Issue— offspring, progeny, end, result, sequel, egress, evacuation, effect, consequence. J Jade— harass, weary, tire, dispirit. Jealousy— suspicion, envy, emulation. Jest— fun, joke, sport. Jocose— funny, witty, merry, pleasant, jocular, waggish, facetious. Jocund— joyful, lively, merry, gay, sprightly, sportive, vivacious, light-hearted, mirthful. j 0 I x—unite, add, combine, adhere, close, con¬ federate, league. Joke— rally, sport. Jollity— hilarity, mirth, merriment, gayety, festivity, joviality. Journey— travel, trip, voyage, tour. Joy— happiness, delight, gladness, charm, rap¬ ture, ecstasy, exultation, felicity, pleasure, transport. Judgment— sentence, decision, doom, opinion, discernment, discrimination, penetration, in¬ telligence, sagacity. Just— exact, accurate, correct, honest, barely, upright, righteous, equitable, incorrupt. Justify— defend, excuse, absolve, maintain, clear. Justness— exactness, accuracy, correctness, equity, propriety. K Keen— sharp, penetrating, piercing, cutting, acute, shrewd. Keep— hold, detain, support, retain, maintain, guard, reserve, sustain. Kind— indulgent, compassionate, tender, leni¬ ent, gentle, affable, courteous, benignant, bland. Kind— sort, manner, class, race, species, way, genus. Knowledge— understanding, learning, percep¬ tion, erudition, skill, acquaintance. L Labor— toil, work, strive, drudge, exert. Lament— sorrow, mourn, complain, deplore, bewail, grieve, regret. Language— tongue, speech, dialect, idiom. Languid— weary, weak, faint, exhausted, dull, drooping. Large— comprehensive, capacious, extensive, big, great, huge. Lassitude— prostration, weariness, languor, enervation, fatigue. Last— latest, hindmost, final, ultimate, end. Lasting— durable, continuous, continual, for¬ ever, permanent, perpetual, eternal. Latent— unseen, hidden, scent. Laudable— praiseworthy, commendable. Laughable— droll, ridiculous, comical, mirth¬ ful. Lavish— profuse, wasteful, extravagant. Lazy— indolent, idle, slothful inactive. Lean— bend, incline, totter, waver. Learning— intelligence, knowledge, erudition, science, literature, information. Leave— abandon, desert, resign, relinquish, bequeath. Legitimate —real, legal, lawful, genuine. Lengthen— protract, extend, continue, draw out. Lessen— diminish, decrease, abate, reduce, sub¬ side, shrink, degrade. Let— allow, permit, suffer, leave, hire. Lethargic— dull, tired, weary, heavy, drowsy, sleepy. Level— even, smooth, plain, flat. Levity— giddiness, gayety, 'vanity, fickleness, lightness. Liable— exposed, responsible, subject. Liberal— benevolent, generous, munificent, charitable. Liberate— free, set free, deliver, release. Liberty— freedom, permission, license, leave, exemption, privilege. He— deception, untruth, fabrication, fiction, falsehood. Life— being, energy, vitality, vivacity, brisk¬ ness. Lifeless -deceased, dead, inanimate, inactive, stale, flat, dull. Lift— raise, elevate, exalt, hoist. Light— illuminate, enlighten, kindle, nimble. Like— probable, similar, uniform, resembling. Likeness— resemblance, picture, portrait. Liking— inclination, attachment, fondness, af¬ fection. Linger— wait, delay, loiter, saunter, hesitate, tarry,lag. Liquid— fluid, liquor. Listen— hearken, attend, hear, overhear. Little— small, diminutive. Live— exist, subsist, dwell, abide, reside. Lively— active, energetic, brisk, nimble, joc¬ und, merry, sprightly, vigorous. Lodge— accommodate, entertain, shelter, har¬ bor. Loftiness— height, haughtiness, stateliness, elevation, dignity, pride. Loiter— lag, saunter, linger. Lonely— dreary, lonesome, solitary, retired. Look —see, behold, view, inspect, appearance. Loose— unconnected, open, unrestrained, dis¬ solute, licentious, unjointed. Loss—injury, damage, waste, detriment. Lot— share, portion, fate, fortune, destiny. Loud— noisy, vociferous, clamorous, turbulent, vehement. Love— liking, affection, fondness, kindness, at¬ tachment, esteem, adoration. Lovely— attractive, amiable, charming, ele¬ gant, handsome, delightful, fine, beautiful. Lover— beau, wooer, suitor. Loving— kind, affectionate, tender, attentive, amorous. Low—humble, mean, base, abject, debased, dejected, despicable. Lower— humble, humiliate, debase, degrade. Lucky— successful, fortunate, prosperous. Ludicrous— amusing, comical, droll, laugh¬ able. Lunacy— mania, derangement, insanity, mad¬ ness. Luxuriant— excessive, voluptuous, abundant, exuberant. Luxury— profusion, abundance, excess. M Magnificent— noble, grand, glorious, sublime, splendid, superb. Magnitude— size, greatnes". bulk. Maintain— sustain, keep, support, help, con¬ tinue, assert, defend, vindicate. Malady— evil, disease, affliction, disorder, dis¬ temper. Manage— control, direct, conduct. Mandate— command, charge, order, injunc¬ tion. Mangle— cut, lacerate, tear, mutilate, maim. Manifest— evident, clear, apparent, obvious, open, plain. Margin— edge, verge, rim, brim, brink, border. Mark— stamp, impress, imprint, brand, show, observe. Marriage— matrimony, wedlock, nuptials. Marvel— wonder, prodigy, miracle. Massive— large, ponderous, heavy, bulky. Master— achieve, overcome, surmount, con¬ quer. Mature— perfect, complete, ripe. Maxim— saying, adage, proverb. Mean —abject, low, despicable, miserly, sordid, penurious, niggardly. Meaning— sense, import, signification, inten¬ tion, purpose, design. Meanwhile— meantime, interim, intervening. Mechanic— artisan, artificer. Meddle— interpose, interfere, interrupt. Mediate— intercede, interpose. Meek— mild, soft, gentle, humble. Meet— assemble, join, fit, becoming. Meeting— assembly, company, auditory, con¬ gregation. Melancholy— sadness, distress, depression, dejection, gloom, grief. Melcsy— harmony, happiness, unison, con¬ cord. Melt— dissolve, soften, liquify. Memory— remembrance, reminiscence, recol¬ lection. Mend— improve, repair, rectify, correct. Merciful— mild, tender, gracious, benignant, compassionate, forgiving. Merciless— hard-hearted, pitiless, cruel, un¬ merciful. Mercy— pity, clemency, compassion, lenity. Merry— happy, gay, joyous, cheerful, lively, mirthful, sportive, sprightly, vivacious. Messenger— bearer, carrier, harbinger, fore¬ runner, precursor. Metaphor— similitude, trope, allegory, tm- blem, symbol. Method— order, manner, mode, rule, system, plan, regularity. Mighty— strong, powerful, great, potent. Mild— meek, gentle, kind, easy, sweet, tender, mellow. Mindful— heedful, observant, attentive. DICTIONARY OF SYNONYMOUS WORDS. 73 Minister— contribute, supply, administer. Mirth— merriment, joy, hilarity, cheerfulness, vivacity, jollity. Mischief— damage, harm, hurt, misfortune, injury. Miserly— stingy, covetous, penurious, nig¬ gardly, avaricious. tills fortune— calamity, harm, disaster, mis¬ hap, ill luck. Mistake— error, blunder, misconception. Misuse— ill-treat, pervert, misapply, abuse. Mitigate— lessen, alleviate, ameliorate, abate, appease, assuage, soothe, mollify. Model— pattern, copy, sample, mould, speci¬ men. Moderation— temperance, sobriety, frugality, forbearance, modesty. Modern— recent, late, new, novel. Modest— quiet, retiring, reserved, diffident, bashful, unassuming. Modify— re-arrange, change, alter, extenuate, moderate. Molest -annoy, vex, tease, trouble, disturb, incommode. Mollify— ease, appease, moderate, mitigate, assuage, soften. Morose— sour, sullen, gloomy, peevish, for¬ bidding. Motive— incentive, reason, cause, principle. Mourn— grieve, lament, sorrow, bewail, be¬ moan. Move— change, pass, stir, influence, persuade, incite, actuate, instigate, impel. Munificent— bounteous, bountiful, generous, beneficent, plentiful, liberal. Muse— study, ponder, wonder, think, reflect, meditate, contemplate. Mutable— changeable, unsteady, inconstant, fickle, wavering, unstable, variable, alterable, irresolute. Mutilate— deface, injure, destroy, deprive, mangle, maim. Mutinous— turbulent, seditious, insubordi¬ nate. Mysterious— hidden, obscure, dim, mystic, latent, dark. N Naked— exposed, nude, unclothed, uncovered, simple, plain. Name— cognomen, appellation, title, reputa¬ tion, credit, denomination. Narrow— contracted, confined, limited, cur¬ tailed, close. Native— indigenous, genuine, intrinsic. Near— adjoining, adjacent, close, contiguous. Necessary— needful, expedient, indispensable, essential, important, requisite. Need— poverty, want, penury, indigence. Nefarious— evil, wicked, unjust, wrong, in¬ iquitous. Negligent— careless, heedless, remiss, neglect¬ ful, inattentive. New— fresh, late, modern, novel. Nigh— close, adjoining, near, contiguous, ad¬ jacent. Noble— distinguished, elevated, exalted, illus¬ trious, great, grand. Noisy— boisterous, turbulent, clamorous, high, loud, sounding. Noted— renowned, distinguished, conspicuous, celebrated, eminent, notorious, illustrious. Notice— warning, information, intelligence, advice. Notion— thought, opinion, sentiment, whim, idea, conception, perception. Notorious— celebrated, distinguished, noted, public, conspicuous, renowned. Notwithstanding— nevertheless, however, in spite of, yet. Nourish— feed, uphold, maintain, cherish, nur¬ ture, support. o Obdurate— inflexible, unfeeling, callous, im¬ penitent, hardened, insensible, obstinate. Obedient— submissive, compliant, yielding, dutiful, respectful, obsequious. Object— end, subject, aim. Object— oppose, except to, against. Oblige— compel, coerce, bind, force, engage, favor, please, gratify. Obnoxious— offensive, liable, disagreeable, un¬ pleasant, exposed. Obscure— hidden, concealed, indistinct, diffi¬ cult, dark, abstruse. Observance— ceremony, rite, form, attention, respect. Observant— watchful, attentive, mindful, re¬ gardful. Observe— see, notice, watch, follow, remark, keep. Obsolete— disused, old, worn-out, antiquated, ancient, olel-fashioued. Obstacle— impediment, obstruction, difficulty, liinderance. Obstinate— stubborn, resolute, headstrong. Obstruct— impede, hinder, stop, prevent. Obtain— gain, secure, get, win, acquire, pro¬ cure, earn. Obvious— plain, apparent, open, clear, evident, visible, manifest. Occupation— work, profession, calling, trade, business, avocation, employment. Occuty— keep, hold, use, possess. Occurrence— event, contingency, adventure, incident. Odor— smell, fragrance, scent, perfume. Offense— trespass, crime, injury, sin, outrage, insult, misdeed, wrong, transgression. Offensive— mean, abusive, insulting, imper¬ tinent, insolent, rude, scurrilous, obnoxious, opprobrious. Officious— busy, active, forward, obtrusive, intrusive. Only— solely, singly, alone, simply, merely. Open— unravel, reveal, disclose, unlock. Opening— fissure, aperture, hole, cavity. Operation— performance, agency, action. Opinion— belief, idea, sentiment, notion. Opinionated— stiff, obstinate, egotistical, con¬ ceited, stubborn, self-willed. Opponent— opposer, adversary, foe, enemy, antagonist. Opposite— contrary, repugnant, adverse. Opprobrious— reproachful, abusive, offensive, insolent, insulting, scandalous, scurrilous. Opprobrium— shame, disgrace, reproach, in¬ famy, ignominy. Oration— speech, sermon, lecture, discourse, address, harangue. Ordain— appoint, invest, order, prescribe. Order— brotherhood, fraternity, rank, method, succession, series, degree, genus. Order— mandate, injunction, command, pre¬ cept. Orderly— precise, regular, systematic, me¬ thodical Ordinary— usual, common. Origin— rise, cause, source, foundation, be¬ ginning, descent, fountain. Original— primitive, first, pristine, primary. Ornament— decorate, beautify, adorn, deck, embellish. Ornate— decorated, adorned, embellished, be¬ decked, garnished. Ostentation— parade, display, show, boast. Outrage— insult, injure, affront, violence. Outward— extraneous, apparent, extrinsic. Overbearing— repressive, haughty, imperti¬ nent, lordly. Overcome— vanquish, conquer, surmount, sub¬ due. Overflow— fill, inundate, deluge, abound. Oversight— mistake, error, misapprehension, inattention. Overwhelm— overpower, crush, upturn, over¬ throw, subdue. Owner— holder, proprietor, possessor, master. P Pacify— calm, still, quiet, conciliate, soothe. Pain— distress, afflict, torture, torment, suffer, hurt. Paint— portray, represent, depict, sketch, color, describe, delineate. Pair— join, two, couple, brace. Pale— fade, wan, white, pallid, fair. Palpable— gross, plain, discernible, percep¬ tible, apparent. Palpitate— tremble, throb, beat, flutter, gasp, pant. Pang— torture, torment, distress, agony, an¬ guish, sorrow. Pardon— acquit, free, forgive, discharge, re¬ lease, remit, clear. Parsimonious— mean, frugal, miserly, avari¬ cious, penurious, niggardly. Part— share, portion, division, piece, concern, action. Particular— individual, exact, appropriate, circumstantial, peculiar, specific, exclusive, punctual, distinct. Particularly'— principally, chiefly, mainly, especially, distinctly, specifically. Partisan— disciple, adherent, follower. Partner— associate, accomplice, colleague, coadjutor. Passion— desire, feeling, love, anger, excite¬ ment. Passionate— hot, angry, irascible, hasty, ex¬ citable. Passive— submissive, unresisting, patient, re¬ signed. Pathetic— affecting, moving, touching. Patience— endurance, resignation, fortitude. 74 DICTIONARY OF SYNONYMOUS WORDS. Patient — resigned, composed, enduring, calm, passive, an invalid. Peaceable— quiet, calm, tranquil, serene, . mild, gentle. Peevish— fretful, disagreeable, petulant cross, captious, irritable. Penalty— punishment, pain, fine, forfeiture, chastisement. Penitence— contrition, remorse, compunction, repentance. Penurious — parsimonious, sparing, miserly, niggardly, beggarly. Penury— want, poverty, indigence, distress, need. Perceive— observe, discern, distinguish. Perception —belief, conception, sentiment, idea, sensation, notion. Peremptory — positive, arbitrary, dogmatical, absolute, despotic. Perfect— done, complete, finished. Perfidious — false, treacherous, faithless. Perforate — penetrate, pierce, bore. Perform— execute, effect, accomplish, pro¬ duce, achieve, fulfill. Perfume— odor, smell, scent, fragrance, ex¬ halation. Period— circuit, date, age, epoch, era. Permit— allow, suffer, consent, admit, tolerate, yield. Pernicious— noisome, destructive, ruinous, mischievous, hurtful, noxious. Perpetual— uninterrupted, unceasing, inces¬ sant, constant, continual. Perplex— bewilder, annoy, involve, confuse, molest, puzzle, harass, embarrass, entangle. Persevere— endure, persist, insist, continue, pursue, prosecute. Perspicuity— clearness, brilliancy, transpar¬ ency. Persuade— urge, induce, influence, exhort, en¬ tice, prevail upon. Perverse— stubborn, unmanageable, crooked, cross, untractable. Pestilential— destructive, mischievous, epi¬ demical, infectious, contagious. Petition —prayer, supplication, request, suit, entreaty. Picture— likeness, image, effigy, representa¬ tion. Pious—spiritual, devout, godly, religious. Pique— offense, grudge, dislike, malice, spite, rancor. p IT y_ B ympathy, commiseration, compassion, condolence, mercy. Place— position, site, ground, post. Placid— still, calm, gentle, quiet, tranquil, Berene. Plague— perplex, embarrass, tantalize, annoy, importune, vex, torment. Plain— perceptible, discernible, manifest, ob¬ vious, clear, apparent, evident, distinct. Plan — design, contrivance, scheme, arrange¬ ment, device, project, stratagem. Pleasant— cheerful, vivacious, agreeable, gay, facetious, jocular, witty. Please— gratify, satisfy, humor, delight. Pleasure— satisfaction, happiness, enjoyment, joy, delight. Pledge— pawn, deposit, security, hostage, earnest. Plentiful— bounteous, abundant, copious, ex- ] uberant, plenteous, ample. Pliant— lithe, limber, yielding, bending, sup¬ ple, flexible, pliable. Plight— predicament, situation, state, condi¬ tion, case, conjuncture. Plot— plan, arrangement, conspiracy, combi¬ nation, project, scheme, intrigue. Polite —courteous, well-bred, polished, civil, refined, genteel, affable. Politeness— good manners, courtesy, civility, good breeding, suavity. Politic— wise, careful, artful, civil, cunning, prudent. Pollute— corrupt, taint, defile, contaminate, infect. Pompous— lofty, stately, ostentatious, showy, magnificent, dignified. Ponder— Btudy, reflect, think, muse, consider. Portion— piece, part, quantity, share, division, dower, fortune. Positive— confident, certain, real, dogmatic, sure, absolute. Possess— keep, hold, have, enjoy, occupy. Postpone— retard, delay, prolong, protract, defer, procrastinate. Posture— figure, gesture, position, action, at¬ titude. Potent— powerful, strong, mighty, vigorous, forcible. Poverty— want, need, penury, indigence, suf¬ fering. Practicable— possible, feasible, available. Practice— custom, style, form, manner, use, habit. Praise— eulogize, applaud, laud, admire, com¬ mend. Prayer— application, suit, petition, request, entreaty, supplication. Precarious— uncertain, doubtful, dubious, equivocal, unreliable. Precedence— priority, superiority, preference. Preceding— anterior, previous, prior, ante¬ cedent, former, foregoing. Precept— maxim, rule, principle, injunction, law, doctrine, mandate, command. Precious— choice, costly, valuable, expensive, uncommon, rare. Precise— careful, particular, exact, accurate, correct, nice. Preclude— intercept, prevent, hinder, obviate. Predicament— condition, position, situation, plight. Predict -prophesy, foretell. Predominant— prevalent, controlling, over¬ ruling, prevailing, supreme. Predominate— prevail, rule over. Preference— advancement, choice, priority. Prejudice— bias, injury, hurt, disadvantage. Preliminary— previous, introductory, ante¬ cedent, preparatory. Prepare— arrange, qualify, equip, fit, make ready. Preposterous— impossible, absurd, foolish, ridiculous. Prerogative— privilege, immunity. , Prescribe— dictate, ordain, appoint. Preserve— uphold, maintain, protect, spare, , save. Pressing— urgent, emergent, crowding, im¬ portunate, forcing, squeezing. Presume— guess, suppose, surmise, think, con¬ jecture, believe. Presuming— forward, presumptuous, arrogant. Pretext— excuse, pretence, pretension. Pretty— lovely, beautiful, fine, agreeable. Prevailing— dominant, ruling, overcoming, prevalent, predominating. Prevent— impede, obstruct, hinder, obviate, preclude. Previous— before, prior, anterior, preliminary, introductory. Price— cost, expense, value, worth. Pride— self-esteem, arrogance, haughtiness, conceit, ostentation, loftiness, vanity. Primary— elemental, original, first, pristine. Principal— main, chief, capital, head, leading, important. Principle— motive, doctrine, tenet, element, constituent part. Print— impress, stamp, mark. Prior— before, previous, former, antecedent, preceding, anterior. Priority— preference, precedence, pre-emi¬ nence. Pristine— original, primitive, first. Privacy— seclusion, solitude, secrecy, retire¬ ment, loneliness. Privilege— prerogative, right, advantage, im¬ munity, exemption. Probability— supposition, likelihood, chance. Probity'— reliability, uprightness, honesty, in¬ tegrity, veracity. Proceed— progress, arise, advance, emanate, issue. Proceeding —transaction, course, progression, work. Proclaim— declare, publish, announce, tell, advertise, promulgate. Proclivity— liking, tendency, proneness, in¬ clination. Procure -obtain, acquire, gain. Prodigal— lavish, extravagant, wasteful. Prodigious— great, astonishing, vast, large, amazing, monstrous. Profane— secular, irreverent, impious, irre¬ ligious. Profession— calling, employment, business, vocation, work, labor. Proficiency— advancement, progress, im¬ provement. Profit— gain, advantage, emolument, benefit. Profligate— depraved, wicked, corrupt, sin¬ ful, vicious, abandoned. Profuse— lavish, wasteful, prodigal, extrava¬ gant. Progeny— descendants, offspring, race, issue. Project— invent, design, plan, scheme. Prolific— productive, fertile, fruitful. Prolix— tiresome, tedious, long, diffuse. * Prolong— extend, delay, protract, postpone, retard, procrastinate. Prominent —eminent, conspicuous, distin¬ guish-.!. Promise— agreement, engagement, assurance, declaration, word, obligation, pledge. , PnoMOTE-raise, forward, encourage, advance. Prompt— quick, active, ready, assiduous. I DICTIONARY OP SYNONYMOUS WORDS. 75 Pronounce— say, speak, utter, declare, affirm, articulate, enunciate. Proop— evidence, testimony, argument. Propagate— multiply, increase, disseminate, diffuse, circulate, spread, extend. Propensity— liking, inclination, proneness, tendency, bias. Proper— fit, right, suitable, appropriate, just. Propitious— favorable, auspicious. Propitiate— conciliate, appease, reconcile. Proportionate— equal, adequate, commensu¬ rate. Propose— offer, apply, tender, purpose, bid, intend. Prospect— view, landscape, survey. Prospective— future, foreseeing, hereafter, forward. Prosperous— fortunate, lucky, flourishing, successful. Protect— maintain, uphold, guard, shield, de¬ fend, cherish, foster, patronize. Protract— withhold, retard, delay, prolong, defer, postpone. Proud— haughty, assuming, arrogant, lofty, vain, conceited. Proverb— maxim, saying, adage. Provide— procure, furnish, supply, prepare. Provident— cautious, prudent, economical, careful. Proviso— requirement, condition, stipulation. Provoke— excite, irritate, enrage, aggravate, exasperate, tantalize. Prudence— forethought, carefulness, wisdom, judgment, discretion. Publish— announce, promulgate, proclaim, ad¬ vertise, declare. Puerile— infantile, boyish, juvenile, childish. Pull— bring, haul, draw, drag. Punctual— prompt, particular, exact. Punish— whip, chastise, correct, discipline. Pursue— follow, prosecute, chase, persist, con¬ tinue, persevere. Puzzle— confound, perplex, bewilder, embar¬ rass, entangle. Q Quack— impostor, pretender, empiric, charla¬ tan. Qualified— capable, fit, competent, adapted. Quarrel— fight, affray, riot, battle, contest, contention, altercation, dispute, tumult. Query— question, interrogatory, inquiry. Question— ask, examine, doubt, dispute, con¬ sider, inquire, interrogate. Questionable— suspicious, doubtful. Quick— rapid, active, lively, swift, prompt, ex¬ peditious, brisk. Quiet— calm, repose, tranquillity, rest, ease, peaceable, placid, still. Quit— depart, leave, resign, abandon, forsake, relinquish. Quota— rate, share, proportion. Quote— copy, relate, cite, adduce. R Race— lineage, family, breed, course, genera¬ tion. Radiance— light, brightness, brilliancy, glory. Rage— indignation, anger, fury. Raise— heighten, elevate, exalt, erect, collect, propagate. Rank— class, degree, place, position. RansoSi— purchase, free, redeem. Rapacious— voracious, ravenous, greedy. Rapidity— swiftness, speed, celerity, fleetness, agility, velocity. Rapture— joy, delight, transport, ecstacy. Rare— scarce, uncommon, singular, excellent, unusual, incomparable, raw. Rash— impulsive, hasty, thoughtless, violent, headstrong. Rate— price, quota, proportion, ratio, value, degree, assessment. Ravenous— voracious, greedy, rapacious. Ray— dawn, beam, gleam, streak, glimmer. Real— certain, true, genuine, positive, actual. Realize— reach, procure, achieve, consum¬ mate, accomplish, effect. Reason— purpose, proof, motive, argument, origin, understanding. Reasonable— fair, probable, moderate, just, equitable, honest, rational. Rebuke- reprimand, reproach, reproof, cen¬ sure. Recant— revoke, recall, renounce, withdraw, retract, abjure. Recede— retire, retrograde, retreat, fall back. Recite— repeat, rehearse. Reckon— count, number, estimate, calculate, compute. Reclaim— reform, recover,'correct. Recollection— remembrance, reminiscence, memory. Recompense— satisfaction, pay, price, reward, remuneration, equivalent. Reconcile— propitiate, conciliate. Recruit— repair, retrieve, replace, recover. Rectify— mend, improve, correct, amend, re¬ form. Redeem— restore, resene, recover, ransom. Redress— relief, remedy. Refer— propose, suggest, allude, intimate, hint. Refined— graceful, genteel, polished, polite, elegant. Reform— correct, amend, rectify, improve, better. Refractory— unmanageable, unruly, contu¬ macious, perverse. Refrain— forego, forbear, abstain, spare. Regale— refresh, entertain, feast, gratify. Regard— respect, esteem, value, reverence, mind, heed. Regardless— careless, negligent, indifferent, unconcerned, unobservant, heedless. Region— section, quarter, district, country. Regret— sorrow, complaint, lament, grief. Regulate— control, rule, direct, govern, dis¬ pose, adjust. Rehearse— detail, repeat, recite, recapitulate. Reject— refuse, deny, decline, repel. Rejoinder— response, answer, reply. Reliance— trust, belief, confidence, repose, de¬ pendence. Relieve— assist, help, succor, alleviate, aid, mitigate, support. Religious— pious, devout, holy. Remain— continue, stay, abide, tarry, sojourn. Remainder— rest, residue, remnant. Remark— comment, observation, note. Reminiscence— recollection, remembrance. Remiss— heedless, negligent, careless, inat¬ tentive, thoughtless. Remit— send, transmit, liberate, abate, forgive, pardon, relax. Remorse— penitence, distress, contrition. Renew— revive, refresh, renovate. Renounce— leave, resign, abdicate, abandon, forego, relinquish, quit. Renown— fame, reputation, celebrity. Repair— improve, retrieve, recover, restore. Reparation— restitution, amends, restoration. Repeal— cancel, annul, revoke, abolish, abro¬ gate, destroy. Repeat— detail, rehearse, recite. Repetition— tautology, prolixity, iteration, reiteration. Replenish— supply, fill, refill. Repose— ease, sleep, rest, quiet. Reproach— blame, reprove, censure, condemn, upbraid, reprimand. Repugnance— aversion, abhorrence, antipathy, dislike, hatred. Repugnant— hostile, adverse, opposite, con¬ trary. Reputation— repute, fame, honor, character, renown, credit. Request— solicit, ask, demand, entreat, beg, beseech, implore. Requisite— important, necessary, essential, expedient. Research— investigation, study, examination, inquiry. Resemblance— similarity, semblance, simili¬ tude, likeness. Residence— home, abode, house, dwelling, domicile. Residue— leavings, remainder, rest. Resign— yield, abdicate, renounce, relinquish, forego. Resignation— patience, endurance, submis¬ sion, acquiescence. Resist— endure, oppose, withstand. Resolution— firmness, determination, forti¬ tude, courage, decision. Resort— visit, frequent, haunt. Respect— esteem, regard, deference, attention, consideration, good-will, estimation. Respectful— deferential, dutiful, obedient, civil. Respite— delay, suspension, interval, reprieve. Response— reply, answer, rejoinder. Responsible— amenable, answerable, account¬ able. Rest— quiet, ease, repose, intermission, stop, cessation, others, remainder. Restore— cure, renew, return, repay, rebuild. Restrain— confine, repress, restrict, coerce, limit, constrain. Restrict— limit, circumscribe, hold, bind. Result— effect, issue, ultimate, consequence, event. Retain— hold, detain, keep, reserve. Retard— hinder, defer, protract, postpone, de¬ lay, procrastinate, prolong, prevent, impede. Retire— recede, withdraw, retreat, secede. Retract— annul, take back, revoke, recant, recall. Retrieve— renew, recover, regain. 76 DICTIONARY OF SYNONYMOUS WORDS. Reveal— impart, divulge, communicate, dis¬ close, expose. Revenge— vindicate, avenge. Revere —adore, worship, reverence, venerate. Review— examine, survey, notice, revision. Revive— enliven, renew, reanimate, refresh, renovate. Revoke— cancel, annul, abolish, repeal, abro¬ gate, efface, retract. Reward— recompense, remuneration, compen¬ sation, satisfaction. Riches— wealth, opulence, affluence. Ridicule —deride, banter, laugh at. Ridiculous— droll, absurd, ludicrous, prepos¬ terous, unreasonable, improbable. Right— correct, just, honest, proper, privilege, claim, direct, straight, immunity. Righteous —just, godly, upright, honest, incor¬ rupt, virtuous. Rite— form, custom, ceremony, observance. Road— path, way, course, route. Roam— wander, ramble, stroll, range, rove. Room— chamber, apartment, space, place. Rough— harsh, uncivil, rude, uncouth, unman¬ nerly, unpolished, rugged, severe, stormy. Round— globular, spherical, circuit, orb, tour. Route— path, coarse, way, road. Rude— rough, impertinent, coarse, impudent, unpolished, saucy, bold, disagreeable. Rule— authority, government, law, regulation, custom, maxim, habit, precept, guide. s Sacred— holy, divine, devoted. Sad— sorrowful, mournful, dejected, gloomy, melancholy. Sagacity— perception, penetration, acuteness, discernment. Salary— wages, pay, stipend, hire, reward, re¬ muneration. Sanction— maintain, sustain, uphold, support, ratify, countenance. Sapient— discreet, wise, sage, sagacious. Sarcasm— satire, irony, ridicule. Satisfaction —compensation, remuneration, contentment, reward, atonement. Saving— prudent, economical, thrifty, frugal, close, sparing, stingy, penurious. Saying— adage, maxim, proverb, by-word, re¬ lating, speaking, uttering, communicating. Scandal— disgrace, reproach, discredit, base¬ ness, infamy. Scarce— uncommon, unusual, singular, rare. Scatter— disseminate, dissipate, spread, dis¬ perse. Scent— odor, smell, perfume, fragrance. Scoff— ridicule, sneer, jeer, jibe, belittle. Scope— object, tendency, aim, drift. Scruple— hesitate, doubt, fluctuate. Scrupulous— truthful, upright, correct, care¬ ful, conscientious, cautious. Scrutinize— search, examine, investigate. Scurrilous— disgusting, abusive, offensive, insulting, insolent. Search— inquiry, examination, scrutiny, pur¬ suit, investigation, Secede— withdraw, retire, recede. Seclusion— quietude, privacy, solitude, retire¬ ment, loneliness. Secondary— subordinate, inferior. Secret— hidden, quiet, still, concealed, latent, mysterious, clandestine. Secular— temporal, worldly. Secure— safe, certain, confident, sure, procure, warrant. Security- pledge, warranty, deposit, defence, guard, protection. Sedate— serene, unconcerned, calm, unruffled, still, composed, quiet. Seduce— decoy, betray, attract, allure. See— examine, look, behold, observe, perceive, view. Sense— idea, feeling, meaning, judgment, im¬ port, reason. Sensitive— keen, susceptible, appreciative. Sentence— mandate, judgment, decision, pe¬ riod, phrase, proposition. Sentiment— expression, opinion, notion, feel¬ ing. Separate— dissociate, detach, disengage. Settle— determine, fix, establish, arrange, ad¬ just, regulate. Settled— conclusive, decided, confirmed, es- tablislied- Sever— separate, disjoin, divide, detach. Several— sundry, different, various, diverse. Severe —cold, stern, harsh, sharp, rigid, cruel, heartless, rough, strict, unyielding, austere, rigorous. Shake— shiver, quiver, shudder, quake, agi¬ tate, totter. Shame— dishonor, disgrace, ignominy. Shameless— insolent, impudent, immodest, in¬ delicate, indecent. Shape— form, fashion, mould. Share— divide, distribute, apportion, partici¬ pate, partake. Sharpness— shrewdness, penetration, keen¬ ness, acuteness, sagacity, cunning. Shelter— shield, defend, screen, harbor, pro¬ tect, cover. Shine— illumine, glisten, gleam, glitter, glare. Shining— bright, glittering, radiant, glisten¬ ing, brilliant. Shocking— disgusting, terrible, dreadful, hor¬ rible. Short— brief, concise, scanty, defective, brittle. Shorten— lessen, contract, abridge, reduce, curtail. Show— display, exhibition, parade, representa¬ tion, spectacle, sight, pomp. Showy— grand, ostentatious, gay, gaudy, fine, sumptuous. Shrewd— sharp, acute, keen, precise. Suun— evade, avoid, elude. Sickly— unwell, sick, ill, diseased, indisposed. Sign— indication, omen, symptom, signal, note, mark, token. Signify— imply, express, betoken, denote, de¬ clare, utter, intimate, testify. Silence —quietude, stillness, muteness. Silent— dumb, mute, speechless, still. Silly— ridiculous, foolish, absurd, stupid, dull, weak, simple. Similarity— resemblance, likeness, similitude. Simple— weak, silly, artless, foolish, unwise, stupid, plain, single. Simply— solely, merely, only. I Since— for, as, inasmuch, after. Sincere— true, honest, frank, upright, incor¬ rupt, plain. Singular— particular, eccentric, odd, strange, remarkable, rare, scarce. Situation— place, position, employment, site, locality, case, condition, plight. Skillful— expert, adroit, adept, dexterous, accomplished. Slander— defame, vilify, calumniate, detract. Slavery— servitude, bondage, captivity. Slender— slight, slim, fragile, thin. Slow— tardy, dilatory, tedious, dull. Small— little, minute, diminutive, narrow, in¬ finitesimal. Smooth —easy, mild, bland, even, level. Smother— suffocate, stifle, suppress, conceal. Snarling— surly, snappish, waspish. Sober— grave, temperate, moderate, abstemi¬ ous. Social— sociable, companionable, convivial, familiar. Society— fellowship, company, congregation, association, community. Soft— flexible, ductile, pliant, yielding, mild, compliant. Solicit— request, ask, entreat, implore, beg, beseech, supplicate, importune. Solicitation— entreaty, invitation, importu¬ nity. Solicitude— care, anxiety, earnestness. Solid— enduring, firm, hard, substantial. Solitary— sole, alone, only, lonely, desolate, remote, retired. Soothe— quiet, compose, calm, appease, tran- quilize, pacify, assuage. Sorrow— trouble, grief, affliction. Sort— order, kind, species. Sound— tone, firm, whole, hearty, healthy, sane. Sour— tart, acid, acrimonious, sharp. Source— head, origin, fountain, cause, spring, reason. Spacious— large, capacious, ample. Sparkle— glitter, glisten, shine, glare, radiate, corruscate. Speak— utter, talk, articulate, pronounce, con¬ verse, say, tell, recite, relate. Species— order, kind, class, sort. Specific— definite, particular, special. Specimen— sample, pattern, model. Spectator —beholder, observer, auditor. Speech— oration, address, harangue, lecture, sermon. Speechless— dumb, silent, mute. Spend— expend, exhaust, squander, dissipate, waste. Sphere— orb, circle, globe. Spirited— quick, animated, ardent, vivacious, active. Spiritual— ethereal, immaterial, unearthly, incorporeal. Spite— pique, malice, grudge, malignity, hate. Splendid— superb, magnificent, grand, sub¬ lime, heavenly. Splendor— magnificence, brightness, luster, brilliancy. Splenetic— peevish, melancholy, morose, sul¬ len, gloomy, fretful. Sport- play, game, amusement, pastime, di¬ version, recreation. DICTIONARY OF SYNONYMOUS WORDS. 77 Spotless— faultless, unblemished, blameless, unsullied, clear, untarnished, pure, innocent, stainless. Spread— distribute, diffuse, circulate, expand, disperse, disseminate, propagate, scatter, dis¬ pense, sow. Spring— leap, arise, start, proceed, emanate, flow, jump, issue. Sprinkle— besprinkle, bedew, water, scatter. Sprout— vegetate, bud, germinate. Stability— fixedness, continuity, steadiness, firmness. Stain— mar, soil, tarnish, blemish, blot, flaw, spot, speck, tinge, color, discolor. Stammer— hesitate, stutter, falter. Stamp— mark, print, impress. Standard— tt st, rule, criterion. State— situation, condition, positlum, plight, predicament. Station— place, situation, position, post. Stay— dependence, reliance, staff, prop, abide, remain, continue, delay, hinder, support. Sterility— barrenness, unfruitfillness. Stern— unfeeling, severe, austere, strict, cold, rigid, rigorous. Still— quiet, calm, silent, appease, assuage, lull, pacify. Stimulate— arouse, excite, incite, urge, impel, encourage, instigate. Stock— supply, collection, fund, accumulation, store, provision, cattle. Stop— rest, intermission, vacation, cessation, delay, impede, hinder, check. Story— tale, anecdote, incident, memoir. Straight— direct, immediate. Strange— unusual, curious, singular, odd, sur¬ prising, eccentric. Stratagem— deception, cheat, artifice, fraud, trick, imposture, delusion. Strength— potency, authority, power, force, might. Strict— precise, exact, particular, accurate, nice, severe, harsh, rigorous, stern. Strife— disagreement, discord, dissension, .contest. Strong— able, powerful, stout, vigorous, firm, muscular, robust, hardy. Style— custom, mode, manner, phraseology, diction. Subdue— vanquish, overcome, subjugate, con¬ quer, subject, surmount. Subject— control, liable, exposed, object, mat¬ ter, material. Subjoin— attach, connect, affix, annex. Sublime— lofty, elevated, great, exalted, grand, magnificent. Submissive— obedient, yielding, humble, com¬ pliant. Subordinate— subject, subservient, inferior. Subsistence— livelihood, sustenance, living, maintenance, support. Substantial— reliable, strong, solid, stout, real, responsible. Substitute— agent, representative, exchange, change. Subtle- sly, artful, cunning, deceitful, crafty, wily, perfidious, insidious, arch, acute, fine. Subtract— withdraw, deduct, take from. Subvert— ruin, overthrow, reverse, controvert, invert, reverse. Successful— prosperous, lucky, winning, for¬ tunate. Succession— series, order, continuance. Succor— defend, help, aid, assist, relieve. Sudden— unexpected, unanticipated, unlooked for, hasty. Suffer— endure, tolerate, bear, permit, allow. Suffocate— smother, choke, stifle. Sufficient— plenty, abundance, enough, com¬ petent, adequate. Suffrage— vote, ballot, aid, voice. Suggest— propose, insinuate, hint, allude, in¬ timate. Suitable— appropriate, fit, becoming, agree¬ able, expedient. Suitor— beau, wooer, lover, petitioner. Summon— cite, call, invite, bid, convoke. Sundry— several, different, various, diverse. Superficial— shallow, flimsy, slight. Supersede— supplant, overrule, displace. Supplicate— solicit, entreat, beg, beseech, ask, implore. Support— maintain, uphold, sustain, defend, encourage, second, prop, protect, favor, for¬ ward, cherish, assist, endure. Sure— reliable, confident, certain, infallible. Surmise— presume, suppose, think, believe, guess, conjecture. Surmount— subdue, overcome, vanquish, con¬ quer. Surpass— beat, outdo, excel, exceed, outstrip. Surprise— astonishment, admiration, wonder, amazement. Surrender— yield, resign, deliver, give up. Surround— encompass, enclose, encircle 1 , en¬ viron. Survey— review, prospect, retrospect. Suspense— hesitation, doubt, uncertainty. Suspicion— apprehension, distrust, jealousy, i Sustain— carry, bear, support, uphold, main¬ tain. Sustenance— livelihood, maintenance, sup¬ port, living. Swiftness— speed, rapidity, velocity, fleetness, quickness, celerity. Symbol— illustration, type, figure, emblem, metaphor. Symmetry— proportion, harmony. Sympathy'— compassion, condolence, agree¬ ment, commiseration. Symptom— evidence, token, indication, sign, mark, note. System— order, method. T Talent— faculty, endowment, ability, capa¬ bility, gift, intellectuality. Talk— conference, discourse, chat, conversa¬ tion, communication, sermon, lecture, dia¬ logue, colloquy. Tantalize— plague, tease, provoke, irritate, taunt, torment, aggravate. Taste— perception, discernment, judgment, flavor, savor, relish. Tax— duty, assessment, rate, toll, tribute, con¬ tribution, custom. Tedious— wearisome, slow, tiresome, tardy. Tell— inform, communicate, reveal, disclose, acquaint, mention, impart, state, talk, report, inform. Temper— mood, humor, temperament, dispo¬ sition. Temperate— moderate, abstemious, abstinent, sober. Temporal— worldly, mundane, sublunary, sec¬ ular. Temporary— uncertain, fleeting, transitory, transient. Tempt— allure, induce, entice, attract, decoy, seduce. Tender— propose, offer, bid. Tenderness— fondness, love, humanity, affec¬ tion, benignity. Tenet— belief, dogma, doctrine, principle, po¬ sition, opinion. Terms— conditions, words, expressions, lan¬ guage. Terminate— close, complete, finish, end. Terrible— awful, frightful, fearful, shocking, terrific, horrible. Terror— alarm, fear, dread, consternation, ap¬ prehension, fright. Test— experiment, proof, experience, trial, standard, criterion. Testify - — prove, declare, swear, signify, wit¬ ness, affirm. Testimony— proof, evidence. Therefore— wherefore, accordingly, thence, then, hence, so, consequently. Think— consider, deliberate, meditate, ponder, conceive, contemplate, imagine, surmise. TnouGH—allow, while, although. Thought— contemplation, meditation, fancy, idea, supposition, reflection, conception, con¬ ceit. Thoughtful— anxious, considerate, careful, attentive, discreet, contemplative. Thoughtless— inconsiderate, indiscreet, care¬ less, foolish, hasty, unthinking. Throw— heave, cast, hurl, fling. Time— period, season, age, date, duration, era, epoch. Timely— opportune, seasonable, early. Tired— wearied, fatigued, harassed. Title— name, appellation, claim. Token— emblem, sign, indication, symptom, mark, note. Tolerate— permit, alloev, suffer. Tortuous— tormenting, crooked, twisted, winding. Total— complete, whole, entire, gross, sum. Touching— moving, pathetic, affecting. Tour— round, circuit, journey, jaunt, ramble, excursion, trip. Trace— clue, track, mark, vestige. Trade— occupation, avocation, calling, labor, business, dealing, traffic. Traduce— injure, condemn, depreciate, cen¬ sure, degrade, calumniate, detract, decry. Tranquillity'— stillness, peace, quiet, calm. Transact— manage, conduct, negotiate. Transcend— surpass, excel, outdo, exceed. Transparent— clear, pellucid, pervious, trans¬ lucent. Transient— brief, fleeting, short. Transport— delight, rapture, ecstacy. Treacherous— insidious, faithless, dishonest, perfidious, heartless. Trepidation— palpitation, emotion, agitation, trembling, tremor. 78 DICTIONARY OF SYNONYMOUS WORDS, Trespass— violation, offense, misdemeanor, transgression. Trial— endeavor, attempt, effort, experiment, test, proof, temptation. Tmck— cheat, fraud, deception, artifice, impos¬ ture, stratagem, Jugglery Trifling— insignificant, inconsiderable, unim¬ portant, light, futile, petty, frivolous. Trip— journey, jaunt, tour, ramble, excursion, voyage. Trouble —anxiety, vexation, adversity, afflic¬ tion, sorrow, distress. Troublesome —annoying, disturbing, vexing, perplexing, teasing, harassing, importunate, irksome. True— honest, candid, sincere, reliable, plain, upright. Truth— fidelity, veracity, candor, faithfulness, honesty. Try —endeavor, attempt. Turbulent — raging, tumultuous, seditious, mutinous, riotous. Turn —revolve, whirl, twist, wheel, circulate, wind, gyrate, contort, bend, distort. Type — illustrtftion, symbol, figure, emblem, mark. u Ultimate— latest, last, final, end. Umpire —judge, arbitrator, arbiter. Unbelief —incredulity disbelief, skepticism, infidelity. Unblemished —faultless, blameless, spotless, irreproachable, stainless, untarnished. Unceasingly— eternally, perpetually, always, constantly, continually. Unchangeable — unalterable, immutable. Uncommon— singular, unusual, rare, unique, infrequent, choice, scarce. Unconcerned— careless, regardless, uninter¬ ested, indifferent. Uncover —reveal, expose, strip, discover. Undaunted — courageous, fearless, bold, in¬ trepid. Undeniable —indisputable, incontrovertible, unquestionable. Under —subordinate, lower, beneath, below, inferior, subject, subjacent. Understanding— conception, comprehension, perception, faculty, sense, intelligence, reason, intellect. Undetermined —uncertain, irresolute, hesi¬ tating, wavering, unsteady, doubtful, fluctuat¬ ing, vacillating. Unfaithful —untruthful, faithless, dishonest, disloyal, treacherous, perfidious. Unfold —explain, divulge, reveal, unravel, develop, expand, open, display. Unhandy— ungainly, uncouth, clumsy, awk¬ ward. Unhappy— distressed, miserable, unfortunate, afflicted, wretched. Uniform— even, alike, equal, same. Unimportant— trivial, trifling, immaterial, insignificant, petty, inconsiderable. Unlearned— uninformed,unlettered,ignorant, illiterate. Unlike— distinct, dissimilar, different. Unlimited — infinite, boundless, unbounded, illimitable. Unquestionable — undeniable, indubitable, indisputable, incontrovertible. Unravel —unfold, disentangle, extricate, re¬ veal. Unrelenting — unforgiving, hard - hearted, inexorable, relentless. Unruly — unmanageable, refractory, uncon¬ trollable, ungovernable. Unseasonable— ill-timed, untimely, unfit, un¬ suitable, late. Unsettled — doubtful, undetermined, vacilla¬ ting, unsteady, wavering. Unspeakable— unutterable, inexpressible. Unstable —inconstant, mutable, vacillating, changeable, wavering. Untimely — inopportune, unseasonable, pre¬ mature, unsuitable, Unwilling— loth, backward, disinclined, dis¬ liking, reluctant, averse. Upbraid— reprove, censure, blame, reproach. Uproar — noise, confusion, bustle, tumult, dis¬ turbance. Urbanity —courtesy, affability, suavity, civil¬ ity Urge— press, incite, impel, instigate, stimulate, animate, encourage. Urgent —importunate, pressing, earnest. Usage— habit, fashion, custom, treatment, pre¬ scription. Use— practice, custom, habit, usage, service, advantage, utility Usually — generally, commonly Utility —use, service, benefit, advantage, con¬ venience, usefulness. Utterly— perfectly, completely, fully. V Vacant— void, empty, devoid, unused. Vague— unsettled, indefinite. Vain — conceited, useless, idle, fruitless, inef¬ fectual. Valedictory— farewell, taking leave. Valuable— expensive, costly, precious, useful, worthy, estimable. Value— price, worth, rate, appreciation, esti¬ mation, account, appraise, assess, compute, regard, respect. Vanity —pride, haughtiness, arrogance, con¬ ceit. Vanquish —subdue, overcome, slay, conquer, confute, subjugate. Variable— transitory, fickle, capricious, un¬ steady, changeable, versatile, wavering. Variation —deviation, change, variety, vicis¬ situde. Variety— diversion, change, difference. Various —sundry, different, diverse. Vehement— hot, eager, fiery, ardent, passion¬ ate, violent, impetuous. Velocity— speed, celerity, swiftness, fleetness, rapidity, quickness. Venerate —worship, respect, reverence, adore. Veracity — honesty, integrity, truth. Verbal —oral, vocal. Vestige— evidence, mark, trace, track. Vexation —chagrin, uneasiness, trouble, sor¬ row, mortification. Vicinity —locality, neighborhood, nearness, section. View — picture, prospect, landscape, survey, see, look, behold. Vigorous —robust, active, energetic, powerful, agile, potent, forcible. Violent— turbulent, boisterous, impetuous, furious. Virtue — chastity, purity, goodness, efficacy. Visible— apparent, discernible, evident, plain, distinct, manifest, doubtless, obvious. Visionary— fanatic, enthusiast, dreamer, im¬ aginary, fanatical. Volatility— lightness, levity, flightiness, gid¬ diness, liveliness, sprightliness. Vouch — assure, warrant, affirm, aver, protest, attest. Vulgar— ordinary, common, low, mean. w Wages — stipulation, hire, pay, salary, allow¬ ance. Wakeful— vigilant, attentive, watchful, ob¬ servant. Wander— roam, stroll, rove, range, ramble’ journey. Want— indigence, need, poverty, lack. WARE—goods, merchandise, commodity. Warlike— military, martial. Warmth — fervor, ardor, cordiality, animation, heat, vigor, glow, zeal, fervency, vehemence. Warning— notice, advice, monition, caution. Wary— discreet, guarded, watchful, cautious, circumspect. Waste —loose, dissipate,'spend, expend, con¬ sume, lavish, squander. Wasteful— profuse, extravagant, lavish, prod¬ igal. Watchful —cautious, vigilant, careful, cir¬ cumspect, attentive, observant, wakeful. Waver— hesitate, vacillate, fluctuate, scruple, to be undetermined. Way— plan, method, course, manner, system, means, fashion, road, route. Weak— infirm, feeble, enfeebled, debilitated, enervated. Wealth — opulence, affluence, riches. Weakness —debility, feebleness, frailty, in¬ firmity, languor, failing, imbecility, silliness, folly Weariness— languor, lassitude, tediousness, fatigue. Weary— annoy, distress, harass, jade, tire, vex, perplex,|subdue. Wedding — marriage, nuptials. Weight— load, burden, heaviness, gravity, im¬ portance, signification. Welcome — desirable, agreeable, grateful, ac¬ ceptable. Wherefore— consequently, accordingly, so, then, thence, hence, therefore. Whiten — blanch, fade, bleach. W'hole — undivided, complete,'entire, perfect, total, sum, uninjured. Wicked — sinful, guilty, unjust, flagrant, im¬ pious, atrocious, criminal, villainous, de¬ praved, outrageous. Wily — cunning, artful, subtle, crafty. Wisdom— foresight, prudence, knowledge, un¬ derstanding. Withdraw — retreat, recede, retire, take back, go back, retrograde. Withhold —forbear, refrain, refuse, hinder, keep back. Wonder— astonishment, marvel, surprise, ad¬ miration, amazement. Wonderful — strange, curious, astonishing, surprising, marvelous, admirable. Worthy— estimable, deserving, meritorious. Wretched— unhappy, miserable. Writer— author, scribe. Y Yearly — annually. Yet— but, however, notwithstanding, still, nev¬ ertheless. Yield —comply, conform, concede, allow, pro¬ duce, permit, resign, surrender. z Zeal— warmth, ardor, fervor, enthusiasm. Zealous — concerned, earnest, ardent, fervent, anxious, enthusiastic, warm. LETTERS OE CORRESPONDENCE. 79 OU have thoughts that you wish to communicate to another through the medium of a letter. Possibly you have a favor to bestow. Quite as likely you have a favor to ask. In either case you wish to write that letter in a manner such as to secure the respect and consideration of the person with whom you correspond. The rules for the mechanical execution of a letter are few; understanding and observing the rules already considered for composition, the writer has only to study perfect naturalness of expression, to write a letter well. Style and Manner. The expression of language should, as nearly as possible, be the same as the writer would speak. A letter is but a talk on paper. The style of writing will depend upon the terms of between the parties. If to a superior, it should be respectful; to inferiors, courteous; to friends, familiar; to relatives, affectionate. Originality, Do not be guilty of using that stereotyped phrase, Sear Friend: I now take my pen in hand to let you know that I am well, and hope you are enjoying the same great blessing. Be original. You are not exactly like any one else. Your letter should be a representative of yourself, not of anybody else. The world is full of imitators in literature, who pass on, leaving no reputation behind them. Occasionally origi¬ nals come up, and fame and fortune are ready to do them service. The distinguished writers of the past and present have gone aside from the beaten paths. Letter writing affords a fine opportunity for the display of originality. In your letter be yourself; write as you would talk. 80 OUTLINES OF A LETTER. PARTS OF A LETTER. Date. Complimentary address. Body of the Letter. Complimentary closing. Signature. Name. Address. Purity of Expression. Bear in mind the importance, in your corre¬ spondence, of using always the most chaste and beautiful language it is possible to command, consistent with ease and naturalness of expres¬ sion. Especially in the long letters of friend¬ ship and love — those missives that reveal the heart—the language should show that the heart is pure. Let your letter he the record of the fancies and mood of the hour; the reflex of your aspira¬ tions, your joys, your disappointments; the faithful daguerreotype of your intellectuality and your moral worth. You little dream how much that letter may influence your future. How much it may give of hope and happiness to the one receiving it. How much it may be examined, thought of, laugh¬ ed over and commented on; and when you suppose it has long since been destroyed, it may ,oe brought forth, placed in type, and published broadcast to mil¬ lions of readers. When, in after years, the letter you now write is given to the world, will there be a word, an expression, in the same that you would blush to see in print ? Write in the spirit of cheer¬ fulness. It is unkind to the correspondent to fill the sheet with petty complainings, though there are occasions when the heart filled with grief may con¬ fide all its troubles and sorrows to the near friend, and receive in return a letter of sympathy and condolence, containing all the consolation it is possible for the written missive to convey. The length of letters will depend upon circumstances. As a rule, however, business letters should be short, containing just what is necessary to be said, and no more. Form. To be written correctly according to general usage, a letter will embrace the following parts: 1st, the date ; 2nd, complimentary address ; 3rd, body of the letter ; 4th, complimentary closing; 5th signature; 6th, superscription. The above shows the position of the several parts of an ordinary letter. T LETTER WRITING ILLUSTRATED. 81 Position of the Various Parts. The following position of the several parts of a letter should be observed: 1. Write the date near the upper right hand corner of the sheet. 2. Commence the complimentary address on the line next beneath one inch from the left side of the sheet. 3. The body of the letter should be com¬ menced nearly under the last letter of the com¬ plimentary address. 4. Begin the complimentary closing on the line next beneath the body of the letter, one half of the distance from the left to the right side of the page. 5. The center of the signature may be under the last letter of the complimentary closing. 6. The name and address of the person writ¬ ten to should come on the line beneath the signature, at the left of the sheet. The Complimentary Address. Of late years it has become common, in business letters, in¬ stead of giving name and ad¬ dress at the close, to write the same at the commencement; thus, To the Business Man. Mr. William B. Ashton, Washington, D. C. Dear Sir; \our note of the 1st inst. received, etc. To the Married Woman. Mrs. Helen E. King, Baltimore, Md. Dear Madam : Enclosed find check for, etc. To the Unmarried Woman. Miss Harriet A. Kendall, Lowell, Mass. In reply to your favor of the 4th ult., etc. ? us h tomar . T *» address the married woman by the name which she uses on her cards. It is optional with the lady whether she uses her own name, “Mrs. Helen F King, or that of her husband, " Mrs. Chas. H. King. ’’ FORM OF A LETTER. (Dale.) T ~ S . (Complimentary Address.) ’■e-etd ; (Body of the Letter.) ■addd -adt/fcez&c/ dOo -t-e o te df-ud dde-idd^. izicdeuddddyised/ do d-edid^e->dd€ddd. i-u4d-c4 dd dtdeid tzddidtdd. ■od df-a-tdd -idddoo / _ _ _ _ __ _ ■ei'm -iddd'l-e *//, 1 -/.,■<. edded. do -torddd dda>vi r- dlozm %-U f€>-d dda4 ■o&ad-e do dde dde dd e'-tird -'re < l ' fd/ ■y-o-t. _ -m-e, -added ddadd r (Complimentary Closing.) G^^d-tdoeddade- cdd-oeddc^ / (Signature.) (Name.) dd Jdo ■nND Kinds of Paper to Use. Be particular to use a sheet appropriate in shape to the purpose for which it is employed. Paper is now manufactured of every size adapted to the wants of any article written. The names of the various kinds of paper in general use are Legal-cap, Bill-paper, Foolscap , Letter-paper , Commercial-note, Note-paper and Billet. In the writing of all Legal Documents, such as wills, taking of testimony, articles of agreement, etc., legal cap is generally used, characterized by a red line running from top to bottom of the sheet. For Bills , paper is commonly ruled expressly for the purpose, and generally bears the name and business advertisement of the person using the same, at the top. When writing Notes, Orders, Receipts, Com¬ positions, Petitions, Subscription Headings , etc., foolscap paper is used. For the ordinary friendship letter or other 6 82 ETIQUETTE OF LETTER WRITING AND TITLES. long letter, it is best to use letter paper, which in size is four-fifths the length of foolscap. The common Business Letter should be so brief as generally to require but one page of commercial note, which is somewhat narrower and shorter than letter paper. Note and billet paper are the smallest sheets made, being suitable for Notes of Invitation, Parents' Excuses for children to teachers, and other written exercises that are very brief. Etiquette of Letter Writing. As a rule, every letter, unless insulting in its character, requires an answer. To neglect to answer a letter, when written to, is as uncivil as to neglect to reply when spoken to. In the reply, acknowledge first the receipt of the letter, mentioning its date, and afteiwards consider all the points requiring attention. If the letter is to be very brief, commence sufficiently far from the top of the page to give a nearly equal amount of blank paper at the bottom of the sheet when the letter is ended. Should the matter in the letter continue beyond the first page, it is well to commence a little above the middle of the sheet, extending as far as necessary on the other pages. It is thought impolite to use a half sheet of paper in formal letters. As a matter of economy and convenience for business purposes, how¬ ever, it is customary to have the card of the business man printed at the top of the sheet, and a single leaf is used. In writing a letter, the answer to which is of more benefit to yourself than the person to whom you write, enclose a postage stamp for the reply. Letters should be as free from erasures, inter¬ lineations, blots and postscripts as possible. It is decidedly better to copy the letter than to have these appear. A letter of introduction or recommendation, should never be sealed, as the bearer to whom it is given ought to know the contents. Titles. T is customary, in the heading of petitions to persons in official posi- ^ tions, in the complimentary address of a letter, and in superscriptions, to give each their proper title. These are divided into titles of respect, military, and professional titles. Titles of respect are: — Mr., from Master; Mrs., from Mistress; Miss, from the French De-moi-selle; Esq., from Esquire, an English Justice of the Peace, or member of the legal profession, but applied very indiscriminately to males throughout this country generally. Two titles of the same class should not be applied to the same name. Thus, in addressing John Smith, do not say Mr. John Smith, Esq.; though we may say Mr. John Smith, or John Smith, Esq. If the profession of the person addressed be known, the professional title alone should be used. If the person be entitled to two titles the highest is given. Titles-of respect are usually placed before the name; as Mr., Hon., Rev., Dr., and militaiy titles. Professional titles sometimes precede and sometimes follow the name ; as Dr. John Smith, or John Smith, M.D.; Prof. John Smith, or John Smith, A.M. The following list illustrates the various titles used for the different ranks, among individuals, either in the complimentary address or super¬ scription on the envelope. To Royalty. “ To the King’s Most Excellent Majesty." To the Queen’s Most Excellent Majesty .” “ To his Royal Highness , Albert Edward, Prince of Wales.” In like manner all the other members, male and female, of the Royal family are addressed. To Nobility. “ To his Grace the Duke of Argyle.” “ To the Most Noble the Marquis of Westminster.” “ To the Right Honorable the Earl of Derby.” « To the Right Honorable Lord Viscount Sidney.” “ To the Honorable Baron Cranworth.” TITLES IN EUROPE AND AMERICA. 83 The wives of noblemen have the same titles as their husbands ; thus, “ To her Grace the Duchess of Argyle.” “ To the Most Noble the Marchioness of Westminster,” “ To the Night Honorable the Countess of Derby.” “ To the Right Honorable the Viscountess Sidney.” To the Honorable the Baroness Crauworth.” The title of Honorable , in Great Britain, is applied to the younger sons of noblemen (the elder son taking, by courtesy, the title next in rank below that of his father.) It is also given to members of parliament and to certain persons holding positions of honor and trust. To Baronets. “Vir Walter Scott, Bart.” To Knights. “ Sir William Armstrong, Kt.” .Ellsworth’s “Text Book on Penmanship” gives the following classification of the various titles used in the United States. Titles of Honor, Profession and Respect. President of the United States, “ His Excellency Richard Roe,” j Governor of any State, or Minister [ to Foreign Countries. “ Honorable Richard Roe.” “ Nev. Richard Roe, D.D.” “ Richard Roe, LL.D.’ “ Richard Roe,” “ Dr. Richard Roe,” “ Prof. Richard Roe,” “ Richard Roe, Esq.." “ Mr. Richard Roe.” “ Richard Roe,” his “Richard x Roe,” mark f Vice President, Senators and Repre- [ sentatives of the U. S., Lieut. Gov. of ! State, State Senators and Riprescnta- ] tives, Judges, Mayors, and Heads of | Executive Departments of the General ^ Government. Doctor of Divinity. ’ Doctor of Laws. Minister of the Gospel. Physician and Surgeon. Professor or teacher of any art or science. Member of the legal Fraternity. Non-professional gentleman. Plain signature. Unable to write his own name. Superscriptions. NVELOPES that are perfectly plain, for ordinary letter writing, are regarded as in much the best taste. Ladies do well to use white. Buff, light straw color, or manila answer for business purposes, though it is always in good taste to use white. The upper side of the envelope is that con¬ taining the flap. Care should be observed, in writing the superscription on the letter, to have the same right side up. Extensive practice enables business men to write com¬ paratively straight upon the envelope, without the aid of a line. The inexperienced penman may be aided in writing on the buff colored envelope by lead pencil lines, which should never be used, however, unless completely erased by rubber after the ink is dry. Care should be taken to write upon the envelope very plainly, giving the full name and title of the person addressed, with place of residence written out fully, including town, county, State, and country if it goes abroad. The designation of the street, number, drawer, etc., when written upon the letter, is explained elsewhere. For light colored envelopes, a piece of paper a little smaller than the envelope may be ruled with black ink over the blue lines, thus, and placed inside. A scrap of paper, ruled like this, when placed inside a light - colored envelope, will enable the person writing on the same to trace distinctly these lines, and thus write the superscription straight. FORMS FOR WRITING SUPERSCRIPTIONS. In writing the superscription, commence the name a little to the left of the center of the envelope. The town, on a line beneath, should extend a little to the right of the name. The State, next below, should stand by itself still further to the right. The county may be on the sameline with the State,towards the left side of the envelope; thus 5 FORM OF SUPERSCRIPTION ON ENVELOPES. For the convenience of the mailing clerk in handling the letter, the postage stamp should be placed at the upper right hand corner of the envelope. If the town is a large metropolis, the county may be omitted. In that event the street and number are usually given, or the post office box. Each should be written very conspicuously upon the envelope, for the convenience of the post office clerk and the mail carrier; thus, ? Y --- ? r ! SUMP. I I STIMP. | 1 1 I i SU W ^ I VARIOUS FORMS OF SUPERSCRIPTION. 85 If viitten in the care of any one, the follow- It is usually safest, in nearlj r all cases, to give ing may be the form : the county, even if the town is well known; thus, 8 § & § J STAMP. \ $ $ | STAMP, j SdoJ- <&%*. <7(Q. * <7 ?df. If, after remaining in the office at its destina¬ tion a certain length of time uncalled for, the writer is desirous of having the letter forwarded or returned, the same may be indicated upon the outside of the envelope; thus, Tourists, when receiving letters abroad, fre¬ quently have their letters directed in the care of the bankers with whom they deal when on the continent, the form of superscription being thus: Letter Sent by a Private Party, Acknowledging on the envelope obligation to the person carrying the same. Letter to a Person in the Immediate Vicinity Sent by carrier, but not through the mail. 86 VARIOUS FORMS OF SUPERSCRIPTION. SUPERSCRIPTIONS. A letter to Germany will be superscribed somewhat as follows: JOHN KOENIG, Esq., SPAN DA U, Near Berlin, Prussia. PRUSSIA. When it is desired to have the letter returned, if not called for, sooner than it otherwise would be, the direction may be so specified upon the upper left hand corner, similar to the following: Letter from Germany : If not called for in 10 days, return to W. B. KEEN. COOKE & CO., Booksellers, Chicago, Illinois. Mr. KABL SCHULZE, BLOOMINGTON, McLEAN CO., United States imwms ofAmerica. iLLlJSUia. The county, town, etc., on a letter to Ireland, is shown on the envelope as follows: GEN. H. B. COOKE, SARATOGA SPRINGS, NEW YORK. Mr. PATRICK McGUIRE, ENNISKILLEN, IRELAND. County of Fermanagh. Where it is desired to express the title of the husband, on a letter or note of invitation to the husband and wife, the following form may be used : His Excellency and Mrs. U. S. Grant. Governor and Mrs. Wm. H. Brown. Hon. and Mrs. D. B. Henderson. Rev. and Mrs. Chas. H. Smith. Professor and Mrs. K. A. Benson. Where a letter is addressed to a husband and wife, each of whom have a title, the address may read as follows : Drs. John E. and Jane H. Brown. To a man and woman, engaged as part¬ ners in business, but unmarried, the ad¬ dress may read: Mr. TFm. H. Smith and Miss Mary H. Boone. Or, Wm. H. Smith and Mary H. Boone. To a husband and wife, where the wife, alone, has the title, the superscription will read: Mr. J. B. and Mrs. Dr. E. L. King. To a husband and wife, each of whom have a title, the address may be as follows: Rev. W H. and Mrs. Dr. A. B. Smith. Where the wife has a title, and is, alone, addressed, the form may be ' Rev. Mrs. Chas. D. King. Or, Rev. Mrs. Jane E. King. Or, Rev. Jane E. King. If the lady’s husband, alone, has the title, the address will properly read: Mrs. Rev. Chas. D. King. If the lady is unmarried, and is a minis¬ ter of the gospel or physician, her address may read: Rev. Miss 31ary Williams. Or, Rev. Mary Williams. Miss Dr. Helen E. Snow. Or, Dr. Helen E. Snow. Suggestions. If people wish to have their letters perfectly secure from observation it is better to seal them with wax, which cannot be broken without ex¬ posure. The ordinary envelope is easily opened, and sealed again, leaving no trace of the fact; though a very heavy tine is imposed as a pen¬ alty on any one convicted of opening a letter, that is not authorized to do so. In the United States, a letter not called for within a certain length of time is then adver¬ tised, after which it is held thirty.days, when, no owner being found, the letter is forwarded to the Dead-Letter Office at Washington, where it is opened. If the address of the person who wrote the letter can there be learned, the letter is then returned to the writer. If the name or address be written or printed upon the envelope, instead of going to the Dead-Letter Office, the letter will be returned to the writer at the expiration of thirty days. If desirous of having it sooner returned, the writer should add, “ Return in 5 days,” or “ 10 days,” etc., as seen in the letter of W. B. Keen, Cooke & Co., shown above. It is safest for persons sending letters to place stamps upon the envelopes themselves, and not depend upon postmasters or their clerks to do so, as, in their haste, they sometimes for¬ get directions. It has been suggested that the State be writ¬ ten first upon the envelope ; thus, Missouri, Corning, John Smith. As the State to which the letter is directed, is, however, no more conspicious at the top ot the superscription than at the bottom, there is no advantage gained in this mode of address, on the score of legibility. DIRECTIONS FOR WRITING BUSINESS LETTERS. 87 N letters of business, use as few words as possible. 2. Business letters should be promptly answered. 3. Use a clear, distinct writing, avoiding all flourish of penmanship or language. 4. Come at once to your subject, and state it so clearly that it will not be necessary to guess your meaning. 5. Give town, county, State and date ex¬ plicitly. It is frequently of great importance to know when a letter was written. 6. Read your letter carefully when finished, to see that you have made no omissions and no mistakes. Also carefully examine your envelope, to see that it is rightly directed, with postage stamp affixed. 7. Copy all business letters of your own by hand, or with the copying press made for the purpose. 8. Send money by Draft, P.O. Money-order, or Express, taking a receipt therefor ; thus you have something to show for money, guaranteeing you against loss. Always state in your letter the amount of money you send, and by what means sent. 9. Write date and by whom sent across the end of each letter received, and file for future reference, fastening the letters together with rubber bands, or binding in a letter-file adapted to the purpose. The possession of a letter sometimes prevents litigation and serious mis¬ understanding. Ordering Goods. In ordering goods, state very explicitly the amount, kind, quality, color, shape, size, etc., and on what terms wanted. Whether you wish the same sent by freight or express, and what express. Much inconvenience is experienced among business men because of a neglect to designate explicitly what is wanted. Should the writer wish to make suggestions, ask questions, or add other matter to the letter which is foreign to the subject, such words should be placed entirely separate from the order. Of fifty or a hundred letters received to-day by the merchant, that one which is mixed up with complaints, enquiries, etc., will probably be laid over till tomorrow, or until time can be spared to read it through. Had the order been explicitly stated, and the suggestions placed elsewhere, the goods would have been forwarded immediately. It is, in fact, better to write the order on a separate sheet from the other matter. Send your order, also, early enough to give yourself plenty of time in which to receive the goods before they are needed. Books, being a common article ordered, may be taken as an example showing the importance of giving a careful description of the goods wanted. To illustrate : be explicit in giving name of book, name of author, by whom pub- 88 FORMS OF BUSINESS LETTERS. lished, style of binding, price at which it is advertised, etc. Thus, a careless person order¬ ing of Harper & Brothers a United States History will say, “ Send me a United States History.” Of course the first query of the shipping clerk is, “ Whose history?” There are many histories of the United States pub¬ lished by as many different authors, and the clerk is liable to send the one not wanted, in which case the person ordering is very likely to unjustly blame Harper & Brothers. If the writer should say, “ Send me a copy of Willard’s History of the United States, by Emma Willard, published by A. S. Barnes & Co., bound in cloth,” there would be no liability to mistake. The following will serve as sample forms. Form of Letter Ordering Books. Rockford, III., March 1,18—. Messrs. Jansen, McCluro & Co., Chicago, Ill., Dear Sirs : Enclosed find draft for $4S.75, for which please send, by American Express, 10 Tennyson’s Poems, Published by Harper & Bros. $1.25 $12.50 1C Thirty Years in the Harem. “ “ “ “ 1-50 15.00 10 Literature and Art, by M Fuller. “ Fowler & Wells. 1.00 10.00 5 Getting on in the World, Mathews. S. C. Griggs & Co. 2.25 ^U-25 $48.75 Thanking you for the promptitude with which you have filled my orders heretofore, I am, Very Respectfully, CASH DOWN. Form of an Order to a Dry Goods Merchant. April 5, 18—• Messrs. A. T. Stewart & Co., New York, Dear Sirs: Enclosed fiud Post Office Order for .725, for which please send, by American Express, the following goods: 2 Lancaster table spreads ($.3.50) $ 7.00 4 prs. Alexandre Kid Gloves ($2.50), No. 0‘/ 2 , Brown, Green, Yellow, Black. 8 yds. Calico, Brown with small figure (25c.) 12 “ “ White “ “ pink dot “ 2 Linen Handkerchiefs (50c.) 4 prs. Ladies’ Cotton Hose (50c.), No. 9, $25.00 Direct to Mrs. MARY WILSON, Elkhart, Ind. From a Young Man Commencing Business, to a Wholesale House, with Order. Racine, Wis., Aug. 10,18—. Messrs. Field, Leiter & Co., Chicago, Ill., Dear Sirs: , , . . ,, Having recently commenced business for myselt, with fair prospects of success, I shall be pleased to open an account with your house, and trust it will be to our mutual advantage. Should you think favorably of the matter, you will please fill the accompa¬ nying order with the least possible delay and on your best terms. For testimonials, I refer you. to Carson, Pirie, Scott & Co., of your city, by whom I have been, until recently, employed; but as this is my first transaction with your house, upon forwarding me an invoice of goods and deducting your usual discount for cash, I will remit a sight draft on the First National Bank of your city, for the amount, by return mail. Expecting your usual prompt attention, I am, Yours Respectfully, HENRY MAYNARD. Reply from Wholesale House, with Invoice. Chicago, Aug. 12, 18—. Mr. Henry Maynard, Racine, Wis, De(ir ' We take pleasure in sending this day, by your order, the enclosed invoice of goods, amounting to $1,400, subject to 5 per cent discount for prompt cash. Your references being entirely satisfactory, we have no hesitation in opening an account and allowing you our best terms. 1 rusting that the goods, which are shipped by express, will arrive safely and meet your favor, we are, Yours Truly, FIELD, LEITER & CO. Requesting Information Concerning the Opening of a Store. Boston, Mass., Sept. 18,18—. Chas. H. Williams, Esq., Bennington, Vt., Deal Sir . My partner am j myself being desirous of establish¬ ing a branch store in the Clothing trade, I take the privilege of a friend in asking you to send me the number of Clothing stores already in your village, and such other information as may be necessary, con¬ cerning the feasibility of establishing our business in your place. An early reply will greatly oblige, J Yours Very Truly, WM. B. HOPKINS. Answer to the Foregoing, Bennington, Vt., Sept. 20,18—. Mr. Wm. B. Hopkins, Boston, Mass., Dear Sir •* , I have taken occasion to enquire in relation to the extent and number of Clothing stores in this place, and am happy to inform you that, while that department of trade is very fairly repre¬ sented, there seems to be a good opening for a first class store, such as your house would undoubtedly establish. There is al 60 a large store just vacated, in the center of the village, one of the best locations in the town, which can be had at reasonable rent. Hoping that you may carry out your design of locating here, and trusting that you may realize your expectations, I am, Yours Truly, CHAS. H. WILLIAMS. FORMS OF BUSINESS LETTERS. 89 Enquiry Concerning Real Estate. ,, „ „ Springlake, Mich., Sept. 4, iS—. Messrs. S. Town & Son, Aurora, III., Dear Sirs: Having- heard much said in praise of your beauti¬ ful city, particularly concerning railroad privileges, church and educa¬ tional advantages, I have concluded to make your town my permanent place of abode, if I can locate myself aright, inasmuch as I have a larg-e family of children to educate, and the numerous lines of railway radi¬ ating from your city will afford me the desired accommodations in my traveling agency. My object in writing you at present is to learn your best terms for a residence containing not less than ten rooms, having from six to ten acres of land attached, situated not over a mile from the postoffice. An immediate answer will oblige, Your Obedient Servant, HARVEY B. WILCOX. Superintendent’s Resignation. Galesburg, III., Sept. 1, 187S. To the General Superintendent of the C., B. & R. R., Chicago, Ill., Dear Sir : I herewith tender my resignation as local superin¬ tendent of the railroad repair works in this city, my labors in behalf of your company to cease October 1, 1S7S. Respectfully Yours, D. B. LAWSON. Short Form of Resignation. Pittsburgh, Pa., Dec. 2, 1S79. To the Directors of the Pittsburgh Glass Works, Dear Sirs: Pittsburgh, Pa., Please accept my immediate resignation as business manager of your manufactory. Yours Respectfully, WM. D. WEBSTER. Clergyman’s Resignation. To the Trustees of First B aptist Church, _ , Pittsfield, Mass., Gentlemen : It has now been seven years since the commence¬ ment of my pastoral connection with the First Baptist Church of this city. During this time the church society has grown in numbers, the sabbath school has been continually blessed by a large attendance, and the relations between pastor and congregation have always been of a most pleasant character. For these and other reasons it would be agreeable to continue my connection with the society longer; but other fields of labor affording wider and better opportunities, I feel it but just that I accept the privileges offered. Thanking the congregation to whom I have ministered for their kind and unwavering support, and praying for your continued prosperity, I desire you to accept my resignation as pastor of your society, to take effect January 15, 1878. Yours Very Respectfully, CHAS. B. HANFORD. Letter Complaining of Error in a Gill. Messrs. II. B. Claflin & Co., TR ° V ’ N ’ Y> June I0 ’ New York, Dear Sirs : Upon examining bill accompanying your last lot of goods, I find that I am charged with four dozen pairs of cotton hose which I never ordered nor received. I enclose the bill and copy of the invoice of goods, that the error may be corrected. I am, gentlemen, Yours Very Respectfully, H. B. MOORE. Answer to the Foregoing. , _ _ .. New York, June n, iS—. Mr. H. B. Moore, Troy, N. Y., Dear Sir : We regret that you were put to any trouble by the carelessness of a clerk, who, having proved himself incompetent, has left our service. We enclose the correct bill to you, and offer apologies for the error. Truly Yours, H. B. CLAFLIN & CO. An Application for a Situation on a Railway. ,, „ „ „ Davenport, Ia., Jan. ie, iS—. Hon. B. C. Smith, 3 Dear Sir : Understanding that you are a shareholder in some of the principal railways, and on intimate terms with several of the directors, I venture to solicit your kind interest in behalf of my eldest son, William, now in his twentieth year. His education has been varied and useful, and his character, so far as I know, is above reproach. For several years he has expressed a desire to enter the employ of a railroad company, and under the circumstances I venture to write to you, in the hope that, should you have it in your power to oblige me, you will kindly intercede in his favor. By doing so you will confer a lasting obligation both on him and me. I remain, sir, Your Ob’d’t Servant, Recommending a Successor in Business. ,, „ Milwaukee, Wis., Dec. 24, iS—. Messrs. Bell & Hardy, Dear Sirs : We flatter ourselves that there are many friends among our connection who will regret that we are on the point of relin¬ quishing business. In doing so our premises and stock of goods will be transferred to the hands of Messrs. Williams & Co., who will in future carry on the business on the same approved system and extensive scale as ourselves, provided they can rely upon receiving the patronage of our connection; in the hope of which, it is our pleasure and duty to present these gentlemen to your notice, We cannot speak too highly of the confidence we feel in their liberal mode of conducting mercantile transactions; and, in the hope that they may be honored with the same countenance received by ourselves from your respected firm, we beg to sign ourselves Your Most Obedient Servants, HOPE, GOOD & CO. Notice of Having Forwarded Goods. South Haven, Mich., Sept. 1, iS—. Messrs. Hager, Spies & Co., Chicago, Ill., Dear Sirs : According to your order, I have shipped you this day, per Steamer Morning Star, 200 baskets Peaches, (Marked H., S. & Co.) 10 bbls. Sweet Potatoes, “ “ “ 12 “ Apples, “ “ “ Trusting that these will prove as satisfactory as those heretofore sent, and bring as good a price, I am Respectfully Yours, A. M. GOODFELLOW. Requesting a Friend to Make Purchases. _ Kankakee, III., Jan. 1, iS—. Dear Mary : I am going to trespass on your kindness by asking you to make a few purchases for me. Enclosed find twenty dollars and a memorandum of what I want. My household duties, combined with the objection I have to leaving m 3' children at this season of the year in the care of servants, very closely confine me to my home, and are my excuse for troubling you. 90 FORMS OF BUSINESS LETTERS. We are in usual health, and I hope this note will find your family all well. With kind regards to Mr. Webster, and love to children, I remain, Your Sincere Friend, HELEN D. WELLS. To Mrs. Mat Benson, — Michigan Ave., Chicago. Requesting Settlement of Account. Memphis, Tenn., Oct. 9 , 18 —. Hiram Baxter, Esq., Nashville, Tenn., ' ‘ i enclose your account. I shall feel obliged by your settlement at an early date, as I have several heavy payments to make. Trusting that you will excuse my troubling you, I am. Yours Respectfully, DELOS HARTWELL. Urging Payment of Rent. young State, feeling satisfied that a new country, like that you are now in, offers attractions for young and energetic men not found in the old cities. You will much oblige me by giving information concerning climate, soil, water, timber, and other inducements forsettling in your vicinity. Trusting that doing so will not seriously trouble you, and that I may hear from you soon, I remain, Yours Very Respectfully. CHAS. W. CANFIELD. Reply to the Preceding. Nashville, Tenn., Oet. 12 , 18 —. Delos Hartwell, Esq., Memphis, Tenn., ' As I am unable to send you the money for settlement of our account, without inconvenience, I enclose my acceptance for thirty days, which I trust you will be able to use. Yours Truly, HIRAM BAXTER. Columbus, O., March 11 , 18 —. Mr. D. P. Hoyt, Dear Sir ; ^ waited pat iently for your convenience in the payment of rent for the house you are at present occupying. As however, you have now been my tenant for four months without meeting any of the payments, which were to be made monthly, I feel obliged to remind you of the fact that there are now $80 due to me. Trusting that you will give the subject your immediate attention, 1 am ’ YourB Truly, WEBSTER GREEN. Letter to a Pioneer Settler in the West. Toledo, Ohio, July 19 , 18 —. Mr. Martin Fuller, Dear Sir: ^ ^ ^ liberty, though a stranger, of address¬ ing you a few lines relative to the inducements for new settlers in your section of the country, having been recommended to do so through our mutual friend, Artemas Carter. As I have sold out my business in this city for ten thousan dollars, I am anxious to invest the proceeds in a large farm in a Answer to the Foregoing. Big Stranger, Kansas, Aug. 15 , 18 —. Mr. Chas. W. Canfield, Toledo, Ohio, Dear Sir «* _ ’ Your welcome letter was received yesterday, lean assure you that I will be only too happy to furnish you all the inform¬ ation you desire relative to the prospects in this portion of Uncle Sam’s domains. I have now been two years in this place, and I can truly say that these years have been the happiest of my life. True, we have endured some hardships incident to pioneer life; but the glorious freedom from the frivolities of fashion, and the formalities of aristo¬ cratic life, common to the old towns in the East, together with the pleasure one takes in making new improvements, all have combined to render our family perfectly delighted with the country. For a quarter of the money in your possession, you can purchase all the land you will desire to cultivate; the remainder you can loan hereabouts, on bond and mortgage, at good interest. The climate here is healthy and invigorating; the soil good, with running streams in sufficient abundance to water most of the farms. Plenty of building material and fuel can be had in the timber skirting the streams; and the prospect for the ultimate opening of the land in this section to a ready market, through several lines of railway now in contemplation, is very flattering. At present, however, the nearest station to my farm, on the stage route, is Chesterfield, thirty- four miles distant, at which place I will take great pleasure in meeting you, with my team, at any time you may appoint. A very excellent farm, adjoining mine, can be bought for five dollais ($ 5 ) per acre. One corner of the land is crossed by a never-failing stream, with considerable timber along the same. You will have to rough it for a little while after you arrive; but the neighbors will all turn out to aid in getting up your log house, after wMch you will be at home “ under your own vine and fig tree.” We have two rooms in our house, and till your house is completed we will give one of them to your family. It will seem a little odd at first, for a fashionable family of six or eight persons to occupy one room, with wolf and deer skins forquiltsand coverlets; but, by-and- by, when the young ladies find they are in just as good style as any¬ body else, they will dismiss their fastidiousness, and think it jolly fun. These privations, that we at first endure, are necessary,' perhaps, to enable us to appreciate the fine homes which we all expect to have in the good time coming. Hoping to have the pleasure of welcoming yourself and family as neighbors, I am, Yours Very Truly, MARTIN FULLER. LETTERS APPLYING FOR EMPLOYMENT. 91 Applications for Situations. Letters answering Advertisements. HE following advertisements, taken from metropolitan papers, are but samples of hundreds of such to be seen every day in the ad¬ vertising columns of the leading daily newspapers, in the great cities; showing that abundant opportunities constantly offer for obtaining employment, the positions to be secured, however, by letters making application for them. WANTED. Miscellaneous. yy ANTED —AN EDITORIAL ASSISTANT ON A vv literary paper. A thoroughly competent lady pre¬ ferred. Address D 71, Herald office, New York. Y\J ANTED —IN A GRAIN COMMISSION HOUSE, v v a smart lad for office work; must be a good pen¬ man. Address, in own handwriting, stating age and salary expected, W 32, Ledger office. yyANTED-A YOUNG LADY CLERK IN A DRY goods store. Must be accustomed to the business. Address, with refference, B 80, Picayune Office. Vy ANTED—AN ASSISTANT BOOKKEEPER, ONE vv who writes neatly and rapidly; willing to work for moderate salary and who can bring A No. 1 recom¬ mendations. Address, stating experience and particu¬ lars, X. Y. Z., Bulletin Office. VyANTED —AN EXPERIENCED BOOKKEEPER in a bank. Address, with references, Z 61, Journal office. yyANTED — LADY COPYIST, ABLE TO WRITE A bold, distinct hand. Salary good. Address, in applicant’s own handwriting, COPY, Republican office. As a hundred different persons will sometimes make application for one position which will be given to the individual writing the best letter, everything else being equal, this illustrates in a striking manner the importance of being able to write a letter elegantly and correctly. Answer to an Advertisement for an Assistant Editor. 2 <, df—. ■e*z4. dde aadodd € aadad -j di ady jdladdd. aaadiaid 'la-ia-ayd (Qdaaydaidddd aanad cddoan-aoe^ eduddz&cd; auadd d&azddd ad^eddad^ea/. cd ddeay do dddsOdddezdd. o dd. da -- .. ^laa^d. &Se<^ edcceeede*^ M £d yyANTED-A COMPETENT SALESMAN TO SELL . , />/■/> d a ^ / - - V, " ‘V..IJ/C11W1C/V/ U11U qUUU ICICI ences. Address, stating salary expected, PIANOS Tribune office. yy ANTED —AN ACCOMPLISHED, EDUCATED young lady as a companion, to travel for six months in Europe, with a gentleman, wife and daughter. Must be a ready writer, a good conversationalist, and possess vivacity and pleasing manners. Wardrobe and m 9 ne y to pay all expenses. Address Z. B. M., Commercial office, stating where an interview can be had. di add aya>.ae. cd dozda» ^ztdd deddi= dlazday Caaidd '€Z-'C^/L- iddaed o 92 LETTERS APPLYING FOR SITUATIONS. General Directions. Letters in reply to advertisements should be written immediately, else you may be too late. Paste the advertisement at the bead of your letter, thus it will be known exactly what your communication has reference to. It is not necessary to speak much in praise of yourself, but you may state your reference, your experience, and qualifications fitting you for the position, the whole being told as briefly as possible. Write your application yourself, your hand¬ writing and the manner of expressing yourself being the test by which the advertiser judges you. If you have written testimonials copy the same, marking them as such, and enclose the copy. From a Boy Applying for a Clerkship. Philadelphia, Pa., Nov. 4 , 18 —. 879 Market Street. Dear Sir: I notice in this morning’s “ Ledger,” your advertisement ol “ a hoy wanted in a grain commission house,” which position I take the first opportunity to apply lor. I am fourteen years old, have been at school the most of the time, winters, for the past seven years, and understand bookkeeping and conducting correspondence pretty well, having assisted my father much of the time while he was in the coal trade, which was about three years. „ , . . . . I am perfectly willing and ready to take my coat off and go right to work at handling grain or anything else in your line. I refer you to Mr. Ira Belden, Coal Dealer, at 56 Benton street, who has always known me. I will board at home, and will try to earn for you five dollars a week. , „ ,. Very Respectfully Y ours, JOHN CLANCY. Answering an Advertisement for a Book -keeper. 1184 Longworth St., Cincinnati, 0., May 1, 18- Dear Sir: ^ n p]y tQ ymlr adver tisement in to-day’s “ Commercial ” for a clerk or assistant bookkeeper, I beg to offer my services to your firm. I have been in the employ of Mr. Wm. H. Wilson for the past four years, until he sold out his business a few days ago, having kept the books of his house during the time. He permits me to refer to him for any lestimonial of character or ability which you may require. Should my application meet your views it will be my earnest endea¬ vor to faithfully and punctually fulfill the duties required. I have the houor to remain, Yours Very Respectfully. HOMER BUXTON Answering an Advertisement for a Cook. 48 Wentworth Ave., Pittsburgh, Pa., March 17,1S73. Mrs. D. N. Haskins, Respected Madam: an advert i seme nt in this morning's “ Press ” for a good plain and fancy cook, I take ihe opportunity lo apply for the situation. „ I have been with my present mistress, Mrs. Burton, for three years, and only leave because she has rented her house for the summer, to make an extended visit among her relatives m New England. I shall remain here until Tuesday next, unless I find a place sooner, and Mrs. Burton will give you any information you may desire regar - ing my capacity. I remain, Very Respectfully, SARAH E. WESTON. Answer to an Advertisement for a Chambermaid. (Advertisement pasted in.) No.-St., Nashville, Tenn., Feb. 14,18-. Dear Madam; From a Young Lady Applying for a Clerkship in a Store. 182 Murray St., Buffalo, N. Y., May 19,18—. I take the earliest opportunity of replying to the enclosed advertisement. . . „ I have been for the past two years in the employ of Bennett & Raw- lev Dry Goods Dealers, 492 Camden street, until the dissolution of their firm, about four weeks ago. I beg to refer you, for testimon a s, to Mr Chas. H. Bennett, of the firm of Snow, Williams & Bennett, 178 Harvard street, should you entertain my application. Your very Obedient Servant, MARY H. BENSON. In answer to the above advertisement, I beg to state that I am about to leave my present situation,as Mrs. Harrington, with whom I have been for the past six years, is about breaking up house¬ keeping; and I take the opportunity to apply for the position you ° Mrs. Harrington assures me that she will take pleasure in recom¬ mending me to any person who may apply to her concerning my industry and trustworthiness. MARGARET BALLENTINE. Application for a Situation as Gardener. No. - 7 th St., New York, Juue 10,18—. Dear Sir: Undergtandhlg that yo u want a gardener, I beg to offer myself as a candidate to fill the place. I have had constant experience for ten years, both in nursery grounds and private gardens, and am thoroughly acquainted with the management of the greenhouse and hothouse. , _, , , The enclosed testimonials from gentlemen for whom I have worked will I trust, prove satisfactory. My last employer, Mr. Snow, I would like’to have you see personally, concerning my fitness for the position. I am a married man, thirty-three years of age. If favorable to my application, please address as above, aod oblige, Your Obedient Servant, JAMES H. HARPER. APPLICATIONS FOR EMPLOYMENT. 93 Application for a Situation as Coachman. 178-St., Boston, April 10, 18—. Mb. John H. Williams, Dear Sir : Having been informed that you are in want of a coachman, I take the liberty of enclosing you the accompanying testi¬ monials, to which I ask your attention. Though reared in Deerfield, I have been in Boston for the past fourteen years, having constantly had charge of horses during that time, as I did on the farm before leaving home. As further evidence of my ability, I may mention that I had chief charge of the Tremont Street Livery Stable until the death of the owner, Mr. Paxton, after which the stock was sold and the stable closed. Should my application meet your favor, I shall be glad to engage as your coachman, and will do all in my power to merit your approval. Yours Respectfully, HIRAM WILDER. Application from a Governess Answering an Advertisement. (Advertisement pasted in.) Mrs. C. B. Williams, Dear Madam : No. 784 - St., Troy, N. Y., July 18, IS—. In answer to the above, I would say that I am seeking such a situation as you offer. My present term of teaching will close August 15th, at which time I would be ready to enter upon the work of superintending the education of your daughters. I have, for several years, taught the higher English studies, besides German, Latin, and Drawing. For testimonials, I beg to refer you to the principal of my school. Rev. II. B. Watson. Hoping that I may hear from you soon, and that we may make an arrangement mutually satisfactory, I remain. Very Respectfully Yours, HELEN B. CHANDLER. Requesting the Character of a Governess. the higher English branches, and is quite fluent in Latin and German. Should you complete an engagement with herl feel confident you will have every reason for being pleased with having done so. Very Truly Yours, HARVEY B. WATSON. . Unfavorable Reply to the Foregoing. Mrs, Clara B. Williams, Dear Madam: Glenhaven Seminary, N. Y., July 21, 18- In reply to your polite enquiries I am sorry to say that the educational acquirements of Miss Chandler, I fear, will not be up to the standard you require. While she has taught the higher English for some years, knowing, as I do, the proficiency of your daughters, I doubt if she is capable of advancing them in their studies. Another very unfortunate fault of which she is possessed, which causes me to dispense with her services at the close of the pres¬ ent term, is her failure to sufficiently command her temper. In other respects I have nothing to say to her prejudice. Regretting that I cannot give a more favorable reply to your letter, I remain, Your Most Obedient Servant, HARVEY B. WATSON. Answering an Advertisement for an Apprentice to a Dressmaker. [Advertisement pasted in.] Mrs. Harriet Munson, Chicago, III., Aug. 1, 18—. Dear Madam: the situation ^ ll answer to the above I respectfully apply for Though I never took up the business as a trade, I have long been in the habit of doing all the dressmaking for our family and feel myself competent to do all plainer kinds of sewing neatly and rapidly. Having recently, by the death of an only brother, been thrown upon my own resources, I am thus induced to seek a position which I think I will enjoy. Hoping that you will accept my services, I remain, Very Respectfully Yours, PAMELIA HARRISON. No. 84-St., Troy, Rev. H. B. Watson, Principal, Glenhaven Seminary. My Dear Sir: July 19, 18—. N. Y. Having inserted an advertisement in the papers requiring the Services of a governess competent to instruct my two daughters, I will esteem it a great favor if you will inform me concerning the ability of Miss Chandler to give instructions in the higher English studies, German and Drawing, she having referred mo to you. I am especially desirous of securing the services of a young lady whose moral influence will guard my children from danger-one whose amiability of character will make her a pleasant companion as well as teacher. I am much pleased with the appearance of Miss Chandler, and, if your report is favorable, I shall not hesitate to per¬ fect an engagement with her at once. Yours Very Respectfully, CLARA B. WILLIAMS. Favorable Reply to the Foregoing, Glenhaven Seminary, N. Y.. Mrs. Clara B. Williams JlUy 31, 1S ~ Dear Madam: Your letter of enquiry in regard to Miss Chandler, is before me, in reply to which it affords me much pleasure to bear testimony to the high moral character and superior intellectual culture o which she is possessed. During five years’ residence in our family she has ever been as one of our own household, and I can thus speak understandingly of her merits. She is thoroughly conversant with Answer to an Advertisement for a Music Teacher. Col. H. B. Darling. DearSir: Walnut Grove Academy, Mass., June 9, 18—. Seeing your advertisement in to-day’s Journal, I write to offer my services as music teacher in your family. I am a graduate of Music Vale Seminary, and have taught a music class in this institution for the past three terms. My training has been with special reference to teaching the piano, the guitar, and vocal music. I am permitted by Professor WPston, the teacher of music in the Academy, to refer to him for any testimonial of ability. I am. Yours Very Respectfully, AMELIA D. PORTER. Answering an Advertisement for an Apprentice to a Printer. Troy Grove, III., Mr. A. B. Cook, 4 jg_ Dear Sir: Having seen your advertisement in the last Eagle , I would respectfully apply for the position for my son Henry who is anxious to learn printing. He is well versed in the common English branches, having been regular in attendance at the public school for the past seven years. He is now fifteen. I would like to have you take him on trial for a few weeks, and, if he pleases you, will arrange to have him remain until he masters the t ra( i e - Respectfully Yours, Z. K. HENDERSON. 94 TESTIMONIALS OF CHARACTER AND ABILITY. NOWLEDGE of persons recom¬ mended, of their fitness and capacity for the work they engage in, is always essential, before they can be conscien¬ tiously commended to others. A letter of recommendation should be written in a plain hand, in as few words as can he used to express the idea distinctly. A recommendation, after considering the moral character of the individual, should relate directly to the work of which the person makes a specialty. An individual giving a recommendation is, in a certain sense, responsible for the character and ability of the person recommended ; hence, certificates of character should be given with caution and care. Recommending a Salesman. Syracuse, N. Y., April 10,18—. Messrs. Dutton & Brown, Dear s\vs •* . ' Your favor of the 4th inst., relative to the ability of Mr. Benjamin Walker, is received. We take great pleasure in testi¬ fying to his high moral worth and his business capacity. He was in our employ for four years, as a salesman, during which time his affa¬ bility and uniform courtesy to customers, coupled with his truthful representations in regard to goods, made him a universal favorite. Accurate in accounts, ready and graceful as a penman, attentive and kind to all, he is a most useful man in the counting room, and the firm securing his services may be congratulated on their good fortune. Very Truly Yours, SMITH & PAXTON. Recommending a Schoolmistress. Glen Dale Seminary, March 1,18—. Gen. A. B. Cottrell, DedT Szv •* It gives me pleasure, in reply to your note of the 24th ult., to most cordially recommend Miss Fannie Chapman to the position of teacher of your village school. As a graduate of this Seminary, and subsequently as a teacher, much of the time conducting the various classes alone, she has proven her¬ self thoroughly competent to conduct a school under almost any cir¬ cumstances. Though very amiable, she is a strict disciplinarian, and thoroughly conversant with the ordinary branches of an English education. Yours Respectfully, DELOS SIMPSON, Principal Glen Dale Seminary. Recommending a Book-keeper. Whitehall, N. Y., Sept. 10,18—. Mr. Ransom Fellows having been in my employ for the past two years as a bookkeeper, it gives me great pleasure to testify to his ability. He is an upright, conscientious, exemplary young man, a good penman and accountant, and a most faithful clerk. He leaves my employ voluntarily , with my best wishes. MARTIN BIGELOW. Recommending a Waiter. Tremont House, Chicago, Aug. 11,18—. Arthur Brooks, who has been in my employ for two yearn, has given entire satisfaction, both to myself and guests, as a table waiter. Hon¬ est, obliging, and neat, it affords me pleasure, as he now leaves my employ, to commend him as a first-class hotel waiter. BROWN PORTER, Steward Tremont House. Recommending a Cook. Harrisburg, Pa., Dec. 20, 18—. This is to certify that Catharine Miller did the cooking for my family some ten monthB, to my entire satisfaction, serving me both as a plain and fancy cook. She is very attentive to her work, and strictly honest and reliable. MYRA D. ROWE. Recommending a Washerwoman. New Orleans, La., May 7,18—, This certifies that Hannah Webber, who has been employed in my laundry for the past year, is au excellent washer and ironer, under¬ standing fine starching, crimping, polishing, etc. HELEN MAYDWELL. Recommending a Porter. Charleston, S. C., Sept. 18,18—. Donald Kennedy, the hearer of this, has been in my employ, as a porter, for the last eighteen mouths. He is a strong, honest, reliable man, and always very punctual, careful, and faithful in the discharge of his duty. j 0HN h. Bliss. Declining to Recommend a Cook. Savannah, Ga., Oct. 10,18—. Mrs. Ballard: ^ tQ your uote of enquiry, I decline to recom¬ mend Bridget Mallory. She is both dishonest and addicted to intem¬ perance. HENRIETTA SANFORD. LETTERS OF SYMPATHY AND CONDOLENCE. 95 Letters of Sympathy. EXPRESSIONS OF CONDOLENCE. LETTER of sympathy and condo¬ lence, though unpleasant to write, may afford inexpressible comfort to a friend in the hour of affliction. Make your letter as brief, but earnest and sincere, as possible. Do not commit the mistake of insinuating that the misfortune is the fault of your friend. Better leave the letter unwritten. Admit the loss. Do not attempt to make light of it. If you are satisfied that it will eventuate in a blessing, you may gently point the way, but with a full admission of the pre¬ sent deep affliction. To a friend on the Death of a Husband. Newark, O., Oct. 18,18—. Dear Friend : I know that no words can make amends for the great loss you have sustained. I deeply realize, from having passed through a similar bereavement, that expressions of condolence wholly fail to restore the loved and lost one, yet I cannot hut hope that the heartfelt sympathy of a sincere friend will not he deemed intrusion on your grief. It has-well been said, that “ we weep for the loved and lost because we know that our tears are in vain.” I would ease your sorrow, and yet I know not how. We can only acknowledge that the affliction is God’s will. Over in the beautiful land to which I trust your life com¬ panion has gone, we may not doubt, he is free from the pains that he so long endured here; and when we gather at the river, is it not a sweet consolation to think, that among the loved and lost he may meet you on the other side? Commending you to Him who doeth all things well, I remain, in the tenderest friendship, Your Sincere Friend, WINFIELD BROWN. To Mrs. Clara Wayland, Columbus, 0. Reply to the Foregoing. Columbus, O., Oct. 20,18—. My Dear Friend : I can scarcely express to you how grateful I am for your sympathizing letter, yet the loss of my husband has so prostrated me that I am hardly able to write this reply. My friends assure me that time will reconcile me to my great bereavement. Yes, time, and the great consolation that you speak of, which comes from the hope that we will meet our friends in a world where partings are no more, will, I trust, enable me to bear my sorrow. God bless you for your thought of me in .the dark hours, and your sweet words of consolation. Your Friend, CLARA WAYLAND. To a Friend on the Death of a Mother. Evansville, Tenn., Oct. 16,18—. Friend Albert : I have just learned, on my return from a visit in the far west, of the death of your mother. Haying suffered the loss of my mother when a child, I know how to sympathize with you in your affliction; though, fortunately for you, your mother lived to guide the footsteps of her boy till manhood’s years had crowned his intellect with judgment, and fixed moral principles. It can truly be said, that in the training of her family, in the church, in the social circle, she always did her duty nobly, and was an ornament to society. Ripened in years, and fully prepared for another state of existence, she passes on now to enjoy the reward of a life well spent on earth. Restored to maidenhood prime, we cannot doubt that in the flowery walks of spirit life she is the same good woman that we knew so well here. Truly Yours, To A. H. Stewart, HARTLEY JONES. Belle Plain, Miss. To a Friend on the Death of a Brother. Lexington, Mo., Dec. 10, 18- Dear Henry; I have learned of the death of your brother with profound regret. I condole with you most sincerely on the sad event, and if sympathy of friends can be any consolation under the trying circumstances, be assured that all who knew him share in your sorrow for his loss. There is, however, a higher source of consolation than earthly friendship, and commending you to that, I remain, Yours Faithfully, SANFORD F. BARTON. 96 LETTERS OF SYMPATHY AND CONDOLENCE. To a Friend, on the Death of a Wife. Burlington, Ia., Nov 10,18—. My Dear Delwin. j know that this letter will find you filled with grief at the loss of your dear wife. You have, indeed, suffered a great afilictiou. A more faithful partner never lived, and few men, I venture to say, ever enjoyed more domestic tranquility than yourself. A true wife, and a devoted mother! No higher eulogy cau be pro¬ nounced upon any woman. How the little motherless children will miss her tender care! How those fragile little girls will miss her sweet presence at the evening hour, when she sat by the bedside and listened to their innocent prayers, soothing their little spirits as they dropped off to sleep! Truly the great central sun of your household has gone down,-and I most truly, deeply sympathize with you in your affliction. . „ . . T . Let us hope, however, in the language of Scripture- 11 1 go to prepare a place for you ” — that in the golden summer of another life, children, mother and father wiH gather again in a sweet reunion, where part¬ ings are unknown. Though the days are dark now, spring will come once more. Thus, 1 trust, pleasant days will come again for you and yours. Send both of the little girls to our home for a mouth’s visit, and come yourself as soon as you can find time to do so. My previously arranged departure, to-morrow, prevents my visiting you. Your Friend, S. B. OSGOOD. To D. B. Maxwell, Henderson, Kentucky. To a Friend, on the Death of a Sister. Auburn, N. Y., July 16,18—. Dear h riend . ^ bave ] earne( j ( -with sorrow, of the death of your sister nelen. Though I never knew her personally, I knew her so well through you, that it seems as if I, myself, had lost a very near and intimate friend. 1 recollect her from that sweet face and gentleness of manner, as I saw her once in your company, that impressed me with the belief that she was one of the angelic ones of earth. X know how deeply you must have grieved at her death. No one could mourn her loss so truly as yourself. Younger than you, frail and delicate, her guardianship entrusted to yourself, confiding everything to you, it was natural that to a sister’s affection should be added also, almost a mother’s love for your gentle sister Helen. She died, too, at a time when life was, apparently, all blossoming before her. How hard to reconcile ourselves to the loss of dear kindred, when their con¬ tinued presence is so necessary to our happiness. But may we not hope that the same sweet voice, and gentle confiding heart, that was so dear to sister and kindred here, is waiting for you in the summer land. “Not dead, but gone before.” The loss of near friends thus calls for our contemplation of another life toward which we are all tending, lion and I, dear M., have talked these matters over often. I know you expect to meet her on the other side; so do I. Believing that your faith in that golden, sunny Future, which you and I have so often considered, will sustain you, I am, Y our eyer Faithful Friend JAS. D. HENRY. To a Friend, on the Death of a Daughter. Hartford, Conn., Nov. 14,18—. My Dear I riend^ p r0 f 0 und sorrow that I have heard of the death of dear Mary. While you have lost a dutiful and affectionate daughter, 1 have lost one of the dearest friends earth. Outside of yourself, 1 am confident no one could more fully appreciate her loss than myself. We were so much together that I can hardly reconcile myself to the thought that I can no more meet her here. True, her death teaches us that, sooner or later, we must all make the journey across that mystic river. The angels called, and, in the ways of an all-wise Providence, it was best that she should go. We all have the ordeal to pass. Fortunate it would be if all could be as certain of being among the exalted angels as was our darling Mary. I will come and see you soon. Apropos, I send you this little poem, The Covered Bridge.” _ . . . Your Friend. M\RA. THE COVERED BRIDGE. Tell the fainting soul in the weary form, There’s a world of the purest bliss. That is linked, as the soul and form are linked. By a Covered Bridge, with this. Yet to reach that realm on the other shore We must pass through a transient gloom, And must walk, unseen, unhelped, and alone. Through that Covered Bridge — the tomb. But we all pass over on equal terms, For the universal toll Is the outer garb, which the hand of God Has flung around the soul. Though the eye is dim, and the bridge is dark. And the river it spans is wide. Yet Faith points through to a shining mount, That looms on the other side. To enable our feet in the next day’s march To climb up that golden ridge. We must all lie down for one night’s rest Inside of the Covered Bridge. To a Friend, on the Death of an Infant. Pemberton, Miss., Nov. 18, 18—. M\ Dear Friend that this letter wjl] fiu q yon buried in the deepest sorrow at the loss of your darling little Emma, and that words of mine will be entirely inadequate to assuage your overwhelming gri.f; yet I feel that I must write a few words to assure you that I am thinking of you and praying for you. If there can be a compensating thought, it is that your darling returned to the God who gave it, pure and unspotted by the world’s temptations. The white rose and bud, I send, I trust you will permit to rest upon your darling’s pillow. With feelings of the deepest sympathy, I remain, dear friend, Yours Very Sincerely, MARION BRADSHAW. v. To a Friend, on a Sudden Reverse of Fortune. Hannibal, Mo., Aug. 18, 18—. Friend Stewart: I regret to hear of your sudden and unexpected heavy loss, and hasten to offer you, not only my earnest sympathy, but aid in whatever way I can assist you. I know your energy and hopeful spirit too well to believe that you will allow this to depress or discourage you from further effort. Per¬ haps there is, somewhere, a blessing in this reverse. I have had my dark days, but I learned to trust the truth of that little stanza of Cow- P er: “ Judge not the Lord by feeble seDse, But trust him for His grace; Behind a frowning Providence He hides a smiling face.” The child learns to walk after many falls, and many of our richest and moBt prosperous men have attained their eminence and wealth only by the experience resulting from failure. I predict that you will build on your ruins a brilliant future. Hew can I serve you? Let me know; by so doing, I shall understand tuat you have uot ceased to value my friendship. Sincerely Your Friend, HERBERT D. WRIGHT. To Rob’t H. Stewart, Singleton, Me. CONG HAT CLATORY LETTERS. 97 ETTERS of Form of Letter Congratulating a Friend upon Election to Office. Congratula¬ tion are very properly writ¬ ten upon re¬ ceiving intel¬ ligence of the sudden prosperity of a near and intimate friend. They should be writ¬ ten as soon as possible after the occasion that calls them forth. These letters will ad¬ mit of an abundance of good-natured merri¬ ment. Do not indulge in over-praise, or too much flowery exaggeration, lest your friend may doubt your sincerity. No envy or discontent should show itself in such a letter. Nor should the same be marred by advice, bad news, the expression of any doubt, or any un¬ favorable prediction calculated to throw a cloud over the happi¬ ness of your friend. PERRY OLMSTED. Congratulating a Lady upon her Approaching Marriage. Bangor, Me., Dec. 2,18—. Dear Catherine: . . ,, , . , Two beautiful cards on my table advise me of your approaching nuptials. Allow me to congratulate you upon the choice of such a noble man, to whom you are to entrust your life’s happiness. That the midday and evening of your married life may be as cloudless and beautiful as the morning, is the earnest wish of Your Loving Friend, NELLIE GRANT. Congratulating a Friend on Passing a Successful School Examination. Utica, N. Y., April 6 , 18—. Dear Helen: I was greatly pleased to hear, through our friend Mary, that you had, through diligent application, passed through the prescribed course of study in the Aurora public schools, and had graduated with honors. Knowing how deeply interested your parents and relatives have been in your success, it is particularly gratifying to have you reward them by the achievement of such rapid progress. Accept my best wishes for your future success. Y’our Friend, y DELLA MAYNARD. Congratulating an Author upon the Success of his Book. Marengo, Va., May 7,18—. Friend Kemple: I have just finished an attentive examination of your most valuable book, and cannot wonder, after a careful read¬ ing that it is meeting so large a sale. The world is greatly indebted to'yoil for presenting in such an attractive form the amount of useful information you have collected within its,pages. Thanking you for the benefit I have obtained from its perusal, t Yours Truly. I remain, J Congratulating a Friend upon Obtaining a Business Situation. Ashbury, Pa., June 8, 18—. Friend John: I am greatly pleased to learn that, notwithstand¬ ing the "eneral dullness of business, you have succeeded in obtaining a clerkship. I doubt not your firm will regard themselves fortunate in securing your services. In the meantime, accept my congratula¬ tions upon your success. Hoping that your stay may be permanent and prosperous, I am, Y’ours Truly, CHARLES BELSI1AW. John Belden. LETTERS INTRODUCING ONE PERSON TO ANOTHER. 99 ETTERS of Introduction should be written very plainly, and should be brief, as the person introduced is com¬ pelled to wait while the letter is being read. In introducing a person in a business capacity, state distinctly what is his business; if a pro¬ fessional man, his profession, and your knowl¬ edge or information of his ability. The letter of introduction should be left unsealed. It would be great discourtesy to prevent the bearer from seeing what you have Avritten. As in letters of recommendation, the person giving a letter of introduction is, in a measure, responsible for the character and ability of the person introduced. Hence such letters should be guardedly written, or given with full know- edge of the person they introduce. That the person receiving such a letter may know at a glance its character, the letter should, on the envelope, be addressed thus: J-i-opayyi, z-c/, Presenting the letter of introduction at the private house, send it by the servant to the per¬ son addressed, accompanied with your card. At the business house, send the letter to the counting room, accompanied by your card. Introducing one Gentleman to Another. Friend William: Norway, Maine, July 9, 18-. The hearer of this, Mr. Sterling Hepworth, is a dry-goods merchant in our town, who visits your city for the pur pose of making purchases for his fall trade. Mr. II. is a heavy dealer in his line, pays cash for all he buys, and expects the discount accompanying cash payment. Any favor you can render him by intro¬ duction to your leading wholesale houses, or otherwise, will be appreciated by Mr. Hepworth, and acknowledged by Your Friend, William Darling. WALTER KIMBALL. Introducing one Lady to Another. Dear Annabel: Rome, Ga., Aug. 10,18—. 1 take l* 1 ' 8 occasion to introduce to you the bearer of this letter, Mrs. Pemberton, who is on a visit to her relatives in your city. Mrs. P. is my very dear friend, of whom you have often heard me speak. Believing that your acquaintance with each other would be mutually agreeable, I have urged herto call upon you during her stay Any attention you may bestow on her, during her visit will be highly appreciated by Your Friend, DELIA MAYBORNE. Introducing a Young Musician to a Lady Friend. „ „ Salem, Mass., Sep. 12,18-. Mrs. Stephen Hawkins, Dear Friend: bearer, Miss Serena Snow, visits your citv for the purpose of pursuing a musical education, being as yet undeter¬ mined whom she will choose as an instructor. Any advice and assist- ance you may render will be highly appreciated by her, and duly acknowledged by her parents, who have great confidence in your iud- ment in matters pertaining to music. ° Trusting that you will find it agreeable to aid my youn- friend T remain, ° ’ L Yours Sincerely, _ MARY A. BARNET. Introducing an Officer to a Brother Officer. Dear Captain: Holyoke, Mass., Sept. 17, 18-. My old time comrade, Capt. H. M. Benson, visits your town for the purpose of attending the Army Reunion on the 27th. As he will remain some little time, I commend him to your brotherly care. Believing that your acquaintance will be mutually agreeable, I remain, Fraternally Yonrs, CAPT. A. M. Bellows. T. M. SEYMOUR. 100 LETTERS OF INTRODUCTION. Introducing a Gentleman seeking a Clerkship. Denver, Col., Oct. 13,18—. Friend Patterson*. This letter will introduce to you my young friend, Morgan Hatfield, who has been in my employ as a clerk for the past eighteen months, and whom I would still retain, had not the disposing of a portion of my business rendered his services, with those of others of my clerks, unnecessary. Believin'* that your wide influence would very materially aid lnm in securin'* a°ood position in the dry-goods trade in your city. 1 presume upon the acquaintance of an old friend in thus writing you. For reference you can use my name. Believing that any assistance you render the young man you will not afterwards regret, I am, Your Friend, HERBERT nOPKINS. A. B. Patterson, Esq. Introducing a Sister to a Schoolmate. Salem, Oregon, Nov. 14, IS—. Dear Friend: This will he brought you by my sister Callie, of Whom you have heard me talk so much. No words of mine are neces¬ sary in introducing you. I have told you both so much of each other that you are already acquainted. I bid you love each other as well as 1 love you both. Affectionately ^ ours, JENNIE. Miss Lizzie Brayton. Introducing a Clerk to an Old Fellow Clerk. Silver City, New Mexico, Dec. IS, IS—. Deal IIal. ^ fr - end and fe i, ow clerk, Wm. Bell, will spend a week in your city, and wants to look at the desk where you and I stood Bide by side, so long. You will find him a genial, friendly fellow, and will most assuredly not regret my sending him to you. Ever Your I? neiul, CON. BALDWIN. nALBERT STEBBINS. Introducing a Student to the Writer’s Mother. San Francisco, Cal., Feb. 2, 18—. Dear Mother: The bearer of this is my college chum, Barry Worthington. Being about to visit his parents at San Jose, I^have pcT- suaded him to stop over one train to see you and sister Kate. Harry is in the same class with myself, and is, I can assure you, a splendid fellow. Of course, you and Kate will treat him so finely as to make him perhaps, stay longer than one day. He will tell you all the news. Your ever Affectionate Son, SAMMY DOBBIN. Introducing a Friend to a Member of Congress. Dover, Del., Mar. 3,18—. Hon. D. B. Graham, Respected Sir: The bearer, Mr. D. II. narmon, is the son of Mrs Lieut. W. II. narmon. of this town, whose husband was killed at the battle of luka, bravely defending the flag. This young man has just graduated from one of our best schools, and at my suggestion visits°Washington, thinking to acquaint himself with the condition of things at the Capital, and, if the same could be obtained, would gladly occupy a clerkship for a time. Should it be in your power to grant him such a favor, it will be warmly appreciated by his mottnr and myself. I remain, Yours Respectfully, V. II. MARTIN. Introducing a Literary Lady to a Publisher. Baton Rouge, La., March 4,18—. Mr. Warren II. Webster, Rear Sir: The bearer, Mrs. Lydia nuntington, visits New York for the purpose of conferring with some publisher relative to introducing her first book to the public. She is a lady of well known reputation and acknowledged talent throughout the South, and will, I feel sure, assume prominent rank erelong in the literary world. I take the liberty of an old friend to ask of you a consideration of her claims. Yours Very Respectfully, B. H CAMPBELL. Introducing a Daughter about to make a Visit. Charleston, S. C., May G, 18—. My Dear Mrs. Hamilton: In compliance with your oft repeated request, I send my daughter to spend a few weeks of her vacation in your delightful country home, trusting that her visit may be as delight¬ ful for her and yourself as mine was a year ago. Anticipating a visit from you all, ere the close of the present summer, I remain. As ever, your Devoted Friend, MARY DAVENPORT. LETTERS OF ADMONITION. 101 iLetters of ifAdvicei Advising a Young Lady to Refuse Gifts from Gentlemen. OUR life has been a suc¬ cess,” said an individual to an old and prosperous business man. “ To what do you attribute your success ?” “ To an admonition given me by my father, when a boy, which was this : “‘First, to attend strictly to my own business. Second, to let other people’s business alone. Observing this, I incurred no ill will by inter¬ meddling with others, and I saved my time for the development and improvement of my own business.” Be very sparing of letters of advice. As a rule, you will have enough to do to attend to your own affairs, and as a general thing, advice even when solicited is liable to give offence. If however, you are asked to give an opinion, you may plainly state it. Do not give it however as a law, nor feel offended if your ad¬ vice is disregarded. Beware of giving advice from selfishness. Sooner or later your motive will be discovered. Let your admonition be alone for the interest and welfare of your friend. If you expect, however, to be benefited by the course which you advise the person to pursue, you may frankly state so. 102 LETTERS OF ADVICE. Letter of Advice to a Young Man to beware of Bad Company. Washington, D.C., Jan 1,18—. Mr Dear Young *“»» ! ol)Berve by the tone 0 f your last letter, that you are becoming very intimate with Ilenry Hubbard and Barney McIntosh. I need not tell you that your letter has given me much uneasiness. These young men are bad characters, and you cannot continue your association with them, without contaminating your morals. , , . I am an old man, and I write this, my hoy, with a most earnest desire for your happiness. You have acquired a fine education, and have entered upon your profession with every prospect of success. You have a widowed mother to support, and an orphaned sister looking to you for "iiidance. It becomes you therefore to maintain a reputation unsullied, and obtain a good credit, which to a young man in the com¬ mencement of a business career, is equal to a large capital of itself. Association with these young men will certainly carry you down¬ ward They are both without employment, they drive fast horses, they wear flash jewelry, they frequent gambling houses, they both use intoxicating drink, chew tobacco, and talk profane language. What would you think of another that might be seen in their company ? People will judge you as you would judge any one else. There is much truth in the old proverb, “A man is known by tile company he keeps,” and I would have your company such as will reflect the high¬ est honor upon yourself. I have written this letter earnestly and strongly, for I believe your good judgment will take it kindly; and I trust, when you sincerely reflect upon the matter, you will at once dismiss that class of associates from your company. _. _ TT . . Your earnest Well-Wisher and Sincere Friend, DAVID CLINE. Advising a Young Man against a Hurried Marriage. Rutland, Vt., April 5, 18-. Friend Charles: ^ agk me jf you wiu uot act the wiser part by marrying Miss Manchester at once, and settling yourself permanently; and yet you inform me that it has been but three weeks since you first made her acquaintance. You may possibly be in jest, and perhaps in earnest; in either case, as you ask my advice, I can but give it. The choosing of a life companion, dear Charles, is a too serious matter to be so hastily decided. The selection of a partner for a dance or a ride may be of little moment. The choice of an associate for business maybe determined in a short time; but the acceptance of a partner for life requires the most serious deliberation. You should take ample time for the study of the character, temperament, disposition and accomplishments of the lady whom you choose to be the sharer of your labors, joys, sorrows, reverses and prosperity. Upon this step hangs a large share of your happiness in life. Do not act too hastily. Trusting however, that I will some day see you happily married and settled, I am as ever. Your most Sincere Friend, GEORGE BACIIELDOR. 2 — Dress In cold weather, dress warmly with underclothing. Remove muffler, overcoat, overshoes, &c„ when remaining any con¬ siderable length of lime in a warm room. Keep your feet warmaud drv Wa«h them, in warm water, two or three tunes a week. Wi warm stockings, large boots, and overshoes when in the snow or wet. Wear a light covering on the head, keeping it always cool. ■> —Cleanliness Have always a pint or quart of water in the sleep- throughout the body. You have opened the pores of tlie skin, allow ing°impnrules e in the body to pas's off, and have ^ ^ the operation, a good vigorous morning exercise. Pursue this namt regularly, and you will seldom take cold. 4 .— Inflation of the Lnnqs. Five minutes spent in the o p rinaocincr inflating the lungs, by inhaling as full a breath as pos. 1 and poimding the breast durinj the off chest, strengthen the lung power, and very effectually wara consumption. . . „ . >1 Diet If inclined to be dyspeptic, avoid mince pie, sausage, and cracked wheat, and other articles that are easily digested. Eat freely of ripe.fruit, and avoid excessive useio'meats• Eat at af G L -^.m*d.^. tll Exerdsc% not too violent, but sufficient to produce a gentle perspiration, should be had each day in the open air. 7 Condition of Mind. The condition of the mind has much to do "'noping to hear of your continued prosperity and recovery of health, 1 atu ’ Your very Sincere Friend, Allen Matlock. SIBLEY JOHNSON, M. D. Advice to a Gentleman on the Subject of Health. Boston, Mass., May C, 18—. My Dear Friend Qf th(j 2nd inst< is before me. I am pleased with the prospect that you report in your business, but regret that you should feel discouraged about your health. You ask me what you had better do; I will answer. The first great secret of good health is good habits; and the next is regularity of habits. They are briefly summed up in the following r Y -Sleep Give yourself the necessary amount of sieep. Some men require five bourn of the twenty four; others need eight. Avoid feather beds. Sleep in a garment not worn during the Jay. T maintain robust health, sleep with a person as healthy as yourself, or no one. Advice to an Orphan Boy. Arlington, N. C., June 7, IS . My Deak CnA,1LIE f received your letter last evening. I was greatly pleased to hear that you have secured a position with Colby Hende^ son & Co , and that your sisters are comfortably situated in thu homes. You ask me for advice as to what you shall do to maintai the good opinion of your employers, and thus ultimately, prosperous y ^Tkis desire Uiat you evince to please is one of the very best evi¬ dences that you will please. Your question is very commendable, now can you succeed? That should be the great que . young men. It is best answered, perhaps, by the reply of the wealthy and honored old man who gave this advice to his grandson. ” My boy, take the admonition of an old man who has seen eve y P '“ If I could give you but one precept to follow, it would be, Keep good company. But, adding more, I will say . . “ Be truthful; you thus always have the confidence of others. “ Be temperate; thus doing, you preserve health and money. -Be industrious; you will then be constantly adding to your acqui- Be economical; thus you will be saving for the rainy day. - Be cautious; you are not then so liable to lose the work of years. “Be polite and kind; scattering words of kindness, they are re¬ flected back upon yourself, continually adding to your happiness Observe Thl directions and you will prosper. With many wishes for vour success, remember I am always ' Your Friend, ABEL MATLOCK. LETTERS OF APOLOGY, 108 Letters of Excuse. ETTERS of Excuse should be written as promptly as may be. Any damage that may have been caused by yourself, you should, if pos¬ sible, repair immediately, with inter¬ est. In apologizing for misconduct, failing to meet an engagement, or for lack of punctuality, al¬ ways state the reason why. By fulfilling every engagement promptly, dis¬ charging every obligation when due, and always being punctual, you thereby entirety avoid the necessity for an excuse. Any article borrowed by measure, be certain to return in larger quantity and better quality, to make up the interest. To fail to make good that which has been borrowed is the certain loss of credit and business reputation in the neighborhood where you live. No letter of apology can make amends for neglecting to pay your debts. Apologizing for a Broken Engagement. Apologizing for Failure to Pay Money Promptly. Mr. D. B. Frisbie, Danby, N. Y., July 11, 18—. Dear Sir: I very much regret that the failure of H. Cole & Son,will prevent my payment of your note on the 20th instant, with¬ out serious inconveuience to myself. I shall be able to pay it, howev¬ er, promptly on the 25th. Should the five days delay seriously incom¬ mode you, please write me at once, aud I will aim to procure the money from another source. Your Obedient Servant, DANIEL FRAZIER. Excuse to a Teacher fer Non-attendance of Child at School. Miss Blake: Wednesday Morning, Sept. 4, IS--. You will please excuse Gertrude for non-attendance at school yesterday afternoon, she beiug detained iu consequence of a severe headache. Very Respectfully, MARCIA BARROWS. Apology for Breaking a Business Engagement. „ Monticello, III., Oct. 15, 18—. Mr. Paul D. Warren, Kensington. Dear Sir : I very much regret being compelled to apologize for not meeting you at the railroad meeting in Salem last Saturday, as I agreed to do. The cause of my detention was the sudden aud severe illness of my youngest child, whose life for a time we despaired of. Please write me the result of the meeting. Hoping that the arrange¬ ments we anticipated were perfected, I am Yours Truly, SOLOMON KING. ,, Frederick, Md., July 13,18—. My Dear Miss Merton : I fear that you will feel injured at my failure to keep my appointment this evening. You will, however, I know, forgive me when 1 explain. Wheu about to proceed to your residence my horse, being very restive, became so frightened at an object by the roadside as to cause his runaway, throwing me violently to the ground, bieakingan arm, and completely demolishing my carriage. Regret¬ ting my failure to keep my engagement, I am yet rejoiced that the accident occurred before you had entered the carriage. Trusting that my excuse is a sufficient apology, l remain, Your Faithful Friend, ALBERT BIGBEE. Apology for Delay in Returning a Book, My Dear Amy: Kentland, Ind., Nov. 19,18—. You must-excuse my long delay in returning your book. The truth is, it has been the rounds for several to read, though it has not been out of our house. When I had nearly finished its read¬ ing, Aunt Mary became interested in its contents and read it through. Her glowing description of the character of the work caused mother to peruse it; so that we have kept it from you several iveeks. We feel very grateful to you, however, for furnishing us such an intellectual feast, and hope to have the pleasure of doing you a like favor. Truly Y'our Friend, LIZZIE BRAINARD. LETTERS ASKING AND GRANTING FAVORS s>T is to be hoped that you will not often he compelled to write a let¬ ter asking a favor. Do not urge your claims too strongly. Should you he refused, you would feel the more deeply humiliated. In conferring a favor, avoid conveying the impression that the recipient is greatly under obligation to you. Rather imply that the granting and accepting of the favor is mutually a pleasure. Letters refusing a favor should he very kindly worded, and while expressing regret at your inability to comply with the request, state the reason why. ----- Requesting the Loan of a Book. Wednesday Morning, Jan. 1,18—. Dear Bertha : bc kin(1 as t0 ]oan me , for a few days, “How I Found Livingstone”? By so doing, yon will greatly oblige, Your Friend, NANNIE WHITE. Reply Granting the Favor. Wednesday Morning, Jan. 1,18—. Dear Nannie^ yQu {he 1)0ok with pleasure , an d hope you will enjoy its perusal as much as I did. I shall he over to see you next Thursday afternoon. . _ J Affectionately Yours, BERTHA. Answer Refusing the Request. Lisbon, III., Feh. 2,18—. Friend Haskins: I regret that all the money I have at liberty I am compelled to use this afternoon; else I would comply with your request with pleasure. Respectfully, _ JOHN BAKER. Requesting a Letter of Introduction. Springfield, Mass., March 4,18—. Friend Rich: I start for Boston to-morrow, to make arrangements for our Excursion. I shall arrange to have the journey extend as far as the Holy Land. Be so kind, if you please, as to give me a letter of introduction to Prof. Wm. Kidder, whom I hope, also, to enlist in the scheme. With warmest regards to your family, I remain, Very Truly Yours, _ HENRY FRENCH. Reply Granting the Request. Sparta, R. I., March G, 18—. I enclose, with pleasure, the letter to Prof. Kidder, who, I think, will he pleased to join us. Wishing you much success. I am Yours Truly, BARTON RICH. Requesting the Loan of an Opera Glass. Thursday Afternoon, April 7,18—. Dear Mabel: „ , .... Accompanied by cousin Fred and Jennie Masters, I am going to the theater to-night, aud in behalf of Fred I wish you would loan me your opera glass for the evening. HQWELL Dear French: Requesting a Loan of Money. Lisbon, III., Feh. 2, 18- Friend Baker. (lo me jj^dness to loan me one hundred dollars until Wednesday of next week? Having several large collec¬ tions to make during the next three days, I may return the loan before then. Yours Truly, nT7Ail/'P TI A C IV T XT C Dear Beckie: Answer Refusing the Request. Thursday, April 7,18—. Charlie Hackuey called and borrowed my glass about an hour since. Otherwise I would take the greatest pleasure in grant¬ ing your request. Wishing you a delightful evening, I am, Your Devoted Friend, MABEL GALE. Friend Godard: Requesting the Loan of a Pistol. Friday Morn., May 8,18—. Please loan me your pistol this forenoon, and oblige JOHN OGDON. Reply Granting the Request. Friday, May 8, 18—. Friend John: „ ,, . , , . . . t Accept the pistol. Beware that you do not get hurt, i shall want it to-morrow. Truly Yours, tytp-vt \ DTi LETTERS ACCOMPANYING GIFTS. 105 Letters Accompanying Gifts. SUALLY, in sending gifts, it is custom¬ ary to accompany the same with a prettily written note. Such letters, with their answers, are very brief, and are usually written in the third per¬ son, unless among relatives or very intimate friends. Though a reply should be given immediately, no haste need be made in repaying the gift, else it would seem that you feel the obligation, and will experience relief by paying the debt. Accompanying a Betrothal Gift of a Ring. No. 84 Eldridoe Court, Jan. 1,18—. Dear Annie: Will yon accept the accompanying ring, and wear it as a pledge of the undying affection of Yours Constantly, WILLIAM. Reply to the Foregoing. No. 8 —-St., Jan. 2, 18—. Dear William: Your beautiful gift is on my finger, where it will he ever worn as a token of yonr love. Yours Truly, ANNIE. Form of Letter Accompanying Photographs. df _ tYsC ■ei-oc-O’T^yi- vvi. fXj', dhid-if-cidtd^ Thinkin- that we may be, I will let that thought sustain me. In the meantime, from this moment, until your return, I will think of you, just once _a long drawn out thought. Yours Affectionately, MINNIE LA SURE. Letter asking an Introduction through a Mutual Friend. Friend Henry: 912 - St ’’ A P rfl 2 ’ 18 ~- ^ am very desirous of making the acquaintance of Miss Benjamin, with whom you are on terms of intimate friendship. Will you be so kind as to give me a letter of introduction to her? I am aware that it may be a delicate letter for you to write, but you will be free, of course, to make all needed explanations in your letter to her. I will send her your letter, instead of personally calling upon her myself, thus saving her from any embarrassment that may result from my so doing. By granting this favor, you will much oblige, Yours Very Respectfully, WM. H. TYLER. Reply. Friend Tyler: 117 -St., Apr. 2, IS-. Enclosed, find the note yon wish. As you will observe I have acted upon your suggestion, of giving her sufficient explanation to justify my letter. Your desire to please the lady, coupled with your good judgment, will, I doubt not, make the matter agreeable. Truly Yours, HENRY PARSONS. LETTER OF INTRODUCTION. Wn, E T^, M . ISS , BE ^ JAMIN: J T - his wil1 introduce to you, my friend VoTi Very Respectfully, HENRY PARSONS. To the Father of the Lady. Burlington, Ia m Jan. 1,18— Respected Sir: I take this means of consulting you, on a subject, hat deeply interests myself, while it indirectly concerns you; and I trust, that my presentation of the matter will meet with your approval For several months, your daughter, Mary, and myself, have been on ntimate terms of friendship, which has ripened into affection oil mv part, and I have reason to think, that my attentions are not indifferent to her. My business and prospects are-such, that I flatter myself I can provide for her future, with the same comfort that has surrounded her under the parental roof. Of my character and qualifications I have nothing to say; I trust they are sufficiently known to you, to give confidence m the prospect of your child's happiness. Believing that the parents have suchan interest in the welfare of the daughter as makes it obligatory upon a lover to consult their desires before taking her from their home, I am thus induced to request you to express your wishes upon this subject. I shall anxiously await your answer. Your very Obedient Servant, To Wm. Franklin, Esq., DANIEL HARRISON. 184-St. 116 LOVE LETTERS. Favorable Reply. . 184-St., Jan. 1,18—. Mr Dear Mr. Harrison: . , , I very highly appreciate the manly and honorable way in which you have addressed me in reference to my daughter Mary. . _ „_. Believing you to be honest, industrious, ambitious to do well, and possessed of excellent moral character, I unite with Mrs. Franklin in the belief that our darling child may very safely trust her happi- ^Ti agreeable*^convenient to you, we shall be happy to have you dine with us to-morrow. Very Sincerely Yours, WM. FRANKLIN. To Mb. Daniel Harrison. Unfavorable Reply. 184-St Dear Sib: . , _ Highly appreciating the straightforward and gentlemanly manner iu which you have written me concerning a subject that every parent has an interest in, I am compelled to inform you that, though my daughter has treated you with much friendliness as she is accustomed to with all her friends, she will be unable to continue with you a love acquaintance with a view to marriage, owing to a prior engagement with a gentleman of worth and respectability, which con- tract she has had no occasion to regret. Fully sensible of your most excellent qualities, and the complimen paid in your selection of her, my daughter unites with me in the wish that you may meet with a companion in every way calculated to ensure your happiness. y our8 Ve ry Respectfully, WM. FRANKLIN. To Mr. Daniel Harrison. that the person using the same involuntarily craves strong drink, in order to taste it. Therein lies the foundation of a large share of the drunkenness of the country. Observation proves that, while many men use tobacco that are not drunkards, almost every drunkard is a user of tobacco, having nearly always formed the habit from the use of this narcotic weed. . U would surround me with flUh. To say nothing of the great drain on the physical health by the constant expectoration of saliva, thus ruining the health of many robust constitutions, 1 could not endure the fetid breath of the tobacco user. I sicken the sight of the brown saliva exuding from between the lips; physiology proving that, with tobacco chewers, nearly all the waste fluids from the body pass through the mouth. I am immediately faint at the thought of dragging my skirts through spittle in a railway car, or any place where it is thrown upon the floor; I turn with disgust at the atmosphere-God s pure, fresh air-that is tainted with the stench of tobacco smoke. It would corrupt my husband's morals. All the associations of tobacco are had. It is true that many good men use tobacco. It is also trut that nearly every man that is bad is addicted to its use. To smoke, in peace, the man must resort.to the place where others smoke. In that room are profanity, obscene language, and every species of vulgarity. There may he, occasionally, an exception. The fact is patent, how¬ ever, that, in the room in which vulgarity and obscenity prevail, there is al ways tobacco smoke in the air, and the vile spittle on the floor. You will forgive me for speaking thus plainly. I love you too wtll to disguise my feelings on the subject. I could not possibly constantly love a tobacco user, for the reasons that I have given. While I devotedly love yon, I cannot consent that yon should bestow your affections upon a person that would instinctively repel you. Be¬ lieving therefore, under the circumstances, that our further corres¬ pondence should cease, I remain, Your Friend and Well-wisher, MARIETTA WILCOX. Reply to a Young Man that uses Tobacco. 662-St., July 18 , —. Mr. Bannister, I am in receipt of your courteous letter, containing a declaration of love. I will be frank enough with you to admit, that while I have been sensible of your affectionate regard for me orsom months, I also have cherished a growing interest in you In truth to make a candid confession, I most sincerely 1 ° vey °" - If " l ' fjuld ’ ^ haps, say no more, but I feel it due to you, as well as to myself, to be strictly honest in my expression, lest we foster this glowing o c, which, under present conditions, must be broken o . I have always admired your natural ability; I appreciate you fo your industry ; I respect you. for your filial conduct towards you parents. In fact, I consider you quite a model young man, were it for one habit, which has always been, heretofore, a very delicate sub¬ ject for me to speak of, fearing that it might give you offense. But, believing it best that I be true to my convictions and state my objec¬ tions plainly, I thus freely write them. . I have reference to the use of tobacco. Apparently, this is a little thin® I am aware that ladies generally consider it beneath their notice, but so thoroughly convinced am I that it is one of the most destructive habits, sapping the morality and vigor of our youn 0 men, that I could never consent to wed a man addicted to its use, my reasons being as follows: It would impoverish my home. Only ten cents a day expended for a c i®ar, in a lifetime of forty years, with its accumulations of interest, amounts to over four thousand dollars I The little sum of eleven cents per day, saved from being squandered on tobacco and properly put at interest, amounts in that time to $5,1601 No wonder that so many homes, the heads of which use tobacco, are without the comforts of life It might wreck my happiness. It is a well known pbysiological fact that the use of tobacco deadens the sense of taste; that water and a common drinks become insipid and tasteless when tobacco is used, so Letter to an Entire Stranger. 478-St., Jan. 1,18—. Miss Henderson: .. I beg to apologize for addressing you thus, being au entire stranger; but having the misfortune to be unknown to you is my excuse for this strange proceeding, which, I am well aware, is entirely at variance with the rules of etiquette. I have for two Sab¬ baths seen you at church and I am k to confess that your appear, ance has made so deep an impression upon me as to make me extremely desirous of forming our acquaintance. I am, at present, a clerk in the ribbon department at Smith & Brown’s store. Will you do me the great favor of allowing this to commence a friendship, which, I trust, will never be regretted by yourself. Please deign to give me at least a single line in reply to this, and oblige, Your Sincere Admirer, WESLEY BARNUM. Unfavorable Reply. Mr. Barnum, Sir * • a I considerably question whether it is due to propriety to answer your note at all. But as you might fear that your letter had miscarried, and thus be induced to write again, it is best, probably, for me to make an immediate reply, and thus settle the affair entirely, and relieve you, possibly, of further suspense. It will be impossible for me to recognize you, or to think under any circumstances, of per¬ mitting an acquaintance to be commenced by such an introduction as you seem to deem sufficient. More especially should I regret allow¬ ing a friendship to he formed by recognitions m the hours of divine service in church, while the mind should be employed tn ^ligmue observances. You will, therefore, please understand that I am not favorable to further recognition, nor to a continuance of cor spondence. AMELIA HENDERSON. LOVE LETTERS. Reply More Favorable. Mr. Barnum, Dear Sir: 355 —— St., June 10, 18—. I am in receipt of your note, and must confess that I am surprised at your request. I am entirely opposed to commencing, on general principles, an acquaintance with such an introduction and consider it very improper, especially to allow it to originate in church during the hours of divine service. Wire it not that I think your meaning kind and your intentions good, I would return your letter unanswered. As it is, I will take your request under consideration, and, if I think best to grant it, yon may know of the fact by my recognition at the close of the service in the Sabbath school. Respectfully, AMELIA HENDER80N. An Advertisement in a Morning Paper. P ERSONAL. — Will the lady, who rode up Broadway last Thursday afternoon, about two o’clock, in an omnibus, getting out at Stewart’s, accompanied by a little girl dressed in blue suit, please send her address to D. B. M., Herald office. REMARKS. It is useless to advise people never to reply to a personal advertisement like the above. To do so is like totally refusing young people the priv¬ ilege of dancing. People will dance, and they will answer personal advertisements. The best course, therefore, is to properly direct the dan¬ cers, and caution the writers in their answers to newspaper personals. If the eye of the young lady referred to meets the above adver¬ tisement, she will possibly be indignant at first, and will, perhaps, resolve to pay no attention to it. It will continue to occupy her attention so much, however, and curiosity will become so great, that, in order to ease her mind, she will at last give her address; in Avhich case she makes a very serious mistake ; as any lady re¬ plying to a communication of such a character, giving her name and residence to a stranger, places herself to grea t disadvantage. Should her communication never be answered, she will feel mortified ever afterwards, that she committed the indiscretion of replying to the advertisement at all; and should the person she addresses prove to be some worthless fellow who may presume to press an acquaintance upon the strength of her reply, it may cause her very serious perplexity and embarrassment. 117 It is clearly evident, therefore, that she should not give her name and address as requested; and yet, as the advertisement may refer to a business matter of importance, or bring about an acquaintance that she will not regret, she may relieve her curiosity on the subject by writing the following note in reply: THE REPLY. ( Advertisement pasted in. ) D. B. M.: I find the above advertisement in the “Herald” of this morning. I suppose myseif to be the person referred to. You will please state your object in addressing me, with references. Address A. L. K., Herald office. It is probable that the advertiser, if a gentle¬ man, will reply, giving his reasons for request¬ ing the lady’s address, with references, upon receiving which, the lady will do as she may choose relative to continuing the correspond¬ ence ; in either case, it will be seen that she has in no wise compromised her dignity, and she re¬ tains the advantage of knowing the motive and object that prompted the advertisement, while she is yet unknown to the advertiser. Great caution should be exercised in answer¬ ing personals. The supposition is, if the adver¬ tiser be a gentleman, that he will honorably seek an interview with a lady, and pay court as gentlemen ordinarily do. Still, an occasion may happen to a man, who is in the highest sense a gentleman, wherein he sees the lady that he very greatly admires, and can learn her address in no other way without rendering himself of¬ fensive and impertinent; hence, the apparent necessity of the above personal advertisement. Instances have also occurred where gentlemen, driven with business, and having but little time to mingle in female society, or no opportunity, being strangers comparatively, desirous of form¬ ing the acquaintance of ladies, have honestly advertised for correspondence, been honestly answered, and marriage was the result. Those advertisements, however, wherein Sammy Brown and Coney Smith advertise for 118 LOVE LETTERS. correspondence with any number of young ladies, for fun, mutual improvement, “and what may grow out of it, photographs exchanged, etc., young ladies should be very wary of ans¬ wering. Instances have been known where scores of young ladies, having answered such an advertisement, could they have looked in upon those young men, a week afterwards, would have seen them with a pile of photo¬ graphs and letters, exhibiting them to their companions, and making fun of the girls who had been so foolish as to answer their advertise¬ ment. It is true that no one but the meanest kind of a rascal would be guilty of such a disgraceful act as to advertise for and expose correspond¬ ence thus, and it is equally true that the young lady who gives the advertiser the opportunity to ridicule her shows herself to be very foolish. Personal Advertisement. P ERSON \L.—A gentleman, a new comer in the city, having a stiffi- ckucyof this world’s goods to comfortably support himself and wife is desirous of making the acquaintance of a lady of middle years, with a view to matrimony. Address, in the strictest confidence, giving name, residence, and photograph, H. A. B., Station H, Post Office. THE REPLY. To H. A. B., Sir: 1 am led to suppose, from the reading of the above, that it is dictated in sincerity, by a desire to meet with a lady who would he treated with candor and respect. I have at present no acquaintance to whom I am inclined to give a very decided preference, nor have I ever had any very distinct ideas on the subject of marriage. I am free, however, to confess that, should circumstances favor my acquaintance with a gentleman whom I could honor and respect, I might seriously think o°f a proposal. Believing that you wish, as you intimate, this letter in confidence, I will say that I am - years old, am in receipt of _annually, from property that is leased. I have been told that I was handsome, though others, probably, have a different opinion. Of lhat fact, you must be the judge. I am entirely free to select whom¬ soever I may choose. My social standing, I trust, would be satisfac¬ tory, and my accomplishments have not been neglected. It is not nec¬ essary that I should write more. I shall be happy to correspond with you with a view to better acquaintance, when, if mutually agreeable, an introduction may take place. You desire me to send name, ad¬ dress, and photograph, which, I trust you will perceive, would be improper for me to do. It is due to myself, and, under certain cir¬ cumstances, to you, that I should he>very guarded as to the manner of my introduction. A letter addressed to M. A. L., Station A, Post Office, will reach me. I sign a fictitious name, for obvious reasons. Respectfully, NANCY IIILLIS. A Gentleman makes a Frank Acknowledgment. — Gushing with Sentiment, and Running over with Poetry. White Mountains, N. H., Oct. 1, 18—. Mv Dear Mary^^ one the brown leaves are falling, reminding ns that the golden summer that we have so delightfully loitered through approaches its close. How thickly our pathway has been strewn with roses; how fragrant have been the million blossoms; how sweetly the birds have sung; how beautiful have been the sunny days; how joyous have been the starry nightsl pear M., Ido not need to tell you that this delightful summer has been to me one grand elysian scene. I have gazed on, and dreamed of thy beauty. I have been fed by thy sparkling repartee and merriment; I have drank at the fountain of thy intellectuality; but the feast is ended, and gradually the curtain is falling. Dear, beautiful summer 1 So beautiful to me, because of thy loved presence. And standing now on the threshold of a scene all changed, I take a last, fond, long, lingering look on the beautiful picture that will return to me no more; and yet who knows, but on in that great eternity we may live again these Eden hours. “ Like a Foundling in slumber, the summer day lay On the crimsoning threshold of Even, And I thought that the glow through the azure-arched way, Was a glimpse of the coming of Heaven. There together we sat by the beautiful stream; We had nothing to do but to love aud to dream In the days, that have gone on before. These are not the same days, though they bear the same name, With the ones I shall welcome no more. But it may be the angels are culling them o’er, For a Sabbath aud Summer forever. When the years shall forget the Decembers they wore, And the shroud shall be woven, no, never 1 In a twilight like that, darling M. for a bride, Oh 1 what more of the world could one wish beside, As we gazed on the river unroll’d^ _ Till we heard, or we fancied, its musical tide, Where it flowed through the Gate-way of Gold?” Dearest, you must forgive my ardent expressions in this letter. With a temperament gushing to the brim aud overflowing with senti¬ ment and rhapsody, I have passed the fleeting summer in thy charming presence, in one continual dre'am of poesy. I cannot now turn back to the solemn duties before me, without telling you what trembled on my tongue a thousand times, as we gathered flowers together and wove our chaplets in the sunny days gone by. Dear, darling Mary, Hove you , I adore you. How often in the beautiful moonlight nights, as we strolled among the lilacs aud the primroses, have I been on the verge of clasping your jeweled hand and telling you all my heart. BiU, Ohl I did not quite dare; the hours were so delightful, even as they were. Fearing that I might be repulsed, I chose to accept the joy even that there was, rather than run the risk of losing it all. How many a morning, have I arisen and firmly resolved, that, ere another day, I would know my fate 1 But ah 1 the twilight would fall, and the evening hour would pass by, and I never completely dared to risk the result of a declaration. The morrow I knew would be joyous if I bridled my impulse; it might not be if I made -a mistake. But the dream has passed by. To-morrow, I bid adieu to these sylvan groves, the quiet meadows, and the gurgling brooks, to go back to the prose duties of business. Aud now, at the close of this festal season, as I am upon the verge of going, having nothing to lose and everything to gain, I have told you my heart. I have not the slighest idea what your reply will be. You have been to me one con¬ tinual puzzle. If your answer is adverse, I can only entertain the highest respect for you ever in the future; aud memory shall keep alive the recollection of the most blissful summer I have ever known. If your reply is favorable—dearest, may I fondly hope that it will be 1 —then opens before me a great volume of happiness, of which this joyous summer has been but the opening chapter. Dear M., may I come again and see you, and address you hence¬ forth as a lover? The messenger that brings you this, will return aed, dd44Xa4lda/d& a/ede^ddead da ■ 474 x 44 ; deddu4444 44404 -d aKC^d/dld 4 Z€ 44 dd 4444 l 44 ' df Ueddo ■eic/c/. aid deaiAd; da de -i-e-addf. doAaeAXAA, ddad dd d-eiAx-e aanado-uddead axaga/e-aiaa -ad ' / dde jdz-cd dd-cid 744144 44444 ddxaaxx 144,77 ^didco/ead da 44d-e 417/ dde 44444444 4444^1/ dd4€^,tZ'i4d/d-exud-iA 44 . 44,74 7 ^ 43444 ^. 4447 ^. 44444144 44744 ), do. 4444.444/4. ■444,44,-e. 4144, -tAtdi ■4444,441444,4. 444.4- 44 44.4X444 444,4144, 4f/l4).44, 44xdxX4 ciOAce' 4,414.44,44dd^, 4 . 4/77444 j/x l 474 ) 44.4 4 7 / 4 )4,444X4dg-OAA; 0444 4// doa did-C; dd €414 -ad 4144 , € 444 )/ 4144 da €4444. ).)/:■) a444 444. 44,dt- T' ■ 4/4 'dd 120 LOVE LETTERS. One Way of Breaking the Ice. 584-St., July 1,18—. Mt Dear Friend Caroline: X returned yesterday, from a brief trip into Canada, my journey being most agreeable, only one little episode breaking the monotony, as I neared home, which was this: in the next seat behind me in the car sat a young couple who were evidently regretting that their ride was so near an end. Though buried in my reading, I could not avoid hearing much that they said. One question asked by the young man made a striking impression ou my mind. “ Maggie,” said he, “ we have now been acquainted a good while; yon know me, and I know yon. I do not need to tell you that I love you with all my heart; now do you love me?” X knew the young fellow had taken that occasion, when the cars were thundering along, so that he might not be knocked down by the beating of his own heart. I confess to have been guilty of eaves¬ dropping then. I listened intently for the lady’s answer, but just at that moment, as my ill luck would have it, another train came thun¬ dering by us, and her voice was drowned in the noise. I got to think¬ ing like this suppose you and I were riding thus, and I should ask precisely the same question; what would be your reply? I am very curious to know what your answer would be, and shall await a letter from you, with much anxiety. Most Truly Yours, ROLAND MILLS. An Offer of Marriage. 248 - St., Dec. 10, 18—. Dearest Bertha * I have intended, O how many times! when we have been together, to put the simple question which I intend this note shall ask; but although apparently a very easy matter to ask the hand in marriage of one I so deeply love as yourself, it is no easy task. I therefore write what I have never found courage in my heart to speak. Dearest, will you bestow upon me the great happiness of per¬ mitting me to call you mine? If I have spoken this too boldly, you will forgive; but I fondly hope that you will not be indifferent to my appeal. I trust, if you answer this in the affirmative, that you will never regret doing so. Anxiously awaiting your answer, I remain, Yours Affectionately, HARLAN DEMPSTER. Favorable Reply. 367-St., Dec. 10,18—. Dear Sir: . , , , ..... j Your proposal is quite unexpected to me, but it is made with such candor and frankness that I can take no offence. I cannot, in this note, give you a definite reply. Marriage is a very serious mat¬ ter; and while I regard you with the greatest favor, I desire to consult my near relatives, and consider the subject myself carefully for a few days, ere I give you a final answer. I think I can assure you, however, that you may hope. Very Sincerely, FANNIE KIMBALL. Letter from a Young Man who Proposes Marriage and Emigration. 4S2-St., April 16,18—. Dear Clara: „ . .... . m .. You have doubtless heard of my intention to go West in the coming month. Though surrounded here with my relatives and all the many friends of my boyhood, I have an intense desire to try my fortune amid new scenes, feeling that the fetters that now bind me and seem to hinder my upward progress, will then be broken. I shall sunder my ties with some regrets, but to commence my busi¬ ness career as I am desirous of doing, I must make the sacrifice; in doing so, I do no more than thousands have done before me. In the great broad fields of the growing West, a young man of resolution, ambition, honesty, temperance, and perseverance cannotfail, I believe, to better his condition much more rapidly than he can here; you will, I think, coincide with me in this opinion. Dear Clara, of all my farewells, none will be so sad to me as that I shall bid to you. Dear, dear Clara, you cannot be indifferent to the fact that I have long devotedly loved you; and, at the hour of parting, I feel that I cannot go without telling you my heart, and asking you if 1 may not have your love in return. And now, while I am asking, will you not take me with my heart, and in turn allow me to be your protector through life? Dearest, I am going to press my suit still further. Will you Dot be mine before I go, and accompany me on my journey? I know this is asking a great deal of you. To accept of this proposition is to take you from a home of affluence, where you are surrounded with every desired comfort. I have no right to ask the sacrifice; and yet I have resolved to make bold before I go, and tell you all. If you accept my offer and will consent to cast your fortunes with me out in the great Sea of the Hereafter, I can assure you that no trouble or sorrow will come to you through me, and that, as you will be my dear, dear com¬ panion and sacred trust, so will I be to you all that lover and husband can be. Now, dearest, if you will accept my future as your own, and place yonrself by my side, accepting the sorrow and partaking of the joy that is in store for me, yon will make me the happiest of men. If you assent, God grant that yon may never regret your faith. Do not decide the question hastily. The sacrifice is such, in leaving home and kin¬ dred, that you may not accept of my proposal even though you love. When you have fully determined, however, please send the answer, which I shall most anxiously await. Ever dear Clara, Your Affectionate, HENRY ADAMS. Reply. 172-St., April 16,18—. Dear Hen ^ can m ake a reply to your candid question at once. I do not need to deliberate upon it long. I love you; I confide in you. I will trust you; I will go with you; I will accept the love and the fu¬ ture you offer. You may have many joys; you may experience some sorrows. I will share and bear them all with you, trusting that patient, earnest, willing effort may crown our labors with success. Believing that God will guide and prosper us, I can only add, hoping to see you soon .that I am Ever Yours, CLARA DUNHAM. NOTES OF INVITATION AND WEDDING CARDS, 121 Wedding Cards f Invitations. * r& WEDDING CARDS. F the lady who marries resides with her parents, with relatives, guardians, or friends, and the marriage receives the approval of those parties, the ceremony usu¬ ally takes place at the residence of the bride, or at the church where she generally attends; a reception being held at her resi¬ dence soon afterwards or upon the return from the bridal tour. Some parties prefer to marry very quietly, having but few guests at the wedding. Others make more elaborate display, and observe the time as an occasion of general rejoicing. Where many guests are invited, it is customary to issue notes of invitation to those persons whose at¬ tendance is desired, accompanied by wedding cards bearing the name of the bride and groom. The form of wording such notes and cards has changed but little for several years, though the style in which such wording appears, changes frequently. Two methods are pursued in preparing the invitations and cards: one being to have them neatly printed from type ; the other, and more expensive manner, is to have them engraved and printed in the metropolis, by a card-engraver, who makes an exclusive business of preparing such cards. The later style for cards and notes of invita¬ tion is to have the most of the wording in a light script, upon very fine, white, billet paper, and the cards upon thin bristol-board, some¬ times long, and frequently nearly square, accord¬ ing to fancy. The following cards and notes of invitation, while expressing the suitable wording, do not, in all cases, represent the size of the card or note of invitation. They are of various sizes, according to fancy, and generally a little larger than here illustrated. In sending the note of invitation, it is cus¬ tomary to inclose the cards in the same envel¬ ope. In cases where no guests are invited, yet it is desired to inform the acquaintances through¬ out the country of the marriage, it is usual to inclose the cards alone. Formerly, it was com¬ mon to use but one card, having Mr. & Mrs. Chas. H. Smith in the center of the card, while the lady’s maiden name was placed upon the lower left-hand corner. Of late, it is regarded more in style to use two cards, one considera¬ bly larger than the other; the larger bearing the names, Mr. & Mrs. Chas. H. Smith, the smaller, the lady’s name alone, thus: 122 NOTES OF INVITATION TO WEDDINGS. If it is definitely decided where the future permanent residence of the newly wedded couple is to be, it is proper to place the name of the town and state, at the lower left-hand corner of the larger card, as shown herewith. Invitations to the Wedding. HE following, are among the many of the various styles of notes of invita- the r#. NEWARK, N. J. tion to wedding cere¬ mony. The form shown here, is printed on paper about the width, but a little shorter than, com¬ mercial note paper, the wording being on the lower half of the sheet. In the center of the upper half of the sheet is the monogram, com¬ posed of the initial let¬ ters of the surnames of the bride and groom, blended together. This monogram is also printed upon the flap of the en¬ velope containing the invitation and cards. The accompanying is the note of invitation issued by Mr. & Mrs. D. Col¬ lins, on the occasion of the marriage of their daughter, M. Louise, to Jay H. Sabray; the cere¬ mony taking place at their residence. Two cards accompany this note, one reading Mr. $ Mrs. Jay H. Sabray , the other, M. Louise Collins. Actual size of one form of Note orTnvltntlon. This dotted line shows the fold. 6*3 &weaunt de fdeaiule yoai dom^amy at de ^//aUiaye o/deli ddaup/tJelj HfCHoms? tcfjjag jSp£abrag, m^ay, tfe/Jem/ei Jfd, J at CEREAYEQi ©fjirti IJresfjijtniaii ©fjurcJj ( ( CHICAGO, 'S/VuiUc/ay ( ^venehty J 'Hfiec. -A-7T 8 O’CLOCK. GEORGE H. VANCE. ALICE SPENCER. AT FOUB O’CLOCK, P. 11. At Home, After October 15lh. No . , 2 Oakland Street. 124 NOTES OF INVITATION TO WEDDINGS AND RECEPTIONS. The cards are often made in this proportion, and fastened with a ribbon, thus : Not unfrequently the cards are fastened at the top, as shown in this illustration. The following invitation is accompanied by the cards shown above, fastened by a ribbon in the center. The larger card bears the names of Mr. and Mrs. James Wilson; the other, the name of the bride, Angeline Sherman. The succeeding invitation is issued by the parents of the bride, the reception taking place at their residence, after the ceremony at chui ch. As with the other invitations, this is also accom¬ panied by the monogram. I{r. Si lifts. {(l|«s. Ij. ^hcrman. IffleyuaU i/it /JeaMiie cf yout %cm/iany al //ie Q/f/a'iUctye -sf' *, h lifts, Xytmtu'i TfcmUtsoii, Of their Daughter, Angeline, Tuesday Eve’g, Apr. 23d, '72, 112 Clinton St., Boston. Henry D. Hand. Jennie L. Henderson. CLEVELAND, O. MARRIAGE CEREMONIES, 125 will determine when the cere¬ mony shall take place. No peculiar form of cere¬ mony is requisite, nor is it im¬ perative that it he performed by a particular person. In the United States, marriage is regarded as a civil contract, which may be entered into by a simple declaration of the contracting parties, made in the presence of one or more witnesses, that they, the said parties, do respectively contract to be husband and wife.' In consequence of the recognized vast importance of mar¬ riage to the parties contracting the same, long usage has estab¬ lished the custom, almost universally, of having the ceremony perform¬ ed by, or in presence of, a clergyman or magistrate. To be entitled to contract marriage, the following requisites are necessary : 1st, That they be willing to marry ; 2d, That they be of sound mind; 3d, That they have arrived at the age allowed by law ; 4th, That neither of the parties is mar¬ ried already to another who is living, and from whom such party has not obtained a divorce from the bonds of matrimony; and 5th, That the parties are not so nearly related by consan¬ guinity, as to prohibit their marriage, by the laws of the State in which the marriage is contrac¬ ted. 126 THE MARRIAGE LICENSE. In most of the States, the common law re¬ quires that the male be fourteen and the female twelve years of age, before the marriage can take place. In certain States, seventeen for males and fourteen for females; in others, the age for males is eighteen, for females, fourteen. Formerly in certain Eastern States, parties in¬ tending to marry were required by statute to re¬ cord a notice of such intent with the town clerk for three weeks, at the expiration of which time, if no objection was interposed, the clerk was au¬ thorized to give a certificate to that effect, and the clergyman or magistrate was empowered to per¬ form the ceremony. In various States, the law requires that parties intending marriage shall previously obtain from the city or town clerk, a certificate of their respective names, occupa¬ tions, ages, birth-places, and residences upon receipt of which, any clergyman or magistrate is authorized to perform the ceremony. In several States of the Union, the consent of the parents or guardians is required, before the proper officer can issue a license, if the male be under twenty-one years, or the female under eighteen In some of the States, a license to marry must first be procured of the city, town, or county clerk, empowering the clergyman or magistrate to marry the contracting parties, which is word¬ ed as follows: ParriagF -State of— EirfnsF. —Qocjmty of— <£AAe ftecfi/e t/ie dAtate c^. ., to any fieldon Aeya/ly au/AoltJed to do/emntye od/alltaye, t you ale AielcAy auiAioltyed to join tn tAie Aio/y Aondd o^Qy//atltmony-, and to ce/eAlate /Ate itted and celemonied o^odAalliaye, Aeiuteen Jrtflt.. , CM dm . . , accoldtny to tAe udualcudtom and Annul ojf t/ie dAtate . , and you. ale leyuiled to letuln t/itd Atcende to me uittAtn tAitlty dayd, lorn tAe ocAeAlatton ojf due A. odlalliaye, eat u a Veltt^tcate o^the dame, attended /delete, and dtyned Ay- you, undel tAey’tenalty o^(fine yAundled AAoAAald. M-ttness. ,<&/« /_ AT EIGHT O’CLOCE. Yourself and Ladies are Cordially Incited. Committee of Arrangements: Lewis, Wm. W. Brown, D. B. Sno. Hikam D. King, Chas. Wilson, H. E. Potwin. How to Prepare the Register; giving Names of the Family, Births, Marriages and Deaths. URING LIFE, a carefully prepared record of the family, which should be arranged by the head of the household, is of great convenience for reference. This register should con¬ tain the name, birth, marriage, and death of each member of the family. It may be kept in the Bible, on a paper prepared especially for the purpose, suitable for framing, or in any manner whereby the same may be preserved It may also contain brief biographical sketches of members of the family. N preparing the register, care should be taken to give the names of the family in full, the town and state where each was born, and date of birth; the state and town where each died, and date of death; town and state where each married, and date, together with the name of the officiating clergyman, or magistrate, and of one or more witnesses to the marriage. In proving claims to pensions, or heirship to estates, this is frequently of great importance. Observe carefully the form of record shown on the opposite page. CHILD REN.C?< . UARDIANS and parents are also recommended to prepare in a book % of blank pages, made for the pur- pose, a biographical sketch of each |T^ child under their charge, noting pecul¬ iarities of birth, attending physician, color s of hair, eyes, &c., when born ; strength of constitution, subsequent disposition, age at which the child first walks, talks, reads, writes, first attends school, and so on upwards until the child is able to take up the record itself. HE child’s record should be made very full and explicit for many reasons, the principal being that it may be of great service to the future biographer of the child; while the physiologist may draw an important lesson by a comparison be¬ tween the habits of infancy and those of mature years. This record will certainly be a matter of value to the family, and like the mfan - picture, it will be of especial interest to the man and woman as a daguerreotype of their early years. becord and biographical sketches oe the family FORM OF FAMILY RECORD. 131 IIENRY DANIEL BAKER. MARY EMILY BAKER. Children. WILLIAM WARD BAKER. niRAM KING BAKER. WALTER IIENRY BAKER. MARY EMILY BAKER. SARAH ADOLINE BAKER. CIIAS. ALBERT DOW BAKER, May 2, 1S00, at Concord, N. H. June 7, 1810, at Troy, N. Y. August 6, 1834, at Rome, N. Y. April 14, 1837, at Rome, N. Y. July 2, 1839, at Rome, N. Y. May 10, 1842, at Rome, N. Y. Nov. 18, 1845, at Detroit, Mich. Oct. 4, 1848, at Detroit, Mich. ARRIAG DEATHS. f^®®®®®® »e«!K>88!>®8«3a®SasC » Dec. 8, 1850, at Rome, N. Y. I 0 . « 9 .-. 9 0 | June 9, 1862, at Detroit, Mich. April 17, 1S69, at Rome, N. Y. Feb. 6, 1855, at Detroit. Mich. HENRY DANIEL BAKER and MARY EMILY MUNSON. Children. WILLIAM WARD BAKER and BERTHA JANE CORBETT. WALTER HENRY BAKER and ALICE ANN BAILEY. MARY EMILY BAKER and MYRON BURTON ELDRIDGE. CHAS. A. D. BAKER and FLORENCE PERCY BRIGGS. By the Rev. A. n. Buuling, June 2,1831, At Troy, New York. By the Rev. D. P. Smith, S, pt. 1, 1859, At Saratoga Springs, N. Y. By the Rev. Arthur Beown Si pt. 4, 1865, At Rome, New York. By the Rev. D. O. Smith, Aug. 16, 1865, At Detroit, Michigan. By Wm. M. Kellogg, J. P., March 4, 1872, At St. Louis, Missouri. ( A. D. Baker, In Presence of Maiiy E. Siierman, ( Cynthia Benson. ( HANNAH E. HoLMBS, In Presence of 8 Thos. E. Andrews, ( W. H. Burton. ( D. R. Newell, In Presence of -j Selden Marshall, ( Susan Maynard. In Presence of Capt. 0. D. Kemple, Malvina Simpson, Harriet Putnam. ( Anna E. Moore In Presence of Ciias. D. Wells,' ( Abigail Minard. 132 ANNIVERSARIES OF MARRIAGE. Marriage Anniversaries, GOLD, SILVER AND OTHER WEDDINGS. ASHION has established the custom, of late years, of cele¬ brating certain anniversaries of the marriage, these being named as follows: The celebration at the expi¬ ration of the first year is called the cotton wedding; at two years comes the paper ; at three, the leather ; at the close of five years comes the wooden ; at the seventh anniversary the friends assemble with the wool¬ en, and at ten years comes the TIN. At twelve years the silk and fine linen ; at fifteen the CRYSTAL wedding. At twenty, the friends gather with their china, and at twenty-five the married couple, that have been true to their vows for a quarter of a century, are rewarded with silver gifts. From this time forward, the tokens of esteem become rapidly more valuable. At the thirtieth anniversary, they are presented with pearls ; at the fortieth, come the rubies ; and at the fiftieth, occurs the celebration of a glo¬ rious golden wedding. Beyond that time the aged couple are allowed to enjoy their many gifts in peace. If, however, by any possibility they reach the seventy-fifth anniversary, they are presented with the rarest gifts to be ob¬ tained, at the celebration of their diamond wed¬ ding. In issuing the invitations for celebrating these anniversaries, it is customary to print them on a material emblematical of the occasion. Thus, thin wood, leather, cloth, tin-foil, silk, silver and gold paper, and other materials are hi ought into use. Of course, those who accept of such an invi¬ tation, and partake of the hospitalities of the host and hostess, are expected to contribute to the collection of gifts that will grace the oc¬ casion. The form of invitation for such an anniver¬ sary is represented in the following . v- c Sid, vr/A COUNCIL BLUFFS, IOWA. INVITATIONS TO WEDDING ANNIVERSARIES, 133 Invitation to the Crystal Wedding. Invitation to the China Wedding. crystal £ 1858. WEDDING. 1813. -itidt/tzy, C yi/U&z'i-ofi. &S; gf/3^ =/ ^ dF^ (Q'FLA. ROME, N. Y. Invitation to the Silver Wedding. ■v ${ H- R- Me\d, //oic/ictfi/y. mvi/e you /o /o^ileden/ ctl ///Of l /fiffif/i/y = /fifi/^/fit ///c/o/iny 3 ANNIVERSARY, (fin Qsf/onc/a.y- Sveni-ny, ine /6 } 3. No. 7 oo Broadway, New York. Ceremony at 8 o’clock. r~ r ^j xva Wcdd gT 1850 i 1870 WILL RECEIVE TIIEIR FRIENDS AT THE " TWENTIETH ANNIVERSARY OP THEIR ^RIAG3 =5p (//'ue-dida^ (Q'ii^e y we 36, dgyo. LONG BRANCH. Invitation to the Golden Wedding. ■/g£3SZ) f r '■t/cjO r.i '/'yldFeZ'^. (Q'U'eddsidt^ fifi/fips'., zo y dgys^ 174 MAYWOOD ST., CHICAGO. 134 INVITATIONS TO’ PARTIES. % Notes of Invitation to Parties OUST'D ELSEWHEBE. _ OTES of invitation to a large party are usually printed and displayed in a style similar to the an¬ nexed, "being always worded in the third ^ person. If written, and among intimate friends, a more familiar style may he adopted. Invitations should be written or printed upon a whole sheet of small note-paper, and should be issued at least a week before the time appointed for the party, so that, if necessary, a suitable dress may be obtained. For a costume ball or masquerade, two weeks is the usual time allowed for preparation. The letters E. S. V. P. are some¬ times put at the end of a note. They stand for the French phrase, “ Re- pondcz s' il vous plait "—an answer, if you please. It is better, however, "when an answer is particularly desired, to say, “An answer will oblige.” It is courtesy to reply promptly to a note of invitation requesting an answer. If no reply is requested and you send no regrets, it is understood that you accept the invitation. Send invitations to persons in your own city or neighborhood, by your own messenger. It is regarded a violation of etiquette to send them by mail. Invitation to an Intimate Friend. Mrs. Langford may write to her intimate friend, Miss Burling, as follows: (//feezd s/yyce: (/}/& ezde /e> ■/ci'iee ez ^ccid/yd add/ (/}/&e/uid.e/ezy/ enee-nedny/ /t/// d-a-ctez'/ -/e needy edica-idyi/e/e. -uetde/eiu/yeneS C/Zeezde tiddJ Ae^iy you* y**- ■uee/c c diddle. (//ice-ide/, 'idt-ed ’.■c/eine. (Qneemed', INVITATIONS TO PAKTIES. 135 Invitation to a Lawn Soiree. MR. & MRS. HARRINGTON. Mr. D. C. Harrington. Request the pleasure of j’our company, at a Lawn Sciree, Friday eve¬ ning, from half past seven to half past ten o’clock, June 20th, 1872, weather permitting. R. S. V. P. Invitation to an Evening Party. Mrs. Langford requests the pleasure of Mr. and Mrs. Bell’s company on Thursday evening, 7th inst., at seven o’clock. No.-St., Dec. 1st. Answer Accepting the Invitation. Mr. and Mrs. Bell accept, with pleasure, Mrs. Langford’s kind invi¬ tation for Thursday evening, the 7th inst. No,-- St., Dec. 2d. Answer Declining the Invitation. Mr. and Mrs. Bell regret their inability to accept Mrs. Langford’s kind invitation for Thursday evening, the 7th inst. No.-St., Dec. 2d. Invitation to a Dinner Party. Mr. Conklin presents his warm regards to Mr. Beklen, and requests the pleasure of his company to dinner, on Thursday next (18th), at 5 o’clock. Mr. Conklin expects the pleasure, also, of receiving Mr. Wil¬ bur, of Buffalo. An answer will oblige. No.-St., June 16, 18—. Answer Accepting the Invitation. Mr. Belden presents his kind regards to Mr. Conklin, and accepts, with pleasure, his polite invitation for Thursday next. No.-St., June 17, 18—. Answer Declining the Invitation. Mr. Belden regrets that a previously arranged business engagement will prevent his accepting Mr. Conklin’s kind invitation for to-mor¬ row. Mr. Belden has delayed answering until to-day, hoping to effect a change of appointment, but has learned this forenoon that no change can be made without serious disappointment to others. No. --St., June 17, 18—. 136 INVITATIONS TO PARTIES AND EUNERAES, Familiar Invitation to a Wedding. No.-St., Dec. 12, 18—. Dear Hattie : I have issued but few invitations for our Aggie’s wedding, as we desire to be almost entirely private; but the presence of a few dear friends will give us all pleasure. Can we count you among those few? The ceremony will be at seven, on Tuesday evening next, December 18th, and at eight we will receive the other invited guests. Hoping to see you early, I am, Yours Affectionately, BERTHA HANSON. Answer Accepting the Invitation. No.-St., Dec. 13, 18— My Dear Bertha: I accept with great pleasure your kind invitation to Aggie’s wedding, and will he punctual. I most earnestly pray that she may be very happy in her new life and home. Please give her my kindest love and best wishes. Your Friend, HATTIE HARMON. Answer Declining the Invitation. No.-St., Dec. 13, 18— My Dear Bertha: My recent great bereavement must plead my excuse for notattending the wedding of your dear daughter Aggie. I would not cloud the festal scene by my heavy weeds of mourning, and I could not lay them aside, even for an hour, while the wound in my heart is so fresh with grief. Deeply regretting that I cannot attend, I can only wish Aggie, in her new relations, the joyous life of happiness she so richly deserves. Your Sincere Friend, HATTIE HARMON. The following exhibits the size of paper, and the wording of a Funeral Notice, in common use in the metropolitan cities, where it is impossible, frequently, for all the friends to know of the death. Invitation to a Picnic. Invitation to a Ball. Invitation to a Festival. STf)t | 5 oung ILahics of i®t. Ibopr Seminars Solicit the presence of Yourself and Friends AT TIIEIR JLttnual Reunion, anh pa\\c ON THE GROUNDS OF AT TWO O’CLOCK. Fete Champetre, ON THE GROUNDS OF SPRINGDALE, WEDl^ESD/Y /FTE^NOO^ JU^E 10, 1874. Entrance Ticket , 50 Cents. The above cards may be displayed in this manner, but for actual use should he about four times larger. VISITING AND OTHER CARDS. 137 OUR kinds of cards are in general use, viz.: Wedding, Autograph or Visiting, Ad¬ dress, and Business cards. The wedding has already been described. The visiting card is used principally by the lady in her calls among acquaintances in the city. The address card is also frequently used for the same purpose, and is useful to present when it may be desired to open future corre¬ spondence. The business card is valuable for advertising and as being introductory to busi¬ ness acquaintance. In the autograph card, Chas. H. B riggs will write his name as follows: His wife will write her name: His daughters will add Miss to their names, thus: Note.-A former rule of etiquette, not now so much observed, was for the eldest daughter, only, to prefix “ Miss Or the name may be without the Miss, thus: Tiie address card may read thus: Or it may read thus : cJk-u. ^ Appleton, Wis. Autograph cards should be used only among those acquaintances to whom the residence is well known. Business cards should contain upon their face the name, business, address and references, if references are used. to her name. 138 C5 TROSE AND POETIC GEMS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. Selections! Album. :HE individual is frequently called upon for his or her autograph. In complying, it is customaiy to couple with the same a senti¬ ment, signing the name beneath. If the matter written is original, be it long or short, it is usually more highly valued. If a brief selection be made, some of the following quotations may be appropriate: 0 NATURE! though blessed and bright are thy rays. O’er the brow of creation enchantingly thrown, &Yet faint are they all to the luster that plays O In a smile from the heart that is dearly our .D own! T AKE heart, nor of the laws of fate complain, Though now ’tis cloudy, ’t will clear up again. OO far is it from being true that men are naturally equal, that no O two people can be half an hour together but one shall acquire evident superiority over the other. I F others be as fair, What are their charms to me? I neither know nor care, For thou art all to me. PURCHASE not friends by gifts; when thou ceasest to give, such i will cease to love. S MALL service is true service while it lasts; Of friends, however humble, scorn not one: The daisy, by the shadow that it casts, Protects the lingering dew-drop from the sun. H 0 I.D Time will end our story, But no time, if we end well, will end our glory. T E who labors with the mind governs others; he who labors with the body is governed by others. T HERE is pleasure in the pathless woods, There is rapture on the lonely shore, There is society, where none intrudes, By the deep Sea, and music in its roar: I love not Man the less, but Nature more. H E who surpasses or subdues mankind, Must look down on the hate of those below. T ET us deal very gently with the erring. We should always re- Lv member that had we been born with a like unfortunate organiza¬ tion, and been trained amid as unfavorable circumstances, we would have done as badly ourselves. I DEEMED that time, I deemed that Pride Had quenched at length my boyish flame; Nor knew, till seated by thy side, My heart in all, save hope, the same. E ARTH holds no other like to thee, Or if it doth, in vain for me. O H! many a shaft, at random sent, Finds mark the archer little meant; And many a word, at random spoken, May soothe or wound a heart that’s broken. 'T'HOSE who have finished by making others think with them, have 1 usually been those who began by daring to think with themselves. D ,ESIRE not to live long, but to live well; How long we live, not years, but actions tell. w HO does the best his circumstance allows, Does well, acts nobly; angels could do no more. PIE most delicate, the most sensible of all pleasures, consists in promoting the pleasures of others. A ND what is fame? the meanest have their day; The greatest can but blaze and pass away. A H! could you look into my heart And watch your image there! You would own the sunny loveliness Affection makes it wear. A PI, well! for us all some sweet hope lies Deeply buried from human eyes; And, in the hereafter, angels may Roll the stone from its grave away. TIE who sedulously attends, pointedly asks, calmly speaks, coo ''> n answers, and ceases when he has no more to say, is in the pos¬ session of some of the best requisites of man. OOMETIME, when all life’s lessons have been learned, O And sun and stars forever more have set, The things which our weak judgments here have spurned, The things o’er which we grieved with lashes wet, Will flash before us out of life’s dark night. As stars shine most in deeper tints of blue; And we shall see how all God’s plans were right, And how what seemed reproof was love most true. THE KULES OF CONDUCT THAT GOVERN GOOD SOCIETY. 139 versal ambition. The ever constant desire of all is to be happy. This never varying instinct lies at the foundation of every ac¬ tion ; it is the constantly propelling force in our every effort. To be happy, we strive for the acquisition of wealth, for position and place, for social and po¬ litical distinction. And when all is obtained, the real enjoyment in its possession comes from the thousand little courtesies that are exchanged be¬ tween individuals — pleasant words and kindly acts, which the poor may enjoy as well as the rich. In reality it need not take much to make one happy. Our real wants are very few. To be fed and clothed, and provided with comfortable shelter, are the prime necessities. Added to these are kindness and love from those with whom we associate. Given all these, with a con¬ tented spirit, and, however lowly our posi¬ tion, we may be very happy. There is one perpetual law, however, running through all our intercourse with others, which is that we may rightly possess nothing without ren¬ dering therefor just compensation. This law is recognized in the commercial world, and it should be strictly observed in the etiquette of social life. 140 THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE IN SOCIAL AND BUSINESS LIFE. In short, in the many varied amenities of life, the fundamental rule of action should he the golden rule: u To do unto others as we would that others should do unto us.” We are at ease, we are made peaceful, satis¬ fied and happy, by words and acts of kindly feel¬ ing extended to us - , and in like manner we may strew the pathway of others with roses and sun¬ shine, by courteous action, and kind, gentle and loving conduct; to do which may cost us no effort, but on the contrary may afford us real pleasure. Iu a business, social and artistic view, it is of very great advantage to most people to be pos¬ sessed of ease and grace of manner. By the possession of confidence and self-command, a sin¬ gle individual will oftentimes cause a large com¬ pany, that otherwise would be socially very inhar¬ monious, to be satisfied, composed and perfectly at ease; and in a thousand ways such a person will scatter happiness and blessings among those with whom he or she may come in contact. Natural and Acquired Politeness. To some, a pleasing manner comes very natu¬ rally. If bom to the possession of an easy flow of language, agreeableness of address, poetical and imaginative power, and large knowledge of human nature, the whole accompanied by judi¬ cious training, good education and wide oppor¬ tunities, such persons will most surely, without studied effort, be self-possessed and at ease in any company, upon any occasion. On the contrary, if the natural advantages have been few, and the opportunities for acquir¬ ing polished deportment limited, then we may very appropriately make a study of the subject of liow to please; and hence the necessity for special instruction on the subject of Etiquette. It is of the utmost importance, however, that there be no labored effort to behave by rule, and that the forms of etiquette be not carried too far. The law of common sense should rest at the basis of our intercourse with society, and a kindly de¬ sire to make happy everybody with whom we come in contact, should actuate our conduct. Still, with all this, there are thousands of people of the kindest intentions, with much breadth of intellect, who continually violate the common usages of society, and who are liable to do the wrong thing at important times, and thus em¬ barrass their warmest friends. Hence, the need of a treatise on general conduct is evidently as much a necessity as is the text-book on grammar, penmanship or mathematics. If the soldier is more efficient by drill, the teacher more competent by practice, the pailia- mentarian more influential by understanding the code of parliamentary law, then equally is the general member of society more successful by an understanding of the law r s of etiquette, which teach how to appear, and what to do and say in the varied positions in which we may be placed. In the study of etiquette, much may be learned by observation, but much more is learned by practice. Wfi may listen to the finest oiatoiy for a dozen years, and yet never be able to speak in public ourselves; whereas, by practice in the art of declamation, with passable talent, we may become quite proficient in half that time. We may thoroughly study the theory and art of lan¬ guage for twenty years, and yet be very poor talkers. We may practice the art of conversa¬ tion by familiar and continuous intercourse with the cultured and refined, and become fluent and easy in communicating thought in a few years. Such is the difference between theory and practice. Both are necessary the former in pointing the way; the latter by making use of theory in practical application. Thus we may acquire ease and grace of manner: First, by un¬ derstanding the regulations which govern social etiquette; and secondly, by a free intermingling in society, putting into continual practice the the¬ ories which we understand. To avail ourseB es, however, to the fullest extent of society advan¬ tages, we must have acquaintance; and hence, we introduce the rules of etiquette by a chapter on the forms of presentation — the art of getting acquainted. FORMS OF INTRODUCTIONS AND SALUTATIONS. 141 tiquette of Introductions, 'HERE are various forms of intro¬ duction to be used, each depending on particular circumstances. Thus when introducing a gentleman to a lady the party introducing them will say, bow ing to each as the name of each is pronounced, “ Miss Wil liamson, allow me to introduce to you my friend Mr. Grant Mr. Grant, Miss Williamson.” Some prefer the word “present” instead of the word “introduce.” The words are not very material. The form is all that is essential. Of two gentlemen being introduced, one of whom is more eminent in position, look first at the elder or superior, with a slight bow, saying, “Mr. Durham, I make you acquainted with Mr. Stevens; Mr. Stevens, Mr. Durham.” of New Haven, Connecticut; and, upon the close of her visit here, is going to California for a visit of a year. Miss Swift is from Buffalo, New York, and is attending Hopedale Seminary in this city.” General Suggestions About Introductions. Ladies being introduced should never bow hastily, but with slow and measured dignity. The inferior is to be introduced to the superior; the younger to the older; the gentleman to the lady. It is the lady’s privilege to recognize the gentleman after an introduc¬ tion, and his duty to return the bow. Introductions on the streets or in public places should be made so quietly as not to attract public attention. The last clause repeating the names, “ Mr. Stevens, Mr. Durham,” may be justly regarded a useless formality, and is not necessary unless for the purpose of making the names more distinct by their repetition. Parties being introduced have an opportunity for conversation, and are immediately set at ease by the person introducing giving the place of residence and the business of each, with the introduction, thus: “Mr. Snow, allow me to make you acquainted with Mr. Burton. Mr. Burton is extensively engaged in mining in Colorado. Mr. Snow is one of our lawyers in this city.” He may still continue, if he wishes to aid the parties he is introducing, by saying, “Mr. Burton comes East for the purpose of disposing of mining stpek to some of our capitalists, and it is possible, Mr. Snow, that with your large acquaintance you can give him some information that will aid him.” Such an introduction will immediately lead to a general conversation between the parties, and the person having introduced them can then retire if he desires. It is always gratifying to anyone to be highly esteemed, hence you will confer pleasure by always conveying as favorable an impression as possible when giving thei introduction. Always apply the titles when making introductions, where the parties are entitled to the same, as Honorable, Reverend, Professor, etc. Thus, in introducing a clergyman to a member of the legislature, it is etiquette to say: “Mr. Shelden, permit me to present to you the Reverend Mr. Wing.” Addressing Mr. Shelden, he says: “Mr. Wing is the pastor of the First Presbyterian church at Troy, New York.” Addressing Mr. Wing, he continues : “ Mr. Shelden is at present our representative in the State Legislature, and author of the “Shelden Letters” which you have so much admired.” If there are many introductions to be made, the simple words, “ Mr. Smith, Mr. Jones,” will serve the purpose. Mr. Smith and Mr. Jones will then take up the weather or some other topic, and proceed with their conversation. A very proper reply for either party to make when intro¬ duced is, “ I am glad to meet you,” or, “ I am happy to make your acquaintance.” If several persons are introduced to one, mention the name of the sin¬ gle individual but once, as follows: “ Mr. Belden, allow me to introduce Mr. Maynard, Mr. Thompson, Miss Hayward, Mrs. Rice, Mr. Harmon, Mr. Brown,” bowing to each as the name is mentioned. When introducing a couple that may be somewhat diffident, the par¬ ties will be materially aided in becoming sociable and feeling at ease, by a very full introduction, thus: “ Miss Kennicott, allow me to present to you my friend Miss Swift. Miss Kennicott is from the far-famed city Perfect ease and self-possession are the essentials to the making and receiving of graceful and happy introductions. Etiquette requires that a gentleman always raise his hat (Fig. 2 ) when introduced to either a lady or gentleman on the street. Introduce to each other only those who may find acquaintance agree¬ able. If any doubt exists on the subject, inquire beforehand. When introducing parties, pronounce the names distinctly. If you fail to understand the name when introduced, feel at liberty to inquire. One of the duties of the host and hostess of a private party is to make the guests acquainted with each, other. Guests may, however, make in¬ troductions. Fig. 2. Introduction on the Street. Introductions are of¬ ten dispensed with at a private ball, it being taken for granted that only those are invited who ought to be ac¬ quainted. Thus ac¬ quaintance may begin without formal intro¬ duction. If upon any occasion you are introduced at a friend’s house to even your bitterest enemy, courtesy requires that you salute him, or her, and give no sign of ill- feeling while you are the guest of your friend. If casually introduced to a stranger, when making a call at the house of a friend, etiquette does not require a subsequent recognition. It is optional with the parties whether the acquaintance be continued or not after such accidental meeting and introduction. Always pronounce the surname when giving the introduction. To be introduced to “my cousin Carrie” leaves the stranger at a loss how to address the lady. In introducing a relative, it is well to sav, “My brother, Mr. Wells;” “My mother, Mrs. Briggs,” etc. To shake hands when introduced, is optional; between gentlemen it is common, and oftentimes between an elderly and a young person. It is not common between an unmarried lady and a gentleman, a slight 142 FORMS OF INTRODUCTIONS AND SALUTATIONS. bow between them when introduced being ail that etiquette requires. The married lady will use her discretion when introduced to gentlemen. Two parties meeting on the street, accompanied by friends, may stop and speak to each other without the necessity of introducing their friends, though, when parting, it is courtesy for each to give a parting salutation as though acquaintance had been formed. Parties who may meet by chance at your house, when making calls, need not necessarily be introduced to each other. If, however, they con¬ tinue their calls together, it may be agreeable to make them acquainted in order to more pleasantly carry forward conversation. If you are a gentleman, do not let the lack of an introduction pre¬ vent you from rendering services to any unattended lady who may need them. Politely offer your protection, escort or assistance, and, when the service has been accomplished, politely bow and retire. A visitor at your house should be introduced to the various callers, and the acquaintance should continue while the friend remains your £uest All callers should aim to make the visit of the friend as pleas- ant as possible, treating the guest as they would wish their friends to be treated under similar circumstances. If thrown into the company of strangers, without the formality of an introduction, as is often the case when traveling and at other times, acquaintance may be formed between gentlemen and ladies, with proper reserve, but duty requires that the slightest approach toward undue familiarity should be checked by dignified silence. Persons who have been properly introduced have claims upon the acquaintance of each other which should call for at least a slight recognition thereafter, unless there be very decided reasons for cutting the acquaintance entirely. To completely ignore another to whom you have been rightly introduced, by meeting the person with a vacant stare, is a mark of ill-breeding. Introductions at Court and Presidential Receptions. In paying your respects to the President of the United States, you Will be introduced by the master of ceremonies on public occasions. At other times, to send in your card will secure you audience, although the better way is to be introduced by a mutual acquaintance, or a member of Congress. Introductions at Court in foreign countries are accom¬ panied by a good deal of formality. At the English Court, the stran¬ ger, having the credential of the American Ambassador, will be intro¬ duced, if a lady, by a lady ; if a gentleman, by a gentleman. Elsewhere abroad the proper method in each case can be best learned from our na¬ tional representative at each capital. Court etiquette requires that the lady appear in full dress, and the gentleman in black suit, with white vest, gloves and necktie. FORMS OF SALUTATION SUGGESTIONS CONCERNING THE BOW. | OMMON forms of salutation, in America, are the bow, the I kiss, words of address, and shaking hands. Acquaintances are usually entitled to the courtesy of a bow. It is poor policy to refuse recognition because of a trifling difference between parties. The young lady should show a similar deference to an elderly lady, or to one in superior position, that a gentleman does to a lady. A gentleman who may be smoking when he meets a lady, should in bowing remove the cigar from his mouth and from her presence. When bowing to ladies, it is etiquette for the gentleman to raise his hat from his head, and slightly incline his body. The bow should not be a mere nod. A bow or graceful inclination should be made by ladies when recog- nizing their acquaintances of the opposite sex. It is the privilege of the lady to bow first. A gentleman on horseback should grasp whip and reins in his left hand, and raise his hat with his right, when saluting a lady. The lady salutes by bowing slightly. To a casual acquaintance you may bow without speaking; but to those with whom you are well acquainted, greater cordiality is due. A bow should always be returned; even to an enemy it is courtesy to return the recognition. When a gentleman, accompanied by a friend, meets a lady upon the street, it is courtesy, in the salutation, for the gentleman’s friend to bow slightly to the lady also, as a compliment to his companion, even though unacquainted with the lady. On meeting a party, some of whom you are intimately acquainted with, and the'others but little, the salutation should be made as nearly equal as possible. A slight recognition of some, and great demonstra¬ tion of pleasure toward others, is a violation of etiquette. A gentleman should return a bow made him upon the street, even if the one making the same is not recognized. The person may possibly be a forgotten acquaintance; but, even if a mistake has been made, there will be less embarrassment if the bow is returned. A gentleman should not bow from a window to a lady on the street, though he may bow slightly from the street upon being recognized by a lady in a window. Such recognition should, however, generally be avoided, as gossip is likely to attach undue importance to it when seen by others. A warm cordiality of manner, and a general recognition of acquaint¬ ances, without undue familiarity, is the means of diffusing much happi¬ ness, as well as genial and friendly feeling. In thinly settled localities, the habit of bowing to every one you meet is an excellent one, evincing, as it does, kindliness of feeling toward all. When meeting a lady who is a stranger, in a hallway, upon a stair¬ case, or in close proximity elsewhere, courtesy demands a bow from the gentleman. In passing up a stairway, the lady will pause at the foot and allow the gentleman to go first; and at the head of the stairway he should bow, pause, and allow her to precede him in the descent. How to Address Others —Nicknames. Use the title, when speaking to others, whenever possible. Thus, addressing John Brown, a Justice of the Peace, say, “ Squire;” Dr. Bell, you will address as “ Doctor;” Mayor Williams, as “ Mayor;” Senator Snow, as “Senator;” Governor Smith, as “Governor;” Professor Stevens, as “Professor,” etc. Before all public bodies, take pains to address those in authority very respectfully, saying to the presiding officer, “ Mr. President,” or if he be a Mayor, Judge, or Justice, address him as “Your Honor,” etc. When stopping at the house of a friend, ascertain the Christian names of all the children, and of those servants that you frequently have to address; and then always speak respectfully to each, using the full Christian name, or any pet name to which they are accustomed. To approach another in a boisterous manner, saying,” Hello, Old Fel¬ low!’ “ Hello Bob!” or using kindred expressions, indicates ill-breeding. If approached, however, in this vulgar manner, it is better to give a civil reply, and address the person respectfully, in which case he is qui e likely to be ashamed of his own conduct. AVOID NICKNAMES.-HOW TO SHAKE HANDS.-ETIQUETTE WHEN SHOPPING. 143 Husbands and wives indicate pleasant conjugal association existing where they address each other in the family circle by their Christian names, though the terms of respect, “Mr.” and “Mrs.,” maybe applied to each among strangers. When speaking of each other among near and intimate relatives, they will also use the Christian name; but among general acquaintances and strangers, the surname. Never call anyone by a nickname, or a disrespectful name. Treat all persons, no matter how lowly, in addressing them, as you would wish to be addressed yourself. You involuntarily have more respect for peo¬ ple, outside of your family or relatives, who call you “ Mr. Smith,” or “Mr. Jones,” than for those who call you “Jack,” or “Jim.” Hence, when you speak to others, remember that you gain their favor by polite words of address. When speaking to a boy, under fifteen years of age, outside of the circle of relatives, among comparative strangers, call him by his Christian name, as “Charles,” “William,” etc. Above that age, if the boy has attained good physical and intellectual development, apply the “Mr.” as “Mr. Brown,” “Mr. King,” etc. To do so will please him, will raise his self-respect, and will be tendering a courtesy which you highly val¬ ued when you were of the same age. It is an insult to address a boy or girl, who is a stranger to you, as “ Bub ” or “ Sis.” Children are sometimes very sensitive on these points, resenting such method of being addressed, while they very highly ap¬ preciate being spoken to respectfully. Thus, if the child’s name is unknown, to say “My Boy,” or “My Little Lad,” “My Girl,” or “My Little Lady,” will be to gain favor and set the child a good example in politeness. Children forever gratefully remember those who treat them respectfully. Among relatives, nicknames should not be allowed. Pet names among the children are admissible, until they outgrow them, when the full Christian name should be used. THE PRACTICE OF KISSING. Upon the meeting of intimate friends among ladies, at the private house, the kiss as a mode of salutation is yet common; but even there it is not as customary as formerly. The custom ought to be abolished for physiological and other reasons. Upon the meeting or departure of a young person, as between parents and children, or guardians and wards, the kiss is not inappropriate in public. Between all other parties it is a questionable propriety in public places, it being etiquette to avoid conduct that will attract the attention of strangers. ETIQUETTE OF SHAKING HANDS.—SUGGESTIONS ABOUT SHOPPING. WAYS OF CLASPING HANDS. A CCOMPANYING the salutation of hand-shaking, it is com¬ mon, according to the customs of English-speaking people, to inquire concerning the health, the news, etc. Offer the whole hand. It is an insult, and indicates snobbery, to present two fingers (Fig. 3 ) when shaking hands. It is also insulting to return a warm, cordial greeting with a lifeless hand (Fig. 4 ), and evident indifference of manner, when hand-shaking. Present a cordial grasp 5 ) and clasp the hand firmly, shak- p . g g The snob that Bticks out tw0 ing it warmly for a period of two or three lingers when shaking hands, seconds, and then relinquish the grasp en¬ tirely. It is rude to grasp the hand very tightly or to shake it over-vigor¬ ously. To hold it a long time is often very embarrassing, and is a breach of etiquette. It is always the lady’s privilege to extend the hand first. In her own house a lady should give her hand to every guest. Fig. 4. The cold-blooded, languid per¬ son, that exhibits only indifference as you shake the hand. If both parties wear gloves, it is not necessary that each remove them in shaking hands; if one, however, has un¬ gloved hands, it is courtesy for the other to remove the glove, unless in so doing it would cause an awkward pause; in which case apologize for not removing it, by saying, “ Excuse my glove.” The words and forms will always very much depend upon circumstances, of which in¬ dividuals can themselves best judge. Kid and other thin gloves are not expected to be removed in hand-shaking; hence, apology is only nec¬ essary for the non-removal of the thick, heavy glove. As a rule in all salutations, it is well not to exhibit too much haste. The cool, deliberate person is much the most likely * to avoid mistakes. The nervous, quick- motioned, impulsive individual will need to make deliberation a matter of study; else, when acting on the spur of the mo¬ ment, with possibly slight embarrass¬ ment, ludicrous errors are liable to be made. In shaking hands, offer the right hand, unless the same be engaged; in which case, apologize,by saying “Excuse my left hand.” It is the right hand that carries the sword in time of war, and its extension is emblematic of friendliness in time of peace. Fig. 5. The generous, frank, whole- souled individual, that meets you with a warm, hearty grasp. CONDUCT IN THE STORE. P URCHASERS should, as far as possible, patronize the merchants of their own town. It is poor policy to send money abroad for arti¬ cles which can be bought as cheaply at home. Do not take hold of a piece of goods which another is examining. Wait until it is replaced upon the counter before you take it up. Injuring goods when handling, pushing aside other persons, loung¬ ing upon the counter, whispering, loud talk and laughter, when in a store, are all evidences of ill-breeding. Never attempt to “beat down” prices when shopping. If the price does not suit, go elsewhere. The just and upright merchant will have but one price for his goods, and he will strictly adhere to it. It is an insult to a clerk or merchant to suggest to a customer, about to purchase, that he may buy cheaper or better goods else where. It is also rude to give your opinion, unasked, about the goods that another is purchasing. Never expect a clerk to leave another customer to wait on you; and when attending upon you, do not cause him to wait while }'ou visit with another. When the purchases are made, let them be sent to your home, and thus avoid loading yourself with bundles. Treat clerks, when shopping, respectfully, and give them no more trouble than is necessary. Ask for what is wanted, explicitly, and if you wish to make examination with a view to future purchase, say so. Be perfectly frank. There is no necessity for practicing deceit. The rule should be to pay for goods when you buy them. If, how¬ ever, you are trusted by the merchant, you should be very particular to pay your indebtedness when you agree to. By doing as you promise, you acquire habits of promptitude, and at the same time establish credit and make reputation among those with whom you deal. It is rude in the extreme to find fault and to make sneering remarks about goods. To draw unfavorable comparisons between the goods and those found at other stores does no good, and shows want of deference and respect to those who are waiting upon you. Politely state that the goods are not what you want, and, while you may buy, you prefer to look further. If a mistake has been made whereby you have been given more goods than you paid for, or have received more change than was your due, go immediately and have the error rectified. You cannot afford to sink your moral character by taking advantage of such mistakes. If you had made an error to your disadvantage, as a merchant, you would wish the customer to return and make it right. You should do as you would be done by. Permanent success depends upon your being strictly honest. 144 REGULATIONS THAT GOVERN SHORT AND FORMAL CALLS. HE morning call should be very brief. This formal call is mainly one of ceremony, and from ten to twenty minutes is a sufficient length of time to prolong it. It should never exceed half an hour. In making a formal call, a lady does not remove her bonnet or wraps. Unless there be a certain evening set apart for receiv¬ ing, the formal call should he made in the morning. It is customary, according to the code of etiquette, to call all the hours of daylight morning, and after nightfall evening. Calls mav be made in the morning or in the evening. The call in the morning should not be made before 12 M., nor later than 5 P. m. A gentleman, making a formal call in the morning, must retain his hat in his hand. He may leave umbrella and cane in the hall, but not his hat and gloves. The fact of retaining hat indicates a formal call During the visits of ceremony, however, strict attention should be given to entertaining the callers. Gentlemen may make morning calls on the following occasions: To convey congratulations or sympathy and condolence, to meet a friend who has just returned from abroad, to inquire after the health of a lady who may have accepted his escort on the previous day. (He should not delay the latter more than a day.) He may call upon those to whom let¬ ters of introduction are given, to express thanks for any favor which may have been rendered him, or to return a call. A great variety of cir¬ cumstances will also determine when at other times he should make calls. Evening Calls. Evening calls should never be made later than 9 p. m., and never pro¬ longed later than 10 p. m. In making a formal call in the evening, the gentleman must hold hat and gloves, unless invited to lay them aside and spend the evening. When a gentleman accompanies a lady at a morning call (which is seldom), he assists her up the steps, rings the bell, and follows her into the reception-room. It is for the lady to determine when they should leave. All uncouth and ungraceful positions are especially unbecoming among ladies and gentlemen in the parlor. Thus (Fig. 6 ), standing with the arms akimbo, sitting astride a chair, wearing the hat, and smoking in the presence of ladies, lean¬ ing back in the chair, standing with legs crossed and feet on the chairs — all those acts evince lack of polished manners. If possible, avoid calling at the lunch or dinner hour. Among society people the most fashionable hours for calling are from 12 M. to 3 p. m. At homes where dinner or lunch is taken at noon, calls may be made from 2 to $ p: m. Should other callers be announced, it is well, as soon as the bustle attending the new arrival is over, to arise quietly, take leave of the hostess, bow to the visitors, and retire, without apparently doing so because of the new arrivals. This saves the hostess the trouble of en¬ tertaining two sets of callers. To say bright and witty things during the call of ceremony, and go so soon that the hostess will desire the caller to come again, is much the more pleasant. No topic of a political or religious character should be admitted to the conversation, nor any subject of absorbing interest likely to lead to discussion. A lady engaged upon fancy sewing of any kind, or needlework, need not necessarily lay aside the same during the call of intimate acquaint¬ ances. Conversation can flow just as freely while the visit continues. In making an informal call in the eve¬ ning, a gentleman may leave hat, cane, overshoes, etc., in the hall, provided he is invited to do so, and the lady may re¬ move her wraps. The evening call should not gener¬ ally be prolonged over an hour. With very intimate friends, however, it may be made a little longer; but the caller should be very careful that the visit be not made tiresome. Ceneral Suggestions. Calls from people living in the coun¬ try are expected to be longer and less ceremonious than from those in the city. When it has been impossible to at¬ tend a dinner or a social gathering, a call should be made soon afterwards, to express regret at the inability to be present. A gentleman, though a stranger, may with propriety escort an unattended lady to the carriage, and afterwards return and make his farewell bow to the hostess. Should a guest arrive to remain for sometime with the friend, those who are intimate with the family should call as soon as possible, and these calls should be returned at the earliest op- portunity. Unless invited to do so, it is a violation of etiquette to draw near the fire for the purpose of warming one’s self. Should you, while waiting the appearance of the hostess, have done so, you will arise upon her arrival, and then take the seat she may assign you. When a lady has set apart a certain evening for receiving calls, it is not usual to call at other times, except the excuse be business reasons. Fig. 6 . UNGRACEFUL POSITIONS. No. 1 . Stands with arms akimbo. “ 2 . Sits with elbows on the knees. “ 3. Sits astride the chair, and wears his hat in the parlor. 41 4 . Stains the wall paper by press¬ ing against it with his hand; eats an apple alone, and stands with his legs crossed. No. 5 . Rests his foot upon the chair- cushion. “ 6. Tips back his chair, soils the wall by resting his head against it, and smokes in the presence of ladies. ADDRESS, VISITING, BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL CARDS WHEN CALLING. 145 THE USE OF CARDS WHEN CALLING. The gentleman’s card should bear nothing but the name and address of the caller, in small script or card text. In addition, the lady’s card may bear the “Mrs.” or the “Miss,” thus: CHARLES BELDEN MRS. H. B. KING, Cambridge, Mass. / 7 Belmont Place. At Home Thursday Evenings. The eldest daughter and unmarried sisters often adopt the following: MISS CLARA D. WELLS, THE MISSES HAMMOND, No. 44 Birch Street. No. 1 Day Street. The physician may have his professional title, as DR. ROBERT HOLLAND, or ROBERT HOLLAND, M. D. No. 70 Henderson St. No. 70 Henderson St. The officers of the army and navy may have their titles thus: LIEUT. HENRY H. WEBSTER, U. S. A. LIEUT. HARVEY B. SNOW, U. 3. N. A card left, during your illness, should be answered by a call as soon as your health will permit. The honorary titles of Prof., Hon., Esq., etc., are not allowable upon the calling card in the United States. When about leaving town, the card which is left will bear on the lower left-hand corner the letters “ P. P. C. Presents parting compli¬ ments,” from the French “Pour Prendre Conge ”—to take leave. The card may also be sent by mail or private carrier, the latter mode of con¬ veyance showing most respect. * WHAT SHOULD BE AVOIDED WHEN CALLING. Do not stare around the room. Do not take a dog or small child. Do not linger at the dinner-hour. Do not lay aside the bonnet at a formal call. Do not fidget with your cane, hat or parasol. Do not make a call of ceremony on a wet day. Do not turn your back to one seated near you. Do not touch the piano, unless invited to do so. Do not handle ornaments or furniture in the room. Do not make a display of consulting your watch. Do not go to the room of an invalid, unless invited. Do not remove the gloves when making a formal call. Do not continue the call longer when conversation begins to lag. Do not remain when you find the lady upon the point of going out. Do not make the first call if you are a new-comer in the neighborhood. Do not open or shut doors or windows or alter the arrangement of the room. Do notenter a room without first knocking and receiving an invitation to come in. Do not resume your seat after having risen to go, unless for important reasons. Do not walk around the room, examining pictures, while waiting for the hostess. A card sent to a person who is ill or in affliction, from the loss of a relative, should be accompanied by verbal inquiries regarding- the per¬ son’s health. Cards may be left immediately where a death is known, but a call of sympa¬ thy and condolence is not usually made within a week after the bereavement. The lady in mourning who may not desire to make calls, will send mourn¬ ing cards instead of making calls for such period of time as she may not de¬ sire to mingle in general society. Should the servant reply to a gentle¬ man that the lady of the house, to whom the call is made, is not at home, but the daughter is, he should send in his card, as it is not usual for young la¬ dies to receive calls from gentlemen un¬ less they are quite intimate friends. It is well to have cards in readiness at every call. If a servant meets you at the door, to send up a card will save mis- Fig 7 CFNTTT TTY pronouncing your name, and if the lady ' 1 1 * is not at home it will show that you have - called. Should there be two or more la- The figures in the above illustra- dies in the household, to turn down one bon represent graceful postures to corner of the card will signify that the be assumed by both ladies and gen- call was designed for all the family tlemen in the 1,arlor - As " m be seen, whether holding hat or fan, either sitting or standing, the posi¬ tions are all easy and graceful. The handsomest style of card is that which is engraved; next is that which is prettily written. Succeeding, comes the printed card, which, with some of the modern script or text types, makes a most beautiful card if neatly printed. Extra ornament is out of place. "When desirous of seeing anyone at a hotel or parlor, send up your card by the waiter, while you wait in the reception-room or office. ‘The hostess should, if not desiring to see anyone, send word that she is “engaged” when the servant first goes to the door, and not after the card has been sent up. Should she desire certain persons only to be admitted, let the servant understand the names definitely. * p. P. C. cards are no longer left when leaving home to be absent a few months. Do not introduce politics, religion or weighty topics for conversation when making calls. Do not prolong the call if the room is crowded. It is better to call a day or two afterwards. Do not call upon a person in reduced circumstances with a display of wealth, dress and equipage. Do not tattle. Do not speak ill of your neighbors. Do not carry gossip from one family to another. Do not, if a gentleman, seat yourself upon the sofa beside the hostess, or in near proximity, unless invited to do so. Do not, if a lady, call upon a gentle¬ man, except officially or professionally, unless he may be a confirmed invalid. Do not take a strange gentleman with you, unless positively certain that his introduction will be received with favor. Do not, if a gentleman, leave the hat - in the hall when making merely a for- m mal call. If the call is extended into a To assume an easy, genteel atti- ... ““ lmu “ tude, the individual must be self- Vlsi t, it may then be set aside. W hether possessed. To be so, attention must sitting or standing (Fig. 7 ), the hat may be, given to easy flow of language, be gracefully held in the hand, happy expression of thought, study of cultured society and the general Duty of the Hostess, laws of etiquette. She should greet each guest with quiet, easy grace. She should avoid leaving the room while guests are present. She should furnish refreshments to those callers who come a long dis¬ tance to see her. She should be aided, upon important occasions, by a gentleman, in the reception of guests. She should avoid speaking disrespectfully of those who have previ¬ ously called upon her; she should equally divide her attentions among the several callers, that none may feel slighted. IN THE PARLOR. 10 146 WHAT TO CULTIVATE AND WHAT TO AVOID WHEN TALKING. -- > Etiquette of Conversation. HOW, WHEN AND WHERE TO SPEAK. lo ACQUIRE the art of conversation in a superior degree, I V Me there must be intimacy with those who possess refinement and general information. There must also be observed certain general rules in order to accomplish the best results, prominent among which are the following: In the first place, in order to converse well, there must he knowledge; there must be a command of language, assisted by imagination; there must be understanding of the rules of construction, to frame sentences aright; there must be confidence and self-possession, and there must be courage to overcome failure. To be an excellent conversationalist is a very desirable accomplish¬ ment We talk more than we do anything else. By conversation we may make friends, we mav retain them, or we may lose them. We may impart information; we may acquire it. We may make the company with whom we associate contented with itself, or we can sow inharmony and discord. Our success in life largely rests upon our ability to con¬ verse well; therefore the necessity of our carefully studying what shou and what should not be said when talking. How to Please in Conversation. Use clear, distinct words to express your ideas, although your voice Sh °B(fcool^coilected and self-possessed, using respectful, chaste and ap¬ propriate language. Always defend the absent person who is being spoken of, as far as truth and justice will permit. Allow people that you are with to do their full share of the talking if they evince a willingness to converse. Beware of talking much about yourself. Your merits will be discovered in due time, without the necessity of sounding your own praises. Show the courtesy, when another person joins the group where you are relating an incident, of recapitulating what has been said, for the ad¬ vantage of the newcomer. Recollect that the object of conversation is to entertain and amuse; the social gathering, therefore, should not be made the arena of dispute. Even sS mistakes and inaccuracies it is well to overlook, rather than to allow inharmony to present itself. Aim to adapt your conversation to the comprehension of those with whom you are conversing. Be careful that you do not undervalue them. It is possible that they are as intelligent as yourself, and their convers - tion can, perhaps, take as wide a range as your own. Remember that the person to whom you are speaking is not to blame for the opinion he entertains. Opinions are not made Jy us, but they are made for us by circumstances. With the same organization, training and circumstances around us, we would have the same opinions ourselves. Remember that people are fond of talking of their own affairs. The mother likes to talk of her children, the mechanic of his workmanship, the laborer of what he can accomplish. Give everyone an opportunity, and you will gain much valuable information besides being thoug courteous and well-bred. Be patient. The foreigner cannot, perhaps, recall the word he de¬ sires; the speaker may be slow of speech; you may have heard he story a dozen times; but even then you must evince interest, and listen patiently through. By so doing, you gain the esteem of the person wi whom you are conversing. What to Avoid in Social Conversation. Do not manifest impatience. Do not engage in argument. Do not interrupt another when speaking. Do not find fault, though you may gently criticise. Do not talk of your private, personal and family matters. Do not appear to notice inaccuracies of speech in others. Do not allow yourself to lose temper or to speak excitedly. Do not allude to unfortunate peculiarities of anyone present. Do not always commence a conversation by allusion to the weather. Do not, when narrating an incident, continually say, y ou see, > ou know,” etc. Do not introduce professional or other topics that the company gen¬ erally cannot take an interest in. Do not talk very loud. A firm, clear, distinct, yet mild, gentle and musical voice has great power. Do not be absent-minded, requiring the speaker to repeat what has been said that you may understand. Do not speak disrespectfully of personal appearance when anyone present may have the same defects. Do not try to force yourself into the confidence of others. If they give their confidence, never betray it. Do not use profanity, vulgar terms, slang phrases, words of double meaning, or language that will bring the blush to anyone. Do not intersperse your language with foreign words and high sound¬ ing terms. It shows affectation, and will draw ridicule upon you. "do not carry on a conversation with another in company about mat¬ ters which the general company knows nothing of. It is almost as im¬ polite as to whisper. Do not allow yourself to speak ill of the absent one if it can be avoided; the day may come when some friend will be needed to de¬ fend you in your absence. Do not speak with contempt and ridicule of a locality where you may be visiting. Find something to truthfully praise and commend; thus make yourself agreeable. Do not make a pretense of gentility, nor parade the fact that you are a descendant of any notable family.. You must pass for just what you arc, and must stand on your own merit. Do not contradict. In making a correction say, “I beg your pardon, but I had an impression that it was so and so. Be careful in contra¬ dicting, as you may be wrong yourself. Do not be unduly familiar; you will merit contempt.if you are. Neither should you be dogmatic in your assertions, arrogating to your- self much consequence in your opinions. Do not be too lavish in your praise of various members of your own family when speaking to strangers; the person to whom you are speak¬ ing may know some faults that you do not. Do not feel it incumbent upon yourself to carry your point In^conver- sation. Should the person with whom you are conversing feel the same, your talk will lead into violent argument. NEW YEARS.-HOW LADIES RECEIVE, AND GENTLEMEN MAKE THEIR CALLS. 147 Do notallow yourself to use personal abuse when speaking to another, as in so doing you may make that person a life-long enemy. A few kind, courteous words might have made him a lifelong friend. Do not discuss politics or religion in general company. You proba¬ bly would not convert your opponent, and he will not convert you. To discuss those topics is to arouse feeling without any good result. Do not make a parade of being acquainted with distinguished or wealthy people, of having been to college, or of having visited foreign lands. All this is no evidence of any real genuine worth on your part. Do not use the surname alone when speaking of your husband or wife to others. To say to another, that “I told Jones,’ referring to your hus¬ band, sounds badly. Whereas, to say, “I told Mr. Jones,” shows respect and good breeding. Do not yield to bashfulness. Do not isolate yourself, sitting back in a corner, waiting for some one to come and talk with you. Step out; have something to say. Though you may not say it very well, keep on. You will gain courage and will improve. It is as much your duty to entertain others as theirs to amuse you. Do not attempt to pry into the private affairs of others by asking what their profits are, what things cost, whether Melissa ever had a beau, and why Amarette never got married. All such questions are extremely im¬ pertinent, and are likely to meet with rebuke. Do not whisper in company; do not engage in private conversation; do not speak a foreign language which the general company present may not understand, unless it is understood that the foreigner is unable to speak your own language. Do not take it upon yourself to admonish comparative strangers on religious topics; the persons to whom you speak may have decided con¬ victions of their own in opposition to yours, and your over-zeal may seem to them an impertinence. Do not aspire to be a great story-teller; an inveterate teller of long stories becomes very tiresome. To tell one or two witty, short, new stories, appropriate to the occasion, is about all that one person should inflict on the company. Do not indulge in satire; no doubt you are witty, and you could say a most cutting thing that would bring the laugh of the company upon your opponent, but you must not allow it, unless to rebuke an impertinent fellow who can be suppressed in no other way. Do not spend your time in talking scandal; you sink your own moral nature by so doing, and you are, perhaps, doing great injustice to those about whom you talk. You probably do not understand all the circum- stances. Were they understood, you would doubtless be much more lenient. Do not flatter; in doing so you embarrass those upon whom you bestow praise, as they may not wish to offend you by repelling it, and yet they realize that if they accept it they merit your contempt. You may, however, commend their work whenever it can truthfully be done; but do not bestow praise where it is not deserved. NEW YEAR’S CALLING. O F LATE years it has become fashionable, for ladies in many cities and villages, to announce in the newspapers the fact of their intention to receive calls upon New Year’s day, which prac¬ tice is very excellent, as it enables gentlemen to know positively who will be prepared to receive them on that occasion; besides, changes of resi dence are so frequent in the large cities as to make the publication of names and places of calling a great convenience. The practice of issuing personal notes of invitation, which is some¬ times done, to a list of gentleman acquaintances, stating that certain ladies will receive on New Year’s day, is not to be commended. It looks very much like begging the gentlemen to come and see them; besides, should this practice generally prevail, it would, in a brief time, abolish New Year’s calls altogether, as gentlemen would not feel at liberty to make calls unless personally invited; and thus the custom would soon go into disuse. Upon calling, the gentlemen are invited to remove overcoat and hat, which invitation is accepted unless it is the design to make the call very brief. If refreshments are provided, the ladies will desire to have the gentlemen par¬ take of them, which cannot conveniently be done in overcoat, with hat in hand. Gloves are sometimes retained upon the hand during the call, but this is optional. Cards are sent up, and the gentlemen are ushered into the re¬ ception-room. The call should not exceed ten or fifteen minutes, unless the callers are few and it should be mutually agreeable to prolong the stay. Best taste will suggest that a lady having the conveniences shall receive er.guests at her own home, but it is admissible and common for several adies to meet at the residence of one, and receive calls together. Whether ladies make announcement or not, however, it will be usually safe for gentlemen to call on their lady friends on New Year’s, as the visit will be generally received with pleasure. It is customary for the ladies who announce that they will receive, to make their parlors attractive on that day, and present themselves in full dress. They should have a bright, cheerful fire if the weather be cold, Fig. 8. Gentlemen Making New Year's Calls. and a table, conveniently located in the room, with refreshments, con¬ sisting of fruits, cakes, bread and other food, such as may be deemed desirable, with tea and coffee. No intoxicating drinks should be allowed. Refreshments are in no case absolutely essential. They can be dispensed with if not convenient. Ladies expecting calls on New Year’s should be in readiness to re¬ ceive from 10 a. M. to 9 p. m. It is pleasant for two or more ladies to receive calls together on that occasion, as several ladies can the more easily entertain a party of several gentlemen who may be present at one time. While gentlemen may go alone, they also frequently go in pairs, threes, fours (Fig 8) or more. They call upon all the ladies of the party, and where any are not acquainted, introductions take place, care being taken that persons do not intrude themselves where they would not be welcome. Each gen¬ tleman should be provided with a large num¬ ber of cards, with his own name upon each, one of which he will present to every lady of the company where he calls. The ladies keep these cards for future reference, it being often pleasant to revive the incidents of the day by subsequent examina¬ tion of the cards received upon that occasion. An usher should be present wherever many calls are expected, to receive guests, and care for hats and coats. The calls are necessarily very brief, and are made delight¬ fully pleasant by continual change of face and conversation. But, however genial and free may be the interchange of compliments upon this occasion, no young man who is a stranger to the family should feel at liberty to call again without a subsequent invitation. The two or three days succeeding New Year’s are the ladies’ days for calling, upon which occasion they pass the compliments of the season, comment upon the incidents connected with the festivities of the holiday, the number of calls made, and the new faces that made their appearance among the visitors. It is customary upon this occasion of ladies’ meeting, to offer refreshments and to enjoy the intimacy of a friendly visit. This fashion of observing New Year’s day is often the means of commencing pleasant friendships which may continue through life. 148 SUGGESTIONS CONCERNING THE DANCE. tiquette of the Party and Ball, ll • -• Jtr^s^ THE dance-rules that should govern it. Y‘ r OU purpose giving a larger entertainment than the dinner party— one to which you A will invite a greater number of your friends and associates-so great a number, indeed, of young and middle-aged people, that the serious questionis how t y shall be entertained; you conclude that you wi dance, and you will name your entertainment a ba . In this connection we will express no opinion concerning the propriety or the impropriety of dancing. n 1 act classing through the figures of the dance, there need be no wrong committed; but, as the ball is often conducted, very serious and unfortunate results follow. Evils of the Ball. more especially at the public ball, with disreputable men, is sometimes form alliances that will make a lifetime of sorrow. Well may the watchful parent look with anxiety and suspicion upon the b ill because its associations are so frequently dangerous. I m tins chapter’we may give admonitions and suggestions that shall tend to cor reel some of the evils of the dance, our labors will not be in vain. The dancing-master should be in the highest sense of the term a gen- tleman • he should be thoroughly schooled in the laws of etiquette, he Ihould be a man of good moral character; he should be a physiologist, he should be a reformer. Such a man at the head of a danc.ng-schoo would be of infinite assistance to the young men and women coming upon the Stage of action. In his class he would teach his pupils the laws of good bZYor he would warn them concerning the evils of bad association he would instruct them in the importance of regularity of habit and of keeping proper hours: with which instruction he would reform many abuses that now exist at public entertainments. Fortunately we have some instructors who appreciate the importance of their work, and are thus instrumental in doing a great amount of good to those who are so favored as to attend their classes. How to Conduct the Ball. The management of the ball will largely depend upon whether it is a public or private entertainment. If public, it will be under the control of managers who will send out tickets to those likely to attend, often several weeks before the ball is given. These tickets are sent only to gentlemen who fnvite such ladies to attend the ball with them as they may choose. In tendering the invitation, the gentleman frequently visits the lady personally. If he sends a written note of invitation, the form may be as follows: Wednesday, Oct. io. Miss Hammond: . .. May I have the pleasure of your company to the ball at the Grand Central Hotel, in New Pork, on the evening of October 2 5 th, at eight o'clock ? Very Respectfully, W. H. SIMPSON. The following may be the reply: Thursday, Oct. ll. Mr. W. H. Simpson : / shall be happy to accompany you to the ball at the Grand Central, on the evening of October 25th. CARRIE D. HAMMOND. Or, if the invitation is declined, the note may have this form' Thursday, Oct. u. Mr. W. II. Simpson : , / regret that absence from the city, (or assign such other cause as mar occasion the refusal) will deprive me of the pleasure of accompanying you to the ball at the Grand Central, on the evening oj October 25th. CARRIE D. HAMMOND. If the ball is to be given at a private residence, the notes of invitation to ench guest, two or thiee weeks should be sent by messenger or post, to cac g , before the dance, and will read as follows: Mrs. Conklin's compliments to Miss Henry, of her company at a ball on Thursday evening, April nth, e a o'clock. . .r This should invariably be answered within a day or two, and, tf ac- cepted, the reply may read in the following lorm: Miss Henry's compliments to Mrs. Conklin, accepting with pleasure her kind invitationfor Thursday evening, April nth. If declined, the answer may be — Miss Henry's compliments to Mrs. Conklin, regretting that the recent death of a relative (or assign such other cause as may occasion the refusal)Yu'// prevent her acceptance of the kind invitation for the evening of April 12th. Invitations to all the Family. In sending invitations to a family where there are parents, sons and daughters, aU of whom rou desire to invite, enclose an invitation fu 1 and complete to the heads of the family, one to the daughters, and one to the sis Should there be a visitor staying with the family, a distinct card must be sent, but all can be enclosed in one envelope, and addressed the lady of the house. The invitations to each may read as follows. (To the Parents.) Mrs. Hobart's compliments to Mr. and Mrs. ^nson, re^estjiZ pleasure of their company at a ball on the evening of Sept. 8th, 8 o'clock. R. S. I. P.* (To the Daughters.) Mrs Hobart's compliments to Misses Ruth and Mary ^on,re- questing the pleasure of their attendance at a ball,Se P t. 8th, at 8o Cock. R.S. VP. t (To the Sons _) Mrs. Hobart's regards to Messrs. Robert D Henry *“*?<*"■* Hanson, soliciting their company at a ball on the evenm a J p ■ at 8 o'clock. R. S. V. P. -„ R B V P From the French, ,'U vous plait.” Answer if you please. K. S. V. V. mnv be considered unnecessary, as a reply should abvays be rna •_ WHAT TO OBSERVE AND WIIAT TO AVOID AT THE BALL. 149 (To the Visitor.) Mrs. Hobart s respects to Miss Williamson , desiring the pleasure of her company at a ball on the evening of Sept. 8th, at 8 o'clock. R. S. V. P. The acceptance or regrets from each party invited should be enclosed in one envelope, and directed to the hostess, being sent by a messenger within from one to three days from the time the invitations are received. The hostess having considered how many sets may be accommodated in the dancing-room, it may be well to invite twice that number to the entertainment, thus allowing for those who will decline and for those who will desire to rest while the others are engaged in the dance. The requisites of a room suitable for dancing purposes are a smooth floor and good ventilation; added to these,an elaborate trimming of the room with various decorations will be appropriate. Floral embellish- ment gives much attraction, and if an abundance of flowers, shrubbery and evergreens are about the music-stand, concealing the musicians from view, the effect will be all the more charming. .The dressing-room should be provided with servants to receive the wraps, to each of which a card should be attached bearing the name of the owner, or checks may be provided and the same system pursued as is ordinarily observed in checking baggage. A dressing-table in the ladies’ room should be supplied with soap, water, towels, brushes, combs, pomade, face-powder, cologne, needles, thread, pins, etc.; while water,soap, towels, brush-broom, comb, hair¬ brush, bootjack, and blacking-brush with a box of blacking, should be in the gentlemen’s dressing apartment. Unlike the dinner-party, it is not absolutely necessary that each guest come promptly at a certain time; still, for the sake of regularity of sleep, it is well for each to go early and retire early, though it will be allowable to go somewhat later than the hour appointed. The host and hostess should be near the door to welcome arrivals, occupying any unused time in making the guests acquainted with each other by introductions. Other members of the family will also inter¬ mingle with the company, making introductions and seeing that all are provided with partners for dancing. It is expected that those who accept an invitation to a ball are able to dance; otherwise it is better to decline, as the wall-flower serves but to embarrass the hostess and other members of the company. A gentleman, having arranged to accompany a lady to a ball, may very appropriately send her a bouquet of flowers in the afternoon, and in the evening he should call promptly with his carriage at the appointed hour. Upon reaching the house where the entertainment is given, he will conduct the lady immediately to the ladies’ dressing-room; when, retiring to the gentlemen’s apartment and putting his own toilet in order, he will return to the door of the ladies’ room, meet his charge, and con¬ duct her to the ball-room and the hostess. Etiquette requires that the lady dance first with her escort, and after¬ wards he should see that she is provided with partners, and that she en¬ joys herself, though she may dance with whom she pleases. He should conduct her to supper, and will hold himself in readiness to escort her home whenever she desires to go. In inviting a lady to dance, various forms of invitation may be used to avoid repetition, as, “ Will you honor me with your hand for the qua¬ drille? ” “ May I have the honor of dancing this set with you? ” “ May I have the pleasure ? ” “ Will you give me the pleasure ?” etc. A gentleman who may be at the party unattended, will invite one of the ladies of the house for the first dance, but she, possibly being other¬ wise occupied or engaged, will quite likely introduce him to another lady, whom he must accept. The music will first play a march, then a quadrille, a waltz, a polka, a galop, etc., interspersed with several round dances to each quadrille, usually ending with a march, prior to supper, when the gentleman, pre¬ senting his arm to the lady he is dancing with at the time, unless she has come with another gentleman, will proceed to the table, where pos¬ sibly a little more freedom will prevail than at the dinner-party, though essentially the same etiquette will govern it. If any lady is without an attendant, it should be the duty of the lady of the house to see that she is provided with an escort. After supper, several dances will follow, the company dispersing, let us hope, at an early, temperate hour. Each dancer should be provided with a ball-card bearing - a printed programme of the dances, having a space for making engagements upon the same, with a small pencil attached. Much care should be taken to keep each engagement. It is a great breach of etiquette to invite a lady to dance, and then fail to remind her of her promise when the time comes for its fulfillment. It is customary for the lady and gentleman, who accompany each other to the ball, to dance together once or twice only; to dance as part¬ ners oftener is likely to excite remark, though, if the parties be indifferent to comment, no harm will be done. To dance together continually is impolite, and will deservedly provoke severe criticism. \\ hile upon the floor, awaiting the music, a lady and gentleman should avoid long conversations, as they are likely to interfere with the dance; but a pleasant word or two in light conversation will be appropriate if the parties are acquainted; if not, they may quietly wait. The bow should be given at the commencement and close of each dance. General Suggestions to those who Attend Balls. When all the ladies are provided for at the table, then the gentlemen may think of their own supper. Ladies will consult their own pleasure about recognizing a ball-room acquaintance at a future meeting. Gently glide in the dance, wearing a pleasant expression. “ Bow the head slightly as you touch hands lightly.” Should you make a mistake in taking a position, apologize to the party incommoded, and take another place in the set. Any difficulty or misunderstanding at a public ball should be referred to the master of ceremonies, whose decision should be deemed final. In tendering an invitation to the lady to dance, allow her to designate what set it shall be, and you are expected to strictly fulfill the engage- ment. A gentleman who goes to a ball should dance frequently; if he does not, he will not receive many invitations afterwards; he is not invited to ornament the wall and “wait for supper.” After dancing, a gentleman should conduct the lady to a seat, unless she otherwise desires; he should thank her for the pleasure she has con¬ ferred, but he should not tarry too long in intimate conversation with her. A gentleman having taken a lady’s seat during a dance, must rise as soon as it is over, and invite her to come and take it again. It is not necessary to bow more than once, though you frequently meet acquaint¬ ances upon the promenade ; to bow every lime would be tiresome. What Conduct to Avoid at the Ball. A ball-room engagement should not be broken. A lady should not enter or woss the hall unattended. No gentleman should enter the ladies’ dressing-room at a ball. No evidence of ill-nature should ever show itself at the ball. Never lead a lady in the hall by the hand; always offer the arm. Guests should remain at the supper-table no longer than is necessary. A couple should not engage in a long, private, confidential talk in a ball-room. While one dance is in progress, it is not in good taste to be arranging for another. Do not engage yourself for the last two or three dances; it may keep you too late. Neither married nor unmarried ladies should leave a ball-room assemblage unattended. A gentleman should not wait until the music has commenced, before selecting his partner. Do not aim to put in all the steps in the quadrille. The figures are now executed in a graceful walk. A gentleman should not insist upon a lady continuing to dance, when she has expressed a desire to sit down. 150 SUGGESTIONS AND CAUTION ABOUT PLAYING CARDS. Excepting' the first set, it is not etiquette for married people to dance together at either a public or private ball. Do not contend for a position in the quadrille at either head or sides. It indicates frivolity. You should be above it. A gentleman should not take a vacant seat beside a lady, without ask- ing permission, whether he is acquainted or not. The lady should never accept of an invitation to dance with one gen¬ tleman immediately after having refused another. No lady at a ball should be without an escort at the supper-table. The hostess should see that she is provided with one. A gentleman should never presume upon the acquaintance of a lady after a ball; ball-room introductions close with the dancing. Ladies should not boast to others, who dance but little, of the great number of dances for which they are engaged in advance. No gentleman should use his bare hand to press the waist of a lady in the waltz. If without gloves, carry a handkerchief in the hand. A lady should not select a gentleman to hold her bouquet, fan and gloves during the dance, unless he be her husband, escort or a relative. Gentlemen should never forget that ladies are first to be cared for, to have the best seats, and to always receive the most courteous attention. A gentleman in waltzing should not encircle the waist of a lady until the dancing commences, and he should drop his arm when the music ceases. No gentleman whose clothing or breath is tainted with the fumes of strong drink or tobacco, should ever enter the presence of ladies in the dancing-room. When the company has been divided into two different sets, you should not attempt to change from one to the other, except by permission of the master of ceremonies. A ladv should not refuse to be introduced to a gentleman at a pri¬ vate ball. At a public ball she will use her discretion, and she can with propriety refuse any introduction. Never eat your supper in gloves. White kids should be worn at other times throughout the dancing. It is well to have two pairs, one before supper, the other afterwards. Ladies should not be allowed to sit the evening through without the privilege of dancing. Gentlemen should be sufficiently watchful to see that all ladies present are provided with partners. Do not, unless for very urgent reasons, withdraw from a quadrille or a set where your assistance is required. Even then you should infoim the master of ceremonies, that he may find a substitute. A gentleman should not invite a lady to be his partner in a dance with which he is not perfectly familiar. It is tiresome and embarrass¬ ing to a lady to have a partner who appears awkward. No gentleman should play the clown in the ball-room. Dancing a break-down, making unusual noise, dressing in a peculiar style, swag¬ gering, swinging the arms about, etc., are simply the characteristics of the buffoon. The lady is not obliged to invite her escort to enter the house when he accompanies her home, and if invited he should decline the invita¬ tion. But he should request permission to call the next day or evening, which will be true politeness. No display should be made when leaving the ball. Go quietly. It is not necessary to bid the host and hostess good-bye. To do so may cause others to think it later than it is, and thus the ball may be broken up sooner than the hostess might desire. A lady may not engage herself to two gentlemen for the same dance, excepting the waltz, the first of which may be danced with one and the last with another, she explaining the matter to her first partner, that he may not be offended when she leaves him for the other. The members of the family where the ball is given should not dance too frequently. It is possible that others may desire to fill their places, and they should have the opportunity. It is the duty of the family to entertain the guests, and not usurp their opportunities. A gentleman should not be offended if a lady that has declined an invitation from him is seen dancing with another. Possibly she did not despise the one, but she preferred the other, or she may have simply redeemed a forgotten promise. Special evidences of partiality should, however, as much as possible be avoided at places where all should be courteous to each other. ETIQUETTE OF CARD-PLAYING. Jgp The topics of conversation have become exhausted at the party; you have no musicians in the company, possibly, or if you have music, it no longer entertains. Under the circumstances, you bethink yourself of some light, pleasant indoor game that nearly all can play, and very likely you may select cards, about which the following suggestions may be appro- priate: Should you engage in the game, do so simply for recreation and sociability. Never bet on cards. Like all bets, it leads to demoraliza¬ tion. If you cannot play without gambling and spending too much time, then dismiss the game from your mind. In the simple matter of playing cards there is no harm, but in the abuse of the game there is very much injury. It is the province of the hostess, not of the guests, to introduce the game. New, bright, clean cards should be kept in readiness for occa¬ sions like the evening party. In taking a seat at the table, where there may be a choice, the elder and married ladies take precedence over the younger members of the company, only those persons being urged to join in the game who have no conscientious scruples against playing. Rules of the Came. Do not remove the cards from the table until all are dealt. Partners should give no appearance of an understanding between themselves by signals of any kind. Never play with an air of indifference. If tired, you will ask to be ex¬ cused, and retire; but evince interest while you play. It is a violation of etiquette to converse upon other topics while play¬ ing the game, especially if at the table there are those who are interested, and desire to confine their attention to the play. It is not courtesy to hurry others when playing. It is very annoying to have an opponent, or even a partner, continually saying, “Come, hurry up! ” “ We are waiting ! ” “ Any time to-day! ” etc. The object of the game is to give rest. Therefore all topics liable to lead to long argument should be avoided when conversing in the pauses of the play. Small talk, that requires no mental effort, is all that should be indulged in while at the game. If possible, never violate the rules of the game, and never be guilty of cheating. Should you observe any one doing so, quietly and very politely call their attention to the fact, and be careful that you do not get excited. People who lose patience, and experience ill-feeling at the game, should avoid playing. . . It is unkind in those who may have continued success to irritate the opponent; and, whatever maybe the ill-luck, it is a serious breach ot etiquette to lose temper. Neither should there be reflections made upon the playing of the partner nor criticisms upon the opponents. It is the duty of those who play to make themselves proficient in the game, and thus not embarrass a partner when playing; and courtesy requires that those who play much together should not play with each other in general company, as they would thus be taking unfair advantage of their opponents. HA.BITS AND MANNERS WHICH INDICATE GENTILITY WHEN EATING. 151 Etiquette 1 ^ 3 } ■■ THE TABLE-HOW TO SET AND ARRANGE IT. HE dinner-hour will completely test the refinement, the cul¬ ture and good breeding which the individual may pos¬ sess. To appear advantageously at the table, the person must not only understand the laws of etiquette, but he must have had the advantage of polite society. It is the province of this chapter to show what the laws of the table are. It will be the duty of the reader, in the varied relations of life, to make such use of them as circumstances shall permit. If asked at the next course what you desire, you will quietly state, and upon its reception you will, without display, proceed to put your food in order for eating. If furnished with potatoes in small dishes, you will put the skins back into the dish again; and thus where there are side- dishes all refuse should be placed in them — otherwise potato-skins will be placed upon the table-cloth, and bones upon the side of the plate. If possible, avoid putting waste matter upon the cloth. Especial pains should always be taken to keep the table-cover as clean as may be. Rules to be Observed. Sit upright, neither too close nor too far away from the table. Open and spread upon your lap or breast a napkin, if one is pro¬ vided — otherwise a handkerchief. Do not be in haste; compose yourself; put your mind into a pleasant condition, and resolve to eat slowly. Keep the hands from the table until your time comes to be serv¬ ed. It is rude to take knife and fork in hand and commence drum¬ ming on the table while you are waiting. Possibly grace will be said by some one present, and the most respectful attention and quietude should be observed until the exer¬ cise is passed. It is the most appropriate time, while you wait to be served, for you to put into practice your knowledge of small talk and pleasant words with those whom you are sitting near. By interchange of thought, much valuable information may be acquired at the table. Do not be impatient to be served. With social chit¬ chat and eating, the meal-time should always be pro¬ longed from thirty minutes to an hour. Taking ample time in eating will give you better health, greater wealth, longer life and more happiness. These are what we may obtain by eating slowly in a pleasant frame of mind,thoroughly masticating the food. If soup comes first, and you do not desire it, you will simply say, “ No, I thank you,” but make no comment; or you may take it and eat as little as you choose. The other course will be along soon. In receiving it you do not break the order of serving; it looks odd to see you waiting while all the rest are partaking of the first course. Eccentricity should be avoided as much as possible at the table. The soup should be eaten with a medium-sized spoon, so slowly and carefully that you will drop none upon your person or the table-cloth. Making an effort to get the last drop, and all unusual noise when eating, should be avoided. Eating with the Fork. Fashions continually change. It does not follow, because he does not keep up with them, that a man lacks brains; still to keep some¬ where near the prevailing style, in habit, costume and general de¬ portment, is to avoid attracting unpleasant attention. Fashions change in modes of eating. Unquestionably primitive man conveyed food to his mouth with his fingers. In process of time he cut it with a sharpened instrument, and held it, while he did so, with something pointed. In due time, with the advancement of civilization, there came the two- tined fork for holding and the broad-bladed knife for cutting the food and conveying it to the mouth. As years have passed on, bringing their changes, the three and four- tined forks have come into use, and the habit of conveying food with them to the mouth; the advantage being that there is less danger to the mouth from using the fork, and food is less liable to drop from it when being conveyed from the plate. Thus the knife, which is now only used for cutting meat, mash¬ ing potatoes, and for a few other purposes at the table, is no longer placed to the mouth by those who give attention to the etiquette of the table. Set the table as beautifully as possible. Use only the snowiest of linen, the brightest of cutlery, and the cleanest of china. The setting of the table (Fig. 9) will have fruit-plates, castors and other dishes for gen¬ eral use, conveniently placed near the center. The spe¬ cific arrangement (Fig. 10) of plate, knife, fork, nap¬ kin, goblet and salt-cup, is shown in the accompanying illustration. It is customary for the gentleman who is the head of the household, in the ordinary family circle, to sit at the side of the table, in the center, having plates at his right hand, with food near by. When all the family are seated, and all in readiness, he will serve the guests who may be present; he will next serve the eldest lady of the household, then the ladies and gentlemen as they come in order. The hostess will sit oppo¬ site her husband, and preside over the tea, sauces, etc. Fig. 9 The general arrangement of the table set for a party of twelve persons. The plates are often left off, and furnished by the waiter afterwards. Fig. 10 . Relative position of plate, napkin, goblet, salt-cup, knife and fork, when the table is set. 152 ACTIONS WHICH INDICATE BAD MANNERS WHEN EATING. ERRORS TO BE AVOIDED. «0 NOT speak disrespectfully to the wait¬ ers, nor apologize to them for making them trouble; it is their business to . bring forward the food called for. It is courtesy, however, when asked , if you desire a certain article, to reply, “If you please;” “Not any, I thank ” etc.; when calling for an article, to say, “Will you please bring me,” etc.; and "when the article has been furnished, to say, “Thank you.” Never eat very fast. Never fill the mouth very full. Never open your mouth when chewing - . Never make noise with the mouth or throat. Never attempt to talk with the mouth full. Never leave the table with food in the mouth. Never soil the table-cloth if it is possible to avoid it. Never carry away fruits and confectionery from the table. Never encourage a dog or cat to play with you at the table. Never use anything but fork or spoon in feeding vourself. Never explain at the table why certain foods do not agree with you. Never introduce disgustingor unpleasant topics for conversa¬ tion. Never pick your teeth or put your hand in your mouth while eating. Never cut bread; always break it, spreading with butter each piece as you eat it. Never come to the table in your shirt-sleeves, with dirty hands or disheveled hair. Never express a choice for any particular parts of a dish, unless requested to do so. Never hesitate to take the last piece of bread or the last cake; there are probably more. Never call loudly for the wait¬ er, nor attract attention to your¬ self by boisterous conduct. Never hold bones in your fin¬ gers while you eat from them. Cut the meat with a knife. Never use your own knife when cutting butter. Always use a knife assigned to that pur¬ , Tips back his chair. 2. Eats with his mouth too full. 3. Feeds a dog at the table. 4. Holds his knife improperly. 5. Engages in violent argument at the meal-time. 6. Lounges upon the table. 7. Brings a cross child to the table. Never, when serving others, overload the plate nor force upon them delicacies which they decline. Never pour sauce over meat and vegetables when helping others. Place it at one side, on the plate. Never make a display of finding fault with your food. Very quietly have it changed if you want it different. Never pass your plate with knife and fork on the same. Remove them, and allow them to rest upon a piece of bread. Never make a display when removing hair, insects or other disagree¬ able things from your food. Place them quietly under the edge of your plate. Never make an effort to clean your plate or the bones you have been eating from too clean; it looks as if you left off hungry. Never tip back in your chair nor lounge upon the table; neither as¬ sume any position that is awkward or ill-bred. Never, at one’s own table or at a dinner-party elsewhere, leave before the rest have finished without asking to be excused. At a hotel or boarding house this rule need not be observed. Never feel obliged to cut off the kernels with a knife when eating green corn; eaten from the cob, the corn is much the sweetest. Never eat so much of any one article as to attract atten¬ tion, as some people do who eat large quantities of butter, sweet cake, cheese or other articles. Never expectorate at the ta¬ ble; also avoid sneezing or coughing. It is better to arise quietly from the table if you have occasion to do either. A sneeze is prevented by placing the finger firmly on the upper lip. Never spit out bones, cherry pits, grape skins, etc., upon your plate. Quietly press them from your mouth upon the fork, and lay them upon the side of your plate. Never allow the conversa¬ tion at the table to drift into any¬ thing but chit-chat; the con¬ sideration of deep and abstruse principles will impair digestion. Never permit yourself to en¬ gage in a heated argument at the table. Neither should you use gestures, nor illustrations made with a knife or fork on the table-cloth. The accompanying engraving (Fig. ii) very forci¬ bly illustrates several faults to which many people are ad- Fig. ii. BAD MANNERS AT THE TABLE No. 8. Drinks from the saucer, and laps with his tongue the last drop from the plate. “ 9. Comes to the table in his shirt-sleeves, and puts his feet beside his chair. “ 10. Picks his teeth with his fingers. “11. Scratches her head and is frequently unnecessarily getting up from the table. pose. Never pure an apple, peach or pear for another at the table without holding it with a fork. Never wipe your fingers on the table-cloth, nor clean them in your mouth. Use the napkin. Never allow butter, soup or other food to remain on your whiskers. Use the napkin frequently. Never wear gloves at the table, unless the hands from some special reason are unfit to be seen. Never pass forward to another the dish that has been handed to you, unless requested to do so; it may have been purposely designed for you, and passing it to another may give him or her what is not wanted. Never put your feet so far under the table as to touch those of the person on the opposite side; neither should you curl them under nor at the side of your chair. Never praise extravagantly every dish set before you; neither should you appear indifferent. Any article may have praise. REGULATIONS THAT SHOULD GOVERN THE DINNER-PARTY. 153 POLITENESS AT THE TABLE. ROPERLY conducted, the dinner-party IP should be a pleasant affair; and if rightly managed, from the beginning to the end, it may prove a very en- v* joyable occasion to all in attendance, the dinner being from 5 to 8 P. M., the L guests continuing at the table from one to two hours. For a very pleasant social affair the ’ rule is not to have the company when J k seated exceed twelve in number. With a party of that size the conversation can be general, and all are likely to feel more at ease than if the number be larger, provided a selection of guests is made that are con¬ genial to each other. None of them should be con¬ spicuously superior to the others, and all should be from the same circle of society. Having determined upon the number of guests to be invited, the next thing in order will be the issuing of notes of invitation, by special messenger, which should be sent out ten or twelve days before the dinner is given. Their form will be — Mr. and Mrs. L f>any of Mr. and Mrs. T - at dinner on Wednesday , the 10th of March , at six o'clock P. M. %R. S. V. P. The answer accepting the in¬ vitation may read — Mr. and Mrs. T - ac¬ cept with much pleasure Mr. and Mrs. L - 's invitation for dinner on the ioth of March. If declined, the form may be as follows: Mr. and Mrs. T - re¬ gret that a previous engage¬ ment (or for other reasons which may be given) will pre¬ vent their accepting Mr. and Mrs. L - 's kind invitation for dinner on the ioth of March. Should the invitation be de¬ clined, the declination, which should state the reason for non- acceptance of the invitation, should be sent immediately by a messenger, that the hostess may have an opportunity for inviting other guests in the place of those who decline. -request the pleasure of the com- Fig. 12. GENTILITY IN THE DINING-ROOM. The evidences of good breeding with a party of ladies and gentlemen seated about a table, who are accustomed to the usages of polite society, are many. Among these will be the fact that the table is very beautifully and artistically spread. This need not require much wealth, but good taste is necessary to set it handsomely. Again, the company evince gentility by each Should the invitation be ac¬ cepted, nothing but serious difficulty should preventthe ap¬ pointment being fulfilled. Should anything happen to prevent attendance, notification should be given the hostess immediately. It is of the utmost importance that all of the company be punctual, arriving from ten to fifteen minutes before the appointed time. To be ten minutes late, keeping the dinner waiting, is a serious offense which no one should be guilty of. The host, hostess and other members of the family should be early in the drawing-room to receive guests as they arrive, each of whom should be welcomed with a warm greeting. The hostess having determined who shall accompany each other to the table, each gentleman should be informed what ladv he is expected. to escort. The hour having arrived, the host offers his left arm to the most honored or possibly the eldest lady guest, and the gentleman most distinguished will escort the lady of the house. Proceeding to the dining-room when all is in readiness, the host will take his seat at the foot of the table, and the hostess at the head, the lady escorted by the host taking her seat at his right, and the escort of the hostess sitting also at hey right. The next most honored seat is at the left of the hostess. The illustration (Fig. 12) upon this page shows a com¬ pany thus seated. It is fashionable to have cards laid upon the table, bearing the name, sometimes printed very beautifully upon silk, indicating where each guest shall sit, which saves confusion in being seated. The ladies having taken their places, the gentlemen will be seated, and all is in readiness for the dinner to be served, unless grace be said by a clergyman present or by the host. Let us hope if there is any carving, it will be done before the meat is brought to the table, and the time of the company saved from this some¬ times slow and tedious work. Should soup be passed, it is well for each one to take it, and also the various courses as they are served, making no special comment on the food. The gentleman will, when a dish is brought, having seen the lady he escorted provided for, help himself and pass it on; he will pay no attention to the other lady near him, but will leave that to her escort. In all cases he will be careful and attentive to the wants ot the lady in his charge, ascer¬ taining her wishes and issuing her orders to the waiters. No polite guest will ever fas¬ tidiously smell or examine anv article of food before tasting it. Such conduct would be an insult to those who have invited him; neither will the host or hostess apologize for the cooking or find fault with each other, the cook or the waiters; all having done the best they could, there is noth¬ ing left to do but to make the best of everything that is pro¬ vided. Especial pains should be taken by the host and hostess, as well as all the company, to introduce topics of conversa¬ tion that shall be agreeable and pleasing, that the dinner hour may be in the highest degree entertaining. When all the guests have finished their eating, the hostess, with a slight nod to one of the leading members of the party, will rise, as will all the company, and repair to the drawing-room, where, in social converse, the time should be spent for the next two or three hours. Etiquette demands that each member of the company remain at least an hour after the dinner is fin¬ ished, it being impolite to hurry awaj’ immediately after rising from the table. Should he do so, however, he will ask to be excused. assuming a genteel position while eating. It is not necessary that an elaborate toilet be worn at the table, but careful attention should always be given to neatness of personal appearance, how¬ ever plain may be the dress which is worn. Another evidence of good manners is the self-possession with which the company deport themselves throughout the meal. 154 POSITION FOK HOLDING KNIFE, FORK AND CUP. CORRECT AND INCORRECT POSITIONS. €KX>jS>: ill Fig. 13. Incorrect Position fur Holding Knife and Fork. HEREWITH is shown a fault common with many people of holding - knife and fork above the hand (Fig. 13) when mashing pota¬ toes, cutting meat, etc. The position is not only unfa¬ vorable for obtaining a good command of knife and fork, but it is likewise ungraceful. The contrast¬ ing illustration (Fig. 14) represents an easy, grace¬ ful posture for hands, when eating. The habit of holding the hands thus in correct positions can be acquired as easily as any other. It is well to become accustomed to eating with the left _ hand, so as to avoid the necessity of changing the fork b from the left to the right hand frequently when eating meat When no knife is required for spreading, mash¬ ing or cutting, lay it aside entirely and eat only with the fork, holding it with the right hand. Drinking from the Teacup. Formerly it was the fashion to pour tea into the sau¬ cer; not so now. Tea should be gently sipped from the spoon or cup, taking cup and spoon in hand (Fig. 15) when drinking, as shown in the accompanying diagram Fig. 14. Correct Position for Holding Knife and Fork. The spoon should never be removed from the cup when the guest is satisfied with its contents. Should the cup be empty, and more be desired, to take the spoon out and place it beside the cup in the saucer is an in¬ timation to the waiter to have it refilled. If not empty, and the spoon is placed thus beside the cup, it is an intimation to the waiter that you want the tea or coffee changed. Do not call for “milk;” call for and speak only of “ cream.” Never set your teacup upon the table-cloth. In taking sugar, use only the sugar-spoon. —-A 1 As in all the affairs of life, common sense must always rise superior to fashion or forms of etiquette. In this chapter on “The Table” we have aimed to give the leading outlines which should govern conduct in the dining-room. Much judgment will be required to always understand where these rules should be applied. Certainly to meet a company of people at the table, ap¬ pear to advantage, carry forward an intelligent con¬ versation, be agreeable and finish the meal, having eaten, in kind and quantity, sufficient to preserve health Fig. 15. Position for Holding Cup and an j vigor, requires much wisdom and experience.- The cup with handle, or of unusual size, may be held differently. of 4lPartiss in Sociables, Tea-Parties, Private Theatricals, Picnics, Etc. 5 HERE are many other kinds of gatherings, aside from the formal dinner-party and the ball, where less formality is re¬ quired, but where the rules of etiquette, nevertheless, must ^ be continually brought into service. These comprise con- Va'SJ'n versations, or sociables, private concerts, readings, tea-parties, private theatricals, card-playing, etc. At these entertainments (id some prefer dancing, some music, some conversation, and some T the playing of games. Whatever may be the nature of the entertainment, it is well to specify it in the invitation. Thus, for a large, full-dress party, the in- vitation will read: Miss J -V compliments to Miss II -, requesting the pleas¬ ure of her company for Friday evening, March 10, at eight o'clock. For the small party meeting for a specific purpose, the invitation will read thus: Miss B - requests the pleasure of Miss K - —company on Friday evening next at 8 o'clock, to meet the members of the Salem Liter¬ ary Club, to which Miss B - belongs. Or, Miss B - -would be happy to have Miss K- - take part in an entertainment consisting of readings and recitations, at her residence, on Wednesday evening, March 15th, at eight o'clock. Like the dinner-party and ball, an answer should be promptly re¬ turned. The reply may read; Miss K - accepts -with pleasure Miss B -V hind invitation for next Wednesday evening. Unable to accept the invitation, the reply may read as follows; Miss IC _ regrets that a previous engagement (or other reason) ^prevent her accepting Miss B—'s kind invitation for Wednesday evening next. . Should there be any probability of mistake as to time, and identity of the person sending the invitation, the date should be explicitly given in the body of the note, and the full name and address may be placed in the lower left-hand corner. As upon other occasions, it is the duty of the host and hostess to welcome arrivals and make all the guests feel at ease. To do this, much depends upon the hostess, who, by self-possession, geniality and contin¬ ual movement among the guests, will make all feel at home. More especially if the entertainment partakes of the character of a socia. , much tact is necessary upon the part of the family to have the gathering entertained. To keep the attention of the company occupied, as many rooms should be thrown open as possible, and many objects of interest should be scattered around the apartments to interest, amuse and instruc . If among the company there are those particularly eminent, there should be also other notables, that attention may not be entirely concen- trated upon the few. Special pains should be taken that the party does not divide itself up into cliques, twos, threes or more, leaving a number out who seem o possess no power to get into conversation. While it is not ahvavs advisable to break up a pleasant convention o-oing forward between two, three or four, care must be exercised that those inclined to drop aside and spend the time in conversing with each other are prevented by the hostess as much as possible from so doing, as the best conversationalists, thus going by themselves, would cause WAYS AND MEANS BY WHICH A COMPANY MAY BE ENTERTAINED. 155 the remainder of the company to be wanting- in spirit and animation. The introduction of others into the group, the calling for a story, the reading of a poem, the singing of a song, with instrumental music, will thus effectually break up the monotony. Piano-Playing. Should dancing form a principal feature of the entertainment, and the piano be used to furnish music, the hostess or one of the family should play the instrument. One of the guests should not be depended upon to furnish all of the music. If the hostess cannot play, a pianist for the occasion should be engaged. Either a lady or gentleman-guest may with propriety volunteer to play, if they choose; but the hostess cannot expect that music, thus voluntarily offered, will be cheerfully furnished for more than one dance. It is courtesy, while anyone is playing an instrument, or singing, to preserve as much stillness as possible. Should you converse, do it so quietly as not to be heard by those near the piano. Should your con¬ versation be animated, it is well to retire to another room. Amateur performers upon the piano should thoroughly commit to memory a few pieces to play independently of notes, as to take sheet- music to a party is a hint that they expect to be invited to play. If possible, have the voice in good condition also, so as not to be obliged to complain of a cold. To eat a small amount of horse-radish just previous to reading, singing or speaking, will quite effectually re¬ move hoarseness. Any ladv-guest being invited to play the piano, it is courtesy for the gentleman nearest her to offer his arm and escort her to the instru¬ ment. While she is playing he will hold her bouquet, fan and gloves, and should also turn the leaves if he can readily read music, but he should not attempt it otherwise. When a guest is invited by another guest to play the piano, it will be well to wait until the request is seconded by others; and even then the guest may not play unless it should meet the favor of the hostess, and it is believed to be the pleasure of the majority of the company. If certain that the playing will be acceptable, it is well to suggest to the hostess to invite your friend. It is very impolite to speak disparagingly of the piano, however much it may be out of tune, or however inferior it may be. More espe¬ cially is it a breach of etiquette to draw unfavorable comparisons be¬ tween the instrument and another elsewhere. How to Entertain the Party. If it happens to be stormy on the evening 1 of your party, an awning erected from the carriage-landing to the house, or a large umbrella car¬ ried by a servant, will be a kind provision for the comfort of the guests as they alight from their carriages. Suppers have wisely been dispensed with of late years at the ordi¬ nary evening party. To furnish a full, late supper is a piece of folly for various reasons; among them being the fact that it is positively injuri¬ ous to the health of the company to eat it. The majority of the party, in all probability, do not desire it; and consequently it is time, labor and expense, upon the part of the hostess, worse than thrown away. She should have all of her time to devote to her company; to do which, she can provide only light refreshments, which may be passed around. Among the methods of entertainment resorted to, aside from conver¬ sation and dancing, may be those of a literary character. Thus a de¬ batable question may be propounded, a presiding officer selected, assisted by two, four or six others, two leading disputants appointed, debaters chosen upon each side, and the speakers given each two, three or five minutes to talk; the president and board of arbitration to decide the question according to the weight of argument. This is a pleasant and profitable way of spending the evening, if all can be enlisted and be interested in listening or have something to say. Another intellectual and pleasant mode of spending an evening is for each member of the company to read or recite something that shall interest, amuse, instruct and entertain the audience. To do this rightly, some one should be appointed to act as master of cere¬ monies for the evening, being assisted by two or three others, who will make suggestions. It will be the duty of the presiding officer, at these l parlor recitations, to ascertain in the beginning- what each one will re¬ cite, make out a programme, and then announce the various readers and speakers of the evening, as they come in turn, having the exercises suit¬ ably interspersed with music. The pleasure of the occasion will much depend upon having every piece upon the programme short, and clearly announced by the presiding officer. Parlor-theatricals and parlor-concerts are a pleasant means of enter¬ taining an evening gathering —a company of six, eight, or more, thor¬ oughly mastering a play and giving it to an audience that may assemble in the parlors. To have an entertainment of this kind pass smoothly through, some competent person must take upon himself or herself the duties of manager. Each player should be consulted before parts are assigned, and it is of the utmost importance that the players be each prompt in rendering their parts. It is the province of the hostess to act the part of stage-manager, unless she appoints some one from the audience to conduct the exercises. Croquet parties are very fashionable, and are a healthful, pleasant means of diversion. The essentials necessary to make the game pleas¬ ant are good grounds that can be shaded, and clean, comfortable, cool seats. A table may be set in the shade, and refreshments served thereon ; or they may be passed to the guests as they sit in their seats. On all occasions when a number of people convene together, whether indoors or out, the laws of courtesy should be obeyed. It is the duty of the gentlemen to be ever attentive to the ladies. If it be a picnic, the gentlemen will carry the luncheon, erect the swings, construct the tables, bring the water, provide the fuel for boiling the tea, etc. On the fishing excursion they will furnish the tackle, bait the hooks, row the boats, carry the fish, and furnish comfortable seats for the ladies. In gathering nuts, they will climb the trees, do the shaking, carry the nuts, and assist the ladies across the streams and over, the fences. If possible, in crossing the fields, go through the bars or gateway, and avoid the ne¬ cessity of compelling the ladies to clamber over the fences. Should it be necessary to climb them, it is etiquette for the gentleman to go over first, and when the lady is firmly on the top, he will gently help her down. It should ever be the rule, with both ladies and gentlemen, upon all such occasions, to render every assistance possible to entertain the company. Self should be forgotten. More or less assistance is all the time required by the managers of the outdoor gatherings, and labor is continually necessary to make the occasion pleasant. To aid in render¬ ing the affair agreeable by needed assistance will very likely give you more pleasure than to be entertained yourself. Etiquette for Public Places. It is not etiquette for a young 1 lady to visit a place of public amuse¬ ment with a gentleman, alone, with whom she is but slightly acquainted. Her escort should the first time invite another member of the family to accompany her. The gentleman should make a point of extending his invitation to the lady long enough before the entertainment to be able to secure desirable seats. Most of the pleasure of the occasion will depend upon being so seated as to be able to witness the performance to advantage. The lady having received a note of invitation, she should reply to the same immediately, that the gentleman may make his arrangements ac¬ cordingly. Should the weather be stormy, and for other reasons, it will be a very graceful way of complimenting the lady to provide a carriage for the occasion. Seats having been secured, it is not necessary to arrive until about five minutes before the commencement of the performance. It is bad manners to go late to a public entertainment; the bustle and noise inci¬ dent to the late arrival is often a serious interference with the exercises of the occasion. Upon entering the hall, secure a programme for each member of your party, and follow the usher to the designated seats. The gentleman will go first, and pause at the entrance, allowing the lady to pass into the seat, when he will follow. 156 HOW TO MAKE TIXE VISIT AGREEABLE. Etiquette of -f Visiting. WHEN, WHERE AND HOW TO VISIT. EFORE making a visit, you should be per¬ fectly certain that your visit will be agreeable. It is common for some people to be very cordial, and even profuse in their offers of hospitality. They unquestionably mean what they say at the time, but when they tender you an invitation to come and tarry -weeks, it may seriously incommode them if you should pay them a visit of even a few days, a visit should never be made upon a gen- invitation. Should you visit a city where a friend resides, it will be best to go first to the hotel, unless you have a special invitation from the friend. From the hotel you will make a polite call, and if then you are invited, you can accept of the hospitality. In all cases when you contemplate a visit, even with relatives, it is courtesy to write and announce your com¬ ing, giving, as nearly as possible, the day and exact time of your arrival. Anhfwtation to visit a friend should be answered as soon as may be; stating definitely when you will come, and how long you intend to stay. When near your destination, it is well to send a prepaid telegram, stating upon what train you will arrive. As a reward for this fore¬ thought, you will probably find your friends waiting for you at the depot, and the welcome will be very pleasant. What is Expected of the Guest when Visiting. You are expected to pleasantly accept such hospitality as your friends can afford. If no previous understanding has been had, the visit should be limited to three days, or a week at most. You should make your visit interfere as little as possible with the routine work of the household in which you are a guest. You should aim to conform your action, as much as may be, to the rules of the house, as to times of eating, retiring to rest, etc. You should state upon your arrival how long you intend to stay, that your friends may arrange their plans to entertain accordingly. Letters and papers being received in the presence of the host, hostess and others, the guest should ask to be excused while reading them. Furnish your own materials in doing work for yourself when you are visiting, as much as possible, and never depend upon your entertainers. A kind courtesy, while you remain, will be to execute some work representing your own skill, to be given the hostess as a memento of the occasion. You should in shopping or transacting business, when you desire to go alone, select the hours of the day when your friends are engaged in their own duties. The guest should beware of making unfavorable comment about the friends of the host and hostess, or of offering unfavorable criticism upon what they are known to favor or admire. Should you happen to injure any article or other property while visiting, you should have the same immediately repaired, and, if possible, the article put in better condition than it was before. You should not treat your friend’s house as if it was a hotel, making your calls, visiting, transacting business about the town, and coming and going at all hours to suit your own convenience. Never invite a friend who may call upon you to remain to dinner or supper. This is a right which belongs to the hostess, and it is for her to determine whether she wishes your guest to remain or not. The guest should aim to render efficient assistance in case of sickness or sudden trouble at the house where the visit may be made. Oftentimes the best service will be rendered by considerately taking your leave. Invitations accepted by the lady-guest should include the hostess, and those received by the hostess should include the guest. Thus, as much as possible, at all places of entertainment hostess and guest should go together. While husbands and wives are always expected to accompany each other, where either may be invited, it is a trespass upon the. generosity of the friend to take children and servants unless they are included in the invitation. Never invite a friend who calls upon you into any other room than the parlor, unless it is suggested by the hostess that you do so. While you may have the right to enter various rooms, you have no authority for extending the privilege to others. Immediately upon the return to your home, after paying a visit, you should write to your hostess, thanking her for hospitality and the enjoy¬ ment you received. You should also ask to be remembered to all of the family, mentioning’ each one by name. Expenses which the friends may incur in removal and care of bag¬ gage, in repairs of wardrobe, or any other personal service requiring cash outlay, the guest should be careful to have paid. Washing and ironing should be sent elsewhere from the place where the guest is visiting. The lady-guest should beware of receiving too many visits from gentlemen, and if invited to accompany them to places of amusement or on rides, she should consult with the hostess and learn what appoint¬ ments she may have, and whether the going with others will be satis- factory to her. Should a secret of the family come into your possession while on a visit you should remember that the hospitality and privileges extended should bind you to absolute secrecy. It is contemptibly mean to become the possessor of a secret thus, and afterwards betray the confidence reposed in you. Be careful that you treat with kindness and care servants, horses, car- riages and other things at your friend’s house which are placed at your disposal. To pluck choice flowers, to handle books roughly, to chive horses too fast, to speak harshly to servants-all this indicates selfishness and had manners. The visitor should beware of criticism or fault-finding with the family of the hostess. It is also in extremely bad taste for the guest to speak disparagingly of things about the home or the town where the visit is being made, being at the same time enthusiastic in praise of people and places elsewhere. WIIAT TO BO AND WHAT TO AVOID WHEN VISITING. ~i m hr lo7 When a child is taken alon^, the mother should be very watchful that it does no injury about the house, and makes no trouble. It is ex¬ cessively annoying to a neat housekeeper to have a child wandering about the rooms, handling furniture with greasy fingers, scattering crumbs over the carpets, and otherwise making disturbance. The gentleman visitor should be certain that smoking is not offensive to the various members of the family, before he indulges too freely in the pipe and cigar about the house. For the guest, without permission, to seat himself in the parlor (Fig. 16), and scent the room with the fumes of tobacco, is a serious impoliteness. When you can at times render assistance to those you are visiting, in any light work, you will often make your visit more agreeable. A lady will not hesitate to make her own bed if there be few or no servants, and will do anything else to assist the hostess. If your friend, however, declines allowing you to assist her, you should not insist upon the mat¬ ter further. Guests should enter with spirit and cheerfulness into the various plans that are made for their enjoyment. Possibly some rides will be had, and some visits made, that will be tiresome, but the courteous guest should find something to admire everywhere, and thus make the enter¬ tainers feel that their efforts to please are appreciated. Of various persons in the family where the guest may be visiting, gifts may most appropriately be given to the hostess, and the baby or the youngest child. If the youngest has reached its teens, then it may be best to give it to the mother. The visitor will, however, use discretion in the matter. Flowers and fancy needle-work will always be appropriate for the lady. Confectionery and jewelry will be appre¬ ciated by the children. Small articles of wearing apparel or money will be suitable for servants who have been particularly attentive to the guest. Special pains should be taken by guests to adapt themselves to the religious habits of those with whom they are visiting. If daily prayers are had, or grace is said at meals, the most reverent attention should be given; though when invited to participate in any of these exercises, if unaccustomed to the same, you can quietly ask to be excused. As a rule, it is courtesy to attend church with the host and host¬ ess. Should you have decided preferences, and go elsewhere, do so quietly and without comment, and under no circumstances should there be allowed religious discussion afterwards. You visit the home of your friends to entertain and be entertained. Be careful that you so treat their opinions that they will wish you to come again. Hints to the Host and Hostess. Take the baggage-checks, and give personal attention to having the trunks conveyed to your residence, relieving the guest of all care in the matter. Having received intelligence of the expected arrival of a guest, if possible have a carriage at the depot to meet the friend. Various mem¬ bers of the family being with the carriage will make the welcome more pleasant. Have a warm, pleasant room especially prepared for the guest, the dressing-table being supplied with water, soap, towel, comb, hair-brush, brush-broom, hat-brush, pomade, cologne, matches, needles and pins. The wardrobe should be conveniently arranged for the reception of wearing apparel. The bed should be supplied with plenty of clothing, a side-table should contain writing materials, and the center-table should be furnished with a variety of entertaining reading matter. Arrange to give as much time as possible to the comfort of the guest, visiting places of amusement and interest in the vicinity. This should all be done without apparent effort on your part. Let your friends feel that the visit is a source of real enjoyment to you; that through their presence and company you have the pleasure of amusements and recrea¬ tion that would, perhaps, not have been enjoyed had they not come. Treat them with such kindness as you would like to have bestowed upon yourself under similar circumstances. At the close of their stay, if you would be happy to have the visitors remain longer, you will frankly tell them so. If they insist upon going, you will aid them in every way possible in their departure. See that their baggage is promptly conveyed to the train. Examine the rooms to find whether they have forgotten any article that they would wish to take. Prepare a lunch for them to partake of on their journey. Go with them to the depot. Treat them with such kindness and cordiality to the close that the recollection of their visit will ever be a bright spot in their memory. Remain with them until the train arrives. They would be very lonely waiting without you. You will ever remember with pleasure the fact that you made the last hours of their visit pleasant. And thus, with the last hand-shaking, and the last waving of adieu, as the train speeds away, keep up the warmth of hospitality with your guests to the very end. It is, perhaps, the last time you will ever see them. CONDUCT AT PLACES OF PUBLIC AMUSEMENT. While a quiet conversation is allowable in the intervals after the opening of the performance, close attention should be given to the stage. Should it be a concert, the utmost stillness should be observed, as the slightest whisper will disturb the singers. This considerate attention should be given to the very end. It is in exceedingly bad taste, near the close of the last act, for the audience to commence moving about, putting on wraps and outer clothing, preparatory to leaving. Those who do so, lose the choicest part of the entertainment; they distract others who wish to be attentive, and they advertise the fact that they have no private carriage of their own, but on the contrary go by some public convey¬ ance, and with characteristic selfishness they intend to rush out first and secure the best seats. If the entertainment be a fancy fair, where goods which have been manufactured by a company of la¬ dies are sold for church or charitable purposes, good sense will immediately suggest that as large a price should be realized as possible, and hence it is not etiquette for the purchaser to attempt to buy under price. It is also courtesy for the saleswoman, when a larger sum is presented than is charged, to deduct the price and promptly return the change, unless the surplus be donated to the charity. Bad Manners. Do not forget, while you make yourself comforta¬ ble, that others have rights which should be always considered. Do not talk loudly, laugh boisterously, or make violent gestures. Do not talk or whisper so loudly during the entertainment as to dis¬ turb those sitting near you. Do not make a display of secrecy, mystery, or undue lover-like affec¬ tion with your companion. Do not prevent your companion from giving attention to the exercises, even though they may be without interest to yourself. Do not, in a picture-gallery, stand conversing too long in front of pictures. Take seats, and allow others to make examination. Do not, if a lady, allow a gentleman to join you, and thus withdraw your attention from vour escort. And do not, if a gentleman, allow your attention to be taken up, to any great extent, with a lady other than the one you have in charge. Do not, if a gentleman, be continually going from the hall between the acts of the play. To be passing up and down the aisle, eating pep¬ pers and cardamom seeds, advertises the fact that you are addicted to the too frequent use of liquors. Do not join a party about to visit a place of amusement unless invited to do so. Should the party consist of one gentleman and two ladies, a gentleman, if well acquainted, may ask the privilege of attending one of the ladies. Should a ticket be furnished him, he should return the favor by an equal politeness bestowed upon the party, if possible, during the evening. Fig. 17. The Visitor who Converts the Par¬ lor into a Smoking-Room. 158 WHOM TO SELECT AS A PARTNER FOR LIFE. Courtship and Marriage. CONDITIONS THAT PROMOTE HAPPINESS. HE happiness of married life comes from pleasant, harmonious relations existing between husband and wife. If rightly mated in the conjugal state, life will be one continual joy. If un¬ happily wedded, the soul will be for¬ ever vearning, and never satisfied; happiness may be hoped tor, may be dreamed of, may be the object ever labored for, but it will never be realized. In view, therefore, of the great influence that marriage has upon the welfare and happiness of all those who enter the conjugal relation, it becomes the duty of everyone to study the laws which make happy, enduring companionships between husbands and wives. It is a duty which not only the unmarried owe themselves, but it is an obliga¬ tion due to society, as the well-being of a commu¬ nity largely rests upon the permanent, enduring family relation. Very properly does the highest civilization not only recognize one woman for one man, and one _ v man for one woman, but it ordains that mar¬ riage shall be publicly solemnized; and in view of its sacred nature and its vast influence on the welfare of society, that its rights shall be jealously guarded, and that a separation of those who pledge themselves to each other for life shall be as seldom made as possible. The young should, therefore, be thoroughly imbued with the idea that the marriage state may not be entered upon without due and careful con¬ sideration of its responsibilities, as explained in the introductory remarks found in the department devoted to “ Love Letters.” The province of this chapter is to consider the etiquette of courtship and marriage, not its moral bearings; and yet we may in this connection very appropriately make a few suggestions. Whom to Marry. There are exceptions to all rules. Undoubtedly parties have married on brief acquaintance, and have lived happily afterwards. It is some¬ times the case that the wife is much older than the husband, is much wiser, and much his superior in social position, and yet happiness in the union may follow. But, as a rule, there are a few fundamental requi sites, which, carefully observed, are much more likely to bring happiness than does marriage where the conditions are naturally unfavorable. Of these requisites, are the following: Marry a person whom you have known long enough to be sure of his or her worth —if not personally, at least by reputation. Marry a person who is your equal in social position. If there be a difference either way, let the husband be superior to the wife. It is diffi¬ cult for a wife to love and honor a person whom she is compelled to look down upon. Marry a person of similar religious convictions, tastes, likes and dis¬ likes to your own. It is not congenial to have one companion deeply religious, while the other only ridicules the forms of religion. It is not pleasant for one to have mind and heart absorbed in a certain kind of work which the other abhors; and it is equally disagreeable to the gentle, mild and sweet disposition to be united witn a cold, heartless, grasping, avaricious, quarrelsome person. Very truthfully does Luna S. Peck, in the “ Vermont Watchman,” describe one phase of inhar¬ mony, in the following poem: MISMATED. HAWK once courted a white little dove, With the softest of wings and a voice full of love; And the hawk —O yes, as other hawks go — Was a well-enough hawk, for aught that I know. But she was a dove, And her bright young life Had been nurtured in love, Away from all strife. Well, she married the hawk. The groom was delighted; A feast was prepared, and the friends all invited. (Does anyone think that my story’s not true ? He is certainly wrong — the tacts are not new.) Then he flew to his nest, With the dove at his side, And soon all the rest Took a squint at the bride. A hawk for his father, a hawk for his mother, A hawk for his sister, and one for his brother, And uncles and aunts there were by the dozens, And oh, such a number of hawks for his cousins! They were greedy and rough — A turbulent crew, Always ready enough To be quarrelsome, too. To the dove all was strange; but never a word In resentment she gave to the wrangling she heard. If a thought of the peaceful, far away nest Ever haunted her dreams, or throbbed in her breast, No bird ever knew; Each hour of her life. Kind, gentle and true Was the hawk’s dove-wife. But the delicate nature too sorely was tried; With no visible sickness, the dove drooped and died; Then loud was the grief, and the wish all expressed To call the learned birds, and hold an inquest. So all the birds came, But each shook his head: No disease could he name Why the dove should be dead; ’Till a wise old owl, with a knowing look, Stated this: “The case is as clear as a book; No disease do I find, or accident’s shock; The cause of her death was too much hawk / Hawk for her father, and hawk for her mother, Hawk for her sister, and hawk for her brother, Was more than the delicate bird could bear; She hath winged her way to a realm more fair! She was nurtured a dove; Too hard the hawk’s life — Void of kindness and love, Full of hardness and strife.” And when he had told them, the other birds knew That this was the cause, and the verdict was true! SUGGESTIONS CONCERNING COURTSHIP. 159 Natural Selection. In the first place, observation proves that selections made in nature by the beasts of the field and fowls of the air, of couples which pair, the male is always the strongest, generally the largest, the most brave, and always the leader. The female follows, trusting to her companion, leaving him to fight the heavy battles, apparently confident in his bravery, strength and wisdom. If nature teaches anything, it is what observation and experience in civilized life has also proved correct, that of husband and wife, rightly mated, the husband should represent the positive — the physical forces, the intellectual and the strongly-loving; while the wife will represent the negative — the sympathetic, the spiritual, and the affectional. The husband should be so strong as to be a natural protector to his family. He should be brave, that he may defend his companion. He should be wise, and he should be so thoroughly true and devoted to his wife that he will delight in being her guardian and support. The wife, confident in the husband’s strength and wisdom, will thus implicitly yield to his protecting care. And thus both will be happy — lie in exercising the prerogatives which belong naturally to the guardian and protector; and she in her confidence, love and respect for her com¬ panion, whom she can implicitly trust. Peculiarities Suitable for Each Other. Those who are neither very tall nor very short, whose eyes are neither very black nor very blue, whose hair is neither very black nor very red, — the mixed types — may marry those who are quite similar in form, complexion and temperament to themselves. Bright red hair and a florid complexion indicate an excitable tem¬ perament. Such should marry the jet-black hair and the brunette type. The gray, blue, black or hazel eyes should not marry those of the same color. Where the color is very pronounced, the union should be with those of a decidedly different color. The very corpulent should unite with the thin and spare, and the short, thick-set should choose a different constitution. The thin, bony, wiry, prominent-featured, Roman-nosed, cold-blooded individual, should marry the round-featured, warm-hearted and emo¬ tional. Thus the cool should unite with warmth and susceptibility. The extremely irritable and nervous should unite with the lymphatic, the slow and the quiet. Thus the stolid will be prompted by the nervous companion, while the excitable will be quieted by the gentleness of the less nervous. The quick-motioned, rapid-speaking person should marry the calm and deliberate. The warmly impulsive should unite with the stoical. The very fine-haired, soft and delicate-skinned should not marry those, like themselves; and the curly should unite with the straight and smooth hair. The thin, long-face should marry the round-favored; and the flat nose should marry the full Roman. The woman who inherits the features and peculiarities of her father should marry a man who partakes of the char¬ acteristics of his mother; but in all these cases where the type is not pronounced, but is, on the contrary, an average or medium, those forms, features and temperaments may marry either. Etiquette of Courtship. But however suitable may be the physical characteristics, there are many other matters to be considered before a man and woman may take upon themselves the obligation to love and serve each other through life, and these can only be learned by acquaintance and courtship, concern¬ ing which the following suggestions may be appropriate: Any gentleman who may continuously give special, undivided atten¬ tion to a certain lady, is presumed to do so because he prefers her to others. It is reasonable to suppose that others will observe his action. It is also to be expected that the lady will herself appreciate the fact, and her feelings are likely to become engaged. Should she allow an intimacy thus to ripen upon the part of the gentleman, and to continue, it is to be expected that he will be encouraged to hope for her hand; and hence it is the duty of both lady and gentleman, if neither intends mar¬ riage, to discourage an undue intimacy which may ripen into love, as it is in the highest degree dishonorable to trifle with the affections of an¬ other. If, however, neither has objections to the other, the courtship may continue. The Decisive Question. At length the time arrives for the gentleman to make a proposal. If he is a good judge of human nature, he will have discovered long ere this whether his favors have been acceptably received or not, and yet he may not know positively how the lady will receive an offer of mar¬ riage. It becomes him, therefore, to propose. What shall he say? There are many ways whereby he may intro¬ duce the subject. Among these are the following: He may write to the lady, making an offer, and request her to reply. He may, if he dare not trust to words, even in her presence write the question on a slip of paper, and request her laughingly to give a plain “no ” or “yes.” He may ask her if in case a gentleman very much like himself was to make a proposal of marriage to her, what she would say. She will probably laughingly reply that it will be time enough to tell what she would say when the proposal is made. And so the ice would be broken. He may jokingly remark that he intends one of these days to ask a certain lady not a thousand miles away if she will marry him, and asks her what answer she supposes the lady will give him; she will quite likely reply that it will depend upon what lady he asks. And thus he may approach the subject, by agreeable and easy stages, in a hundred ways, depending upon circumstances. Engaged. An engagement of marriage has been made. The period of court¬ ship prior to marriage has been passed by the contracting parties, doubt¬ less pleasantly, and we trust profitably. Let us hope that they have carefully studied each other’s tastes, that they know each other’s mental endowments, and that by visits, rides and walks, at picnics, social gatherings and public entertainments, they have found themselves suited to each other. Upon an engagement being announced, it is courtesy for various members of the gentleman’s family, generally the nearest relatives, to call upon the family of the lady, who in turn should return the call as soon as possble. Possibly the families have never been intimate; it is not necessary that they should be so, but civility will demand the ex¬ change of visits. If the betrothed live in different towns, an exchange of kind and cordial letters between the families is etiquette, the parents or near relatives of the gentleman writing to the lady or her parents. A present of a ring to the lad)’, appropriately signalizes the engage¬ ment of marriage. This is usually worn on the fore-finger of the left hand. If the parties are wealthy, this may be set with diamonds; but if in humble circumstances, the gift should be more plain. Other presents by the gentleman to the lady, of jewelry, on birthdays, Christmas or New Year’s, will be very appropriate; while she, in turn, may recip¬ rocate by gifts of articles of fancy-work made with her own hands. Aside from the engagement-ring, a gentleman should not, at this period of acquaintance, make expensive presents to his intended bride. Articles of small value, indicative of respect and esteem, are all that should pass between them. Should the marriage take place, and coming years of labor crown their efforts with success, then valuable gifts will be much more appropriate than in the earlier years of their acquaint¬ ance. Arrangements for a Permanent Home. It remains to be seen whether the intended husband will prove a finan¬ cial success or not. He may be over benevolent; he may be too ready to become security for others; he may prove a spendthrift; he may lose his property in a variety of ways. It is therefore wise for the lady and her friends to see that, previous to the marriage, if she have money in her own right, a sufficient sum be settled upon her to provide for all contin¬ gencies in the future. This is a matter that the gentleman should him¬ self insist upon, even using his own money for the purpose, as many a man has found, when his own fortune was wrecked, the provision made for his wife to be his only means of support in declining years. 160 IIOW THE WEDDING IS CONDUCTED. Conduct During the Engagement. An engagement having been made, it is desirable that it be cariied to a successful termination by marriage. To do this, considerable depends upon both parties. The gentleman should be upon pleasant terms with the lady s family, making himself agreeable to her parents, her sisters and her brothers. Especially to the younger members of her family should the gentleman render his presence agreeable, by occasional rides and little favors, presents of sweetmeats, etc. He should also take pains to comply with the general regulations of the family during his visits, being punctual at meals, and early in retir¬ ing; kind and courteous to servants, and agreeable to all. He should still be gallant to the ladies, but never so officiously atten¬ tive to anyone as to arouse uneasiness upon the part of his affianced. Neither should he expect her to eschew the society of gentlemen entirely from the time of her engagement. The lady he has chosen for his future companion is supposed to have good sense, and while she may be courteous to all, receiving visits and calls, she will allow no flirtations, nor do anything calculated to excite jealousy on the part of her fiancd. The conduct of both after the engagement should be such as to in¬ spire in each implicit trust and confidence. Visits should not be unduly protracted. If the gentleman makes them in the evening, they should be made early, and should not be over two hours in length. The custom of remaining until a late hour has passed away in genteel society. Such conduct at the present time, among the acquaintance of the lady, is certain to endanger her reputation. For the gentleman and lady who are engaged to isolate themselves from others when in company, or do anything that shall attract the attention of the company to themselves, is in bad taste. Such conduct will always call forth unfavorable comments. The young ladies will sneer at it from jealousy, the young men will pronounce it foolish, and the old will consider it out of place. And yet, by virtue of engagement, the gentleman should be consid¬ ered the rightful escort, and upon all occasions the lady will give him preference; and he will especially see, however thoughtful he may be of others, that her wants are carefully attended to. Should a misunderstanding or quarrel happen, it should be removed by the lady making the first advances towards a reconciliation. She thus shows a magnanimity which can but win admiration from her lover. Let both in their conduct towards the other be confiding, noble and generous. The Wedding. The wedding-day having arrived, the presents for the bride, if there be any, which may be sent at any time during the previous week, will be handsomely displayed before the ceremony. The presents, which have the names of the donors attached, are for the bride — never the bridegroom, although many of them may be sent by friends of the latter. The form and ceremony of the wedding will be as various as are the peculiarities of those who marry, and comprise every description of dis¬ play, from the very quiet affair, with but a few friends present, to the elaborate occasion when the church is filled to repletion, or in the palatial residence of the father of the bride, “the great house filled with guests of every degree.” We will suppose that the parties desire a somewhat ostentations wed¬ ding, and the marriage tikes place in church. In arranging the prelim¬ inaries, the bride may act her pleasure in regard to bridesmaids. She may have none; she may have one, two, three, four, six or eight, and, while in England it is customary to have but one groomsman, it is not uncommon in the United States to have one groomsman for every bridesmaid. The bridegroom should make the first groomsman the manager of affairs, and should furnish him with money to pay necessary expenses. Ushers are selected from the friends of the bride and groom, who, designated by a white rosette worn on the left lapel of the coat, will wait upon the invited guests at the door of the church, and assign them to their places, which will be a certain number of the front seats. The bridegroom should send a carriage at his expense for the officiat¬ ing clergyman and his family. He is not expected to pay for the carriage of the parents of the bride, nor for those occupied by the bridesmaids and groomsmen. The latter will furnish the carriages for the ladies, unless otherwise provided. The invited guests will go in carriages at their own expense. The clergyman is expected to be within the rails, and the congrega¬ tion promptly in their seats, at the appointed hour. The bridegroom will proceed to the church, accompanied by his near relatives, and should precede the bride, that he may hand her from the carriage, if not waited upon by her father or other near relative. The bride goes to the church in a carriage, accompanied by her parents, or those who stand to her in the relation of parents (as may other relatives, or legal guardian), or she may be accompanied by the bridesmaids. When the bridal party is ready in the vestibule of the church, the ushers will pass up the center aisle, the first groomsman, accompanied by the first bridesmaid, coming next, the others following in their order. The groom walks next with the bride’s mother upon his arm, followed by the father with the bride. At the altar, as the father and mother step back, the bride takes her place upon the left of the groom. Another mode of entering the church is for the first bridesmaid and groomsman to lead, followed by the bride and groom. When in front of the altar, the groomsman turns to the right, the bridesmaid to the left, leaving a space in front of the minister for the bride and groom, the near relatives and parents of the bride and groom follow closely, and form a circle about the altar during the ceremony. The former mode is, however, established etiquette. At the altar the bride stands at the left of the groom, and in some churches both bride and groom remove the right-hand glove. In others it is not deemed necessary. When a ring is used, it is the duty of the first bridesmaid to remove the bride’s left-hand glove. An awkward pause is, however, avoided by opening one seam of the glove upon the ring finger, and at the proper time the glove may be turned back, and the ring thus easily placed where it belongs, which is the third finger of the left hand. The responses of the bride and groom should not be too hastily nor too loudly given. Following the ceremony, the parents of the bride speak to her fiist, succeeded by the parents of the groom before other friends. Essentially the same ceremonies will be had, the same positions will be assumed, and the same modes of entering will be observed, in the parlors at the residence, as at the church. The bride and groom, after the ceremony, will go in the same carriage from the church to the home or to the depot. Should a breakfast or supper follow the ceremony, the bride will not change her dress until she assumes her traveling apparel. At the party succeeding the ceremony, the bridesmaids and groomsmen should be invited, and all may, if they prefer, wear the dresses worn at the wed¬ ding. The Wedding Trousseau. It is customary, at the wedding, for the young bride to wear only pure white, with a wreath of orange flowers to adorn the full veil of lace. The widow or elderly lady will wear pearl color or tinted silk, without wreath or veil. The bridesmaid of the youthful bride may wear colors, but a very beautiful effect is produced by pure white, with colored trim¬ mings. In some cases, one-half of the bridesmaids will wear one color, andtfie other half another color. No black dresses should be worn by the guests. Any in mourning may, for the time, wear purple, lavender, iron-grav and other quiet colors. The bridegroom and groomsmen will wear white gloves, vest and neckties. The bride’s traveling dress should be very quiet and modest, and not such as in any way to attract attention. CONDUCT OF HUSBANDS AND WIVES TOWARD EACH OTHER. 161 Only the bridegroom is congratulated at the wedding; it is he who is supposed to have won the prize. Acquaintances of both should speak to the bride first; but if acquainted with but one, they will address that one first, when introductions will take place. At the wedding breakfast or supper the bride sits by the side of her husband, in the center of the table, at the side; her father and mother occupy the foot and head of the table, and do the honors of the occasion, as at the dinner-party. The festivities of the occasion being over, and the hour of departure having arrived, the guests disperse, it being etiquette for them to make a formal call on the mother of the bride in the succeeding two weeks. Etiquette Between Husbands and Wives. Let the rebuke be preceded by a kiss. Do not require a request to be repeated. Never should both be angry at the same time. Never neglect the other, for all the world beside. Let each strive to always accommodate the other. Let the angry word be answered only with a kiss. Bestow your warmest sympathies in each other’s trials. Make your criticism in the most loving manner possible. Make no display of the sacrifices you make for each other. Never make a remark calculated to bring ridicule upon the other. Never deceive; confidence, once lost, can never be wholly regained. Always use the most gentle and loving words when addressing each other. A lowering of dignity, a looseness of expression and vulgarity of words, may greatly lower the standard of the husband’s purity of speech and morals. Whatever may have been the cares of the day, greet your husband with a smile when he returns. Make your personal appearance just as beau¬ tiful as possible. Your dress may be made of calico, but it should be neat. Let him enter rooms so attractive and sunny that all the recol¬ lections of his home, when away from the same, shall attract him back. Be careful that you do not estimate your husband solely by his ability to make display. The nature of his employment, in comparison with others, may not be favorable for fine show, but that should matter not. The superior qualities of mind and heart alone will bring permanent happiness. To have a cheerful, pleasant home awaiting the husband, is not all. He may bring a guest whom he desires to favorably impress, and upon you will devolve the duty of entertaining the visitor so agreeably that the husband shall take pride in you. A man does not alone require that his wife be a good housekeeper. She must be more; in conver¬ sational talent and general accomplishment she must be a companion. The Husband’s Duty. A very grave responsibility has the man assumed in his marriage. Doting parents have confided to his care the welfare of a loved daugh¬ ter, and a trusting woman has risked all her future happiness in his keeping. Largely will it depend upon him whether her pathway shall be strewn with thorns or roses. Let your wife understand fully your business. In nearly every case she will be found a most valuable adviser when she understands all your circumstances. Let each study what pleasure can be bestowed upon the other during the day. Always leave home with a tender good-bye and loving words. They may be the last. Consult and advise together in all that comes within the experience and sphere of each individually. Never reproach the other for an error which was done with a good motive and with the best judgment at the time. The Wife’s Duty. Never should a wife display her best conduct, her accomplishments, her smiles, and her best nature, exclusively away from home. Be careful in your purchases. Let your husband know what you buy, and that you have wisely expended your money. Let no wife devote a large portion of her time to society-work which shall keep her away from home daytimes and evenings^ without the full concurrence of her husband. Beware of efitrusfing ‘the confidence of your household to outside par¬ ties. The moment you discuss the faults of your husband with another, that moment an element of discord has been admitted which will one day rend your family circle. If in moderate circumstances, do not be over ambitious to make an expensive display in your rooms. With your own work you can embel¬ lish at a cheap price, and yet very handsorr aly, if you have taste. Let the adornings of your private rooms be largely the work of your own hands. Beware of bickering about little things. Your husband returns from his labors with his mind absorbed in business. In his dealings with his employes, he is in the habit of giving commands and of being obeyed. In lus absent-mindedness, he does not realize, possibly, the change from his business to his home, and the same dictatorial spirit may possess him in the domestic circle. Should such be the case, avoid all disputes. What matters it where a picture hangs, or a flower-vase may sit. Make tile home so charming and so wiaely-ordered that your husband will gladly be relieved of its care, and will willingly yield up its entire man¬ agement to yourself. Be always very careful of your conduct and language. A husband is largely restrained by the chastity, purity and refinement of his wife. Do not be dictatorial in the family circle. The home is the wife’s province.. It is her natural field of labor. It is her right to govern and direct its interior management. You would not expect her to come to your shop, your office, your store or your farm, to give orders how your work should be conducted; neither should you interfere with the duties which legitimately belong to her. If a dispute arises, dismiss the subject with a kind word, and do not seek to carry your point by discussion. It is a glorious achievement to master one’s own temper. You may discover that you are in error, and if your wife is wrong, she will gladly, in her cooler moments, acknowl- edge the fault. Having- confided to the wife all your business affairs, determine with her what your income will be in the coming year. Afterwards ascertain what your household expenses will necessarily be, and then set aside a weekly sum, which should regularly and invariably be paid the wife at a stated time. Let this sum be even more than enough, so that the wife can pay all bills, and have the satisfaction besides of accu¬ mulating a fund of her own, with which she can exercise a spirit of independence in the bestowal of charity, the purchase of a gift, or any article she may desire. You may be sure that the wife will very seldom use the money unwisely, if the husband gives her his entire confidence. T our wife, possibly, is inexperienced; perhaps she is delicate in health, also, and matters that would be of little concern to you may weigh heavily upon her. She needs, therefore, your tenderest approval, your sympathy and gentle advice. When her efforts are crowned with suc¬ cess, be sure that you give her praise. Few husbands realize how happy the wife is made by the knowledge that her efforts and her merits are appreciated. There are times, also, when the wife’s variable condition of health will be likely to make her cross and petulant; the husband must overlook all this, even if the wife is at times unreasonable. Endeavor to so regulate your household affairs that all the faculties of the mind shall have due cultivation. There should be a time for labor, and a time for recreation. There should be cultivation of the social’ nature, and there should be attention given to the spiritual. The wife should not be required to lead a life of drudgery. Matters should be so regulated that she may early finish her labors of the day; and the good husband will so control his business that he may be able to accompany his wife to various places of amusement and entertainment. Thus the intellectual will be provided for, and the social qualities be kept contin- ually exercised. 11 162 WHAT TO DO AND WHAT TO AVOID WHEN TRAVELING. The wise husband will provide for the moral and spiritual growth of his family bv regular attendance at church; the spiritual faculties o our nature ar'e given for a beneficent purpose; their exercise and cul vation leads up into the higher and the better; one day in seven, at least, should therefore be set apart for the spiritual improvement of the familj . Select a church, the religious teaching in which is nearest m accord with the views of yourself and wife, and be regular in your attend¬ ance; accompany your wife; give her the pleasure of your escort see that she is provided with a good seat and all the advantages wh.c the church has to give; enter fully and freely into the religious wo.k of your church, and your family will be blessed in consequence. Give your wife every advantage which it is possible to bestow. Shut up with her household duties, her range of freedom is necessarily cir¬ cumscribed, and in her limited sphere she is likely to remain station, y in her intellectual growth. Indeed, oftentimes, if her ^imly be la g and her husband’s means are limited, in her struggle to care for the family she will sacrifice beauty, accomplishments, health—life, almost rather than that her husband shall fail. In the meantime, with wide op¬ portunities and intellectual advantages, he will be likely to have better facilities for growth and progression. There is sometimes thus a lia¬ bility of the husband and wife growing apart, an event which both should take every pains to avert. In avoiding this, much will depend upon the wife. She must resolutely determine to be in every way the equal of her companion. Much also will depend upon the husband. The wife should have every opportunity whereby she may keep even pace with him. Possibly the wife in social position, intellectual acquirement, and very likely in moral worth, may be superior to her husband. It is equally necessary, therefore, that the husband put forth every effort to make him¬ self worthy of his companion. ’ It is a terrible burden to impose on a wife to compel her to go through life with a man whom she cannot love or respect. W W- HE reader will call to mind people who always appear at ease when they are traveling. Investigation will prove that these individuals have usually had a wide experience in journeying, and an extensive acquaintance with t le wfFworld. The experienced traveler has learned the necessity of always being on time, of having baggage checked early, of purchasing a ticket before entering the cars, and of procuring a T seat in a good location before the car is full. The inexperienced traveler is readily known by his flurry and mistakes. He is likely to be behind time, and he is likely to be an hour too early. For want of explicit direction, his baggage often fails to reach the train in time, or does not come at all. His trunks, from lack of strength, are liable to be easily broken. In his general confusion, when he buys a ticket he neglects to place it where it will be secure, and conse¬ quently loses it. He forgets a por¬ tion of his baggage, and thus in a dozen ways he is likely to be in trouble. If the person be a lady who is un¬ acquainted with travel, she reveals the fact by a general impatience, restlessness, and absent-mindedness. In her want of self-possession she forgets several things she had in¬ tended to bring, and her continual fault-finding at flies, dust, heat, delay and other trials, all betray the fact that she has not heretofore been ac¬ customed to these difficulties, At least a day before you go, consider carefully what baggage you need to take, and have it packed. Take just as little as possible. Have your trunks very secure, and pack all articles of baggage in such a man- ner that they cannot shake and thus be broken. Provide among your baggage necessary toilet articles —a linen wrap to exclude the dust from your finer clothing, and a small amount of read¬ ing-matter with very coarse type. See that your baggage is perfectly in order, and an hour before you start engage an authorized express- man to take your baggage to the depot. State very distinctly where you want the baggage taken, and for what train. It is also a wise prov ision to have your trunk labeled with a card __ -v bearing your name and destination. Fig.17. The following suggestions relating to railway traveling may be ot ^Whenever you contemplate a journey, consider carefully what route you want to take, and decide it definitely. Learn accurately what time the train leaves, and provide yourself with a table giving the running .me of the road, stations on the way, etc., which will save you the trouble of aSk HyoTdesi q re e to'r°idein a sleeping-car, secure your berth a day or two previous to the time of going, in order that you may be in time to take your choice. The most desirable sections are in the center of the car, away from L annoyance of dust, drafts of air and sudden noises resulting from opening and closing doors. Take the number of the express- man, ascertain his charge, and with¬ hold payment until he has assisted in finding baggage, and has aided in getting it checked at the depot. Be very sure that your watch or clock is perfectly correct with railroad time, and that you, half an hour before the starting time of the train, arrive at the depot, buy a ticket, and take your seat- in the car. You are probably early enough to take your choice of loca- tion in the seats. If in the summer time, and the train runs east or west, the north side will probably be most pleasant. -Seats midway in the car are easiest to ride in, and the left side is freest from sud¬ den gusts of wind which may come in at the open doors. Having selected a seat, it is cus¬ tomary to deposit the satchel, umbrella or some article of wearing- apparel in the same, should you not be ready to occupy it; and etiquette for anyone finding a seat so occupied to look further. You should carry just as little baggage into the car as possible, and all separate pieces should have your name plainly written or printed upon them, which will secure their being forwarded to you in case they "'mvingpaMforte ticket, you are entitled toonly one seat. It shows selfishnesf therefore, when the coach is quite full to deposit a large amount of baggage in the surrounding seats and occupyThree or four and engage in reading, while others look in vain for a place down. The couple that make themselves appear ridiculous when traveling. ETIQUETTE FOE GENTLEMEN TKAVELING WITH LADIES. 163 It is courtesy for a gentleman when sitting alone to offer the vacant seat beside himself to a lady who may be unattended. lie will also give his seat to two ladies, or a lady and gentleman who desire to sit together, and take a seat elsewhere. Such attention will often be a greaf’kindness while the individual bestowing it may suffer but very little inconvenience. The true lady or gentleman will always consult the convenience of others when traveling. Thus, care should be exercised that no one be incommoded by your opening doors or windows in a railway coach. If possible, so arrange that the air of a window that you may open shall strike full upon yourself, and not upon those in the rear; certainly not if it is unpleasant to them. What to Avoid when Traveling. A lady and gentleman should avoid evidences of undue familiarity in the presence of strangers. Couples who may evince a silly affection by overfondling of each other in public (Fig. 17) make themselves appear extremely ridiculous to all who may see them. People with weak eyes should avoid reading on the train, and those having weak lungs should avoid much talking, as an undue effort will be required to talk above the noise of the train. Passengers should avoid eating at irregular times on the journey, and gentlemen should avoid smoking in the presence of those to whom it may be offensive. Avoid leaving the pockets so open and money so exposed that thieves may steal your effects. In the sleeping-car the valuables should be put in some article of wearing-apparel and placed under the pillow. Avoid undue haste and excitement when traveling, by forethought. Have a plan matured, and when the time comes to act you will know what to do, and with self-possession you accomplish your work very much better. Avoid wearing laces, velvets, or any articles that naturally accumu¬ late. and hold dust. Excessive finery or a lavish display of jewelry are in bad taste on extended journeys. Before commencing a journey, consider carefully what will be most suitable to wear, and study how little baggage may be taken. Conduct for Gentlemen TRAVELING WITH LADIES. The Horseback Ride, -NS-AND THE-gai-, RULES THAT GOVERN IT. If the gentleman is an authorized escort he will, if an old acquaintance, accompany the lady in his charge from her residence to the depot. If the acquaintance is of short duration, it will be sufficient to meet her at the depot in ample time to purchase tickets and see that her baggage is checked, while she remains in the sitting-room at the station. Arrangements being made, he will secure her a seat upon the train, will find a place for packages, will attend to her wants in adjusting the window, and will aim to put her entirely at ease. In getting on and off the train, the gen¬ tleman will care for all parcels and see that nothing is left. He will assist the lady into the coach or omnibus before getting in himself, and in getting out he will precede her, and afterwards turn and help her care¬ fully down. If requested by the lady to defray her expenses from her purse, the gentleman may take the same and keep it the entire journey, or he may pay from his own pocket and keep an account of expenses which she will refund at the end of the journey. He should purchase the needed confec¬ tions or literature on the train. He should be fruitful in the introduction of topics that will enliven, amuse and instruct the lady, if she is inclined to be reticent; and at her journey’s end he should go with her to her home, or the place where she is to stop. He may'call next day, and if the acquaintance seems desirable it may be continued. The gentleman should be very careful not to continue his visits unless cer- tain that they are acceptable. If a hotel be the point of destination, the gentleman will accompany the lady to the parlor. He will then secure for her a room, and leave her in care of a waiter; her desire being probably to proceed to her apart¬ ments at once, where she will remove the dust and travel stains of the journey, and meet him again at a concerted hour in the parlor. Ladies and gentlemen who are strangers, being thrown into the com¬ pany of each other for a long journey, need not necessarily refuse to speak to each other. While the lady should be guarded, acquaintance may be made with certain reserve. Fig. iS. THE RIDE ON HORSEBACK. The gentleman takes his position at the right of the lady. A gentleman who may act as escort for a lady when riding should be very careful that the horse selected for her is entirely reliable and gentle. If he has no horse of his own, and she has none to which she is accus¬ tomed, he must understand that there is considerable danger in allow¬ ing her to use a horse that has not been tried, no matter what may be the representations of the liverymen or servant. A trustworthy horse having been secured for the lady, it is the gentle¬ man s duty before mounting to give a very thorough examination of the saddle and bridle, to see that all are secure. It will not do to leave this matter to the stable¬ men. They are accustomed to such con¬ tinuous handling of harness that they be¬ come careless, and are liable to overlook defects in buckles, girths, etc., that might cause a severe accident. When all is in readiness, it is the gentle¬ man’s province to assist the lady in mount¬ ing. To do this, it is well to have some one hold the horse, otherwise he holds the bridle with his left hand. The lady, then, with her skirt in her ieft hand, will take hold of the pommel of the saddle with her right, her face turned towards the horse’s head. The gentleman will stand at the horse’s shoulder, facing the lady, and stoop, allowing her to place her left foot in his right hand. She will then spring, while he lifts her gently and steadily into her seat, following which he will place her left foot in the stirrup and arrange her riding habit. After the lady is in position, the gentleman will still remain with her until she has whip and reins properly in hand and is securely in her seat, when he will mount his horse and take his place (Fig. iS) upon her right, as shown in the accompanying illustration. Should there be two ladies on horseback, the gentleman should ride to the right of both of them, unless they may need his assistance, in which case he will ride between them. In dismounting, the gentleman should take the lady’s left hand in his right, remove the stirrup and take her foot in his left hand, lowering her gently to the ground. 164 THE GENERAL MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNERAL. _SNg< (*/6 rEtiquette of the Funeral. CONDUCT WHICH IS APPROPRIATE. IIOULD there be no competent, near friend of the family to take charge of the funeral, then its management should devolve upon the sexton of the church, the undertaker, or other suitable person. It is the duty of the person having the funeral in charge to have one interview with the nearest relatives as to the man¬ agement, after which they should be re¬ lieved of all care in the matter. The expense of the funeral should be in accord¬ ance with the wealth and standing of the deceased, both ostentation and parade being avoided, as should also evidences of meanness and parsimony. It is well, in the interview between the manager and the relatives, to have a definite understanding as to the expense that should be incurred. In the large city, where many friends and even relatives may not hear of the death, it is common to send invitations to such friends as might not otherwise hear of the fact, worded somewhat as follows: Yourself and family are respectfully invited to attend the funeral of fj II B _, on Thursday, the 27th of June, 1878, at 2 o'clock P. 1 ., from his late residence, No. ib, - street, to proceed to Rosehill Ceme¬ tery. Or, if the services are conducted at a church: Yourself and family are respectfully invited to attend the funeral of jl // B _, from the church of the Redeemer, on Thursday, the 27th of June, 18 _-, at 2 o'clock P. M., to proceed to Rosehill Cemetery. It is customary to have these invitations printed according to the forms shown elsewhere under the head of “notes of invitation and to send them by private messenger. The list of invited persons should be given to the manager, that he may provide a suitable number of carriages the invited friends who may be likely to attend. It is a breach of eti quette for any who have been thus personally invited not to attend. Persons attending a funeral are not expected to be present much before the hour appointed. Previous to this time it is well for the family of the deceased to take their last view of the remains, and thus avoid confusion. In assembling at the house, it is customary for some near relative, but not of the immediate family, to act as usher in receiving and seating Hie people. The ladies of the family are not expected to notice the arrival of guests. With gentlemen it is optional whether they do so or not. The clergyman, or person chosen to make remarks upon the funeral occasion, should be one whose religious views would be most nearly in accord with those entertained by the deceased. But even if the deceased had no religious convictions, and a clergyman of any denomination may be chosen, he should use the courtesy of saying nothing in his discourse which could in the least offend the mourners. The remains should be so placed, either in the house or church, that when the discourse is finished, if the corpse is exposed to view the assembled guests may see the same by passing in single file past the coffin, going from foot to head, up one aisle and down another. While in the house of mourning, the hat should be removed from the head of the gentlemen, and not replaced again while in the house. Loud talk or laughter in the chamber of death would be a great rudeness. All animosities among those who attend the funeral should be forgotten, and interviews with the family at the time should not be £X ^riie exercises at the house or church being finished, the clergyman enters a carriage, which heads the procession. The coffin being placed in the hearse, the bearers, who are usually six in number, will go 111 threes, on each side of the hearse, or in a carriage immediately before while the near relatives directly follow the hearse, succeeded by those more distantly connected. As the mourners pass from the house to the carriages, no salutations are expected to take place, the gentlemen among the guests in the meantime standing with uncovered heads, as they do also when the coffin is carried from the house to the hearse. The master of ceremonies should precede the mourners to the car¬ riages, see that the proper carriages are in attendance, assist the ladies to their place, and signal the drivers to pass forward as their carriages are filled. Should the attending physician be present, he will occupy the carriage immediately following the near relatives of the deceased. The pall-bearers are selected from among the immediate friends of the deceased, and should be as near as possible of corresponding age, worth and intelligence. It is common, upon the coffin of the infant or young person, to lay a wreath of white flowers, and upon that of a married person a cross of white blossoms. Upon the coffin of a navy or army officer the hat, epaulets, sash, sword and the flag may be borne; while h.s horse, if a mounted officer,'will, without a rider, be led behind the hearse, is sometimes the case that the private carriage of the deceased, with no occupant save the driver, follows the hearse in the procession. Arriving at the cemeterv, the clergyman will precede the mourners to the grave; when gathered around, the bearers will place the coffin in Its last resting place? and the final prayer will be said. This done, the guests will depart for their several homes, each informing the drivers where they desire to be left. With the more hopeful view of death which comes with the Christian belief, there is less disposition to wear evidences of mourning. It is well, however, to drape the door-knob, especially of the residence with crape, during the days between the death and the funeral; and tbefami y should go out as little as possible during that time. The dress of all guests at the funeral should be of subdued and quiet colors, and while fdr the young person it is customary to trim the hearse in white it is common to drape it in dark, with black plumes, for the person of ma¬ ture years. . Should the deceased have been a member of an organization that might desire to conduct the funeral, immediate notification of his death should be sent to the organization, that its members may have time make arrangements for attending the funeral. GETTING INTO AND ALIGHTING FROM A CARRIAGE. 165 Etiquette of Carriage-Riding. PRECAUTIONS AGAINST ACCIDENTS. I IE mode of entering a carriage will depend somewhat upon circumstances. Should the team be very restive, and the gentleman remain in the carriage the better to control his horses, the lady will enter upon the left side, the gentleman assisting her by the hand. While circumstances may sometimes prevent, it is always etiquette for the gentleman to see that the lady enters the carriage first. To aid in entering and alighting from a carriage easily and safely, every residence should be provided with an elevated platform near the walk, beside which the vehicle may be driven, as represented in the illustration. Of two seats in the carriage facing each other, that in the rear, and facing the horses, is the most desirable; th.e place of honor being the right side of this seat, which should be given to any elderly person, an honored guest or ladies, during the carriage ride. The la- dies being- in place, the gen¬ tlemen will take the seat with their backs to the hors¬ es, care being- ob- served that dres¬ ses and shawls are not shut in the doorwhen it is clos¬ ed. The gentleman last in will sit on the right, and upon him should devolve the giving of orders to the driver, and any other directions which the com- pany may determine upon. At the close of the ride, the gentlemen will dismount first, and after¬ wards help the ladies carefully from the carriage, taking care to keep their dresses from being soiled upon the wheels. The single carriage should be driven as near the curbstone as possible, on the right side. The driver, having the top of the carriage down, should then turn the horses to the left, spreading the wheels on the right side, giving an opportunity for the lady to get into the carriage without soiling her dress upon the wheels. The lady should have both of her lands free to assist herself, while the gentleman (Fig. 19) should aid her as shown in the illustration. The lady being in her place, herescort will uke his seat upon the right side, will spread a lap-robe in front of the lady and himself to ward off dust and mud, and all is in readiness 101 the ride. In setting from the carriage, the gentleman should alight first. He ould quiet the team, and turn them, that the wheels may spread apart retaining the reins in his hand, that he may hold the horses in case of Fig. 19. Assisting the lady into the carriage fright. The lady should then place her hands upon the gentleman’s shoulders (Fig. 20), while her escort, taking her by the elbows, will assist her carefully to the ground. Being aided thus in safely alighting, a lady will, oftentimes, be saved from severe injury. The gentleman on the pleasure ride should not drive so fast as to throw mud upon the occupants of the carriage. He should avoid fast driving if the lady is timid, and at the close of the ride he should take the friend to his or her residence. Horses should not have their heads checked painfully high. They will be less shy if trained and driven without blinds. They should be driven with tight rein, and care should be observed to avoid accidents. Ladies Unattended. For the advantage of the unattended lady who may be stopping at a hotel, the following suggestions are made. The la¬ dy should enteraho- tel by the ladies’en- trance. When, in the parlor, sheshould send for the pro¬ prietor or clerk, pre¬ sent her card, and state the length of time that she de - signs to remain. By requesting the waiter to do so, he will meet the lady at the entrance to the dining-room and conduct her to a seat; thus saving her the neces¬ sity of crossing the room without an escort. Meeting friends at the table, the lady should converse in a voice so low and quiet as not to attract attention from strangers. Particularly should she avoid loud laughter or any conspicuous evidence of commenting upon others. To make the time spent at the hotel pass agreeablv, care should be taken to obtain a pleasant room that will allow the entrance of sunshine and fresh air. Orders at the table should be given in a low, yet clear, distinct voice. In the interval while waiting to be served, it is allowable to read a paper. Staring about the room, handling of the knife, spoons, or other articles upon the table, should be avoided. Do not point to a dish wanted. A look in the direction of the article desired, and a request to the waiter that it be passed, will secure the dish without trouble. The lady in the dining-room, unless accompanied by an escort, should avoid dressing ostentatiously. A very modest dress is in best taste. Fig. 20. Assisting the Indy when alighting from the carriage. 166 CONDUCT IN THE CHURCH.-HOW TO TEACH SUCCESSFULLY. The ladv should not take her supper very late in the evening, in the dining-room, without an escort. It is in better taste to have the meal sent to her room. A lady should also avoid loitering in the halls or standing alone at the hotel-windows. Unless invited, a lady should not play upon the piano in the hotel- parlor nor sing if there are others in the room, neither should she sing or hum tunes when passing through the halls. Trunks-and rooms should be carefully locked when leaving them, and valuables should be given into the hands of the proprietor for deposit in the safe, the guest ringing whenever she may require them during her stay. The lady in her unattended condition will probably require considera¬ ble assistance from some one of the waiters, who should be suitably re- numerated when she leaves. Instead of scolding at servants who are neglectful of their duty, com¬ plain to the housekeeper or proprietor. Polite requests of the servants will, however, usually secure an immediate and pleasant response. When intending to leave upon a special train, care should be had Unit trunks are packed, tickets purchased and all arrangements made suffi¬ ciently long before the time of starting to avoid hurry and mistakes. ETIQUETTE IN THE SCHOOL. HE following are the requisites for successful manage¬ ment in the schoolroom: ETIQUETTE IN CHURCH. ^ CHURCH should be entered with a most reverent feeling. The object of attending divine service is to improve the spiritual nature, and hence business and everything of a secular character should be left be¬ hind when you enter the church portals. If a stranger, vou will wait in the vestibule until the arrival of the usher, who will conduct you to a seat. Enter the church quietly, removing the hat, and never replacing it until the door is reached again at the close of the service. If a stranger, and accompanied by a lady, you will precede her, and follow the usher up the aisle until the pew is reached, when you will pause, allow her to pass in, and you will follow, taking seats at the further end if you are first, so that you will not be disturbed by later arrivals. It is no longer a custom, as formerly, for the gentleman to step into the aisle and allow ladies that are strangers to pass to the inside. The gentleman will place his hat, if possible, under the seat, and while in church the occupant should avoid making a noise, staring around the building, whispering, laughing or nodding to others. All greetings, recognitions and conversation should be conducted in the vestibule after service. While in church, the passage of a fan or hymn-book to another should be recognized by merely a quiet bow. Should you see a stranger waiting, you may invite him to enter your pew. No speaking is necessary then, nor when you open the book and point out the service. If a stranger, it is best to conform to the rules of the service, rising and sitting down with the congregation; and, although the forms may be radically different from what you are accustomed to, you should comport yourself with the utmost attention and reverence. Avoid making a noise when you enter a church after the services have commenced. It is disrespectful to come late, and shows bad manners to leave before the service is through. You should wait until the benedic¬ tion is pronounced before you commence putting your articles in order for leaving 1 . It is a breach of etiquette for a number of young men to congregate in the vestibule, and there carry forward a conversation, commenting upon the services and various members of the congregation present. If a member of a church, you should be regular in attendance. While the pastor has put forth, possibly, extra effort to prepare an effective ser¬ mon, it is poor encouragement to find members of the congregation absent because of a trivial storm, or away upon the pleasure drive. The teacher must be a good judge of human na¬ ture. If so, his knowledge will teach him that no two children are born with precisely the same organiza¬ tion. This difference in mentality will make one child a natural linguist, another will naturally excel in mathe¬ matics, another will exhibit fondness for drawing, and another for philosophy. Understanding and observing this, he will, without anger or impatience, assist the backward student, and will direct the more forward, ever addressing each child in the most respectful manner. As few rules as possible should be made, and the object and necessity for the rule should be fully explained to the school by the teacher. When a rule has been made, obedience to it should be enforced. Firmness, united with gentleness, is one of the most important qualifications which a teacher can possess. Everything should be in order, and the exercises of the day should be carried forward according to an arranged programme. The rooms should be swept, the fires built, and the first and second bells rung, with exact punctuality. In the same manner each recitation should come at an appointed time throughout the school hours. The programme of exercises should be so varied as to give each pupil ■i variety of bodily and mental exercise. Thus, music, recreation, study, i-ecitation, declamation, etc., should be so varied as to develop all the child’s powers. Not only should boys and girls store their minds with knowledge, but they should be trained in the best methods of writing and speaking, whereby they may be able to impart the knowledge which they possess. The teacher should require the strictest order and neatness upon the part of all the students. Clean hands, clean face and neatly combed hair should characterize every pupil, while a mat in the doorway should remind every boy and girl of the necessity of entering the schoolroom with clean boots and shoes. Habits of neatness, and order thus formed will go with the pupils through life. At least a portion of each day should be set apart by the teacher, in which to impart to the pupils a knowledge of etiquette. Students should be trained to enter the room quietly, to always close without no.se the door through which they pass, to make introductions gracefully, to bow with case and dignity, to shake hands properly, to address others cour¬ teously, to make a polite reply when spoken to, to sit and stand grace¬ fully, to do the right thing in the right place, and thus, upon all occa¬ sions, to appear to advantage. All the furnishings of the schoolroom should be such as to inspire the holiest, loftiest and noblest ambition in the child. A schoolroom should be handsomely decorated. The aquarium, the trailing vine, the blossom and the specimens of natural history should adorn the teac - er’ s desk and the windows, while handsome pictures should embellish the walls In short, the pupils should be surrounded with such an array of beauty as will constantly inspire them to higher and nobler achieve- merits. Boys and girls should be taught that which they will use when they become men and women. In the first place they will talk more than they will do anything else. By every means possible they should be ! f“" ed to be correct, easy, fluent and pleasant speakers; and next to this they should be trained to be ready writers. To be this, they should be schooled in penmanship, punctuation, capitalization compos, ion and the writing of every description of form, from the note of invitation to an agreement, from the epistle to a friend to the promissory note, from the letter of introduction to the report of a meeting. Above all, the teacher should be thoroughly imbued with the import¬ ance of inculcating in the mind of the student a knowledge of genera principles. Thus, in the study of geography, the pupil should be taug that the earth is spherical in form; that its outer surface is divided into ETIQUETTE IN THE FAMILY.-IIOW TO GOVERN THE CHILD. 107 land and water; that the land is divided into certain grand divisions, peopled with different races of human beings, who exhibit special char¬ acteristics. That civilization is the result of certain causes, and progress in the human race arises from tire inevitable law of nature that every¬ thing goes from the lower steadily toward the higher. A study of the causes which make difference in climate, difference in animals, difference in intellectual and moral developments among the races — a general study of causes thus will make such an impression upon the child’s mind as will never be effaced; while the simple study of facts, such as load the mind with names of bays, islands, rivers, etc., is the crowding of the memory with that which is likely, in time, to be nearly all forgotten. Thus, in the study of history, dates will be forgotten, while the out¬ lines of the rise and fall of kingdoms, and the causes which produced the same, if rightly impressed by the teacher, will be ever stored in the mind of the pupil. So should the teacher instruct the student in every branch of study, remembering that facts are liable to be forgotten, but fundamental prin¬ ciples and causes, well understood, will be forever remembered. It is of the utmost importance, also, that the teacher continuously and persistently keep before the student the importance of temperance, justice and truth; as without these, however superior the education, the individual is entirely without balance, and is always liable to fall. The teacher should never relax his efforts in this direction. The good teacher will be a living example in all that ho Teaches to others. If wise, he will seldom if ever resort to the infliction of corporal pain on the pupil, although if a law or rule be violated, it is of the utmost importance that a just punishment follow the violation, but this should never be such as will destroy the child’s self-respect. Duty of the Pupil. It should be the aim of the student to be punctual in attendance at school, to be thorough in study, and good in the recitation. The boy or girl who would be successful in after life must lay the foundation of success in youth. They should fully understand the importance of im¬ proving their school-days for this purpose. The student that seeks every opportunity to idle away his time in making sport and amusement for himself and fellow-students, will live to regret that he thus wasted his time. The happy, sportive, joyous, laughing boy and girl shed happiness wherever they go, if they are careful to control their gayety, and allow its flow only in the proper place; but they should never permit the love of the mirthful to infringe on the rules of the schoolroom or the laws of etiquette. On the contrary, true courtesy should teach them to use every endeavor to aid the teacher in his work, as in so doing they are themselves reaping the benefit. The boy and the girl at school foretell the future man or woman. Those who are prompt, punctual and orderly, will be so in after life. Those who are truthful, reliable and honest in childhood, will be trusted in position and place in after years; and those who store the mind in youth with valuable knowledge, will possess that which can never be lost, but on the contrary will always be a means by which they may pro¬ cure a livelihood; and, if united with energy and perseverance, will be sure to give them reputation, eminence of position, and wealth. The boy should never take pride in disobedience to the rules of school. To be a truant, to be indolent, to be working mischief, evinces no talent; any rowdy could do this; most worthless men did this when they attended school. It requires effort to be a good scholar; it evinces brain¬ power to be a good student. The youth should earnestly resolve to achieve an honorable and noble position in life. With the wide opportunities which open to the ambi¬ tious and the enterprising in this age of progression, there is no limit to the greatness which the thoroughly earnest student may attain. The idle and the dissolute will naturally, of their own weight, drop out by the wayside and sink from sight. The plodder who is content to go the dull, daily round in the same narrow rut will get the reward of his labor, though he never betters his condition. But the earnest, original, aspir- ing, energetic, intelligent worker, can always be sure of new fields to enter, nobler victories to gain, and grander work to be accomplished. ETIQUETTE IN THE HOME. PARENTS AND CHILDREN. N temperament, physical characteristics, mental development and 3 WC moral inclinations, the child is what it has been made by its in- wfMIal heritance and the training it has received since infancy. If born of parents happy in disposition, harmonious in conjugal rela- tion, and pleasant in circumstances, the child will as certainly be / Ik sweet in temper as that sweet fluid will flow from a maple tree. 4 V F More especially will this be true if the child was welcome, A and the days of the mother prior to its birth were full of sun¬ shine and gladness. If, on the contrary, a badly-developed and unhappy parentage has marked the child, then a correspondingly unfortunate organization of mind and unhappy disposition will present itself for discipline and training. Fortunate is it for the parent who can understand the cause of the child’s predilections thus in the beginning. As with the teacher, when the causes that affect the child’s mind are understood, the correct system of government to be pursued is then more easily comprehended. The result of this early appreciation of the case is to teach the parent and teacher that, whatever may be the manifestation of mind with the child, it should never be blamed. This is a fundamental principle necessary to be understood by any person who would be successful in government. When thoroughly imbued with that understanding, kindness and love will take the place of anger and hatred, and discipline can be com¬ menced aright. One of the first things that the child should understand is that it should implicitly obey. The parent should therefore be very careful to give only such commands as should be observed, and then the order should be firmly but kindly enforced. To always secure obedience without trouble, it is of the utmost im¬ portance that the parent be firm. For the parent to refuse a request of a child without due consideration, and soon afterward, through the child’s importunities, grant the request, is to very soon lose command. The parent should carefully consider the request, and if it be denied the child should feel that the denial is the result of the best judgment, and is not dictated by momentary impatience or petulance. A child soon learns to discriminate between the various moods of the fickle parent, and very soon loses respect for government that is not discreet, careful and just. If a command is disobeyed, parents should never threaten what they will do if the order is disobeyed again, but at once withhold, quietlv, yet firmly and pleasantly, some pleasure from the child in consequence of the disobedience. The punishment should be very seldom, if ever, the inflic¬ tion of bodily pain. A slight deprivation of some pleasure—it may be very slight, but sufficient to teach the child that it must obey—will be of great service to its future discipline and government by the parent. Commencing thus when the child is very young, treating it always ten¬ derly and kindly, with mild and loving words, the child will grow to womanhood or manhood an honor to the parents. What Parents Should Never Do. Never speak harshly to a child. Never use disrespectful names. Never use profane or vulgar words in the presence of a child. Do not be so cold and austere as to drive your child from you. Never misrepresent. If you falsify, the child will learn to deceive also. Never withhold praise when the child deserves it. Commendation is one of the sweetest pleasures of childhood. Never waken your children before they have completed their natural slumbers in the morning. See that they retire early, and thus get the requisite time for sleep. Children require more sleep than older per¬ sons. The time will come soon enough when care and trouble will com¬ pel them to waken in the early morning’. Let them sleep while they can. 168 ETIQUETTE BETWEEN PARENTS AND CHILDREN; BETWEEN EMPLOYER AND EMPLOYE. Do not reproach a child for a mistake which was done with a good motive at the time. Freely forgive, wisely counsel, and the child will thus be taught that there is no danger in telling the truth. Never give your children money indiscriminately to spend for. their own use. However wealthy you may be, teach the child the value of money by requiring it to earn it in some manner. Commencing young, let the child perform simple duties requiring labor, which the parent may reward bv pennies and very small sums. Let the child thus spent only money of its own earning. The boy who thus early learns by labor the value of a dollar, knows how to accumulate the same in after¬ life, and how to save it. Never demean yourself by getting angry and whipping a child. The very fact of your punishing in anger arouses the evil nature of the child Some day this punishment thus inflicted will react upon yourself. What Parents Should Do. Always speak in a pleasant voice. Teach your children how to work; how to obtain a living by their own efforts. Teach them the nobility and the dignity of labor, that they may respect and honor the producer. Explain the reason why. The child is a little walking interrogation point. To it all is new. Explain the reason. Your boy will some day repay this trouble by teaching some other child. Teach your children the evil of secret vice, and the consequences of using tobacco and spirituous liquors; teach them to be temperate, orderly, punctual, prompt, truthful, neat, faithful and honest. Encourage vour child to be careful of personal appearance; to return every tool to its place; to always pay debts promptly; to never shirk a duty; to do an equal share, and to always live up to an agreement. Teach your children to confide in you, by conference together. Tell them your plans, and sometimes ask their advice; they will thus open their hearts to you, and will ask your advice. The girl who tells all her heart to her mother has a shield and a protection about her which can come only with a mother’s advice and counsel. Give your children your confidence in the affairs of your business. They will thus take interest, and become co-workers with you. If you enlist their respect, then their sympathy and cooperation, they will quite likely remain to take up your work when you have done, and will go ahead perfecting what you have commenced. If vou are a farmer, do not overwork your children, and thus by a hard and dreary life drive them off to the cities. Arise at a reasonable hour in the morning, take an hour’s rest after meals, and quit at five or six o’clock in the afternoon. Let the young people, in games and other amusements, have a happy time during the remainder of the day. There is no reason why a ftirmer’s family should be deprived of recreation and amusement, any more than others. Teach your child the value of the Sabbath as a day for the spiritual improvement of the mind; that on the Sabbath morn the ordinary work of the week should not be resumed if it is possible to avoid it; that the day should be passed in attendance upon religious service of some kind, or exercises that will ennoble and spiritualize the nature. W hile rest and recreation may be a part of the day’s programme, true philosophy dictates that the spiritual faculties of the' nature should be cultivated by setting - apart a portion of the time for their improvement. Teach your children those things which they will need when they become men and women. As women they should understand how to cook, how to make a bed, how to preserve cleanliness and order throng out the house, how to ornament their rooms, to renovate and preserve furniture and clothing, how to sing, and play various games, that they may enliven the household. They should be taught how to swim, how to ride, how to drive, how to do business, and how to preserve health. The mother should earlv intrust money to the girl, with which to buy articles for the household, that she may learn its value. Think what a man and woman need to know in order to be healthy, happy, prosper- perous and successful, and teach them that. SAY “NO” POLITELY. COMMON saying is, “A man’s manners make his fortune.’ This is a well-known fact, and we see it illustrated every day. The parents who considerately train a child amid kindness and love, rear a support for their declining years. The teacher that rules well and is yet kind, is beloved by /j|k his pupils. The hotel proprietor, by affability and an ac- T Yl commodating spirit, may fill his hotel with guests. The * railway conductor, who has a pleasant word for the lonely traveler, is always remembered with favor. The postoffice clerk who very carefully looks through a pile of letters and says, “not any,” very gently, pleasantly adding a word of hope by saying, “it may come on the afternoon train,” we always gratefully recollect. When the time comes that we can return the kindness, we take great pleasure in doing so. The man who shows himself to be a gentleman, even though he may not buy what we have to sell when we solicit him, we always know will get his reward. His affability, when he declined, demonstrated that he could say “no” with a pleasant word. The very fact of impressing us so favorably, even when he did not purchase, clearly indicated that he was thoroughly schooled in the ways of politeness, and that he lived up to the golden rule of doing to others as he desired others to do to him. Thus every day, in the multifarious relations of life, it is in the power of persons to grant favors by at least kind words. And when pleasant manners are exhibited, how strongly these stand out in contrast with the short curt, rough, uncouth manner which so frequentlyaccompan.es the refusal of a favor. We realize, as we see the contrast, that no one can be a gentleman who ignores the laws of etiquette. TREATMENT OF EMPLOYES. P T takes every °rade of society to make the complete whole. One ' class is just as necessary as the other. In carrying forward great enterprises, how plainly do we see this manifested. Take the building of a railroad as an illustration: A certain grade of mind is essential to prepare the road-bed and lay the track. This class of men must have strong physi¬ cal natures, and the qualities that give the necessary force and W energy to hew down rocks, tunnel mountains and remove all obstructions. Another class will act as foremen of the laborers, another will serve as engineers, another is fitted to act as officers, while still another grade of mind projected the enterprise and furnished the means for carrying it to a successful conclusion. As in the materials that enter into the erection of the b «ilding, the foundation stones that support the superstructure down deep inThe ear*, while they are never seen, are nevertheless just as essential to the co pletion of the building as are the ornamental capstones above the windows; so, in associated labor, each grade of mind does its approp. .ate work. We could not dispense with either, and all should have due pra.s . Each class being thus dependent, one upon the other, all should labor in harmony together. The workman should guard his employer s inter¬ est He should always be promptly on time and faithful to the last hour. He should make his work a study ; he should give it thought, as thereby renders his services so much the more valuable, and Ins compensaUonin the end so much better. Probably, if faithful, he may --eed o the business of his employer, or may enter a separate field I s certam a any rate, if he proves himself a competent assistant he is the more likely, in time, himself to become a manager of others. The employer, through kind and pleasant manner, toward making the subordinate worthy and competent The workman should thoroughly understand what the duty is which he is expected perform, and he should be required pleasantly yet firmly to execute ft to the letter When once there is a definite understanding ' !vhat explicitly required, it is not necessary that an employer use harsh mLns or amanner in any way discourteous in order to secure obedience to his commands. THE SCIENTIFIC PRINCIPLES WHICH APPLY TO DRESS. 169 ELEMENTS OF THE BEAUTIFUL. To develop beauty, it is necessary to understand that the combination of a few fundamental principles forms the basis in the construction of all that we admire as beautiful. Of these are — i. Curved Lines. 2 . Symmetry. 3 . Contrast. 4 . Harmony of Color. 5 . Harmony of Association. The Curved Line. A prominent feature of beauty everywhere is the curved line. The winding- pathway, the graceful outline of tree, cloud and mountain in the distance, the arched rainbow, the well-trimmed shrub, the finely- featured animal, the rounded form of everything that is beautiful_all illustrate this principle. The delicately, finely rounded face, hands and general features, are essential to the highest forms of beauty in the per¬ son, and the same principles apply in the manufacture of dress. Every line and seam should run in curves. HE love of beautiful adorn¬ ment is innate in the human mind, and in reality has a great influence in elevating and refining the race. It is true that the mind may some¬ times be too much given to personal decoration, but the instincts which cause us to clothe ourselves beautifully are all refining and elevating in character. The desire to please and to be beautiful surrounds us on every hand with grace, ele¬ gance and refinement. The person who cares nothing for personal appearance is a sloven. Were all to be thus, the human race would rapidly degenerate toward barbarism. The person who is careless of dress is likely to be equally regardless concerning purity of character. The little girl that studies her features in the mirror, while she evinces possibly a disposition to be vain, nevertheless in this act shows herself to be possessed of those instincts of grace which, rightly directed, will beautify and embellish all her surroundings through life. The boy that cares nothing for personal appearance, that does not appreciate beauty in others, is likely to develop into the man who will be slovenly in habits, whose home will quite probably be a hovel, and himself very likely a loafer or a tramp. But the boy —the rolicsome, frolicsome boy, ready to roll in the dirt, possibly— who, under all this, aspires to appear handsome, who desires a clean face, clean hands and a clean shirt, who admires a well-dressed head of hair and a good suit of clothes — that boy possesses the elements which in the man, in an elegant home, will surround him with the artistic and the charming. The love of the beautiful ever leads to the higher, the grander and the better. Guided by its impulses, we pass out of the hut into the larger and better house; into the charming and elegantly-adorned mansion. Actuated by its influence, we convert the lumbering railway carriage into a palace-car, the swamp into a garden, and the desolate place into a park, in which we wander amid the trees, the streams of limpid water, and the fragrance of beautiful flowers. All along the world’s highway are the evidences, among the most elevated and refined, of the love of the beautiful, which, perhaps more than in any other manner, finds expression in dress. This love of personal adornment being an inherent, desirable, refining element of character, it does not, therefore, become us to ignore or to suppress it. On the contrary, it should be our duty to cultivate neatness of appearance and artistic arrangement in dress, the whole being accom¬ panied by as much personal beauty as possible. , cultivation of beauty in dress, it will become necessary to dis¬ criminate between ornament as displayed by the savage, and the science of beauty as observed in a more highly civilized life. Ornament is one thmg; beauty is quite another. Symmetry of Proportion. As harmonious proportions always please the eye in every object, so we are pleased with the symmetry displayed in the human form and features. Thus symmetry will give a well-shaped head, a moderate length of neck, a clearly-defined nose, mouth not too large, shoulders of even height, and all parts of the body of proportionate length and size. The clothing should be made to set off the natural features of the body to the best advantage. Thus the coat should be so cut as to make the shoulders of the man look broad. The dress should be so fitted as to cause the shoulders of the woman to appear narrow and sloping. Long garments will make the individual appear taller. Short gar¬ ments will cause the person to seem shorter. Lines that run perpendic¬ ularly add to the apparent height; horizontal lines shorten it. Contrast. Another feature of beauty in personal appearance is contrast, or those qualities which give animated expression and vivacity of manner. Thus the sparkling eye, clear-cut features, a color of hair that contrasts with the skin; happy, lively expression of face; graceful, animated movement of body; interesting conversational powers —all these make the face attractive by variety and contrast. The lady’s dress is relieved by flounce, frill, and various other trim¬ mings, with colors more or less pronounced, according to the complexion of the wearer. ,The gentleman’s dress, as now worn, does not admit of so great variety. Harmony. The harmony of colors suitable for various complexions is quite fully detailed elsewhere. Harmony of association will include those princi¬ ples that derive their beauty chiefly from their association with other objects. Thus the best height and form for man or woman will be the average form of men and women with whom they associate. Anything unusual will detract from this beauty. Any article of jewelry or dress which may appear out of place for the occasion, or not appropriate with the other articles worn, is also included under this head. 170 HABITS BY WHICH TO MAKE HANDSOME PERSONAL APPEARAt.CE. CARE OF THE PERSON. It is assumed that the reader desires health and beauty, and is will¬ ing to govern habits accordingly. Observe then the following regu- lations: Retire sufficiently early to get the necessary rest and sleep, that you may arise early in the morning. Be sure that plenty of fresh air is admitted to the room throughout the night, by the opening of windows. Avoid feathers. A perfectly clean, moderately hard bed is best for health. The Bath. Upon arising, take a complete bath. A simple washing out of the eyes is not sufficient. The complete bathing of the body once each day is of the utmost importance to health and beauty. Not more than a quart of water is necessary. Use the hands the same as you do upon the face. No sponge is required, and water is more agreeable to the skin when applied with the bare hand. Use rainwater; and, for a healthy person the temperature of that which has been in the room throughout the night is about right Use plenty of soap, and wash quickly. Follow by wipino- the skin perfectly dry with a soft towel, and afterward give the body and limbs a thorough rubbing. The glow that is diffused through¬ out the face and body by this exercise is worth more in giving a ruddy, beautiful complexion, than all the rouge and powder in the world. The arrangements for this bath are very simple. There is nothing required but a small amount of soft water, a piece of soap, and atowel- No elaborately-fitted-up bathroom is necessary. We have detailed all the appliances that are essential, and they are so simple that the laboring classes and the poor can have them, and be clean, as well as the rich. Occasionally, warm water, with sponge, may be necessary to remove completely all the oily exudations from the body, but for the ordinary bath this is not essential. The sun and air bath is very excellent for health; therefore to leave the body exposed in the sun for a short time previous to dressing is very invigorating. Before the breakfast hour the lungs should be completely inflated with fresh air. The meals should be partaken of with regularity, while more or less of fruit, oatmeal, rice, cracked wheat, graham bread, etc., will be found necessary as a diet, in order to keep the skin clear. The Breath. The breath should be watched, lest it become offensive. Unfortunately, it is one of the troubles which we may not be aware of, as our friends may not feel at liberty to inform us of the difficulty. Offensive breath may arise from the stomach, the teeth, the lungs, or catarrhal affection of the throat and nose. Unquestionably, the best remedy for bad breath is a system of diet and treatment that shall remove the cause. As a temporary expedient, when offensiveness arises from a peculiar food or drink which has been partaken of, a few grains of coffee, or cassia buds, cloves, cardamom seeds or allspice, may be used; although if the breath be very strong these will not always prove effective. It is better to remove the cause. The following remedies for offensive breath are commended by those who have had experience in testing the matter: Powdered sugar, % ounce; vanilla, % ounce; powdered charcoal, I2 ounce; powdered coffee, ounces; gum arabic, K ol ” lce -. 11 ^ ake mto pellets of iS grains each, and take six a day. Bad breath will disappear. Disagreeable breath arising from decay or secretions about the teeth may be removed by the following: Rose-water, 1 ounce, and permanganate of potash, 1 grain. Rinse the mouth every three hours. To remove catarrh, the following is highly commended: In a pint of water put two tablespoonfuls of common fine table salt. Heat the water in a tin cup. With the aid of a nasal douche, obtained at the drugstore, or even without that, snuff about a teaspoonlul ol the brine up each nostril, requiring it to pass into the mouth. Use twice a day — morning and night. For offensive breath arising from foul stomach, the following is recommended: To a wine-glass of water add 3 grains of chloride of lime. Take a tablespoonful three times a day, before the meal, and eat of simple food which is easily digested. Another remedy for foul breath is powdered charcoal, half a tea¬ spoonful, spread on a piece of bread, and eaten once a day for two or three days. Another is a drink of pure water, taken twice a day, contain¬ ing each time 20 grains of bisulphate of soda. The taste is made pleas¬ ant by a few drops of peppermint essence. The following is recommended as beneficial for the teeth, and effect¬ ive in removing the acidity of the stomach: Take of gum arahic 5 drachms; vanilla sugar, 3 drachms; chlorate of lime, 7 drachms, and mix with water to a stifl paste. Roll and cut into the ordinary-sized lozenge, and eat six each day. The Skin. Beware of exterior application of cosmetics for the purpose of beau¬ tifying the skin. The greatest beautifiers in existence are plenty of exer¬ cise in the fresh air, the keeping of the pores of the skin completely open by bathing, the feeding of the body with a sufficiency of simple, healthy food, and the obtaining of the requisite amount of sleep. It is true that sometimes a slight touch of art may improve the per¬ sonal appearance. The very sallow complexion may be improved by a small amount of color applied; the hair, if naturally dry and stiff, may be kept in place by a simple hair preparation, and a white eyebrow may be brought into harmonious color with the hair oi the head by a dye; all this being done so adroitly that the external application cannot he detected. But, as a rule, greatest beauty is obtained by a strict observ¬ ance of the laws of health. The following preparations, culled* from De la Banta’s “Advice to Ladies,” are recommended for improving the complexion: Take a teaspoonful of powdered charcoal (kept by druggists), mixed with ^veeS water or rliilk, for three nights successivey. ft?*™* be followed by a gentle purge afterwards, to remove it from the system. Taken once mtwo or three months, this remedy will prove efficacious in making- the complexion clear and transparent. ANOTHER. Tincture of balsam of Peru, 2 drachms; tincture of tolu, 2 drachms; tincture of benzoin, 2 drachms. Mix with one gill of distilled water, and take 1 of melted white wax, 1 ounce; spermaceti, ^ ounce ; sweet oil , C S drachms, and rose-water, , ounce Mix all the ingredients together, and beat thoroughly, applying to the skm with a sponge. This may be used with benefit where the skin presents a greasy ap- pearance: To 1/ nint of rose-water, add chlorate of potash, iS grains; glycerine, 1 ounce P Mix carefully, and use in a pure state. Apply with a sponge or linen cloth. Should it irritate the skm, dilute with more water. 11 e lotions should be applied with care, and are best used at night. The greasy skin, inclined to pimples, is benefited by the following preparation: Bicarbonate of soda, 18 grains; essence of Portugal, 6 drops; distilled water, K pint. Mix > and bathe the face ‘ The shiny, polished skin, which is caused by fatty secretions beneath it, may have the difficulty removed by this preparation: Take , quart of camphor water pure; few minuted after^applyi'ng^t^then wa^h the face thoroughly with soft water. If the skin is very pallid, it is improved by the bath in lukewarm water, followed by brisk rubbing with a coarse towel, and ™rc«m the aft and sun. The pale skin is improved also by the sunshine The rough skin is made smooth by the application of glycerine at night, fol¬ lowed by its removal with water and fine soap in the morning. The skin may be whitened by the following prescription: d - rjfjssr jsbsv'.m sa once a day. HOW TO PRESERVE HEARTH AND BEAUTY. 171 The sallow and muddy skin is improved by this preparation: To one pint of water add 2 drachms of iodide of potassium and 1 ounce of glycerine. Mix, and apply with a sponge once a day. To keep the skin clear, beware of pork, cheese and other substances containing much grease. Also avoid alcoholic drinks. Keep the bowels loose by fruit and a sufficiency of coarse food. Take exercise sufficient, if possible, to produce a gentle perspiration each day; bathe daily, and get into the sunshine and open air. The Hand. Various are the recipes for keeping the hand beautiful. If not en¬ gaged in hard manual labor, and it is very desirable to make the hands present as handsome an appearance as possible, there are a few direc¬ tions necessary to keep them well preserved. Among these is perfect cleanliness, which is produced by a thorough washing, using an abund¬ ance of good toilet soap, and frequently a nail-brush. Should the hands be inclined to chap, they will be relieved of the dif¬ ficulty by washing them in glycerine before going to bed. In the winter season, to wash them in snow and soap will leave them smooth and soft. To make the hands very white and delicate, the person is assisted by washing them several times for two or three days in milk and water, and, upon retiring to rest, bathing in palm oil, and encasing them in a pair of woolen gloves, cleaning with warm water and soap the next morning. They should be thoroughly rubbed to promote circulation, and a pair of soft leather gloves should be worn during the day. Should the hands become sunburned, the tan may be removed by using lime-water and lemon-juice. Should warts make their appearance, they may be removed by paring them on the top and applying a small amount of acetic acid on the summit of the wart, with a camel’s hair brush, care being taken that none of the acid gets upon the surrounding skin. To prevent this, wax may be placed upon the finger or hand during the operation, or an old kid glove may be used, the wart being - allowed to project through. The nails should be cut about once a week, directly after a bath and should never be bitten. In rough, hard labor, if it is desired to protect the hands, gloves should be worn. But however beautiful it may be, the hand should do its full share of work. The hand that is beautiful from idleness is to be despised. The Feet. Much care should be taken to keep the feet in good condition. The first important consideration in their management is perfect cleanliness. Some people find it necessary to wash the feet morning and evening! Many find it indispensably necessary to wash them once a day, and no one should fail of washing them at least three times a week, and the stockings should be changed as frequently if much walking be done. . Wi ‘ hout cashing, the feet are liable to become very offensive to others in a short tune. The feet of some persons will become disagreeably so sometimes within a week if they are not washed, more especially if they perspire freely. A foot bath using warm water, followed by wiping the feet com- pletely dry, and afterward putting on clean stockings, is very invigor¬ ating after a long walk, or when the feet are damp and cold. To escape chilblains, avoid getting the feet wet. Should they become damp, change shoes and stockings at once. Wear woolen stockings and do not toast the feet before the fire. The approach of the chilblain IS frequently prevented by bathing the feet in a strong solution of alum. With the first indications of chilblains, as revealed by the itching sen- sation, it is well to rub them with warm spirits of rosemary, addins to the same a little turpentine. Tint, soaked in camphorated spirits" opodeldoc, or camphor liniment, may be applied and retained when the part is affected. It is claimed also that chilblains may be cured by bathing the feet in water in which potatoes have been boiled. Wear boots and shoes amply large for the feet, but not too laro-e, and thus escape corns. A broad heel, half an inch in height, is all that com- tort will allow to be worn. The Hair. The head should be washed occasionally with soap and water. Fol¬ low by wiping perfectly dry, and afterward brush the hair and scalp with a hairbrush of moderate hardness. When the hair, is inclined to be harsh and dry, a moderate supply of olive oil, bear’s grease or other dressing may be used. With many heads no oil is necessary, and with any an over-abundance is to be avoided. Frequent brushing with a per¬ fectly clean brush is of great service in giving a glossy, beautiful appearance to the hair. The brush may be kept clean by washing every day or two in warm water and soda, or in diluted ammonia. For removing dandruff, glycerine diluted with a little rosewater is recommended. Rosemary in almost any preparation is a very cleansing wash. ** T he yolk of an egg, beaten up in warm water, makes an excellent application for cleansing the scalp. To clip the ends of the hair occasionally is an excellent plan for ladies, as it prevents the hair from splitting - . It is doubtful if a hair-dve is ever advisable, though an eyebrow is sometimes improved by a light application, to bring it into harmonious color with the hair, as is also hair which grows white in patches. There is no objection to the hair growing gray. Indeed the gray is often fully as beautiful as the former color. Baldness is usually avoided by keeping the head cool. Women sel¬ dom have bald heads, but men often do, the baldness commencing upon the head at a point which is covered by the hat. In order to preserve the hair, gentlemen must avoid warm hats and caps, and whatever is worn must be thoroughly ventilated by apertures sufficient in quantity and size to allow all the heated air to escape. The silk hat should have at least twenty holes punched in the top to afford sufficient ventilation. The beard is nature’s badge to indicate manhood. It was an unwise fashion that ordained that the face should be shaved. Gradually men begin to learn that health, comfort and improved appearance come with the full beard, and in later years the beard is acquiring the prestige it held in olden times. Care should be taken to keep the "Beard and liair so cut and trimmed that they may present a handsome appearance. The Teeth. The teeth should be thoroughly cleaned with a toothbrush each morn¬ ing after breakfast. Some persons clean the teeth after every meal, which is a most excellent habit. By cleaning the teeth regularly, no washes are necessary, though occasionally castile soap will be beneficial. Should tartar collect in such quantity as to be difficult to remove, the dentist should be consulted. Should the teeth begin to decay, they should be immediately cared for by the dentist. Powdered charcoal easily removes stains, and makes the teeth white. The following also is an excellent wash for the teeth: Tincture of myrrh, 1 ounce; compound tincture of cinchona 1 ounce- water I ounce. Put five drops on the toothbrush, dip the brush then in water, and wash the teeth. Keep the teeth clean. They look badly if not perfectly white and clean. Ears, Eyes and Nose. In the daily bath, all the crevices of the ears should be thoroughly cleaned, and the earwax carefully removed whenever it shows itself. Special pains should be taken to keep the eyes clean. It shows filthy habits to see matter gathered in the corners. If dirt accumulates between washings, the eyes should be carefully wiped with a soft handkerchief. Keep the nasal passages perfectly clear. If there is an inclination for accumulations to stop there, snuff water up the nose, and afterward blow it, placing the thumb on one side while you blow the other. Keep the nose so clear that you can breathe through it with ease, and avoid the coarse habit of picking it. Regularity of Habits. It is of the utmost importance, if the individual would enjoy health and possess beauty, that all the personal habits be perfectly regular, and that attention be given to these each twenty-four hours at a regular time. Do not let visiting traveling or business interfere with them. You must be regular in sleep, in evacuation of the bowels, in bathing and in eat- ins ' Nature will not he cheated. She requires perfect attention to certain duties. If you attempt to violate her requirements, you will be certainly punished. Whenever the person complains of sickness, he confesses to a viola¬ tion consciously or unconsciously, unavoidably or otherwise, of some of tion, consuo i y ks on « Health,” in the “ Letters of nature’s requirements, (bee remarKs Advice,” elsewhere in this volume.) WHAT COLORS MAY BE WORN. Nature has her peculiar shades and contrasts, with which she embel¬ lishes all her works. Over the retreating dark gray cloud in the east does the rainbow show itself, strong by contrast, and beautiful in the harmony of its sur¬ roundings. Surpassingly lovely are the brilliant rays of the golden sun¬ set, as they lie reflected upon the fleecy clouds at eventide, their charm coming from their surroundings of the gray and azure blue. Daz¬ zling bright are the twinkling stars as they smile upon us in their bed of cerulean blue; and very beautiful is the rose, as it perfumes the air and charms the eye amid its accompaniments of green. Nature thus robes all her works with shades that complement and harmonize; the result being to show the object to the best advantage. In the higher civilization, men have donned the conventional suit of black and have abandoned the domain of color to woman, who with her keenly esthetic nature can never be induced to forego the pleasure that comes from brilliant and harmonious hues. Alive as woman is, theie- fore, to the principles that make beauty, it becomes us to investigate the subject of personal appearance as affected by color. Colors that Suit Different Complexions. Two distinct types of complexion exist among the white race, namely, the light-haired, fair and ruddy complexions, termed Blondes; and the dark-haired and dark-skinned, called Brunettes. Between these are several intermediate tints and shades, all requiting* much close observation to fully discriminate as to the colors most suitable to be worn, to harmonize with the different shades of complexion. Investigation has proven that the light-haired and rosy-cheeked, with red or golden hair and ruddy complexion, require certain colors in head¬ dress and drapery to harmonize; and the same is true of the dark com- plexion, with dark hair and eyebrows. The Shades that Blondes May Wear. Dark violet, intermixed with lilac and blue, give additional charms to the fair-haired, ruddy blonde. Green, also, with lighter or darker tints, is favorable. With the very ruddy, the blue and green should he darker rather than lighter. An intermixture of white may likewise go with these colors. The neutral colors arc also suitable to the ruddy blondes. Of these are the russet, slate, maroon, and all the hues of brown. Light neutral tints are also pleasing, such as gray, drab, fawn and stone colors. Transparent and delicate complexions, with light, chestnut or brown hair, should have the same set otf by contrast. Thus blue, pale yel¬ low, azure, lilac and black, trimmed with rose or pink, are suitable, as are also the various shades of gray. Colors that become the Brunette. Glossy black becomes the brunette; so do white, scarlet, orange and yellow. The scarlet blossom in the hair, gold-colored ribbon and poppy colors, deftly but not too conspicuously woven about the neck and breast, will display the face to fine advantage. Green also befits the dark complexion. The sallow complexion is improved by the different shades of dark green and red. A yellow complexion is made handsomer by the reflec¬ tion of yellow about it; especially if relieved by poppy colors or black. The red and yellow face is benefited by coming in contact with blue or orange. The red face is improved by red around it, red and blue tints being developed thereby. Red and blue are relieved by purple, and the blue and yellow by green. White and black become the pale face, but red and blue become it better. Light colors harmonize with and befit the pale skin, while the dark skin is improved by the darker tints. Colors in Bonnets. Black Bonnets , with white, pink or red flowers and white feather, become the fair complexion. They also become the black-haired type when trimmed with white, red, orange or yellow. White Bonnets , made of lace, muslin or crape, suit all complexions, though not so becoming to the rosy complexion as other colors. A white bonnet may be trimmed with white or pink, but with the blonde is handsomest when trimmed with blue flowers. For the brunette, prefer¬ ence should be given to trimmings of red, pink, orange and yellow never blue. Blue Bonnets are suitable only for fair or light, rosy complexions. They should never be worn by the brunette. Tellozv and Orange Bonnets suit the brunette, their appropriate trim¬ ming being poppy colors, scarlet, white and black, black and scarlet, black, scarlet and yellow. Light Blue Bonnets are very suitable for those having light hair. They may be trimmed with white flowers, and in many cases with orange and yellow. ,. Green Bonnets best become the fair and rosy complexion. VV hite flowers will harmonize in the trimmings, but pink is preferable. Colors Suitable for the Different Seasons. Red, in its various tints, being a warm color, when worn in dress, has a pleasing* effect in winter. Purple is appropriate in winter, spring and autumn. Green is becoming in late summer and in autumn, by contrast with the general somber appearance of dead foliage at that season of the year. White and light tints in clothing give an appearance of coolness and comfort in summer. Black and dark colors are appropriate at all seasons. Colors We See First. Of a variety of colors to be seen, the white or light-colored will usu¬ ally attract attention first and farthest, from the fact that, most objects being of dark shades of color, it is strongest in contrast. Next to white comes the scarlet red, which, close by, is one of the most brilliant and attractive colors. Yellow is one of the most noticeable, succeeded by the orange, crimson, blue and purple. Colors in Dress Most Beautiful at Night. A dress of a color that may be beautiful during the day, may be lack¬ ing in beauty at night, owing to the effect of gaslight; and another, most charming in the evening, may possess little beauty in the daytime. Thus, crimson, which is handsome in the evening, loses its effect upon e complexion in the daytime. So white and yellow, that add beauty a night, are unbecoming by day. The scarlet, orange and the light brown are also most charming 1 u " Colors Most Beautiful by Daylight. Pale yellow, which is handsome by day, is muddy in appearance by gaslight. So purple and orange, that harmonize and are beautiful by daylight, lose their charm at night. The beauty of rose color disappears under the gaslight; and all the shades of purple and lilac, the dark blues and green lose their brilliancy in artificial light. Ordinarily, the complexion will bear the strongest color at night. $ize Affec ted by Color. The apparent size is affected by colors. As white upon the building will make it appear larger, so a light-colored dress will have the same effect upon the person. Thus the large figure will appear best in close- fitting black, and next best in the sober hues. The smaller figure will COLORS THAT HARMONIZE.-WHY FASHIONS CHANGE. 173 show to advantage in the light colors. Black, however, for a person of any size, is the most suitable color for nearly all occasions; and, hand¬ somely made, well fitted, artistically trimmed, and suitably relieved at throat and bodice with ribbons, lace and flowers corresponding with the complexion, makes always a most beautiful costume. Persons whose resources are limited and who cannot afford a varied wardrobe should by this fact be guided to a constant preference for black. Colors that Contrast and Harmonize. The object of two or more different tints in dress is to obtain relief by variety, and yet the two shades brought thus in contrast should harmo¬ nize, else the beauty of each will be. lessened. Thus, a lady with a blue dress would greatly injure its effect by wearing a crimson shawl; as she would also a lilac-colored dress by trimming it with a dark brown. That the reader may understand the colors that will contrast and yet blend, the following list of harmonizing colors is given: Blue and gold; blue and orange; blue and salmon color; blue and drab; blue and stone color; blue and white; blue and gray; blue and straw color; blue and maize; blue and chestnut; blue and brown; blue and black; blue and white; blue, brown, crimson and gold. Black and white; black and orange; black and maize; black and scarlet; black and lilac; black and pink; black and slate color; black and buff; black, white, yellow and crimson; black, orange, blue and yellow. Crimson and gold; crimson and orange; crimson and maize; crimson and purple; crimson and black; crimson and drab. Green and gold; green and yellow; green and orange; green and crimson; green, crimson and yellow; green, scarlet and yellow. Lilac and gold; lilac and maize; lilac and cherry; lilac and scarlet; lilac and crimson; lilac, scarlet, white and black; lilac, gold and chest¬ nut; lilac, yellow, scarlet and white. Orange and chestnut; orange and brown; orange, lilac and crimson- orange, red and green; orange, blue and crimson; orange, purple and scarlet; orange, blue, scarlet, green and white. Purple and gold; purple and orange; purple and maize; purple, scarlet and gold color; purple, white and scarlet; purple, orange, blue and scarlet; purple, scarlet, blue, yellow and black. Red and gold; red, white or gray; red, green and orange; red, black and yellow; red, yellow, black and white. Scarlet and purple; scarlet and orange; scarlet and blue; scarlet and slate color; scarlet, black and white; scarlet, white and blue; scarlet, gray and blue; scarlet, yellow and blue; scarlet, blue, yellow and black. Tellovj and red; yellow and brown; yellow and chestnut; yellow and violet; yellow and blue; yellow and purple; yellow and crimson; yellow and black; yellow, purple and crimson; yellow and scarlet. FASHION-WHY DOES IT CHANGE? Because change is one of nature’s laws. If there was no change, there would be no motion; and without motion there would be no life! Change is ever going forward in nature. To-day it is spring, and all nature is waking to new life. A few weeks hence, and every tree and shrub will be clothed in a garb of green, sprinkled with blossoms. Later, the green of various shades will merge into the autumn tints; and later still, nature will doff her garb entirely, only to clothe herself in the coming years again with various changes, according to the seasons. So mankind instinctively changes in style of costume, oftentimes for better, and sometimes, it must be admitted, for the worse. But the change ever goes forward, fashion repeating itself within the century, often within a generation, almost as certainly as the seasons do within the year. There is no use, therefore, in issuing a fiat against changes of fashion. Best judgment is shown in accepting of the inevitable and adapting ourselves to the circumstances. Hints to Gentlemen. It is best taste to conform to fashion, avoiding extremes. While it is well to guard against the adoption of a decidedly unwise fashion, it is well also to avoid an oddity in dress. Well dressed gentlemen wear dark clothing cut and made to mea¬ sure. Watch-chain, one ring, shirt-stud and sleeve-buttons are all the jewelry allowable for the gentleman. Other colors than black will be appropriate in their season and for various kinds of employment. Hints to Parents. Give the boy a good suit of clothes, if you wish him to appear manly. An ill-fitting, bad-looking garment destroys a boy’s respect for himself! To require the boy to wear men’s cast-off clothing, and go shambling around in a large pair of boots, and then expect him to have good man¬ ners, is like giving him the poorest of tools, because he is a boy, and then expecting him to do as fine work with them as a man would with good tools. Like the man or woman, the boy respects himself, and will do much more honor to his parents, when he is well dressed in a neatly fitting suit of clothes. Even his mother should relinquish her rights, and let the barber cut his hair. As a rule, well dressed children exhibit better conduct than children that are careless in personal appearance. While vanity should be guarded against, children should be encouraged to be neat in person and dress. The mother should strive also to make her boy manly. Possibly, as a pet, her boy has in infancy had his hair curled. Even now, when he is six or eight years of age, the curls look very pretty. But the mother must forego her further pleasure in the curls; for the boy, to take his Place along with the others, to run and jump, to grow manly and strong, must wear short hair. His mother can no longer dress it like a girl’s. It will be necessary and best to cut oft' his curls. Hints to Ladies. Best taste will dictate an observance of fashion, avoiding extremes. Dress the hair so that it will exhibit variety and relief, without making the forehead look too high. Have one pronounced color in the dress, all other colors harmonizing with that. See “Harmony of Colors.” A dress should fit the form. Well fitted and judiciously trimmed, a calico dress is handsomer than an ill-fitting silk dress. To present a handsome appearance, all the appurtenances of the lady’s dress should be scrupulously neat and clean. Every article that is de¬ signed to be white should be a pure white, and in perfect order. Much taste maybe displayed in dress about the neck, and care should be observed not to use trimmings that will enlarge the appearance of the shoulders. The dress should be close-fitting about the waist and shoulders, though the lady should not lace too tightly. As with the gentleman, quiet colors are usually in best taste. Heavy, rich, dark materials best suit the woman of tall figure; while light, full draperies should be worn only by those of slender proportions. Short persons should beware of wearing flounces, or horizontal trimmings that will break the perpendicular lines, as the effect is to make them ap¬ pear shorter. Care should be taken to dress according to the age, the season, the employment and the occasion. As a rule, a woman appears her loveliest when, in a dress of dark color, we see her with the rosy complexion of health, her hair dressed neatly, her throat and neck tastefully cared for, her dress in neither extreme of fashion, while the whole is relieved by a moderate amount of carefully selected jewelry. We have aimed, in this chapter on the toilet, to present the scientific principles of dress — principles that can be applied at all times, whatever may be the fashion. It will now become the reader to study these prin¬ ciples, and apply them in accordance with the rules of common sense and the fashions as they may prevail. 174 SUGGESTIONS ABOUT TRAILING DRESSES. — CONDUCT IN THE STREET-CARS. (T .V RULES OF CONDUCT TO BE OBSERVED. Tad I ' 1 J ADIES and gentlemen, when meeting on the side¬ walk, should always pass to the right. Should the _/ walk be narrow or dangerous, gentlemen will always see that ladies are protected from injury. Ladies should avoid walking rapidly upon the street, as it is ungraceful and unbecoming. Running across the street in front of carriages is dan¬ gerous, and shows want of dignity. The gentleman should insist upon carrying any package which the lady may have, when walking with her. Before recognizing a lady on the street, the gentleman should be cer¬ tain that his recognition will meet with favor. No gentleman should stand on the street- corners, steps of hotels, or other public places, and make remarks about ladies passing by. A gentleman may take two ladies upon his arms, but under no circumstances should the lady take the arms of two gentlemen. Upon the narrow walk, for her protection, the gentleman should generally give the lady the inside of the walk (Fig. ai), passing behind her when changing at corners. Allowing a dress to trail on the street is in exceedingly bad taste. Such a street costume simply calls forth criticism and contempt from the more sensible people. A gentleman walking with a lady should accommodate his step and pace to hers. For the gentleman to be some distance ahead, pre¬ sents a bad appearance. Should protection on the street be necessary, it is customary for the gentleman to give his right arm to the lady; but if more convenient, he may give the left. It is courtesy to give silent, respectful attention as a funeral pro¬ cession passes. It shows want of respect to pass between the carnages while the procession is moving. Staring at people, spitting, looking back after they pass, saluting peo¬ ple across the street, calling out loudly or laughing at people as they go by, are all evidences of ill-breeding. The gentleman accompanying a lady should hold the door open for the lady to enter first. Should he be near the door when a lady, unat¬ tended, is about to enter, he will do the same for her. In the evening, or whenever safety may require, a gentleman should give a lady his arm. It is not customary in other cases to do so on the street, unless with an elderly lady, or the couple be husband and wife.^ whether Some authorities claim that it is most sensible for the a y freg t0 ^old trail, fan, or parasol._ A gentleman will assist a lady over a bad crossing, or from an omni¬ bus or carriage, without waiting for the formality of an introduction. When the service is performed, he will raise his hat, bow, and pass on. In a street car or an omnibus, the passengers who are seated should strive to give seats to those who are standing, rendering such accommo¬ dation as they would themselves desire under similar circumstances. When crossing the pavement, the lady should raise her dress with the right hand, a little above the ankle. To raise the dress with both hands, is vulgar, and can be excused only when the mud is very deep. No gentleman will smoke when walking with, or standing in the presence of, a lady on the street. He should remove the cigar from her presence entirely, even though permission be granted to continue the smoking. A gentleman should give his seat to any lady who may be standing in a public conveyance. For this favor she should thank him, which courtesy he should acknowledge by a slight bow. In an omnibus he will pass up the la¬ dies’ fares. A true lady will go quietly and unobtru¬ sively about her business when on the street, never seeking to attract the attention of the op¬ posite sex, at the same time recognizing ac-. quaintances with a courteous bow, and friends with pleasant words of greeting. Swinging the arms when walking, eating upon the street, sucking the parasol handles, pushing violently through a crowd, very loud and boisterous talking and laughing on the = _ ^ streets, and whispering in public conveyances, ~ are all evidences of ill-breeding in ladies. A lady should have the escort of a gen¬ tleman in the evening. A gentleman at the house where she may call may return with her if she goes unattended; gossip and scandal are best avoided, however, if she have some one from her home call for her at an appointed hour. On the narrow street-crossing the gentleman will allow the lady to precede him, that he may see that no injury befalls her. Should a lady stop in the street, when meeting a gentleman, it is courtesy for him to stop also. Should his business be urgent, he will apologize for not continuing the conversation, and ask to be excused. Should it be desirable to lengthen the interview, and the lady resumes her walk in the midst of her conversation, it is courtesy for him to turn and accompany her. Should she desire to end the conversation, a slight bow from her will indicate the fact, when he should bid her “ good day and take his leave. ^ ^ ind00rs . her rigbt hand being thus Fit 21. The street-promenade. The gentleman gives the lady the inside of the walk. * A FEW RULES WHICH SHOULD NEVER BE FORGOTTEN. 175 Unclassified L T Etiquette. IMPORTANT RULES OF CONDUCT. EVER exaggerate. Never point to another. Never betray a confidence. Never wantonly frighten others. Never leave home with unkind words. Never neglect to call upon your friends. Never laugh at the misfortunes of others. Never give a promise that you do not fulfill. Never send a present, hoping for one in return. Never speak much of your own performances. Never fail to be punctual at the time appointed. Never make yourself the hero of your own story. Never pick the teeth or clean the nails in company. Never fail to give a polite answer to a civil question. Never question a servant or a child about family matters. Never present a gift saying that it is of no use to yourself. Never read letters which you may find addressed to others. Never fail, if a gentleman, of being civil and polite to ladies. Never call attention to the features or form of anyone present. Never refer to a gift you have made, or favor you have rendered. Never associate with bad company. Have good company, or none. Never look over the shoulder of another who is reading or writing. Never appear to notice a scar, deformity, or defect of anyone present. Never arrest the attention of an acquaintance by a touch. Speak to him. Never punish your child for a fault to which you are addicted your- self. Never answer questions in general company that have been put to others. Never, when traveling abroad, be over boastful in praise of your own country. Never call a new acquaintance by the Christian name unless requested to do so. Never lend an article you have borrowed, unless you have permission to do so. Never attempt to draw the attention of the company constantly upon yourself. Never exhibit anger, impatience or excitement, when an accident happens. IS ever pass between two persons who are talking - together, without an apology. Never enter a room noisily; never fail to close the door after you, and never slam it. Never forget that, if you are faithful in a few things, you may be ruler over many. Never exhibit too great familiarity with the new acquaintance; you may give offense. Never will a gentleman allude to conquests which he may have made with ladies. Never be guilty of the contemptible meanness of opening a private letter addressed to another. Never fail to offer the easiest and best seat in the room to an invalid, an elderly person, or a lady. Never neglect to perform the commission which the friend entrusted to you. You must not forget. Tv ever send your guest, who is accustomed to a warm room, off into a cold, damp, spare bed, to sleep. Never enter a room filled with people, without a slight bow to the general company when first entering. Never fail to answer an invitation, either personally or by letter, with¬ in a week after the invitation is received. Never accept of favors and hospitalities without rendering an ex¬ change of civilities when opportunity offers. ever cross the leg and put out one foot in the street-car, or places where it will trouble others when passing by. Never fail to tell the truth. If truthful, you get your reward. You will get your punishment if you deceive. Never borrow money and neglect to pay. If you do, you will soon be known as a person of no business integrity. Never write to another asking for information, or a favor of any kind, without inclosing a postage stamp for the reply. Never fail to say kind and encouraging words to those whom you meet in distress. Your kindness may lift them out of their despair. Never refuse to receive an apology. You may not revive friendship, but courtesy will require, when an apology is offered, that you accept it. Never examine the cards in the card-basket. While they may be ex posed in the drawing-room, you are not expected to turn them over un¬ less invited to do so. Never, when walking arm in arm with a lady, be continually chang¬ ing and going to the other side, because of change of corners. It shows too much attention to form. Never should the lady accept of expensive gifts at the hands of a gen¬ tleman not related or engaged to her. Gifts of flowers, books, music or confectionery may be accepted. Never insult another by harsh words when applied to for a favor. Kind words do not cost much, and yet they may carry untold happiness to the one to whom they are spoken. Never fail to speak kindly. If a merchant, and you address your clerk; if an overseer, and you address your workmen; if in any position where you exercise authority, you show yourself to be a gentleman by your pleasant mode of address. Never attempt to convey the impression that you are a genius, by imi¬ tating the faults of distinguished men. Because certain great men were poor penmen, wore long hair, or had other peculiarities, it does not fol¬ low that you will be great by imitating their eccentricities. Never give all your pleasant words and smiles to strangers. The kindest words and the sweetest smiles should be reserved for horrte. Home should be our heaven. “We have careful thought for the stranger, And smiles for the sometimes guest; But oft for our own the bitter tone, Though we love our own the best. Ah: lips with the curl impatient— Ah! brow with the shade of scorn, ’T were a cruel fate were the night too late To undo the work of the morn.” 176 THE NEIGHBORHOOD WHERE DOMESTIC ANIMALS RUN AT LARGE. Etiquette Among Neighbors —&6 DIVISION FENCES BETWEEN HOUSES. BE kind, and to treat politely the persons with whom we are immediately associated, is not all, nor should civility cease with the casual intercourse between neighbors; it should go beyond. We should regard the rights of the individual. Were all to do so, mankind would take a long stride in advance of the present sel¬ fish and thoughtless conduct which too often actuates even those who are reputed to be good and respectable. This want of regard for the rights of others is shown in many ways. To illustrate: The individual who will conduct a house or an establishment that is unpleasant, injurious to health, or detrimental to the community, evinces a disregard for the courtesy that is due to his neighbors. The parents who al¬ low children to annoy their neighbors, are al¬ ways a most undesira¬ ble people to have in the vicinity. The people of a com¬ munity who will de¬ liberately turn horses, cattle and hogs into the street, entirely dis¬ regarding the fact that the animals are liable to do much damage to others, demonstrate a lack of regard for neighbors which is in¬ excusable, and can on¬ ly be explained on the ground that the habit is so common that they do not realize the in¬ jury they are doing. The fact that we ac¬ costed Mr. Jones po¬ litely, and said pleas¬ ant things in his presence, was good so far as it went, but the further fact that we turned our cattle into the street, well knowing they were liable to tram¬ ple Mr. Jones’ sidewalk to pieces, and break down his trees, demonstrates that, while we are very agreeable to his face, we care but little what we may do behind his back. This utter disregard for the wants of others causes people generally to become suspicious of their neighbors. It is true that this suspicion is gradually becoming lessened. The time was when the inhabitants built a castle as nearly as possible impregnable; around that was built a high enclosure, and still outside of that was a canal with a draw¬ bridge. Gradually the fact has dawned that we need not be thus suspi¬ cious. We need not build a house of stone, we need not construct a canal, but we still adhere to the high wall or fence, as we are oftentimes compelled to because of the disposition of the neighbor to trample upon our rights by allowing his animals to destroy our property. The reader has doubtless seen a town in which the people allowed their domestic animals to run at large, the hogs to root the turf to pieces by the roadside, the cattle to destroy sidewalks, to break through fences and to tear down trees. This want of courtesy is not uncommon. In short, it is altogether too common in many towns of the country, and upon the part of the owners of animals it shows a complete disregard of the rights of those who would beautify their homes, and thus correspond¬ ingly beautify the town. The code of etiquette should not alone apply among individuals when directly associated to¬ gether. It should ex¬ tend further. It should go out and permeate a neighborhood. It should diffuse itself throughout a town. It should bind together the people of a State— of a nation. It should be a rule of action among all nations. Already the evidences of courtesy among na¬ tions begins to mani¬ fest itself. The Inter¬ national Congress is based upon this princi- ple. The idea of friendly association of the representatives of nations for mutual ad¬ justment of differen¬ ces, is the beginning of a recognition ot the rights of each other. Fig. 22. PEOPLE WHO ARE TROUBLED BY THEIR NEIGHBORS. The above illustration represents a common scene. The neighbors suspect each other, and they destroy the beauty of their grounds in the attempt to shut each other out. Sus¬ picion and selfishness rule. Regardless of the rights of others, animals are allowed to trample to pieces the side¬ walks, to destroy shade trees and to despoil the neighbor's yard. Inharmony, disorder, and ill-feeling among the peo¬ ple arc characteristics of the neighborhood. This is evidence of a higher civilization. When we can rise su¬ perior to selfishness, when we are willing to consider the rights and the requirements of others, when we are governed by the generous spirit of doing unto others as we would that they should do unto us, then wc are directed by a power that will make an entire people, as a whole, what the laws of etiquette determine they shall be individually, in their intercourse with each other. The illustration (Fig 22) upon this page represents a scene which may be observed in many villages or cities—a group of residences, modern and beautiful in architecture, surrounded and disfigured by high mclos- ures put up to guard against people who allow their cattle and other animals to destroy their neighbor’s property. PEOPLE WHO DO TO OTHERS AS THEY WISH OTHERS TO DO TO THEM. 177 E fences shown upon the opposite page, separating' houses and lots, often prevent acquaintance with neigh¬ bors being made. The result of this non-intercourse is usually a suspicion that the neighbor is unworthy of confidence, an opinion which is never overcome except by interchange of civilities which would show each the worth of the other. Unacquainted with his neighbors, the resident, ceas¬ ing to consider their rights, grows careless of his obligations toward others, and consequently becomes a less worthy citizen. The illustration upon this page (Fig. z 3 ) represents the scene very much changed. Again we have the same residences, and the same neighbors, who have become acquainted and have learned to value each other. The re¬ sult of this social in¬ tercourse and evident observance of the rights of others has wrought a vast change in the appearance of the homes, which is manifest at a glance. It is plainly appar¬ ent in the scene that a higher civilization pervades the neigh¬ borhood. The animals, that broke down the trees and devastated the sidewalks and grounds, have been w i t h d r a w n by thei r owners, and sent to pastures, where they belong. This of itself is evidence of decided advancement. Examine the scene further. The fences have disappeared save a low coping that determines the outer edge of the lot. In fiG. 23. I HE NEIGHBORHOOD WHERE PEOPLE LIVE IN HARMONY. all are improved. Even the cat and dog that quarrelled in the former scene are now acquainted with each other, and happily play together. Io maintain pleasant relations among neighbors, there are a few things which the citizen must avoid. Among these are the following: Never allow children to play upon a neightfor’s grounds or premises unless they are invited and made perfectly welcome by the neighbor. Never allow fowls or animals of any kind, which you have control over, to trespass upon the premises or rights of other people. Never borrow of neighbors if it be possible to avoid it. It is better to buy what you need than to frequently borrow. There are a few things which a neighbor should never be expected to lend. Among these are fine-edged tools, delicate machinery, and any article liable to easily get out of order. The less business relations among neighbors, the better. Never fail to return, with thanks, any arti¬ cle borrowed, as soon as you have finished using it, and see that it is in as good or bet¬ ter condition than when you received it. Articles of provi¬ sions which may be borrowed should be very promptly return¬ ed in larger quantity, to pay interest, and better in quality if pos¬ sible. In no way can a neighbor lose char¬ acter more effectually in business dealing than by the petty mean¬ ness of borrowing and tailing to pay, or by paying with a poorer quality and in less amount. This illustration represents a neighborhood where the peo¬ ple evidently do unto others as they wish others to do unto them. They trust each other. The barriers between them are removed. No animal is allowed to do injury. Enjoying peace and beauty they evidently desire that the neighbor shall share the same. This co-operation, kindness and re¬ gard for all, give the beauty, the harmony, the peace, and the evident contentment which are here presented. a ‘° ne ' l ‘ tem of expense has been removed, while with it has me le enlargement of grounds, which, studded with finely trimmed with r , crsected with w!ndi "g- pathways, surround every residence in fL elegant park. That this improvement is enjoyed, is shown “ n » r ^ atln ff of tire neighbors together in the shady nook, the fL s 0f ‘ 1,e chiIdren on the lawn, and the promenade of the ladies and gentlemen throughout the beautifully embellished grounds. All delight in c-rr/! 1 are made better hy it. While the resident could be coarse and selfish in his own little lot, he is now thrown upon bis good cnavior as he mingles with others on the beautiful grounds, and thus Avoid speaking evil of your neighbor. As a rule it is only safe to compliment and praise the absent one. It any misunderstanding arises between yourself and a neighbor, en¬ deavor to effect a reconciliation by a full explanation. When the matter is fully understood you will very likely be better friends ever afterwards. Never fail, if the grounds run together, to keep your premises in as good order as your neighbor’s. Should you own the house and grounds, and others occupy the same, you will do well to arrange to keep the exte¬ rior of the premises in order at your own expense, as tenants have not the same interest. The improvements of grounds among neighbors thus will always be kept up; you will be compensated by securing the best 1 c * ass tenants, and the neighborhood will be greatly improved. Charming, Beautiful Homes. BARRIERS BETWEEN NEIGHBORS REMOVED. 178 I might have done the same under the same circumstances. Kindness to the Erring. A PLEA FOR THE UNFORTUNATE. e N officer of the law vou may be, and it be¬ comes you to care for the prisoner in your charge. While law should be en¬ forced, for the good of the criminal as well as the protection of society, it does not become you to be unkind. Perhaps investigation may prove that your pri¬ soner is innocent and has been wrongly arrested. But if guilty, at he is simply unfortunate. He r . ...... no power to say what qualities of mind he should inherit, what his temperament should be, or what training he should receive in in¬ fancy; all of which are usually determining causes that fix man’s destiny in after-life. He stands before you largely the victim of unfortu¬ nate circumstances. He lacks the moral strength which others possess, and hence his weakness and us errors. True, he must pay the penalty of his trans¬ gression, but you can temper the administration ot your government with such justice as will tend to the improvement and, possibly, the reformation of the „ - criminal. Whatever the conduct of the prisoner, you should always rise superior to the feelings of passion or revenge. In a thousand ways our paths in life will be crossed by those who commit errors. It will be easy to find fault; it will be natural to blame But we must never forget that further back, far beyond our sight, he causes that tended to produce these results. Well may the mother look with deep anxiety upon the infant, wonder- ln _ Whose hearts have grown hardened, whose spirits are cold Be it woman all fallen, or man all defiled, A voice whispers sadly, “Ah! some mother s child . No matter how far from the right she hath strayed; No matter what inroads dishonor hath made; No matter what element cankered the pearl — Though tarnished and sullied, she’s some mother s girl. No matter how wayward his footsteps have been, No matter how deep he is sunken in sin; No matter how low is his standard of joy — Though guilty and loathsome, he’s some mother s boy. That head hath been pillowed on tenderest breast; That form hath been wept o’er, those lips have been pressed, That soul hath been praved for in tones sweet and mild, For her sake deal gently with “ some mother s child. W HILE error must be deplored and virtue ever commended, we should deal carefully and considerately with the erring, ever remembering that a myriad of untoward circumstances are continually weaving a network around the individual, fettering and binding a soul that otherwise would be white and pure. It is a most fortunate circumstance for the child to be born of an ex¬ cellent parentage, to be reared amid kindness, and to be guided in youth by wise counsels. Given all these favoring circumstances, and the chances are that the pathway in life will be honorable. Deprived of these advantages, the individual is likely to fall short in .excellence in proportion as the circumstances have been unfavorable. There are those who seemingly have only a smooth pathway in life. They were so fortunate as to be born with an excellently balanced organ¬ ization of mind. They have no passion unduly in excess. They have no abnormal longings, no eccentricities, no weaknesses. Roses strew their way, and they live a life well rounded out and full of honor. But while there are those who are apparently exempt from temptation, all are not so fortunate in ability, in strength of purpose and in power o will which may enable them to resist evil. Some are liable to easi y err, and it will take, possibly, but a trivial circumstance to carry them aside. In the transgression they will get their punishment-they will suffer sufficiently. It does not become the more fortunate, therefore to take too much credit to themselves for being more virtuous and freef. om error It is vastly n,ore noble and charitable to extend sympathy and compassion. This sentiment is *>ell expressed in the following poem, by Millie C. Pomeroy: You Had a Smooth Path. NE morning, when I went to school, ' rmi j n the long-vanished Yesterday, I found the creek had burst its banks, And spilled its waters.o’er my wav. The little path was filled with mud, I tried to cross it on a log; My foot slipped, and I, helpless, tell Into a mass of miry bog. \ ' Mv clothes were pitiful to see, MV hands and face were coveredI quite. The children laughed right heai tilv, And jeered me when I came m Sweet lessie BroArn, in snow-w hite dress, Stood, smiling, by the teacher s desk, The while he, gjavelv as he might, Inquired the secret of my plight. Then Tessie shook her snow-white dress, And said, “What, will ydu five tome For coming.here ^o nice and clean. Mv verv sWies from dirt, are free. The tutor frowned, and answered he , “ You merit no reward to day; Your clothes and hands are clean, because - You had a smooth papi all the waj. And so. I think, when children erown ' Arc white in srrace or black with sin, We should not j.udsre until we know ■ The path fate had them travel in. For some are led on sunny heights, BevoDd -the-power’of Sin to sway; While others ^rope in darksome patns, 'And face, temptation all the way. BUSINESS AND COMMERCIAL FORMS. 179 Commercial Forms. NOTES, BILLS, ORDERS, CHECKS, DRAFTS RECEIPTS, Etc., Etc. the transaction of business, it becomes necessary for all per¬ sons to occasionally write various business forms. Among those in most frequent use are Receipts, Orders, Bills of Articles Pur¬ chased, Promissory Notes, Checks, Drafts, etc. To better understand these, it is well to be acquainted with the meaning of the various commercial terms to be constantly seen in our general reading. Definition of Commercial Terms. means dollars , being a contraction of U. S., which was formerly placed before any denomination of money, and meant, as it means now, United States Currency. <£-means pounds , English money. @ stands for at or to. lb for pound , and bbl. for barrel; f for per or by the. Thus, Butter s ells at 20@30c ^ lb, and Flour at $8@12 bbl. % for per cent and for number. May 1.—Wheat sells at $1.20@1.25, “seller June.” Seller June means that the person who sells the wheat has the privilege of delivering it at any time during the month of June. Selling short , is contracting to deliver a cer¬ tain amount of grain or stock, at a fixed price, within a certain length of time, when the seller has not the stock on hand. It is for the inter¬ est of the person selling “ short,” to depress the maiket as much as possible, in order that he may buy and fill his contract at a profit. Hence the “shorts ” are termed “bears.” Buying long , is to contract to purchase a cer¬ tain amount of grain or shares of stock at a fixed price, deliverable within a stipulated time, expecting to make a profit by the rise of prices’ The “longs” are termed “bulls,” as it is for their interest to “ operate ” so as to “ toss ” the prices upward as much as possible. Promissory Notes. A promissory note is a promise or engagement in writing to pay a specified sum at a time therein limited, or on demand, or at sight, to a pei son therein named, or his order or assigns, or to the bearer. The person making the note is called the drawer or maker. A note is void when founded upon fraud. Thus, a note obtained from a person when in¬ toxicated, or obtained for any reason which is illegal, cannot be collected.'^ A note given upon Sunday is also void in some States. Notes bear interest only when it is so ex¬ pressed; alter they become due, however, they draw the legal rate ol the State, f Notes payable on demand or at sight, draw no interest until altei presentation or demand ot the same has * If, however the note is transferred to an innocent holder, the claim of fraud or no value received will not avail. The party holding the note can collect it if the maker is able to pay it. " t If it is intended to have the note draw more than the lesral rate of n n ote re f 0 ’f n" mat " rl fo worils should so specify in the body of the note as follows, with interest at the rate of-per cent until paid 180 COMMERCIAL AND BUSINESS FORMS. been made, unless they provide for interest trom date on their face; they then draw the legal rate of interest of the State. If “with interest” is included in the note, it draws the legal rate of the State where it is given, from the time it is made. If the note is to draw a special rate of interest higher than the legal, but not higher than the law allows, the rate must be specified. If the note is made payable to a person or order, to a person or bearer, to a person or his assigns, or to the cashier of an incorporated company or order, such notes are negotiable. When transferring the note, the indorser frees himself from responsibility, so far as the payment is concerned, by writing on the back, above his name, “ Without recourse to me in any event. When a note is made payable at a definite period after date, three days beyond the time expressed on the face of the note (called days of grace) are allowed to the person who is to pay the same, within which to make such payment. Notes payable on demand are not entitled to days of grace. If a note is payable at a bank, and is held there on the day upon which it falls due, until the usual hour for closing, ready lor receiving payment thereon, no further demand upon the maker is necessary, in order to charge the in¬ dorser. The demand must, in all cases, be made upon the last of the days of grace; a demand before that time passing for nothing as against the indorser. The days of grace, which must be computed according to the laws of the State where the note is payable, are to be reckoned exclusive of the day when the note would otherwise become due, and without deduction for Sundays or holidays; in which latter case, by special enact¬ ments in most of the States, notes are deemed to become due upon the secular day next preced¬ ing such days. Thus, a note, due upon the twenty-fifth day of December, is payable on the twenty-fourth, as the day when due is Christ¬ mas day; if the twenty-fourth chance to be Sunday, it is due upon the twenty-third. . In order to charge an indorser, the note, it payable at a particular place, must be presented for payment at the place upon the very day it becomes due; if no place of payment be named, it must be presented, either to the maker per¬ sonally, or at his place of business, during busi¬ ness hours, or at his dwelling house, within rea¬ sonable hours; if payable by a firm, a present¬ ment may be made to either of the partners, or at the firm’s place of business; if given by sev¬ eral persons jointly, not partners, the demand must be made upon all. If the note has been lost, mislaid, or destroyed, the holder must still make a regular and formal demand, offering the party, at the same time, a sufficient indemnity in the event of his paying the same *The simple indorsment of the name of the person selling he note, which serVes as a transfer, upon the back of the same is not in some States a guarantee for the payment of the note at m “ turi *y- 'Jib" ‘lC designed particularly to be a guarantee.it should be so stated on the back of the note, as follows: RICHARD ROE. "For value received, /(or we) hereby guarantee the payment,oj the within note at maturity, or at any time thereafter, with interest at Jer cent, until paid{ and agree to pay all costs or expenses paid or ,n - curred in collecting the same." RICHARD ROE. To avoid the danger of the signer of the guarantee claiming at a future time that said guarantee was written above his name without his knowledge, it is best to have his signature written twice, once above the guarantee, to serve as a transfer, and once below to serve as the guaran¬ tee, as shown above. Negotiable Note. With interest at legal rate per cent, from date. jgOQ Chicago, III., Jan. 1, 18—. Three months after date, for value received, I promise to pay Charles Mix, or order, Five Hundred dollars, with lHtercst ’ ORSON KENDALL. Negotiable Note. With interest at ten per cent, after maturity, until paid. g 100 _ Des Moines, Ia., April 2, 18— For value received, ninety days after date, I promise to pay Orlando Warner, or order, One Hundred dollars, with interest at ten per cent, after maturity, until paid. CHESTER BUTTERFIELD. 4 COMMERCIAL AND BUSINESS FORMS. 181 Form for Pennsylvans 00 ■ ^Ay M, A 14 ma y he “closed,” and the balance Dr. JAMES H. WATSON. 1874. Aug. 12 18 22 24 To Shoeing 2 Horses, “ Repairing Wagon, ‘ Shoeing Horse, “ Mending Shovel, * 7 11 15 17 4 10 2 16 — i 8 17 00 00 00 50 50 10 00 00 Sept. 1 9 15 To Bal. Bro’t Down, “ Repairing Reaper, “ Ironing Wagon, 30 42 29 10 Cr 1874. Aug. Sept. Sept. By 4 Bu. Potatoes, 60c. “ 6 “ Apples, 50c. “ 1 Ton Hay, “ Bal. to NewAcc., By 20 Lbs. Butter, 20c. “ 2 Cds. Wood, 7.00 “ Cash, to Balance, * 2 14 3 15 7 29 4 16 4 34 14 50 11 29 Tl'° li^U^C!, in thi, COh,mU rCfCr 10 thC ° U,llber ° f tbe in th ° i > i° which should be fully recorded each daj’s transaction,. Book- cable to all ^nues\k^gah , ^g^ifa^ e a > ^ounts'wlt ! lfgyoce^mneu, n |>oaMera! l eh;. W ^^ theservailt - *» a PP>- Dr. MRS. ELLEN STRONC. 1873. June 17 24 27 28 To 8 Yds. Cotton Cloth, 10c. “ Cash, “ 4 pairs Stockings, 25c. “ Cash, to Balance, 1 5 80 75 00 45 1873. J une. 7 14 21 28 8 00 Cr, By Washing and Ironing, “ Washing and Cleaning, Cleaning Windows, " Washing and Ironing, met5md > oVSepmg 1 Ui^? I 'a^ouhts 1 hffhe?o l llowhig e ftfrm?' reaSUl eiS S ° CieUes are show “ the correct 1872. Jan'a 7 M ar. 8 April in Dec. 7 31 31 1>r -_Salem Lyceum in Acc’t with Wm. Brown. To 6 Months Rent of Hall “ 2 Tons of Coal. 10.00 “ Lecture by J. Webb, “ Gas, “ 6 Months Rent of Hall “ Balance on Hand, 50 00 1872. J an. 1 20 00 Mar. 10 25 00 Nov. 10 10 00 Dec. 1 50 00 183 50 338 50 Cr. By Cash from Last Year, “ Dues, “ Initiation Fees, “ Dues 338 50 192 ORDERS — RECEIPTS. ORDERS. For Money. For Merchandise not Exceeding in Value a Specified Sum. Sandusky, O., Aug. 9,18 — . Messrs. Brown, .Jones & Co.: Please deliver to the hearer, W. II. Wing, such goods as he may desire from your store, not exceeding in value the sum of Fifty dollars, and charge the same to my account. K. L. BAXTER. For Merchandise. For Goods Stored. Mr. J. M. Hunter: Please pay merchandise, and charge to Austin, Texas, Dec. 1,13—. John Wilkins, Seventy-live dollars in GOODRICH & SMITn. Hannibal, Mo., April 11,18—. Messrs. Stevens, Coee & Co.: Please deliver to B. Hooper, or order, One Hundred barrels of Flour, stored by me in your warehouse. GEORGE WAKEFIELD. RECEIPTS. For Money on Account. _ S YY Bond of Cashier of a Bank. Know all Men by this instrument, that I, Nathaniel How¬ ard of the town of San Antonio, County of Bexar, and State of Texas, am firmly bound to the First National Bank corpo¬ ration of said town, county, and state, in the sum of One hun¬ dred thousand dollars, to be paid to the First National Bank corporation, or assigns, aforementioned ; for which payment I bind myself, my heirs, executors, and administrators, by this instrument. Sealed with my seal, and" dated this third day of February, one thousand eight hundred and seventy-two. Whereas, the above bounden Nathaniel Howard has been appointed Cashier of the First National Bank of San Antonio, aforementioned, by reason whereof, various sums of money, goods, valuables, and other property, belonging to said Bank corporation, will come into his custody ; 198 LEGAL BUSINESS FORMS — BONDS, CHATTEL MORTGAGES. Therefore, the condition of the above bond is such, that, if the said Nathaniel Howard, his executors or administrators, at the expiration of his time of service to said Bank, upon request to him or them made, shall deliver unto the said Bank coipo- ration, or their agent, or their attorney, a correct account of all sums of money, goods, valuables, and other property, as it comes into his custody, as Cashier of said Bank, and shall pay and deliver to his successor in office, or any other person au¬ thorized to receive the same, all balances, sums of money, goods, valuables, and other property, which shall be in his hands, and due by him to said Bank corporation ; and if the said Nathaniel Howard shall justly, honestly, and faithfully, in all matters, serve the said Bank corporation as Cashier, during his continuance in such capacity, then the above obligation to be of no effect; otherwise to remain valid and in full force. Signed, sealed, and de¬ livered in presence of John Stoddard. Bond to a Corporation. Know all Men by these presents, that I, Cornelius Burr, of West Chester, Chester County, State of Pennsylvania, am firmly bound unto the Chester County Beet Sugar Manufactur¬ ing Company, in the sum of Twenty Thousand dollars, to be paid to the said Company, or their assigns, for which payment to be made, I bind myself and representatives firmly by these presents. Sealed with my seal, and dated this August first, eighteen hundred and seventy. The condition of the above bond is such that, if I, the said Cornelius Burr, my heirs, administrators, or assigns, shall pay unto the said Chester County Beet Sugar Manufacturing Com¬ pany, or assigns, Ten Thousand dollars, in two equal payments, viz.: Five Thousand dollars January first, 1871, and Five Thou¬ sand dollars July first next following, with accrued interest, then the above to be void ; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Sealed and delivered in presence of Charles Royce. CHATTEL MORTGAGES. A Chattel Mortgage is a mortgage on person¬ al property, given by a debtor to a creditor, as security for the payment of a sum or sums that may be due. The mortgaged property may remain in the possession of either party, while such mortgage is in force. In order to hold the property secure against other creditors, the mortgagee (the per¬ son holding the mortgage) must have a true copy of the mortgage filed in the Clerk's or Recorder’s office of the town, city, or county where the mortgagor (the person giving the mortgage) resides, and where the property is, when mortgaged. In some States, a justice of the peace, in the voting precinct where such property mortgaged is located, must acknowledge and sign the mortgage, taking a transcript of the same upon his court docket, while the mortgage itself should be recorded, the same as real estate transfers. Chattel Mortgage. This Indenture, made and entered Into this tenth day of March, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and seventy-two, between Amos W. Barber, of the town of Waukegan, of the County of Lake, and State of Illinois, party of the first part, and Alonzo W. King, of the same town, County, and State, party of the second part. Witnesseth, that the said party of the first part, for and in consideration of the sum of Six hundred dollars, in hand paid, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, does hereby grant, sell, convey, and confirm unto the said party of the second part, his heirs and assigns forever, all and singular, the follow¬ ing described goods and chattels, to wit: Two four-year old cream-colored horses, one Chickering pi¬ ano, No. 6132, one tapestry carpet.. 16x18 feet in size, one mar¬ ble-top center table, one Stewart cooking stove, No. 4 jz> one black walnut bureau with mirror attached, one set of parlor chairs (six in number), upholstered in green rep, with lounge corresponding with same in style and color of upholstery, now in possession of said Barber, at No. 8 State St., Waukegan, Ill. , Together with all and singular, the appurtenances thereunto belonging, or in any wise appertaining ; to have and to hold the above described goods and chattels, unto the said party of the second part, his heirs and assigns, forever. Provided, always, and these presents are upon this express condition, that if the said Amos W. Barber, his heirs, execu¬ tors, administrators, or assigns, shall, on or before the tenth day of March, A. D., one thousand eight hundred and seven¬ ty-three, pay, or cause to be paid, to the said Alonzo W. King, or his lawful attorney or attorneys, heirs, executors, adminis¬ trators, or assigns, the sum of Six Hundred dollars, together with the interest that may accrue thereon, at the rate cf ten per cent, per annum, from the tenth day of March, A. D. one thousand eight hundred and seventy-two until paid, according to the tenor of one promissory note bearing even date herewith for the payment of said sum of money, that then and from thenceforth, these presents, and everything herein contained, shall cease, and be null and void, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding. Provided, also, that the said Amos W. Barber may retain the possession of and have the use of said goods and chattels until the day of payment aforesaid ; and also, at his own expense, -Si-s -NATHANIELHOWARD. ‘V*T CORNELIUS BURR. p-yrK LEGAL BUSINESS FORMS—REAL ESTATE MORTGAGES. 199 shall keep said goods and chattels ; and also at the expiration of said time of payment, if said sum of money, together with the interest as aforesaid, shall not be paid, shall deliver up said goods and chattels, in good condition, to said Alonzo W. King, or his heirs, executors, administrators, or assigns. And provided, also, that if default in payment as aforesaid, by said party of the first part, shall be made, or if said party of the second part shall at any time before said promissory note becomes due, feel himself unsafe or insecure, that then the said party of the second part, or his attorney, agent, assigns, or heirs, executors, or administrators, shall have the right to take possession of said goods and chattels, wherever they may or can be found, and sell the same at public or private sale, to the highest bidder for cash in hand, after giving ten days’ no¬ tice of the time and place of said sale, together with a descrip¬ tion of the goods and chattels to be sold, by at least four ad¬ vertisements, posted up in public places in the vicinity where said sale is to take place, and proceed to make the sum of money and interest promised as aforesaid, together with all reasonable costs, charges, and expenses in so doing ; and if there shall be any overplus, shall pay the same without delay to the said party of the first part, or his legal representatives. In testimony whereof, the said party of the first part has hereunto set his hand and affixed his seal, the day and year first above written. Signed, sealed and de- "] livered in presence of V Robert Kendall. I AMOS W. BARBER. Remarks. When the person giving the mortgage re¬ tains possession of the property, it is customary to empower the party holding the mortgage with authority to take the goods and chattels mortgaged, into his possession at any time he may deem the same insufficient security for his claims ; or if he shall be convinced that an ef¬ fort is being made to remove such property, whereby he would be defrauded of his claim, or for any reason whatsoever, when he may deem it necessary to secure his claim, he can proceed to take possession of it; which pro¬ perty, after having given legal notice of sale, according to the law of the State governing the same, he is allowed to sell at public sale, to the highest bidder. Out of the money obtained therefrom, he can retain sufficient to liquidate his demand, and defray the necessary expenses, rendering the overplus unto the mortgagor. Real Estate Mortgage to Secure Paymer.t oi Money. This Indenture, made this nineteenth day of October, in the year of our Lord, one thousand eight hundred and seventy- one, between Benjamin Harrison, of Urbana, County of Cham¬ paign, and State of Illinois, and Helen, his wife, party of the first part, and Robert Fairchild, party of the second part. Whereas, the said party of the first part is justly indebted to the said party of the second part, in the sum of Four Thousand dollars, secured to be paid by two certain promissory notes (bearing even date herewith) the one due and payable at the First National Bank in Champaign, Ill., with interest, on the nineteenth day of October, in the year one thousand eight hun¬ dred and seventy-two ; the other due and payable at the First National Bank at Champaign, Ill., with interest, on the nine¬ teenth day of October, in the year one thousand eight hundred and seventy-three. Now, therefore, this indenture witnesseth, that the said party of the first part, for the better securing the payment of the money aforesaid, with interest thereon, according to the tenor and effect of the said two promissory notes above mentioned ; and, also, in consideration of the further sum of one dollar to them in hand paid by the said party of the second part, at the delivery of these presents, the receipt whereof is hereby ac¬ knowledged, have granted, bargained, sold, and conveyed, and by these presents do grant, bargain, sell, and convey, unto the said party of the second part, his heirs and assigns, forever, all that certain parcel of land, situate, etc., [.Describing the premises .] To have and to hold the same, together with all and singular the Tenements, Hereditaments, Privileges, and Appurtenances thereunto belonging or in any wise appertaining. And also, all the estate, interest, and claim whatsoever, in law as well as in equity, which the party of the first part have in and to the premises hereby conveyed unto the said party of the second part, his heirs and assigns, and to their only proper use, bene¬ fit, and behoof. And the said Benjamin Harrison, and Helen, his wife, party of the first part, hereby expressly waive, relin¬ quish, release, and convey unto the said party of the second part, his heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, all right, title, claim, interest, and benefit whatever, in and to the above described premises, and each and every part thereof, which is given by or results from all laws of this State pertaining to the exemption of homesteads. Provided always, and these presents are upon this express condition, that if the said party of the first part, their heirs, executors, or administrators, shall well and truly pay, or cause to be paid, to the said party of the second part, his heirs, exec¬ utors, administrators, or assigns, the aforesaid sums of money, with such interest thereon, at the time and in the manner spe¬ cified in the above mentioned promissory notes, according to the true intent and meaning thereof, then in that case, these presents and everything herein expressed, shall be absolutely null and void. In witness whereof, the said party of the first part hereunto set their hands and seals the day and year first above written. Signed, sealed, and de¬ livered in j resence of Otis Ober, Andrew Austin. BENJAMIN HARRISON. HELEN HARRISON. 200 LEGAL BUSINESS FORMS — DEEDS. Proxy. Know all Men by these presents, that I, Winfield Bennett, do hereby constitute and appoint Hiram D. King attorney and agent for me, and in my name, place, and stead, to vote as proxy at the annual election for directors of the Chicago, Bur¬ lington and Quincy Railroad, at Chicago, Illinois, according to the number of votes I should be entitled to if then personally present, with power of substitution. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and seal this eighth day of June, one thousand eight hundred and sev¬ enty-one. Witness, Barton Cook. WINFIELD BENNETT. - w DEEDS. An instrument in writing, by which lands and appurtenances thereon are conveyed from one person to another, signed, sealed, and prop¬ erly subscribed, is termed a deed. A deed may be written or printed on parchment or paper, and must be executed by parties competent to contract. The law provides that an acknowledgment of a deed can only be made before ceitain pei- sons authorized to take the same; these includ¬ ing, in different states, Justices of the Peace, Notaries, Masters in Chancery, Judges and Clerks of Courts, Mayors of Cities, Commis¬ sioners of Deeds, etc. In certain states one witness is required to the deed besides the per¬ son taking the acknowledgment. In others, two witnesses are necessary. In other states none are required. To render a deed valid, there must be a realty to grant, and a sufficient consideration. To enable a person legally to convey property to another, the following requisites are neces¬ sary: 1st, He or she must be of sane mind; 2nd, Of age; and 3rd, He or she must be the rightful owner of the property. The maker of a deed is called the grantor; the person or party to Avhom the deed is deliv¬ ered, the grantee. The wife of the grantor, in the absence of any statute regulating the same, must acknowledge the deed, or else, after the death of her husband, she will be entitled to a one-third interest in the property, as dower, during her life. Her acknowledgment of the deed must be of her own free will and accord, and the Commissioner, or other officer, before whom the acknowledgment is taken, must sign his name as a witness to the fact that her con¬ sent was without compulsion. Special care should be taken to have the deed properly acknowledged and witnessed, and the proper seal attached. The deed takes effect upon its delivery to the person authorized to receive it. Any alterations or interlineations in the deed should be noted at the bottom of the instru¬ ment, and properly 'witnessed. After the ac¬ knowledgment of a deed, the parties have no right to make the slightest alteration. An al¬ teration after the acknowledgment, in favor of the grantee, vitiates the deed. By a general Warranty Deed, the grantor agrees to warrant and defend the property con¬ veyed against all persons whatsoever. A Quit Claim Deed releases what interest the grantor may have in the land, but does not warrant and defend against others. Deeds, upon their delivery, should be record¬ ed in the Recorder’s office without delay. Warranty Deed with Covenants. This Indenture, made this eighteenth day of March, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and seventy- three, between Henry Botsford of Lee, County of Berkshire, State of Massachusetts, and Mary, his wife, of the first part, and Calvin Daggett of the same place, of the second part, Witnesseth, that the said party of the first part, for and in consideration of the sum of Three Thousand Dollars in hand, paid by the said party of the second part, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, have granted, bargained, and sold, and by these presents do grant, bargain, and sell, unto the saul party of the second part, his heirs and assigns, all the follow¬ ing described lot, piece, or parcel of land, situated in the town of Lee, in the County of Berkshire, and State of Massachu¬ setts, to wit: [Here describe the property.\ Together with all and singular the hereditaments and appur¬ tenances thereunto belonging or in any wise appertaining, and the reversion and reversions, remainder and remainders, rents, issues, and profits thereof; and all the estate, right, title, inter¬ est, claim, and demand whatsoever, of the said party of the first part, either in law or equity, of, in, and to the above bar- LEGAL BUSINESS FORMS — DEEDS. 201 gained premises, with the hereditaments and appurtenances : To have and to hold the said premises above bargained and described, with the appurtenances, unto the said party of the second part, his heirS and assigns, forever. And the said Hen¬ ry Botsford, and Mary, his wife, parties of the first part, hereby expressly waive, release, and relinquish unto the said party of the second part, his heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, all right, title, claim, interest, and benefit whatever, in and to the above described premises, and each and every part thereof, which is given by or results from all laws of this State pertain¬ ing to the exemption of homesteads. And the said Henry Botsford and Mary Botsford, his wife, party of the first part, for themselves and their heirs, executors, and administrators, do covenant, grant, bargain, and agree, to and with the said party of the second part, his heirs and assigns, that at the time of the ensealing and delivery of these presents they were well seized of the premises above conveyed, as of a good, sure, perfect, absolute, and indefeasible estate of inheri¬ tance in law, and in fee simple, and have good right, full pow¬ er. and lawful authority to grant, bargain, sell, and convey the same, in manner and form aforesaid, and that the same are free and clear from all former and other grants, bargains, sales, liens, taxes, assessments, and encumbrances of what kind or nature soever ; and the above bargained premises in the quiet and peaceable possession of the said party of the second part, his heirs and assigns, against all and every person or persons lawfully claiming or to claim the whole or any part thereof, the said party of the first part shall and will warrant and forever defend. In testimony whereof, the said parties of the first part have hereunto set their hands and seals the day and year first above Written. Signed, sealed, and deliv -1 HENR\ BOTSFORD, s. ^ ered in presence of l Abial Ketchum. J MARY BOTSFORD. Quit-Claim Deed. This Indenture, made the fourth day of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and seventy-one, be¬ tween Oscar Joy, of Nashville, County of Davidson, State of Tennessee, party of the first part, and Lorenzo Fisher, of the same place, party of the second part, Witnesseth, that the said party of the first part, for and in consideration of Eight Hundred dollars in hand, paid by the said party of the second part, the receipt whereof is hereby ac¬ knowledged, and the said party of the second part forever re¬ leased and discharged therefrom, has remised, released, sold, conveyed, and quit-claimed, and by these presents does remise, release, sell, convey, and quit-claim, unto the said party of the second part, his heirs and assigns, forever, all the right, title, interest, claim, and demand, which the said party of the first part has in and to the following described lot, piece, or parcel of land, to wit: [Here describe the land.] To have and to hold the same, together with all and singular the appurtenances and privileges thereunto belonging, or in anywise thereunto appertaining, and all the estate, right, title, interest, and claim whatever, of the said party of the first part, either in law or equity, to the only proper use, benefit, and be¬ hoof of the said party of the second part, his heirs and assigns forever. In witness whereof, the said party of the first part hereunto set his hand and seal the day and year above written. Signed, sealed, and deliv- ) ered in presence of V OSCAR JOY. seal.^ Azro Hollis. ) Long Form Quit-Claim Deed —Homestead Waiver. This Indenture, made the fourteenth day of October, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and seventy- two, between Park Converse, of Burlington, County of Des Moines, State of Iowa, party of the first part, and Elbritlge Robinson, of the same place, party of the second part, Witnesseth, that the said party of the first part, for and in consideration of Four Thousand dollars in hand, paid by the said party of the second part, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, and the said party of the second part forever released and discharged therefrom, has remised, released, sold, conveyed, and quit-claimed, and by these presents does remise, release, sell, convey, and quit-claim, unto the said party of the second part, his heirs and assigns, forever, all the right, title, interest, claim, and demand which the said party of the first part has in and to the following described lot, piece, or parcel of land, to wit: \Here describe the land.] To have and to hold the same, together with all and singu¬ lar the appurtenances and privileges thereunto belonging, or in any wise thereunto appertaining ; and all the estate, right, title, interest, and claim whatever, of the said party of the first part, either in law or equity, to the only proper use, benefit, and be¬ hoof of the said party of the second part, his heirs and assigns forever. And the said Park Converse, party of the first part, hereby expressly waives, releases, and relinquishes unto the said party of the second part, his heirs, executors, administrators, and as¬ signs, all right, title, claim, interest, and benefit whatever, in and to the above described premises, and each and every part thereof, which is given by or results from all laws of this State pertaining to the exemption of homesteads. And the said party of the first part, for himself and his heirs, executors, and administrators, does covenant, promise, and agree, to and with the said party of the second part, his heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, that he hath not made, done, committed, executed, or suffered, any act or acts, thing or things, whatsoever, whereby, or by means whereof, the above mentioned and described premises, or any part or parcel there¬ of, now are, or any time hereafter, shall or may be impeached, charged, or incumbered, in any way or manner whatsoever. In witness whereof, the said party of the first part hereunto sets his hand and seal the day and year first above written. Signed, sealed, and deliv- ) ered in oresence of v ered in presence of Gerry Hobbs. PARK CONVERSE. 202 LEGAL BUSINESS FORMS — LANDLORD AND TENANT. STATE OF IOWA, ) des moines county. } SS ' I, Gerry Hobbs, a Justice of the Peace in and for the said County, in the State aforesaid, do hereby certify that Park Converse, who is personally known to me as the same person whose name is subscribed to the fore¬ going instrument, appeared before me this day in person, and acknowledged that he signed, sealed, and delivered the said instrument as his free and voluntary act, for the uses and pur¬ poses therein set forth, including the release and waiver of the right of homestead. Given under my hand and seal, this fourteenth day of Octo- b.,.A.D., 8 , 2 . GERRV HOBBS, r?| Justice of the Peace, feosxi Release. Know Ali, Men by these presents, that I, Arthur Babcock of Loganspcrt, of the County of Cass, and State of Indiana, for and in consideration of One dollar, to me in hand paid, and for other good and valuable considerations, the receipt whereof is hereby confessed, do hereby grant, bargain, remise, convey, release, and quit-claim unto Barton Mclnhill of Lo- gansport, of the County of Cass, and State of Indiana, all the right, title, interest, claim, or demand whatsoever, I may have acquired in, through, or by a certain Indenture or Mortgage Deed, bearing date the tenth day of September, A. D. 1870, and recorded in the Recorder’s office of said County, in book A of Deeds, page 84, to the premises therein described, and which said Deed was made to secure one certain promissory note, bearing even date with said Deed, for the sum of Six Hundred dollars. Witness my hand and seal, this sixth day of August, A. D. 1873 - ARTHUR BABCOCK. STATE OF INDIANA,) CASS county. p Archibald Clinton, a No¬ tary Public in and for said County, in the State aforesaid, do hereby certify that Ar¬ thur 3abcock, personally known to me as the same person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing Release, appeared before me this day in person, and acknowledged that he signed, sealed, and delivered the said instrument of writing as his free and voluntary act, for the uses and purposes therein set forth. Given under my hand and seal, this sixth day of August, A. D. 1873. ARCHIBALD CLINTON, N. P. LANDLORD AND TENANT. A person leasing real estate to another is termed a landlord ; the person occupying such real estate is known as a tenant. The person making the lease is known in law as the lessor; the person to whom the lease is made, as the lessee. No particular form of wording a lease is necessary. It is important, however, that the lease state, in a plain, straightforward manner, the terms and conditions of the agreement, so that there may he no misunderstanding between the landlord and tenant. It is essential that the lease state all the condi¬ tions, as additional verbal promises avail nothing in law. It is held, generally, that a written in¬ strument contains the details, and states the bar¬ gain entire, as the contracting parties intended. The tenant can sub-let a part, or all, of his premises, unless prohibited by the terms of his lease. A lease by a married woman, even if it be upon her own property, at common law, is not valid; but, by recent statutes, she, in many States, may lease her own property and have full control of the same; neither can the husband effect a lease that will bind her after his death. His control over her property continues only so long as he lives. Neither a guardian nor a minor can give a lease, extending beyond the ward’s majority, which can be enforced by the lessee ; yet the latter is bound unless the lease is annulled. If no time is specified in a lease, it is gene¬ rally held that the lessee can retain possession of the real estate for one year. A tenancy at will, however, may be terminated in the East¬ ern States by giving three months’ notice in writing ; in the Middle and Southern States, six months; and in the Western States, one month; though recent statutes, in some States, have somewhat modified the above. The lease that specifies a term of years with¬ out giving the definite number is without effect at the expiration of two years. A lease for three or more years, being signed by the Com- LEGAL BUSINESS FORMS — LANDLORD AND TENANT. 203 missioner of Deeds, and recorded in the Recor¬ der’s office, is an effectual bar to the secret or fraudulent conveyance of such leased property; and it further obviates the necessity of procur¬ ing witnesses to authenticate the validity of the lease. Duplicate copies of a lease should always he made, and each party should retain a cop} r of the same. A new lease invalidates an old one. A landlord misrepresenting property that is leased, thereby subjecting the tenant to incon¬ venience and loss, such damages can be recovered from the landlord by deduction from the rent. A lease on property that is mortgaged ceases to exist when the person holding such mortgage forecloses the same. A landlord, consenting to take a substitute, releases the first tenant. Where there is nothing but a verbal agree¬ ment the tenancy is understood to commence at time of taking possession. When there is no time specified in the lease, tenancy is regarded as commencing at the time of delivering the writings. If it is understood that the tenant is to pay the taxes on the property he occupies, such fact must be distinctly stated in the lease, as a ver¬ bal promise is of no effect. Short Form of Lease for a House. This Instrument, made the first day of May, 1872, wit- nesseth that Theodore Shonts of Asheville, County of Bun¬ combe, State of North Carolina, hath rented from Tilgham Schnee of Asheville aforesaid, the dwelling and lot No. 46 Broadway, situated in said town of Asheville, for four years from the above date, at the yearly rental of Two Hundred and Forty dollars, payable monthly, on the first day of each month, in advance, at the residence of said Tilgham Schnee. At the expiration of said above mentioned term, the said Shonts agrees to give the said Schnee peaceable possession of the said dwelling, in as good condition as when taken, ordina¬ ry wear and casualties excepted. In witness whereof, we place our hands and seals the day and year aforesaid. Signed, sealed, and de- '1 THEODORE SHONTS, livered in presence of I John Edminster, f TILGHAM SCHNEE. J&fx. Notary Public. J Lease of Dwelling House for a Term of Years, with a Covenant not to Sub let. This Indenture, made this first day of May, 1873, between Hiram Wilcox, of Oxford, County of Benton, and State of Ala¬ bama, party of the first part, and Barton D. Maynard, of the same town, county, and state, party of the second part, ' Witnesseth, that the said party of the first part, in consider¬ ation of the covenants of the said party of the second part, hereinafter set forth, does by these presents lease to the said party of the second part, the following described property, to wit: The dwelling house and certain parcel of land, situated on the south side of Main street, between Spring and Elm streets, known as No. 82 Main street. To have and to hold the same to the said party of the second part, from the first day of May, 1873, to the thirtieth day of April, 1875. And the said party of the second part, in con¬ sideration of the leasing the premises as above set forth, covenants and agrees with the party of the first part to pay the said party of the first part, as rent for the same, the sum of One Hundred and Eighty dollars per annum, payable quarterly in advance, at the residence of said party of the first part, or at his place of business. The said party of the second part further covenants with the party of the first part, that at the expiration of the time men¬ tioned in this lease, peaceable possession of the said premises shall be given to said party of the first part, in as good condi¬ tion as they now are, the usual wear, inevitable accidents, and loss by fire, excepted ; and that upon the non-payment of the whole or any portion of the said rent at the time when the same is above promised to be paid, the said party of the first part may, at his election, either distrain for said rent due, or declare this lease at an end, and recover possession as if the same were held by forcible detainer ; the said party of the second part hereby waiving any notice of such election, or any demand for the possession of said premises. And it is further covenanted and agreed, between the parties aforesaid, that said Barton D. Maynard shall use the above mentioned dwelling for residence purposes only, and shall not sub-let any portion of the same to others, without permission from said Hiram Wilcox. The covenants herein shall extend to and be binding upon the heirs, executors, and administrators of the parties to this lease. Witness :he hands and seals of the parties aforesaid. HIRAM WILCOX, BARTOND. MAYNARD. s£f .V yy Lease of Farm and Buildings Thereon. This Indenture, made this first, day of March, 1873, be¬ tween Moses Waite of the town of Doylestown, State of Penn¬ sylvania, of the first part, and Abijah Hazellon of the same place, of the second part, Witnesseth, that the said Moses Waite, for and in consider¬ ation of the covenants hereinafter mentioned and reserved, on the part of the said Abijah Hazelton, his executors, adminis- 20± LEGAL BUSINESS FORMS — LANDLORD AND TENANT. trators, and assigns, to be paid, kept, and performed ; hath let, and by these presents doth grant, demise, and let, unto the said Abijah Hazelton, his executors, administrators, and assigns, all that parcel of land situate in Doylestown aforesaid, bound- ed and described as follows, to wit: [Here describe the landi\ Together with all the appurtenances appertaining thereto. To have and to hold the said premises, with appurtenances thereto belonging, unto the said Hazelton, his executors, ad¬ ministrators, and assigns, for the term of five years from the first day of April next following, at a yearly rent of Eight Hun¬ dred dollars, to be paid in equal payments, semi-annually, as long as said buildings are in good tenantable condition. And the said Hazelton, by these presents, covenants and agrees to pay all taxes and assessments, and keep in repair all hedges, ditches, rail, and other fences ; (the said Moses \\ aite, his heirs, assigns, and administrators, to furnish all timber, brick, tile, and other materials necessary for such repairs .) Said Hazelton further covenants and agrees to apply to said land in a farmer-like manner, all manure and compost accum¬ ulating upon said farm, and cultivate all the arable land in a husband-like manner, according to the usual custom among farmers in the neighborhood ; he also agrees to trim the hedges at a seasonable time, preventing injury from cattle to such hedges, and to all fruit and other trees on the said premises. That he will seed down with clover and timothy seed twenty acres yearly of arable land, ploughing the same number of acres each spring of land now in grass, and hitherto unbroken. It is further agreed, that if the said Hazelton shall fail to perform the whole or any one of the above mentioned cove¬ nants, then and in that case the said Moses Waite may declare this lease terminated, by giving three months’ notice of the same, prior to the first of April of any year, and may distrain any part of the stock, goods, or chattels, or other property in possession of said Hazelton, for sufficient to compensate for the non-performance of the above written covenants, the same to be determined, and amounts so to be paid to be determined by three arbitrators, chosen as follows: Each of the parties to this instrument to choose one, and the two so chosen to select a third ; the decision of said arbitrators to be final. In witness whereof, we have hereto set our hands and seals. Signed, sealed, and de¬ livered in presence of Harry Crawley. MOSES WAITE, ABIJAII HAZELTON. -f L . s. }- Tenant’s Agreement. This certifies that I have hired and taken from Jonas Ahee- lock, his house and lot, No. 18 North Front street, in the city of Philadelphia, State of Pennsylvania, with appurtenances thereto belonging, for one year, to commence this day, at a yearly rental of twelve hundred dollars, to be paid monthly in advance ; unless said house becomes untenantable from fire or other causes, in which case rent ceases ; and I further agiee to give and yield said premises one year from this first day of May, 1872, in as good condition as now, ordinary wear am damage by the elements excepted. Given under my hand this day. DENNIS HOLDEN. Jr. s.> w Notice to Quit. To Chandler Peck, Sir: Please observe that the term of one year, for which the house and land, situated at No. 14 Elm street, and now occupied by you, were rented to you, expired on the first day of May, 1873, and as I desire to repossess said premises, you are hereby requested and required to vacate the same. Respectfully Yours, DENSLOW MOORE. Newton, Mass., May 4, 1873. Tenant’s Notice of Leaving. Dear Sir : The premises I now occupy as your tenant, at No. 14 Elm street, I shall vacate on the first day of May, 1873. Lou will please take notice accordingly. Dated this first day of February, 1873. CHANDLER PECK. To Denslow Moore, Esq. Landlord’s Agreement. This certifies that I have let and rented, this first day of May, 1872, unto Dennis Holden, my house and lot, No. iS North Front street, in the city of Philadelphia, State of Penn¬ sylvania, and its appurtenances ; he to have the free and un¬ interrupted occupation thereof for one year from this date, at the yearly rental of Twelve Hundred dollars,to be paid monthly iu advance; rent to cease if destroyed by fire, or otherwise made untenantable. JONAS WHEELOCK. PARTNERSHIP. An agreement between two or more persons to invest their labor, time and means togethei, sharing in the loss or profit that may arise from such investment, is termed a partnership. This partnership may consist in the contri¬ bution of skill, extra labor, or acknowl¬ edged reputation upon the part of one partner, while the other, or others, contribute money, each sharing alike equally, or in fixed propor¬ tion, in the profits, or an equal amount of time, labor and money may be invested by the part¬ ners, and the profits equally divided; the test of partnership being the joint participation in profit, and joint liability to loss. LAW OF PARTNERSHIP-PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT. 205 A partnership formed without limitation is termed a general partnership. An agreement entered into for the performance of only a par¬ ticular work, is termed a special partnership; while the partner putting in a limited amount of capital, upon which he receives a correspond¬ ing amount of profit, and is held correspond¬ ingly responsible for the contracts of the firm, is termed a limited partnership, the conditions of which are regulated by statute in different states. A partner signing his individual name to negotiable paper, which is for the use of the partnership firm, binds all the partners thereby. Negotiable paper of the firm, even though given on private account by one of the partners, will hold all the partners of the firm when it passes into the hands of holders who were ignorant of the facts attending its creation. Partnership effects may be bought and sold by a partner ; he may make contracts ; may re¬ ceive money; endorse, draw, and accept bills and notes ; and while this may be for his own private account, if it apparently be for the use of the firm, his partners will be bound by his action, provided the parties dealing with him were ignorant of the transaction being on his private account; and thus representation or mis¬ representation of a partner having relation to business of the firm, will bind the members in the partnership. An individual lending his name to a firm, or allowing the same to be used after he has with¬ drawn from the same, is still responsible to third persons as a partner. A partnership is presumed to commence at the time articles of copartnership are drawn, if no stipulation is made to the contrary and the same can be discontinued at any time, unless a specified period of partnership is designated in the agreement; and even then he may with¬ draw by giving previous notice of such with¬ drawal from the same, being liable, however, in damages, if such are caused by his withdrawal. Should it be desired that the executors and I representatives of the partner continue the business in the event of his death, it should be so specified in the articles, otherwise the part¬ nership ceases at death. Should administrators and executors continue the business under such circumstances, they are personally responsible for the debts contracted by the firm. If it is desired that a majority of the partners in a firm have the privilege of closing the affairs of the company, or in any way regulating the same, such fact should be designated in the agreement; otherwise such right will not be presumed. Partners may mutually agree to dissolve a partnership, or a dissolution may be effected by a decree of a Court of Equity. Dissolute con¬ duct, dishonesty, habits calculated to imperil the business of a firm, incapacity, or the necessi¬ ty of partnership no longer continuing, shall be deemed sufficient causes to invoke the law in securing a dissolution of partnership, in case the same cannot be effected by mutual agreement. After dissolution of partnership, immediate notice of the same should be given in the most public newspapers, and a notice likewise should be sent to every person having special dealings with the firm. These precautions not being taken, each partner continues liable for the acts of the others to all persons who have no knowl- edge of the dissolution. Partnership Agreement. This Agreement made this tenth day of June, 187—, be¬ tween Charles R. Field, of Salem, Washington County, N. Y., of the one part, and David G. Hobart, of the same place, of the other part, witnesseth : The said parties agree to associate themselves as copartners, for a period of five years from this date, in the business of buying and selling hardware and such other goods and com¬ modities as belong in that line of trade ; the name and style of the firm to be “ Field & Hobart." For the purpose of conducting the business of the above named partnership, Chas. R. Field has, at the date of this writing, invested Five Thousand Dollars as capital stock, and the said David G. Hobart has paid in the like sum of Five Thousand Dollars, both of which amounts are to be expended and used in common, for the mutual advantage of the parties hereto, in the management of their business. It is hereby also agreed by both parties hereto, that they will 206 LEGAL BUSINESS FORMS — WILLS. not, while associated as copartners, follow any avocation or trade to their own private advantage ; but will, throughout the entire period of copartnership, put forth their utmost and best efforts for their mutual advantage, and the increase of the cap¬ ital stock. That the details of the business may be thoroughly under¬ stood by each, A is agreed that during the aforesaid period, accurate and fu'• book accounts shall be kept, wherein each partner shall record, or cause to be entered and recorded, full mention of all moneys received and expended, as well as every article purchased and sold belonging to, or in anywise apper¬ taining to such partnership ; the gains, profits, expenditures and losses being equally divided between them. It is further agreed that once every year, or oftener, should either party desire, a full, just and accurate exhibit shall be made to each other, or to their executors, administrators, or representatives, of the losses, receipts, profits and increase made by reason of, or arising from such copartnership. And after such exhibit is made, the surplus profit, if such there be result¬ ing from the business, shall be divided between the subscribing partneis, share and share alike. Either party hereto shall be allowed to draw a sum, the first year, not exceeding six hundred dollars per annum, from the capital stock of the firm, in monthly installments of fifty dollars each ; which amount may be increased by subsequent agree¬ ment. And further, should either partner desire, or should death of eithei of the parties, or other reasons, make it necessary, they, the said copartners, will each to the other, or, in case of death of either, the surviving party to the executors or administra¬ tors of the party deceased, make a full, accurate and final account of the condition of the partnership as aforesaid, and will, fairly and accurately, adjust the same. And also, upon taking an inventory of said capital stock, with increase and profit thereon, which shall appear or is found to be remaining all such remainder shall be equally apportioned and divided between them, the said copartners, their executors or adminis¬ trators, share and share alike. It is also agreed that in case of a misunderstanding arising with the partners hereto, which cannot be settled between themselves, such difference of opinion shall be settled by aibi- tration, upon the following conditions, to-wit: Each party to choose one arbitrator, which two thus elected shall choose a third ; the three thus chosen to determine the merits of the case, and arrange the basis of a settlement. In witness whereof the undersigned hereto set their hands the day and year first above written. J Charles R. Field. David G. Hobart. Signed in presence of Abel Smith. Myron Brown. WILLS. The legal declaration of what a person deter¬ mines to have done with his property after death, is termed a Will. All persons of sufficient age, possessed of sound mind, excepting married women in cer¬ tain States, are entitled to dispose of their pro¬ perty by will. Children at the age of fourteen, if males, and females at the age of twelve, can thus dispose of personal property. No exact form of words is necessary in order to make a will good at law ; though much care should be exercised to state the provisions of the will so plainly that its language may not be misunderstood. The person making a will is termed the tes¬ tator (if a 'female, a testatrix). A will is of no force and effect until the death of the testator, and can be cancelled or modi¬ fied at any date by the maker. The last will made annuls the force of all preceding wills. The law regards marriage and offspring re¬ sulting, as a primd facie evidence of revocation of a will made prior to such marriage, unless the wife and children are provided for by the husband, in some other manner, in which case the will remains in full force. To convey real estate by will, it must be done in accordance with the law of the State or coun¬ try where such land is located; but personal property is conveyed in harmony with the law that obtains at the place of the testator s lesi- dence. There are two kinds of wills, namely, written and verbal or nuncupative. The latter, or spo¬ ken wills, depending upon proof of persons hearing the same, generally relate to personal property only, and are not recognized in all the States, unless made within ten days previous to the death. Verbal or unwritten wills are usu¬ ally unsafe, and even when well authenticated, often make expensive litigation ; hence the ne¬ cessity of having the wishes of the testator fully and clearly defined in a written will. LEGAL BUSINESS FORMS — WILLS. 207 To give or make a devise of property by will and subsequently dispose of the same, without altering the will to conform to such sale, de¬ stroys the validity of the entire will. A will made by an unmarried woman is le¬ gally revoked by marriage; but she can take such legal steps in the settlement of her prop¬ erty, before marriage, as will empower her to dispose of the same as she may choose, after marriage. No husband can make a will that will deprive the wife of her right of dower in the property ; but the husband can will the wife a certain amount in lieu of her dower, stating it to be in lieu thereof. Such bequest, however, will not exclude her from her dower, provided she pre¬ fers it to the bequest made in the will. Unless the husband states distinctly that the bequest is in lieu of dower, she is entitled to both. Property bequeathed must pay debts and in¬ cumbrances upon the same before its distribu¬ tion can be made to the legatees of the estate. Though property may be willed to a corpora¬ tion, the corporation cannot accept such gift unless provision is made for so doing in its char¬ ter. A will may be revoked by marriage, a codicil, destruction of the will, disposing of property devised in a will, or by the execution of another will. The person making a will may appoint his executors, but no person can serve as such ex¬ ecutor if, at the time of proving of the will, he be under twenty-one years of age, a convict, a thoroughly confirmed drunkard, a lunatic, or an imbecile. No person appointed as an executor is obliged to serve, but may renounce his ap¬ pointment by legal written notice signed before two witnesses, which notice must be recorded by the officer before whom the will is proved. In case a married woman possesses property, and dies without a will, her husband is entitled to administer upon such property in preference to any one else, provided he be of sound mind. Any devise of property made to a subscribing witness is invalid, although the integrity of the will in other respects is not affected. In all wills the testator’s full name should be made at the end of such will. If he be unable to write, he may have his hand guided in mak¬ ing a mark against the same. If he possesses a sound mind, and is conscious at the time of the import of his action, such mark renders the will valid. Witnesses should always write their respect¬ ive places of residence after their names, their signatures being written in the presence of each other and in the presence of the testator. It should be stated also, that these names are signed at the request of, and in the presence of the testator, and in the presence of each other. Different States require a different number of witnesses. To illustrate, Missouri, Illinois, Ohio, Kentucky, Arkansas, North Carolina, Tennes¬ see, Iowa, Utah, Texas, California, New Jersey, Delaware, Indiana, Virginia, and New York require two subscribing witnesses. The States of Florida, Mississippi, Maryland, Louisiana, Georgia, South Carolina, Wisconsin, Oregon, Minnesota, Michigan, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Connecticut, Maine, New Hamp¬ shire, and Vermont demand three witnesses to authenticate a will. Witnesses are not required to know the con¬ tents of a will. They have simply to know that the document is a will, and witness the signing of the same by the testator. Proof of signature of the testator by the oath of two reputable witnesses, is sufficient to establish the validity of a will in the State of Pennsylvania; no subscribing witnesses being absolutely demanded. CODICILS. An addition to a will, which should be in writing, is termed a codicil. A codicil is designed to explain, modify, or change former bequests made in the body of the will. It should be done with the same care and precision as was exercised in the making of the will itself. 208 LEGAL BUSINESS FORMS — WILLS. General Form of Will for Real and Personal Property. I, Warren P. Holden, of the town of Bennington, County of Bennington, State of Vermont, being aware of the uncertainty of life, and in failing health, but of sound mind and memory, do make and declare this to be my last will and testament, in manner following, to wit: First. I give, devise and bequeath unto my oldest son, Lucius Denne Holden, the sum of One Thousand dollars, of bank stock, now in the First National Bank of Troy, New York, and the farm owned by myself in the town of Arlington, consisting of one hundred and forty acres, with all the houses, tenements, and improvements thereunto belonging ; to have and to hold unto my said son, his heirs and assigns, foiever. Second. I give, devise and bequeath to each of my daughters, Fanny Almira Holden and Hannah Oriana Holden, each One Thousand dollars in bank stock, in the First National Bank of Troy, N. Y., and also each one quarter section of land, owned by myself, situated in the town of Mount Pleasant, Iowa, and re¬ corded in my name in the Recorder’s office in the County where such land is located. The north one hundred and sixty acres of said half section is devised to my eldest daughter, Fanny Almira. Third. I give, devise and bequeath to my son, Emory Randor Holden, Five shares of Railroad stock in the Troy and Boston Railroad, and my one hundred and sixty acres of land and saw mill thereon, situated in Muskegon, Michigan, with all the im¬ provements and appurtenances thereunto belonging, which said real estate is recorded in my name in the County where situated. Fourth. I give to my wife, Mary Leffenwell Holden, all my household furniture, goods, chattels, and personal property, about my home, not hitherto disposed of, including Six Thous¬ and dollars of bank stock in the First National Bank of Troy, New York, Fifteen shares in the Troy and Boston Railroad, and the free and unrestricted use, possession, and benefit of the home farm, so long as she may live, in lieu of dower, to which she is entitled by law ; said farm being my present place of residence. Fifth. I bequeath to my invalid father, Walter B. Holden, the income from rents of my store building at 144 Water St., Troy, New York, during the term of his natural life. Said building and land therewith to revert to my said sons and daughters in equal proportion, upon the demise of my said father. , , . r Sixth. It is also my will and desire that, at the death of my wife, Mary Leffenwell Holden, or at any time when she may arrange to relinquish her life interest in the above mentioned homestead, the same may revert to my above named children, or to the lawful heirs of each. And lastly. I nominate and appoint as executors of this my last will and testament, my wife, Mary Leffenwell Holden, and my eldest son, Lucius Denne Holden. I further direct that my debts and necessary funeral expenses shall be paid from moneys now on deposit in the Savings Bank of Bennington, the residue of such moneys on deposit to revert to my wife, Mary Leffenwell Holden, for her use forever. WARREN P. HOLDEN. -<[l. s> Y Y In witness whereof, I, Warren P. Holden, to this my last will and testament, have hereunto set my hand and seal, this tenth day of September, eighteen hundred and sixty-seven. Signed, sealed, and de- J AA dared by Warren P.Hol¬ den, as and for his last will and testament, in the presence of us, who.athis request, and in his pres¬ ence, and in the presence of each other, have sub¬ scribed our names here¬ unto as witnesses there¬ of. Luther O. Wescott, Manchester, Vt. Hartley B. Hawley, Bennington, Vt. Daniel R. Bottom, Bennington, Vt. Codicil. Whereas I, Warren P. Holden, did, 01. the tenth day of September, one thousand eight hundred and sixty-seven, make my last will and testament, I do now, by this writing, add this codicil to my said will, to be taken as a part thereof. Whereas, by the dispensation of Providence, my daughter, Fanny Almira, has deceased February third, eighteen hun¬ dred and sixty-eight, and whereas, a son has been born to me, which son is now christened Francis Allen Holden, I give and bequeath unto him my gold watch, and all right, interest, and title in lands and bank stock and chattels bequeathed to my deceased daughter, Fanny Almira, in the body of this will. In witness whereof, I hereunto place my .hand and seal, this first day of January, eighteen hundred and seventy. Signed, sealed, published, and declared to us by the testator, Warren P. Hol¬ den, as and for a codicil to be annexed to his last will and testament. And we, at his request, and in his presence, and in the presence of each oth¬ er, have subscribed our namesas witnesses there¬ to, at the date hereof. Hartley B. Hawley, Bennington, Vt. Reuben T. Hurd, Arlington, Vt. Daniel R. Bottom, Bennington, Vt. J WARREN P. HOLDEN. '■]> Y Y LEGAL BUSINESS FORMS—WILLS. 209 Shorter Form of Will. I, Alvin B. Adams, of the city of Pittsburg, in the County of Alleghany, and State of Pennsylvania, being of sound mind and memory and understanding, do make my last Will and Testament, in manner and form following: First. I give, devise and bequeath to my wife, Mary, her heirs and assigns forever, one half of all my property, real, personal, and mixed, of what nature and kind soever, and wheresoever the same shall be at the time of my death ; the same to be in lieu of her dower at common law. Second. I give, devise and bequeath unto such of my children as may be living at the time of my death, one half of all my property, real, personal, and mixed, of what nature and kind soever, and wheresoever the same shall be at the time of my death, to be divided among them, share and share alike. Third. I hereby direct and empower my executor to sell and dispose of all my personal property to the highest bidder at auction, as soon as practicable after my decease, and to sell my real estate at auction or private sale, as it may in his judgment seem most advantageous, or for the interest of my said devisees. Fourth. I direct that the net avails of my real and personal property, so disposed of as aforesaid, and converted into money, shall be divided and paid to my said devisees within one year after my decease. Fifth. I hereby appoint my wife, Mary, guardian of the per¬ son and estate of such of my children as may be minors at the time of my death. Sixth. I hereby appoint William H. Adams executor of this my last Will and Testament. In witness whereof, I, Alvin B. Adams, the testator, have, to this my last Will and Testament, set my hand and seal this tenth day of April, A. D., 1865. Signed, sealed, published, . and declared,by the above ALVIN B. ADAMS. ^lTsA named Alvin B. Adams,as and for his last Will and Testament, in the pres¬ ence of us, who have here¬ unto subscribed our names at his request, as witness¬ es thereto, in the presence of the said testator and of each other. Winfield D. Brown, Charles Campbell. John Doe. Form of a Will Where Property is Left to Wife Absolutely. This is the last will and testament of me, Thomas Wedge- wood, made this 18th day of September, 1872, in Chicago, County of Cook, and State of Illinois, as follows : I bequeath all my lands, tenements, and hereditaments, and all my household furniture, ready money, securities for money, money secured by life assurance, goods, and chattels, and all 14 other parts of my real and personal estate and effects whatso¬ ever and wheresoever, unto my wife, Clara Wedgewood, her heirs, administrators, and assigns, to and for her and their ab¬ solute use and benefit, according to the nature and quality thereof respectively, subject only to the payment of my just debts, funeral and testamentary expenses, and the charge of proving and registering this my Will. And I appoint my said wife executrix of this my Will, and hereby revoke all other wills. In witness whereof, I hereunto set my hand and seal, the day and year above mentioned. Signed, sealed, published, ■ and acknowledged by the said Thomas Wedgewood as and for his last Will and Testament, in the presence of us, who, in his presence, and at his request, and in the pres¬ ence of each other, have subscribed our names hereunto as witnesses thereof. Solon W. Watson, Chas. D. Snyder. THOS. WEDGEWOOD, Form of Will with Entire Property Left to Wife, for Life or Widowhood, with Disposition of the Same after Her Marriage or Death, Provision being made for Maintain¬ ing Children, etc. Legacies to Executors. Realizing the uncertainty of life, I, Charles W. Freeman of Kenosha, in the County of Kenosha, and State of Wisconsin, make this last Will and Testament, while in the possession of sound mind and memory, this 14th day of August, 1870. I give, devise and bequeath unto my executors, hereafter named, all my estate and effects that I may die possessed of or entitled to, upon trust, to be, as soon as conveniently can be, after my decease, sold and converted into money, and the pro¬ ceeds invested in one or other of the public funds, and the dividends arising therefrom to be paid, yearly each and every year, unto my wife, Harriet D. Freeman, during the term of her natural life, should she so long continue my widow ; the first yearly payment thereof to commence and be payable at the expiration of the first year after my decease, if my wife remains a widow. Upon her second marriage, I direct that one third of all moneys fiom my estate, set apart for her use by my executors, be given her for her use and behoof forever, to control as she may choose, and the remaining two thirds I will to be given to my children, to be divided equally among all my children by my said wife, the share of each child to be paid on his or her respectively attaining the age of lawful majority ; and I di¬ rect that the dividends arising therefrom shall be applied, at the discretion of my executors, towards the maintenance and 1 210 LEGAL BUSINESS FORMS — WILLS. education of my said children, until they shall severally and respectively attain the said age. And in case any or either of my said children shall happen to die under lawful majority, then I give and bequeath the share or shares of him, her, or them, so dying, unto the survivor or survivors of them. And I nominate and appoint my wife, Harriet D. f reeman, mv eldest son, Clinton W. Freeman, and Walter C. Kimball, and the survivor of them, and the executors or administrators of such survivor, to be the executors of this my will, and in consideration of the trouble thus imposed on them, I do hereby give and bequeath unto each of my said executors the egacy or sum of five hundred dollars, free of legacy duty and all other deductions. And hereby revoking all former or other wills by me at any time made, I, the said Charles W. Freeman, to this which I declare to be my last will and testament, set my hand and seal. Signed by the said testator Charles W. Freeman.and acknowledged by him to be his last will and tes¬ tament, in the presence of us, present at the same time, and subscribed by us in the presence of the said testator and of each other. Barnard McDole, Richard Wilson, Hiram Fleming, CHAS. W. FREEMAN. Affidavit to the Foregoing. STATE OF IOWA, ) county of lee. f Personally appeared before me, George Hartwell, Clerk of the Court of Probate for said County, Abial Gooding, Artemas White, and Peter H. Smith, who deposed that they were pres¬ ent on the first day of July, A. D. 1871, at the dwelling of the said Jonas Lyman, situate at 84 Huron street, Burlington, Iowa, and did hear Jonas Lyman utter what is specified in the foregoing writing; that he wished them to witness that it was his last will ; and that, at the time he was of sound mind and memory, to the best of their knowledge and belief. Sworn and subscribed before me, this I2ih day of July, A.D. g George Hartwell, Clerk. Nuncupative Will. In the matter of the nuncupative will of Jonas Lyman, de- Ce ofthe first day of July, in the year one thousand eight hun¬ dred and seventy-one, Jonas Lyman, being m his last sickness in his dwelling, situate in Burlington, Iowa, at 84 Huron street in the presence of the subscribers, did declare h.s last will and wishes concerning the disposition of his property, in the fo - lowing words, viz. : , T He desired that his seven hundred dollars in the First Na¬ tional Bank of Burlington, and two' hundred dollars in the hands of Silas Holmes, should be given to his mother. He also expressed a desire to have Silas Holmes act as his execu¬ tor, to collect the same as soon as possible, with interest due, paying the entire amount, when collected, to his mother. He also said, “All my other property I want my mother to have for her separate use, except my house and lot where I live, which I will to my sister Mary. _ At the time the said Jonas Lyman stated the foregoing as is will, he was of sound mind and memory, and desired us to bear witness that such was his wish and desire. _ Reduced to writing by us, this tenth day of July, in t e year one thousand eight hundred and seventy-one. Abial Gooding, Artemas White, Peter H. Smith. A Short Form of Will, Conveying the Entire Real and Personal Property to the Wife of the Testator. A will which bequeaths all the property of the testator, real and personal, wheresoever it may be, carries with it property acquired after its publication, without a repetition of any for¬ malities. The question in relation to a bequest in such cases, is one of intention, not of power. . The following will of Onslow Peters, the legality of which was tested, and sustained by the courts, was found to be amply sufficient in length for the purpose for which it was designed. It read as follows: I, Onslow Peters, do make and publish this my last will and testament, hereby revoking all former wills by me made. I bequeath all my property, real and personal, wheresoever the same may be, to my beloved wife, Hannah F. Peters I appoint my said wife the executrix of this my last will and testament. My will is that my said wife shall not be required to give any bonds or security to the judge of probate for the faithful execution of the duties of executrix. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and seal, this thirteenth day of September, A. D. eighteen hundred and thirty-eight. CLAUSES FOR INSERTION IN WILLS. Cancelling Debts That are, or May be, Due. Whereas, there are certain sums of money due me, upon mortgages, bills, and otherwise, from persons hereafter named (naming them), it is my will that such indebtedness, immedi¬ ately after my death, shall be cancelled by my executors. And I do hereby release those persons aforesaid from the paymen of all debts due. SUBSCRIPTION PAPERS. 211 Desiring that Difference of Opinion about Provisions of the Will be Settled by Arbitrators. It is my desire that, if any dispute, question, or controversy shall happen, concerning any bequest or other matter in this, my will, such question shall be referred to the arbitration of my friends, A. D. and C. L., with provision for them to choose an umpire ; but should they not be able to act in the matter, then I desire that my wife and eldest son shall each appoint an arbitrator or arbitrators, with the power of choosing a third arbitrator; and what a majority of them shall determine therein, shall be binding upon all and every person or persons therein concerned. Providing that the Wife shall have the Custody of the Children, and Appointing a Guardian in Case of her Death. And in case I shall leave any child or children, at the time of my death, my will is that my wife shall have the guardian¬ ship of them during their minority ; and in case of her death, during the minority of said children, then I desire that my friend, D. M., shall have the guardianship of them during their minority; should he refuse, I will that A. J. shall take such supervision and guardianship. A subscription heading should be written very plainly and as briefly as may be and ex¬ press the object for which the money is sub- APERS. scribed. The following, with variations to suit the circumstances, will give the reader a general idea of the manner of preparing such a form : Form of a Subscription Heading. {Here give Town, State and Dale.) ddm^d. 'dz-t-yi ■c-fz-ei.. edit ■od-ned. £<5.00 212 absteact oe state laws eelating to exemption eeom foeced sale. *•)(? Exemptions i Forced Sale. abstract of state laws. Showing Property Exempt from Attachment, or Levy and Sale on Execution. Alabama.- Ms sTafe.W vLiue ^Sl'oOMo personal property of any i )e exempted from sale on execution, be selected by such resident, shj ue(i f or tlie collection of any debt or other final P™ ce ss c>f ni y ctlie present constitution (1868.) Every contracted since the adoption.‘’5,' of )an j tlie dwelling and appur- nomestead not exceeding eighty acres oimnu^ u not in village, town, or tenances thereon to be selectee b> tne < owner , any lot in a city City or in lieu thereof, at the opuon^cn “‘” rtenan( , e3 thereon, owned town, or village, with the dwell K mate and not exceeding the value <4ts.M8?st«affi^S?i£S r rSSS improvements theretc^'helongin^^o^he vaiue of 62,500. and personal property to the value of 6500. Californi ceeding 1 !5 f OOO^in^aU?e,^f 1 dechinition nf”lm inesteadrts homestead not exceeding $5,0UU county where situate, by a properly filed in the recordeif* office ^^gmpt from execution husband or wife, or other head oi ere the judgment was obtained except in the following o d onjudgments for liens of before the declaration of *wmrs of^the land; 3d, on debts secured by mechanics, laborers, or vendors o , and wjfej oran unmarried mortgage on the land, executed y ^ OI1 vj ie land before the claimant; 4th on . de ';?iL?f!;Ji le Theotlier exemptions are chairs, tables, declaration of the homestead. T necessary household, faille ami desks and books, to the value of #200 ipessary ^ p .. in act- kitchen furniture Inrluding one sewing n gt0 stove pl p e ami ual use in a family, or j emngn g o a w° dd | all( i bedsteads and stove furniture:, wearing app»'^{5. D f ®“^ ingu tensils or implements of provisions sufficient for one mont , p t wo mules, and their har- husbandry; also two oxen 01-two horses Sxei etc., for one month; all ness, one cart or wagon1, and foodl for “, ded ' for planting or sowing seed, grain, or vegetables Aftua y P™ di 6100 in value; tools of a within the ensuing six months, not exce I « t 'f lri l s( . al anil re eords of mechanic or artisan necessai y to1 his " e j, n physician, surveyor, den- a notary; instruments f"^' , ^ n of w a i tb t fieir’scientific and professional tist, necessary to their l )r ?£f- s ^nV,V^ries a id office furniture of attorneys libraries; the law professional libraries aim omce 1 cabln or dwell- and judges, and ‘francs of minis ers of ti e g i hisghlices plpeSi hose, ingof a miner not exceeding 6500 in v.uiie, a nd appliances nec- windlass, derricks, cars ■pumps,, to )ls imiplena*: J ^ and tw0 essary for mining operations, not e.xceei1 * i» of horseSi etC „ for one horses, oxen, or inules, and harness, ana 10 w indl;iss, derrick, car month, when necessary to he used m any rn with harness, and pump or hoisting gear; two horses, oxen or mu , un t eam- hack carriage, car , etc.,l.y which a c;artmain, arayn ,1 harnpss of a ster etc. earns his 1 living antl the horse, venicie, ^ month; four physician or minister of the gospel, wiin i htheJf SUC king pigs; cows with their sucking calves, and four nogs w d( . lltor for services poultry, not exceeding 650 in value earmiigs for tbe use 0 f his rendered within b i s labor; shares in a home- family residing in the stafe, sxxpportecl 1 >yi 11 . }, en tbe holder does stead corporation not exceeding S10 of l # y 2t000 in specie, and L,eOr{ii«* — Home wui w* ***2 o fnmilv of minor ciiiuiren. head of aTamily, tottie value of ^2,000 in specie, and personal'^mopwlytotht value 61,000 in specie, to he valued at the time they are set apart. Idaho —Home worth $5,000, . a , nd --Pf, r ®h^! I (i J^wnfe^inay'select a ofa faimly, being a house! l ? “hllefurniture, teams, tools sto'c^mKl^other personal properrtr^ei^n’erated^hy^statiite.^to the vaffie thinfexccpt 1 upo’^a'judgment 'recovered, for its price, or upon a mort¬ gage thereon. ABSTEACT OF STATE LAWS EEL A TING TO EXEMPTION FEOM EOECED SALE. 213 Illinois .—Borne worth 81,000. and Personal Property. — Lot of ground and buildings thereon, occupied as a lesidence by the debtor, being a householder and having a family, 10 the value of 81,000. Ex¬ emption continues after the death of the householder for the benefit of widow and family, some one of them occupying the homestead until youngest child shall become twenty-one years of age, and until death of widow. There is no exemption from safe for taxes, assessments, debt or liability incurred for tlie purchase or improvement of such home¬ stead. No release or waiver of exemption is valid, unless in writing, and subscribed by such householder and wife if he have one), and ac¬ knowledged as conveyances of real estate, are required to be acknowl¬ edged. The following articles of personal property owned by the debtor, are exempt from execution, writ of attachment, and distress for rent: First. — Neoessary wearing apparel, Bibles, school books, and family pictures of every person. Second.— Other property worth $100 to be selected by the debtor. When the deb'or is the head of a family, and resides with the same, in addition, other property worth $300 may be selected; though such exempt on shall not lie allowed from any money due such debtor. A debtor taking the benefit of this act shall make a schedule, subscribed and sworn to, of all his or her personal property, including moneys on hand and due the debtor; and any prop¬ erty owned by the debtor, and not Included in said schedule, shall not be exempt as aforesaid. And thereupon the officer having an execution against the same, shall summon three householders who. upon oath, will appraise and fix a fair value upon each article in said schedule and the debtor shall then select from such schedule such articles as he or she may desire to retain, the aggregate value of which shall not exceed the amount exempted, to which he or she may be entitled, and deliver the remainder to the officer having the writ. The officer having the writ is authorized to administer the oath to the debtor and appraisers. Indiana. -Home, and Personal Property of the following valve: Any resident householder has an exemption from levy and sale under execution, of real or personal property, or both, as he may select, to the value of $300. The law further provides that no property shall be sold by virtue of an execution for less than two thirds of its appraised cash value. The provisions of this law can be waived in contracts. To do this, the note or contract should read; '• Payable without any relief whatever from valuation or appraisement laws." Iowa. — Farm of 40 Acres, or House and Lot in City and Personal Property .—The homestead must embrace the house used as a home by the owner thereof, and if he has two or more houses thus used bv him, at different times and places, he may select which he will retain as a homestead. If within a town plat it must not exceed one-half acre in extent, and if not in a town plat it must not embrace in the aggregate more than forty acres. But if when thus limited, in either case its value is less than $500, it may be enlarged till its value reaches that amount. All wearing apparel kept for actual use, and suitable to the condition of the party, and trunks to contain the same, one shot-gun, or rifle, the proper tools, instruments, or books of any faimer, me¬ chanic surveyor, clergyman, lawyer, physician, teacher or professor ; the horse or team consisting of not more than two horses or mules, or two yoke of cattle and wagon with harness, by use of which any physi¬ cian. public officer, farmer, teamster, or other laborer, habitually earns his living. All private libraries, family Bibles, portraits, pictures, musical instruments, and paintings not kept for sale. If the debtor is the head of a family there is further exempt, two cows, one calf, one horse, fifty sheep, their wool and goods manufactured therefrom, six stands of bees, five hogs, and all pigs under six months; the necessary food for all animals exempt for six months; all flax raised by the de¬ fendant on not exceeding one acre; one bedstead and necessary bed¬ ding for every two in the family; all cloth manufactured by the defendant, notexceeding 100 vardsin quantity; household and kitchen furniture notexceeding $200 in value; all spinning-w heels, one sewing- machine, looms, and other instruments of domestic labor kppt for actual use; the necessary provisions and fuel for the use of the family for six months; apewin church, and a lot in hurying-ground Dot ex¬ ceeding one acre. The printer has exempted the necessary type, presses, etc., for his office to the value of $1,200. The earnings of a debtor for personal services, or those of his family, at any time within ninety days next preceding the lew are also exeiinptfrom attachment and execution. None of the foregoing exemptionsare for the benefit of a single man not the head of the family, nor of non-residents nor of those who have started to leave the state, but their property is liable to execution, with the exception of ordinary wearing apparel and trunks to contain the same; and. in the latter case, of such wearing apparel and such property as the defendant may select, not to exceed $75, to he selected by the debtor and appraised. But no exemptions shall extend to property against an execution issued for the purchase money thereof. Kansas. — Home of 160 Acres of Farm Land, or House and One Acre in a I illage or City, and Personal Property. — A homestead to the extent of one hundred and sixty acres of farming land, or of one acre within the limits_ of an incorporated town or city, occupied as a resi- dence by the family of the owner, together with all the improvements on the same, shall lie exempt from forced sale under any process of law, and shall not be alienated except by joint consent of husband and wife, when that relation exists. No value is affixed to the homestead. It maybe worth a million dollars. No personal property is exempt for the wages of a servant, mechanic, laborer, or cleric. Every person resid¬ ing in this State, and being the head of a family, shall nave exempt trom seizure upon attachment or execution, or other process issued from any court in this State: Family Bibles, school books, and family library; iamily pictures aud musical instruments used by the family; all wear- I' ,e fhmily; all beds, bedsteads and bedding used by the debtor and his family; one cooking stove and appendages, and all other cooking utensils and all other stoves and appendages, necessary for tne use of the debtor and his family; one sewing machine, spinning wheel, and all other implements, and all other household furniture not herein enumerated, notexceeding $500; two cows, ten hogs, one yoke or oxen, and one horse or mule, or in lieu of one yoke of oxen and one horse or mule, a span of horses or mules, and twenty sheep and their wool; necessary food for the support of the stock for one year; one wagon,two plows, drag, and other farming utensils notexceeding $300; grain, meat, vegetables, groceries, etc., for the family for one year; the tools and implements of any mechanic, miner, or other person, kept for the purpose of carrying on his business, and in addition thereto stock in trade not exceeding $400 in value; library, implements, and office furniture of any professional man. Kentucky. — Home worth $1,000, and Personal Property. —On all debts or liabilities created after tne lust day of June, I860, so much land, includiiigthe dwelling house and appurtenances, as shall not exceed in value $1,000; one work beast or yoke of oxen, two cows and calves, five sheep; wearing apparel, and the usual household and kitchen furniture, of about the value of $100; also one sewing machine. Louisiana. —Home of 160 Acres of Land, and Personal Prop¬ erty, in all worth $2,000.—One hunured and sixty acres of land, v. iili buildings and improvements thereon, occupied as a residence, and bona fide owned by the debtor, having a family, a person or persons de¬ pendent upon him for support; together with personal property, making in all a value not exceeding $2,000. M a i n ©. — Home worth $500, and Personal Property.— There Is ex¬ empted a lot of land, dwelling house, etc., not exceeding $500 in value; necessary apparel, a bed, bedstead, and bedding for every two mem¬ bers of a family; one cooking stove, all stoves used for wanning build¬ ings, and other necessary furniture to the value of $50; one sewing ma¬ chine for use, notexceeding $100 in value; ail tools necessary fur the debtor’s occupation; all Bibles and school books lor use of the family; one copy of the Statutes of the State, and a library not exceeding $150 in value; one cow and one heifer, two swine, ten sheep, and the wool and lambs from them; 0 "e pairof working ca.tle. or instead thereof, one pair of mules, or two horses not exceed, ng $300 in value; all pro¬ duce of farms until harvested; corn and grain for use of debtor and family, not exceeding thirty bushels; all potatoes raised or purchased for use in family; one barrel of flour; a sufficient quantity of hay to winter all exempted stock; all flax raised for use, on one-half acre of land; lumber to the amount of $10, twelve cords of fire-wood, five tons of anthracite coal, fifty bushels of bituminous coal, and all charcoal for use in the family; one pew in meeting-house where debtor worships; one horse-sled or ox-sled, $20 in value; one harness wortli $20 for each horse or mule; one cart or truck wagon, one harrow, one plow, one yoke, two chains, and one mowing machine; for fisherman, one boat not exceeding two tons burthen. Mary land No Homestead Exemption, but Personal Property. The property exempted is the personal property actually necessary ior tiie sustenance of the family, and the implements or tools necessary to earn a livelihood, and wearing apparel. The constitution of the State directs the legislature to pass laws exempting from judicial sales property not exceeding $500. One hundred dollars is the amount fixed and exempted in pursuance Of this constitutional requirement. (The exact language of the law is, “all wearing apparel, books, and the tools of mechanics.”) Massachusetts. —Home worth $800, and Personal Property. Every householder, having a family, is entitled to a homestead, valued at $800, in farm, or lot of laud, and buildings thereon, owned and occu¬ pied by him as a residence. Necessary clothing, one bedstead, bed, and necessary bedding for every two of the family; one stove used for the dwelling, and fuel not exceeding file value of $20, for the use of the family: one sewing machine, of a value not exceeding $100, in actual use by such debtor, or family: other household furniture necessary for him and his family, not exceeding $300 in value; Bibles, school books, and library used by lnm or his family, not exc eding $50 in value; one cow, sixsheep. one swine, and twotonsof bay: the tools, implements and fixtures necessary for carrying on his trade or business, not exoeed’ng $100 in value: materials and stock necessary for carrying on his trade or business, and intended to be used therein not exceeding $100 in value; provisions necessary for the family not exceeding $50 in value: the boat, fishing tackle, and lietsof fishermen, actually used by them in the prose¬ cution of their business, to the value of $100: the uniform of an officer or soldier in the mili'ia, and the arms and accoutrements required by law to be kept by him; one pew in church unless required to be sold because of some tax legally laid thereon, and shares in co-operative as¬ sociations, not exceeding $20 in the aggregate; also rights of burial, aud tombs while in use as repositories for the dead. M iSSISSi P[T L — Home worth $2,000, and Personal Property. —On debts contracted after September 1, 1870, only eighty acres of land to the head of every family being a housekeeper; to a resident of any in¬ corporated town, being the head of a family, and a housekeeper, $2,000 worth of real property, comprising the proper homestead. It is under¬ stood that on debts contracted before September, 1870, the exemptions of the code of 1857 are applicable, viz; One hundred and sixty acres of land, homestead, $1 500; tools of a mechanic, agricultural implements of a farmer, implements of a laborer; wearing apparel; books of a student, libraries, books and maps; two horses or mules (the new ex¬ emption gives an additional mule or horse, making two exemptions), one hundred and fifty bushels of corn, four cows and calves, eight hun¬ dred pounds of pork, twenty bushels of wheat; one yoke of oxen, one wagon; furniture, $250. M iSSOUri. —Homeworth $1,500 to $3,000, and Personal Property. Married men are allowed a homestead of one hundred and sixty acres of land to the value of $1,500. In cities of forty thousand inhabitants or over, homesteads shall not include more than eighteen square rods of ground, nor exceed in value $3,000. Ill cities of less size, homestead shall not include over thirty square rods, nor exceed $1,500 in value. Personal property to the value of not less than $300 to the heads of fam¬ ilies. Before 1865, certain property of husband, hut not that acquired by purchase after marriage, was exempt from liabilities of wife incur¬ red before marriage. Since statute of 1865, husband Is so liable. Michigan. —Home worth $1,500, and Personal Property.— Any quantity of land, not exceeding forty acres, and the dwelling bouse thereon, with its appurtenances, to be selected by the owner thereof. 214 ABSTRACT OF STATE LAWS RELATING TO EXEMPTIONS FROM FORCED SALE, and not Included in any recorded town plat, city village, or Instead thorpof attlie oution of the owner, a quantity of land not exceeding m amount one lot being within a recorded town plat, or city, or village, and the dwelling house thereon, and its appurtenances, owned and oc- cunicd hv any resident of the State, not exceeding in value $1,500. Household furniture to amount of $250; stock m trade, a teanh or other things which maybe necessary to carry on the pursuit of pai titular business i d to $250; library and school liooks not exceeding $150; to a bousehoider ten sheep, two cows, five swine, and some minor things There are some other exemptions beside a homestead, but they ai trivial. Minnesota - Home of Eighty Acres in Farm Lands or House nmJTotin^naaeor City , and Personal Property. — Eightv acres of l-iiul selected as a homestead, ora lot aiul dwelling house tneieon, in ™v i imornorated town plat, city, or village, being a homestead: the family Bible, family pictures, school books, or library, a 1 [jJ." nig on histr, , and in addition thereto, stock in trade not exceeding $400 in value- Also the library and implements of any professional ma n All of which articles hereinbefore intended to be exempt shall be chosen by the debtor his agent cierk or legal representative, as the case may be, one sewing malfiie; the earnings of minor children. None of these arti¬ cles of personal property are exempt from execution 01 attachment for the purchase money thereof. Montana -Home worth $2,500, and Personal Property .-A homcsteml not exceeding in value $2,500; m a city or village not to ex¬ ceed one-quarter of an acre, or farm land not exceeding J'flT;’,’ tlie debtor taking his choice selecting eitheix with all improvements t ereon includedln the valuation. The Hen of a mechanic, laborer or mortgage lawfully olitained upon the same, is not affected hy such ex¬ emption. In addition to the homestead, personal Property to the Value of si 400 and more, according to value of articles enumerated by stat ute, is allowed to the householder occupying the same. Nebraska.- Home worth $500, and Personal Property.- A home¬ steadconsisting of any quantity of land not exceeding one hundred and sixtv acres and the dwelling house thereon, and its appurtenances, to be selected’ l'V the owner thereof, and not included in any incorporated city or village; or, instead thereof, attlie option of the owner a quan¬ tity of contiguous land, not exceeding two lots, being within an lncor- nornted town citv or village, and according to the recorded plat of said incorporated town city or village; or, in lieu of the above, a lot or par¬ cel of^contigiious fani^not exceeding twenty acres, being within the limits of an incorporated town, city or village, the said paicel or lot of land not being laid off into streets, blocks and lots, owned and occupied bv anv resident of the State, being the head of a family, shall not h® subiect to attachment, levy, or sale upon execution, or other piocess issuing out of any court in this State, so long as the same shall he occu¬ pied by the debtor as a homestead. All heads of families Yl 1C n,!mp e neither lands town lots nor houses entitled to exemption as a home¬ stead under the laws of this State, shall have exemption from forced sale on execution thesum of $500 impersonal property. Other personal property is exempted, which is enumerated by statute. Nava da —Home worth $5,000, and Personal Property.- The husband wHe, or other head of the family, is entitled to a homestead not exceeding in value $5,000, and a debtor has exempted from attach¬ ment persona property not exceeding in value $1,500, enumerated in the statute. NewHampshire. — Home worth $500, and Person at Property. Homestead to the value of $500; necessary apparel and bedding, and household furniture to tile value of $100; llibles and school books in use in the family; library to the value of $200; one cow, one hog and one pig and pork of same when slaughtered; tools of occupation to the value of $100- six sheep and their fleeces; one cooking stove and its furniture; provisions and fuel to the value of $50, and one sewing ma¬ chine; beasts of the plow, not exceeding one yoke of oxen, or a horse, and hay not exceeding four tons. New Jersey. — Home worth $2,000 and Personal Property— Lot and buildings thereon, occupied as a residence and owned by 1the deotor, being a householder and having a family, to the value of $1,500, Personal pi opertv to the amount of $200, owned by a resident head of a family, appraised liy three persons appointed by the sheriff; and the widow or administrator of a deceased person may claim the same ex¬ emption of $200 as against tho creditors. Now York —Home worth $1,000, and Personal Property.— Homesteadtothe value of $1,000, owned and occupied by debtor be¬ ing a householder and having a family. In addition to the household articles usually enumerated as exempt from the sale under execution, and the tools of any mechanic, not exceeding $25 in value, there are exempted necessary household furniture and working tools, team and food for said team for a period not exceeding ninety days; professional instruments, furniture and library owned liy any person being a house¬ holder, or having a family for which he provides, to the value of not exceeding $250, and a sewing machine. Such exemption do?s not apply to any execution issued ou a demand for purchase money of such fui - nitnre tools or team or the food of said team, or professional instru¬ ment?’ fnrnlture or library; sewing machine, or the articles now enu¬ merated bylaw; nor to any judgment rendered for a claim accruing for work and labor, performed in a family as a domestic^nor^ h/any’ffmaie employee, when such amount does not exceed the sum of $15 exclusive of costs. N ow Mexico —Homeirorth $1,000; Provisions, $25; Furniture, «in7Wssmo.-Keal estate to t lie value of $ 1,000 is exempt in faim bed^loUU^ Sble's'^iyrmfbook^imstarnents, ^amiseb^o^boo^^jsed b^^ and family”and religious pictures; "gShtS'S se- fectedhy Hie deb tor^'alscftool's and implements 1 1 el oi^;' busHies? praised value. rnrnlina -Home worth $1,000; Personal Property, lage, with the dwellings used thereon, owned and occupied yai'S blent of the State, and not exceeding the value of $1,UUU. reisonui property to the value of $500. There is ex- Oh io -Home worth $1,000, find Personal Prope.^. - -----^ 000 . SSiiiliiliiiii $500, in addition to the chattel property as aforesaid. Ontario Canada.— Grants that are Free, and Homesteads in exempt from seizure. O regon. - Personal Property. - Pm^rtbe^al^o^llOo' tools, implements, apparatus, r e a * V ’ ?A C alucfement debtor, tothe with one year’s fleece, two cows five ^ vi n e , houi ot property' is exempt from U executi'on > issu^upon f a^uilgmeut for* ?he purchas^ price. Pennsylvania. —Heal or Personal, $300, — Property, either real oi-personal, to the value of $300. The exemption may be waived in note or contract. Quebec, Can ad a. -Personal Property enumerated as/ollows, is exempt from forced sale, b ei n g use dan do w u ^ ^ ^ ^ an( \ family; set of table anil^toveffur^itur^fall^^nnuig wjieels and weavewMooms in comnmn^uset'mKrkn'^oUinies of liooks; fuel ^Ji^m^ce^sar^food^or worth $20; one cow four sheep two hogs with nocessa Qf $20; fiftemi^hfve’s'of bees^an^wagesmul salaries not yet due; besides cer- tain other properties granted by the couits. Rhode 1.1 and. -WoS&’ffif'fSSS ceed in value $200; a11 tooTs or implementsof a debtor’s pro- ttioVe n vTu^r$5S.°^ South Cpr 0 llna,-H^ ^J^^ n s 1 P^U^S? $500.-There is exempt from sale and exec furniture, lieds, and stead not exceeding in value $1,000 waeons farming implements, bedding, family library, arms, carts, £ d sheep, not to exceed in fntbe'aggregate the s S um V o'”Ib 00 > Dh addition thereto all necessary wearing apparel. Tennessee.— apmnflmiantAo th^value of 1 $l,000; 1 a?S) personal property to the value of $500. Texas. -Nome worth $5,000. fc^esli^eare^ citizen, householder, or '). e ^of »countr^orany lot or lots in a town or tate, including homestead, in the iSJwf’ss 000 in value attlie time of city, used as a homestead, not to ^f.^L^ent increase in value by im- their designation as a homestead, (suhseq t d ale) household provements or otherwise) does.notsubject«» ^ h head - ’ f a family, and kitchen furniture $500. {°®veryci el and tools, liooks, and one horse, saddleandbridle, all weaving a^par ^ ^ twenty hogs: one apparatus of his trade or professio . husband, the court will set year’s provisions, andin caseof death“ "^^’“bmney to the value of ttmforegoing^eiiiptioiisf if the estatS has not got tho specific articles exempted. I ABSTRACT OF STATE LAWS RELATING TO EXEMPTIONS FROM FORCED SALE. 215 Utah. — Borne worth $1,000, and Personal Property. To each member of the family, $250.— To the head of the family is allowed a homestead not exceeding in value $1,000, to be selected by the debtor, and personal property to the value of $700 or more, according to tbs value of articles exempt by statute; aside from tlie homestead each member of the family is allowed $250. Mo property shall be exempt from sale on a judgment received for its price, on a mechanic’s lieu, or a mortgage thereon. Vermont. — Home worth $500, and Personal Property. — Home¬ stead to the value of $500, and products; such suitable apparel, bed¬ ding, tools, arms, and articles of furniture as may be necessary for up¬ holding life; one sewing machine kept for use; one cow, the best swine, or the meat of one swine: ten sheep, and one year’s product of said sheep in wool, yarn or cloth; forage sufficient for keeping not exceed¬ ing ten sheep and one cow through one winter; ten cords of firewood, twenty bushels of potatoes; such military arms and accoutrements as the debtor is required by law to furnish; all growing crops, ten bushels of grain, one barrel of flour, three swarms of bees and hives, together with their produce in honey; two hundred pounds of sugar, and all let¬ tered gravestones; the Bibles and all other books used in a family; one pew or slip in a meeting house or place of religious worship; livfe poul¬ try not exceeding in amount or value the sum of $10; the professional books and instruments of physicians, and the professional books of clergymen and attorneys at law, to the value of $200; and also one yoke of oxen or steers, as the debtor may select, or two horses, kept and used for team work, and such as the debtor may select, in lieu of oxen or steers, lmt not exceeding in value the sum of $200, with sufficient for¬ age for the keeping of t lie same through the Winter; provided, however, the exemption, as to one yoke of oxen or steers, and the forage there¬ for, is not to extend to any attachment issued on any contract made on or before the twenty-first day of November, 1859. or the exemption as to two horses and tlie forage therefor, on or before the first day of December, 1866, or any execution issued on a judgment founded on any such contract. Virginia. — Borne and Personal Property, $2,000. — Every house¬ holder or head of a family shall be entitled to hold exempt from levy his real and personal property, or either, including money or debts due him, to a value not exceeding $2,000, to be selected by him. The personal property exempted is defined by the statute of the State. West Virginia. — Home worth $1,000, and Personal Property.— Homestead to the value of $1,000 is exempt, where the property of Unit value is devised or granted to debtor, being a husband or parent, and resident in the State, as a homestead; and where lie, previously to con¬ tracting the debt or liability has placed a declaration of his intention to keep the property as a homestead on the land records of the county in which the real estate is situate. Personal property to the value of $300 is also exempted, provided debtor is a resident and a parent. Washington Territory. — Home worth $1,000, and Per¬ sonal Property. — To each householder, being the head of a family, a homestead worth $1,000, while occupied by such family. All wearing apparel, private libraries, family pictures and keepsakes; to each householder, one bed and bedding, and oneladditional bed and bedding for every two additional members of the family, and other household goods of the coin value of $1,500; twocows and their calves, five swine two stands of bees, twenty-five domestic fowls, and provisions and fuel for six months. To a farmer, one span of horses and harness, or two yoke of oxen and one wagon, with farming utensils not exceeding $200 coin v. lue. To attorneys and clergymen, their libraries valued at not to exceed $500, with office furniture and fuel. Small boats and firearms kept for use, not exceeding $50 in coin value; parties engaged in light¬ ering, two lighters and a small boat, valued at $250; the team of a drayman. W i SCOn Si n . —Farm of Forty Acres, or Bouse and Lot in Village or City, and Personal Property. — A homestead consisting of any quan¬ tity of land not exceeding forty acres, used for agricultural purposes, and the dwelling house thereon and its appurtenances, to he selected by the owner thereof, and not included in any town plat, or city, or vil¬ lage, or instead thereof, at the option of the owner, a quantity of land not exceeding in amount one-fourth of an acre, being within a recorded town plat, or city, or village, and the dwelling-house thereon, and Its appurtenances, owned and occupied by any resident of tlie State, shall not be subject to forced sale on execution, or any other final process from a court, for any debt or liability contracted after January 1, 1849. Family Bible, family pictures, or school books; library of debtor, but not circulating libraries; wearing apparel of debtor and family; all stoves put up and kept for use, all cooking utensils, and all other household furniture not herein enumerated, not exceeding $200 in value; two cows, ten swine, one yoke of oxen and one horse, or a span of horses or mules; ten sheep and the wool from same, either raw or manufactured; the necessary food for above stock for a year’s sup¬ port; one wagon, cart, or dray, one sleigh, one plow, one drag, and other farming utensils, including tackle for teams, not exceeding $50 in value; provisions and fuel for one year; tools and implements or stock in trade of a mechanic or miner, or other person, not exceeding $200 in value; library or implements of any professional man not exceeding $200 in value; all moneys from insurance of exempt property; earnings of all persons for sixty days next preceding the issuing of any process; all sewing machines kept for use; any swords, plate, books, or other articles, presented by Congress or the members thereof. Wyoming. — Home worth $1,500, and Personal Property. —A homestead consisting of a bouse and lot in a village or city, or laud not exceeding one hundred and sixty acres, the value not in either case ex¬ ceeding $1,500, Is allowed to a householder occupying the same. Also the following property of a householder being the head of a family, is exempt. Wearing apparel, family Bibles, pictures, school books, cem¬ etery lots, bedding, furniture, provisions, and such other articles as the debtor may select, not exceeding in value $500. Tools, team, or stock In trade or a mechanic, miner, or other person, kept and used for the purpose of carrying on his business or trade, not exceeding $3(10, are exempt. Library, Instruments and implements of any professional man, worth not more than $300. The person claiming exemption must be a bona fide resident of the territory. METRIC SYSTEM OF WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. The following system of Measures ami Weights, owing to its com¬ plete decimal character, and tlie consequent freedom from labor it affords in calculation, by converting one denomination into another, has been adopted by most European nations. Its use has also been legalized in the United States, and its ultimate adoption, as a uniform system of measurement and weight, by all the civilized countries, it is believed, will he only a matter of time. MEASURES OF CAPACITY. WEIGHTS. Dry Meas'e Liquid Measure. Peck Bus. Gills. Pints QrtsJGals. Centilitre. .08 1UU oiaAaie Decilitre.. jij of a litre .84 .211 Litre. Unit of capac- 2.11 1.05 0.26 ity. 1.13 2.64 Hectolitre 100 litres. 2 83 26.41 MEASURES OF LENGTH. Weight or quantity of water at maxi¬ mum density. Equip. in English Weigh Troy Grains. Avoird. Ounces. Pound Milligramme... Centigramme.. Decigramme... Gramme. Dekagramme.. H ctogramme.. Kilogramme... Mynagramme.. Quintal. Millier or Ton¬ neau. TFoo of a g^mme. j-i-j- of a gramme, of a gramme. Unit of weight. 10 grammes.. 100 grammes.. 1,000 grammes.. 10,000 grammes.. 100,000 grammes.. 1,000,000 grammes.. 1 millimetre.0154 10 millimetre.1543 ^ cubic centimetre. 1.543 1 cubic decimetre. 15.43 10 cubic decimetre. 100 decimetre. 1 litre.. 10 litre. 1 hectolitre. .3527 3.527 2.2046 22.046 220.46 1 cubic metre 2204.6 Equivalents in English Standard Measures. Inches. Feet. Yards. Rods. Fur¬ longs. Miles Millimetre. Centimetre. Decimetre.. Metre. Dekametre. Hectometre Kilometre.. Myriametre 0.0397 0.3937 3.937 39.37 393.7 Unit of measure 10 metres.. 100 metres. 1,000 metres.. 10,000 metres.. 3 28 32.80 328. 3280. 1.09 10.94 109.36 1093.63 1.99 19.9 199. .497 .62 6.21 MEASURES OF SURFACE. Equivalent in English Standard Measures. Inches Square Feet. Square Yards. Square Poles. Roods. Ac¬ res. Square Centimetre.... Square Decimetre.... .155 15.50 1,550.06 .107 10.76 1.20 119.60 11.960.33 Sqv. Dekametre, or 3.95 395.38 .099 9 88 0.247 2.47 Hectare. 216 GENERAL SUGGESTIONS ON THE COLLECTION OF DEBTS. WHAT TO DO WHEN NECESSARY TO SETTLE AN ACCOUNT BY LEGAL PROCESS. OUTLINE OF PROCEEDINGS. ow to Collect a Debt. an earnest effort be made to do business upon a strictly cash basis, debts will be incurred which dishonest, care¬ less, improvident and unfortunate people will neglect to pay. To understand the necessary steps to be taken in the collec¬ tion of such debts is a matter which, while it concerns all, is nevertheless understood only by the few ; and, thus lacking acquaintance with the course which should be pursued, vast num- of people are defrauded of their hard earnings anu honest dues, and themselves frequently thrown into bankruptcy, when prompt and decisive measures pursued in the collection of debts would have saved to them fortune and independence. Indebtedness having occurred, and the party owing the same neglecting to pay, what shall be the first step taken in its collection ? Naturally that will very mate¬ rially depend upon the nature of the indebtedness and the circumstances under which the debt was made. To illustrate, the following are among the various means by which debts are incurred : How Debts are Made. By buying goods to be paid for when convenient. By buying goods on credit, settlement being made at certain times. By employing service, to be paid for at certain stated periods. By obtaining the use of lands, houses and other property, and con¬ tracting to pay for the same as per agreement. By purchasing houses, lands and other property, giving a mortgage on the same as security for balance unpaid. By borrowing money; usually secured by note and mortgage, or responsible indorsement, as the case may be. General Suggestions. To avoid any of these various classes of indebtedness, the following safeguards can be used: First, do a strictly cash business. Mark goods in the beginning as low as you intend they shall be sold, and then part with them only for cash in hand, unless in cases of emergency. This is the best way to obviate all necessity of collecting, and is by far the best course to pursue alike for the buyer and the seller. By adopting the cash system as the method of dealing, the price would rule much lower, and yet the merchant would suffer no loss, while the customer would thus be enabled to buy much cheaper, and paying for everything at time of purchase, would buy more sparingly, more economically, and hence would save and lay up money. Precautionary Measures. Send goods abroad only to be paid for when taken. If goods are bought on account, to be paid for at stated periods, let such period be as short as possible, and collect promptly at the time specified. If engaged in the service of others, secure payment if possible once a week, unless engaged in working for a strictly responsible firm who make it a rule to pay monthly. If furnishing boarding-house or hotel accommodations, make it a positive rule to collect all bills at periods not exceeding a week apart. To do otherwise is almost certainly to meet with loss, though there are exceptional cases with strictly responsible parties who may arrange to pay monthly. , , , If renting houses, lands or other property, always have leases made in duplicate, one of which should be kept by the landlord, and the other by the tenant; the wording of the lease being specific as to the conditions of payment, and forfeiture, (see “ Landlord and Tenon , page 202 ), if payment be not made promptly. In cities it is customary to have rent paid weekly or monthly, in advance. The payments shou always be made at the landlord’s residence or place of business. Ac¬ knowledgment of the payment should be made on the back of the lease when rent is paid. Loaning Money. If loaning money, always requirea promissory note of the borrower. (See “Promissory Notes," page 179 .) Some exceptions may be made, of course, where the amount is quite small, among very intimate friends. Ordinarily, however, always take a note; and if the amount is consid¬ erable, or the responsibility of the borrower in the least doubtful, have the payment of the note secured by a mortgage on property ™°rthsev- eral times the amount loaned. (See “ Mortgages ,” page 19 &) When difficulty is experienced in collecting an account, get the same, if pos¬ sible, converted into a note, as it is much easier to handle and collect. Be very certain, when loaning money on real estate, that the amount of security is not only sufficient to pay the note, but that it is free from encumbrance. If a loan is made taking personal property as security, covered by chattel mortgage, see that no other mortgage has been placed on the same property before. FIRST LEGAL STEPS IN COLLECTING THE DEBT. 217 If the loan is secured by mortgage on real estate, which is much the safest, an Abstract of Title should be required of the borrower, signed by the county clerk or other responsible person, showing that the prop¬ erty mortgaged is entirely free from encumbrance. Or, if there be encumbrance already upon the same, ascertain what its amount may be. See also that 3 'our mortgage, taken as security, is recorded immediately. W e have thus enumerated some of the means with which loss by credit may be avoided; but should credits be given, and the par¬ ties owing neglect or refuse to pay, the following suggestions, it is hoped, may aid in the collection of the debt. Preliminary Proceedings. Of course the first steps to be taken in the collection of a debt will depend upon circumstances. The party owing may have met with a sudden reverse of fortune'—maybe willing, but unable, without great sacrifice, to pay at present; and thus a variety of circumstances will tend to determine the action to be pursued in the commencement—- whether it be sharp, positive and energetic, or mild and lenient. We will suppose, however, that the debtor neglects or refuses to pav a just debt. It becomes necessary, therefore, to proceed to its collection by the various discreet and legal steps at command. These are: First , To write a letter calling attention to the account unpaid, stat¬ ing the time when the obligation was due, and accompanying the same with a bill of goods bought, when, etc. Second , Another letter, a little more pointed than the first, urging the necessity of immediate settlement. Third , To sue for the same before a competent legal officer. First Efforts at Collection. The necessary forms will be very similar to the following: DUNNING LETTER NO. I. Mk. A. B. Cushman, Elyria, O., Feb. 10 , 1 S 77 . Oberlin, O. Dear Sir : Please find enclosed a statement of your account to Jan¬ uary first, at which time we had hoped to have settled with all our cus¬ tomers. Early attention to this will greatly oblige. Yours Respectfully, BROWN, MEYER & CO. DUNNING LETTER NO. 2 . Mr. A. B. Cushman, Elyria, O., Feb. 20 , 1 S 77 . Oberlin, O. Dear Sir : We are compelled to place some of our accounts in the hands of collectors for settlement; but our relations with you have always been so pleasant, we wish to avoid doing so in your case. As all uncollected bills go into the hands of the collector next Monday you will please call upon us before then, and oblige, Yours Respectfully, BROWN, MEYER & CO. Borrowed Money. In case the indebtedness is for borrowed money, possibly a small amount, for which no promissory note was given, the easiest method, probably, of disposing of the matter, when it is discovered that the individual does not intend to pay, is to erase the transaction from the memorandum and forget the affair entirely, if possible; considering yourself fortunate in discovering, before loaning a larger amount, that the borrower was a dead beat. It may be best that you continue on friendly terms, and you cannot afford to break pleasant relations tor a small amount of money, though by this neglect the borrower has forever forfeited yo\jr confidence, unless the matter is satisfactorily explained. Should you propose, however, to press collection, a letter similar to the following may be written: REMINDER NO. I. Mr. Webster : Galesburg, III., Aug. 15, 1S77. The ten dollars borrowed by you on the Fourth of July was to have been paid, according to agreement, on last Monday. Thinking that, possibly, the matter had escaped your recollection, I take this means of reminding you of the fact. Respectfully Yours, CHAS. B. WEEKS. No attention being paid to this letter, it may be well enough to write one letter more, as follows: REMINDER NO. 2 . Galesburg, III., Aug. 24, 1S77. Mr. Webster: I mailed a note to your address some days since, in relation to money borrowed of me on the Fourth. I fear you must have failed to receive it, otherwise you surely would have given it your attention. As I put all unsettled accounts into the hands of a justice for collection next week on Wednesday, I should like to see you before that time. Respectfully Yours, CHAS. B. WEEKS. Leg?l Proceedings. You have exhausted the usual moral means of collecting-your due, and the debt is not yet paid. It is proposed now to collect it, if possi¬ ble, by legal process. In the first place, can it be collected ? Is the debtor worth enough to be compelled to pay it, aside from the property which the law exempts? What does the law exempt? {See “Exemptions from Forced Sale” pacre 212 ), which applies to heads of families; also, (“ Limitations ,” on page zSj). Being satisfied that the debt is collectible, you now place the account in the hands of a Justice of the Peace, unless the amount to be collected is so large as to be out of the justice’s jurisdiction. The amount which can be collected through a justice varies in different States. Limit of Jurisdiction with Justice of the Peace. The following shows the largest amount in the different States and Territories which the justice of the peace, through his official position, can have jurisdiction over: Alabama_ .. -$IOO Louisiana.: $100 Ohio.: $30° Arkansas_ ... 300 Maine. 20 Oregon. 250 California_ ..-300 Maryland. IOO Pennsylvania_ 100 Colorado. ... 300 Massachusetts .. 300 Rhode Island_ IOO Connecticut.. - IOO Michigan_ 300 South Carolina.. IOO Dakota Ter... ... ICO Minnesota_ IOO Tennessee. 500 Delaware _ ... IOO Mississippi. * 5 ° Texas.. 200 Florida. - IOO Missouri. 300 Utah Ter. 300 Georgia. -- . IOO Nebraska. IOO Vermont. 200 Idaho Ter. ... _ IOO Nevada.. 3 00 Virginia. 5° Illinois.. ... 200 New Hampshire IOO Washington Ter. IOO Indiana . New Jersey. IOO West Virginia.. IOO Iowa.. - -. IOO* New Mexico Ter IOO Wisconsin. 300 Kansas.. ... 300 New York. 200 Wyoming Ter... IOO Kentucky_ --- IOO North Carolina.. 200 * By consent of parties, $ 300 . First Legal Steps. The amount to be collected being within the jurisdiction of the justice, he will issue a Summons^ which will be taken by a constable to the debtor, if he can be found, and read to him, which is termed “serving a summons” upon the person owing the debt. Form of Summons. The wording of this summons will be somewhat as follows: STATE OF-) -County, f ss * The People of the State of - to any Constable of said County — Greeting : You are hereby commanded to summon A. B. to appear before me at-on the-day of-, at-o’clock-M., to answer the complaint of C. D. for a failure to pay him a certain demand not exceeding -; and hereof make due return as the law directs. Given under my hand this —-day of- iS—. JOHN DOE, J. P. It may be remarked that the law varies in different States as to where a debtor may be sued. In some States he cannot be sued out of the town where he resides. In others more latitude is given, the facts concerning which the justice will explain, upon application, as to his own State. Upon the issuance of a summons, the constable will proceed to serve the same immediately. But if the defendant cannot be found, or shall evade the service of process by refusing to listen, or by secreting himself, the constable may leave a copy of the summons with some member of his family of the age of ten years or upward; and afterward report to the justice when and how his summons was served, and the circumstances attending the same. In the summons the justice will specify a certain place, day and hour for the trial, not less, usually, than five, nor more than fifteen days from the date of such summons, at which place and time defendant is notified to appear. A summons is usually served at least three days before the trial is to take place. The justice indorses on the summons the amount demanded by the plaintiff, with the costs due on the same, and upon the serving of the summons the debtor may pay to the constable the demand and sts, taking his receipt for the same, which will satisfy the debt and pre vent all further costs. The Costs. The average costs accruing up to this point are: justice for issuing summons, 25 cents'; constable for serving, 35 cents ; the entire cost de¬ pending, somewhat, upon how far the constable has to travel, he being entitled, ordinarily, to five cents per mile each way for mileage. In many cases, when served with a summons, the debtor will imme¬ diately settle the claim rather than allow a greater accumulation of costs; but should he refuse to make settlement, the constable will return t le summons indorsed somewhat as follows. ..Served by reading the within to ^defendan^on the Jth^day of July, 107 O. *' In suing an incorporated company, a copy of the summons must be left with the president. If he is absent, then with the secretary, gene¬ ral agent, cashier, or principal clerk, if either can be found in the county in which suit is brought. If neither can be found in the county, then by leaving a copy of the summons with any clerk, engineer, director, station agent, conductor, or any such agent found in the county. At the time appointed for the trial, both the plaintiff and defendant, or their representatives, are required to be promptly in attendance, the plaintiff being present for the purpose of proving his claim, and the defendant for the purpose of stating his defense, or the reasons why the claim should not be paid. Should either party fail to appear, he must suffer the penalty hereafter explained. Trial by Justice and Jury. When the parties appear, the justice will proceed to try the case, and after hearing the allegations and proofs, will, if the claim be proved, cive judgment against the defendant, including costs and such interest as the law allows. If no claim is proved, the judgment will be against the plaintiff, who will be held responsible for costs. Should either party demand a jury, he can have the same in all cases of trial before a justice of the peace, upon making a deposit with the justice of the jury fees. The jury shall comprise any number from six to twelve, as the parties may agree, though the number usually provided by law is six or twelve. Upon determining to have the case tried by jury, the justice will put into the hands of the constable, or other authorized officer, the following FORM OF WRIT FOR SUMMONING JURORS. STATE OF - County, The People of the Slate oj - to any Constable of said County— We command you to summon-lawful men of your cou nty to amrear before me at-o’clock-M„ who are not related to - — plaintiff, or to-defendant, to make a jury between said parties in a certain cause pending before me; and have then and there the names of this jury and this writ. Witness my hand this-day of , Q - HN DQEj y p In the case of jury trial, the justice will enter judgment according to the verdict of the jury. Who are Competent as Jurors. In most States the following requisites are necessary to make the individual competent to serve on a jury: ,. lie should be a resident of the county, and not exempt from serving on jury. 2 . Twenty-one years old and under sixty. 7 Of fair character, in the possession ot natural faculties, free from legal exceptions, of sound judgment, well informed, and who under¬ stands the English language. Who are Exempt from Serving on Juries. In general, the following persons, according to the statutes of many States" are exempt from serving on juries, namely: the governor, lieu¬ tenant governor, secretary of state, auditor of public accounts, treasurer, superintendent of public instruction, attorney general, members of the general assembly during their term of office, judges ot courts, clerks o courts, sheriffs, coroners, postmasters, mail carriers, practicing attor¬ neys all officers of the United States, officiating ministers of the gospel, school teachers during their terms of school, practicing physicians, con¬ stant ferrymen, mayors of cities, policemen, and active members of the fire department. The Result of Failing to Appear. Should the plaintiff fail to appear within the hour appointed, the jury, or the justice, alone, being in readiness to hear the trial, and no good reason being given for his non-attendance, the suit is dismissed, unless the defendant should desire to have the case tried then or a another time. _ Should the defendant fail to appear, the justice will hear the case, and if the claim is proved, he will enter Judgment against the defend¬ ant for the amount which is due the plaintiff, and will issue an Execution for its collection. . A “Judgment” is simply the decision of the court that a certain demand or claim shall be paid, and no particular form is required in rendering it. The Execution. An execution is a writ which authorizes an officer, to whom it is directed, to carry into effect the decision of the court. In some States the law permits the imprisonment of a debtor if he refuses to pay t c claim against him, and an execution can be issued directing the proper officer to imprison the delinquent until the claim is satisfied. It is more common, however, to issue an execution authorizing an officer to levy upon personal property of the debtor, and a judgment being rendered by the justice against a party..the next step usually taken is to issue an execution for the collection of the amount due. ' ir the plaintiff is satisfied that the debt will be lost unless execution issue immediately, he may take oath to that effect, and the justice will issue an execution authorizing an officer to make levy upon goods at once, but sale of the same usually will not take place under twenty days. If no fear of losing the debt is expressed, execution will issue, gene¬ rally, in about twenty days from the time judgment was rendered and the officer usually has about seventy days to make a levy and sell the property to satisfy said execution. FORM OF EXECUTION AGAINST GOODS AND CHATTELS. STATE OF-l ss - County, j sb ’ The People of the State of- We c-Xu, tlm^of^oods^chattels of A-B. in = county, you make the sumof ‘ wh i c h C. D. lately recovered befoiT^Tin” certain plea against th|said A. B„ and hereof make re¬ turn to me within seventy days fiom tins d ate. _ Given under my hand this day 01 joilN DOE, J. P- When the Writ of Execution against personal property is placed in his hands, it is the duty of the constable to make a levy “P on a " d sell such personal property as he can find sufficient to satisfy the debt which is not exempted from sale by law, giving ten days previous notice of such sale by advertisement in writing to be posted up at three of the most public places in the vicinity where the sale is to be made and on the day appointed for the sale, the constable sells to the highest - to any Constable of said County— | WHO CANNOT BE ARRESTED. 219 bidder the property levied upon, or as much of the same as may be necessary to pay the judgment, interest and costs. Of course discretion must be used by the constable in selecting prop¬ erty not exempted from sale, and not already attached or covered by chattel mortgage; and when covered by the latter, whether it will sell for enough to pay both claims. Attachment of Goods. If a creditor, his agent or attorney, has good reason to believe that there is danger of losing his claim, because the debtor is a non resident of the State, or conceals himself, in defiance of an officer, so that process cannot be served upon him, or has departed from the State with the in¬ tention of removing his goods from the State, or has fraudulently con¬ veyed or assigned his effects so as to hinder or delay his creditors, or is about to do so, he can go before a justice of the peace and make affidavit setting forth the nature and amount of the indebtedness, after allowing all just credits and set-offs, for any one or more of the causes mentioned. H e will also state the place of residence of defendant, if known, and file a bond with said justice in double the amount sworn to be due, with suf¬ ficient security, payable to defendant, against whom the writ is issued, conditioned for satisfying all costs and damages awarded to such defend¬ ant, for wrongfully suing out said attachment. That being done, the justice will issue a Writ of Attachment, which authorizes the constable in whose hands it is placed to proceed at once to the residence or place of business of the debtor, or elsewhere where he may have goods and effects within the jurisdiction of the court, and immediately take possession of a sufficient amount of personal prop¬ erty with which to pay the claim and all costs; provided, however, if at the residence of the debtor he is allowed to enter. Should the debtor be present when the constable has got possession, he will read the writ to him, the time being specified in the same when his trial will take place. In the meantime the constable or officer will take possession of the goods by removing them or putting them in charge of some person until the day of the trial. If the goods are being re¬ moved to another county, he can, in most States, follow and take them there. The Trial. At the trial, if it is proven that the debtor had no intention of leaving or refusing to pay his just due, and any damage has been done by the seizure of the property, the creditor will be held responsible for such damage. If the defendant or his representative does not put in an appearance, after having been notified, the justice, at the day appointed, which is usually within a month from the time the attachment was issued, will hear the case, and if the claim be proved, will render judg¬ ment accordingly, and order a sale of the necessary amount of goods to pay the debt and all costs. Attaching the Body. Where an attachment has been issued against a defendant and the constable returns no property found, and yet the plaintifF is satisfied that the defendant has property concealed, removed or assigned with intent to defraud his creditors, and that there is danger of losing his claim unless the debtor is held to bail, it is common in several States for the justice to issue a Capias for the arrest of the debtor, the form of which is as follows: STATE OF - -County, FORM OF CAPIAS. The People of the State of - to any Constable cf said County — Greeting : You are hereby commanded to take the body of-and bring him forthwith before me, unless special bail be entered; and if such bail be entered, you will then command him to appear before me at-, on the-day of-, at-o’clock —M., to answer to the com¬ plaint of A. B. for failure to pay him a certain demand not exceeding — dollars; and hereof make due return as the law directs. Given under my hand, this-day of-, iS—. JOHN DOE, J. P. Before issuing a capias, the justice will take from the plaintiff, or his representative, a bond with approved surety, which is substantially in the following form: FORM OF BOND FOR CAPIAS. A- B-, 1 vs. v Before-, Justice of the Peace. C- D-. ) STATE OF -) - County, j ss * We hereby bind ourselves to pay all damages and costs, if any, which may be wrongfully occasioned by a capias in this case. Dated this- day of -, iS—. [seal.] -(seal.J Ordinarily the capias is issued only as a last resort, and when it is evident that the claim can only be collected by arresting the defendant and depriving him of his liberty, unless he give satisfactory bail. Being provided with a warrant for the apprehension of the debtor, the defendant is arrested, if found, and brought forthwith before the justice, unless some friend or other person will guarantee that the debtor will promptly appear at the hour and place appointed for trial. This guarantee, termed “giving bail,” is in the following form, written on the back of the capias: FORM OF SPECIAL BAIL. I, A. B., acknowledge myself special bail for the within named C. I). Witness my hand, this-day of-, iS—. A. B. This indorsement must be signed by one or more responsible persons whom the constable is willing to take as security, the condition being that the defendant, if judgment is rendered against him, at the time of trial will pay the same, with costs, or surrender himself, according to the terms of the capias. And in case he fails to pay, or surrender, the persons who signed the bail are held for the payment of the claim. Who Cannot be Arrested. By constitutional right, the following persons are privileged from arrest: Members of congress, except for treason, felony, and breach of the peace, are not liable to arrest during their attendance upon the session of their respective houses, nor while going to or returning from the same. Electors are also privileged from arrest, except for trea¬ son, felony or breach of the peace, while in attendance upon elections, or while going to or returning from the same. In many States, also, the militia, except in the above cases, are exempt during their attendance at musters, or while going or returning. Attorneys and counselors at law, judges, clerks, sheriffs, and all other officers of the several courts are likewise free from arrest while attending court, and while going to and returning from the same, as are also witnesses and other persons necessarily attending any courts of record on business. Suing the Garnishee. Another means left open for the collection of a claim in various States of the Union, is that of securing the debt by suing a third person who may be owing the defendant. In such case the plaintiff can pro¬ ceed against this third person, who is called the garnishee, in the same manner as against the debtor, though a certain amount of the money owing is, in some States, exempt, and cannot be garnisheed. Levying upon Real Estate. When no personal property can be found with which to pay the debt, and the debtor is known to possess real estate in sufficient amount to pay the claim, then it is allowable, in certain States, for the justice to certify to the clerk of the circuit court, in the county where judgment was rendered, a transcript of the judgment, which shall be filed by the clerk; and thereupon the same will become a lien upon the real estate of the debtor, and execution may issue from that court, and proceedings be had for the sale of the land and payment of the debt and costs from the proceeds of the sale. Appealing to Higher Courts. Where an action has been brought before a justice to secure a claim, a summons has been issued, the day has been set for a hearing, and judg¬ ment has been rendered by a justice or a jury, and the decision is that 220 EXPENSE OF A LAWSUIT. the debtor must pay the claim with costs, the debtor can then appeal to the next higher legal tribunal, being the circuit, district court, court o common pleas, or other courts, which are known by different names in different States. . . Before the defendant can appeal, however, he is required to give a bond, which must be signed by one or more responsible persons, >y which he guarantees, in a sum twice the amount of the claim, to pay the debt and all costs if he is beaten in the higher court. The case is then entered upon the docket of the clerk of the higher court for trial, and if time permits will be tried at the next term of that court. . , , Upon trial in this court, if the defendant is beaten again he can, by giving bond as before, in double the amount of the debt and costs then accrued, carry the case for trial up to the Supreme Court of the State, where'the matter generally ends. How Soon the Debt may be Collected. Thus it will be seen where, in each trial, the defendant promptly de¬ fends his case and appeals to the higher courts when he finds himself beaten, he can escape the payment of the original debt for one, two or more years. As each appeal is attended with heavy costs, however, few men care to punish themselves so much for the sake of wreaking re¬ venue upon anybody else. In most casps the debtor will pay the debt in the earlier part of the prosecution, unless he thinks he has good reason for not doing so. What does Law Cost? What will it cost to collect the debt? That question naturally arises, and is, very properly, one that should be considered. Of course it is impossible to determine, definitely, what the costs will be. If a lawyer be emploved for an ordinary justice suit, occupying the time but an hour or so, his" fee will be five dollars. Should the claim be of considerable amount, and the time of the attorney be employed a day or two, the law¬ yer’s charge will be from ten to twenty dollars. Should the plaintiff come off victorious, and obtain judgment against the debtor, the other costs will be mainly borne by the debtor. Should it be shown that the plaintiff has no just claim, the justice, or jury, if there be a jury, will decide that there was no cause of action, and will assess the costs o suit to the plaintiff. The costs of an ordinary justice suit in most States, will average about as follows: Docketing the suit, 25 cents; issuing summons, 25 cents; constable for serving summons, 35 cents; each mile traveled in serving summons by constable, 5 cents; justice fee for entering up judgment, 25 cents; tor discharge of docket, 25 cents; fee of justice for hearing statement of each party and giving decision, $2. _ The above are the inevitable costs which will be incurred if the plaintiff and defendant have a trial without witnesses, lawyers or jury, and then settle according to the decision of the justice. If witnesses are called, the expense is 50 cents per day for each wit¬ ness, to be claimed at time of trial. Fee of justice for issuing each sub¬ poena for witness, 25 cents; constable for serving each subpuma, 25 cents; for mileage each way in serving a subpoena, Scents; for admin- istering oath to each witness, 5 cents. Should the suit be tried by a jury, each juryman is entitled, before a justice, to 50cents for hearing the case, should the jury agree ; for en¬ tering verdict of the jury, .5 cents; fee of constable for waiting on )i.ry, 50 cents; for entering satisfaction of judgment, 10 cents. Should judgment be obtained against the debtor, and he refuse to settle, the justice will issue an execution to levy upon and sell a sufficient quantity of debtor’s goods to pay the debt and all costs. Fee for cxecu- tion, 50 cents; fee of constable for serving and returning execution, 50 cents; for advertising property for sale, 50 cents; commissions on sales, not exceeding ten dollars, 10 per cent.; for all in excess of that amount, 5 per cent.; except, when through settlement or other cause the property is not sold, in that case the commissions will be one half the above amount. The defendant, thinking that equity may not be had before a certain justice, may have the case tried before the nearest justice; this procedure is termed a “ Change of Venue.” Fee of justice for transcript in change of venue, 50 cents. Should either party desire to appeal to a higher court, the expenses of appeal before the justice will be: For bond, 35 cents; for entering appeal, 25 cents; for transcript of judgment and proceedings in case of appeal, 50 cents. In the higher court the cost of trial will usually average from twenty to fifty dollars. Collecting Large Amounts. When the amount to be collected exceeds the jurisdiction of the jus¬ tice, the plaintiff will apply to the clerk of such higher court m has jurisdiction in the case. This is the circuit court, district c °“ rt > c ° l ' rt common pleas, or other court of similar character. The clerk of th * court, upon application, will issue a summons, which is placed inti hands of a sheriff or his deputy, is served upon the debtor as before. term of that court. . . , The proceedings in this court are usually so intricate as to make advisable for the person unaccustomed to legal technicalities to employ an attorney to conduct the case, as is also generally most convenient The Law of Different States. We have given thus, in outline, the principal methods resorted to in the different States for the collection of debt The forms here shown while not conforming fully to the exact methods pursued States, are yet sufficiently accurate to enable the reader to possess . general understanding of the methods of procedure. The special law of the State where the creditor may reside, as it relates to the collection of debt, can be learned by application to the justice of the peace in that State, who, upon the plaintiff stating the circumstances, will usually give the necessary information with which legal proceedings may be commenced. POWER OF ATTORNEY TO COLLECT DEBTS. 221 "u -’ . ' vju ’ OL. - v ' . - o -; iscellaneous |Forms.i GENERAL FORMS OF POWER OF ATTORNEY. nJSINESS firms and individuals having a large trade, where indebtedness is una¬ voidably incurred for a long or short time, frequently find it necessary to em¬ ploy collectors whose special and entire duty it is to promptly collect such indebt¬ edness or see that the same is paid when due. Oftentimes their work of collec¬ tion will be in portions of the country hundreds or thousands of miles from the place of business or residence of the creditor. It is usual under these circum¬ stances to invest such an agent, thus doing business, with what is termed “ Power of Attorney,’* which is done by a written instrument usually under seal. The person or persons so authorized are called attor¬ neys, and the person or persons so appointing are termed constituents. If a power of attorney is to be recorded, it should be acknowledged. Where any act of the attorney is to be by deed, the authority to execute it must also be by deed. A document authorizing the attorney to execute a sealed instrument, must of itself be under seal, and a power to convey lands requires the same regulations in its acknowledgment by both husband and wife, in many States, as a deed by them would require. The following illustrates the general form and wording of such a document, together with other papers related thereto: GENERAL FORM OF POWER OF ATTORNEY. Know all men by these presents, that I, Henry G. Holden, of Londonderry, in the County of Windham, and State of Vermont, have made, constituted and appointed, and by these presents do make, con¬ stitute and appoint James H. Hill, of Downer’s Grove, County of Du¬ page, and State of Illinois, a true and lawful attorney for me, and in my name, place and stead, and in my behalf, to [//ere insert tl/e things which the attorney is to . HAWLLi. REPORT OF THF TREASURER OF AN ASSOCIATION. The undersigned, treasurer of the New York Mutual Benefit Associa¬ tion, herewith submits his annual report: The balance in the treasurer’s hands at the commencement of the present year, was forty-four (44) dollars. During the year, as shown b v the accompanying exhibit A, which is hereto appended, there have been received into the treasury, from all sources, five hundred and ninety one (mi) dollars and eighty-four (S 4 ) tents. During the same time the ex¬ penditures have been two hundred and fifty-seven (257) dollars and ten (10) cents, leaving a balance in the treasury, and subject to the order ot the society, the stun of three hundred and thirty-four (334) dollars and seventy-four (74) cents. All of which is respectfully submitted. A VAN OSDEL, Treasurer, N. T. M. B. A. COPYRIGHT LAW. 223 A. Dr. New York Mutual Benefit Association, To A. Van Osdel, Treas., Cr. 1S77. Dec. 31. To cash paid to as¬ sist various mem¬ bers .$110.00 To rent paid S. B., 70.00 “ carpet_ 41.00 “ stationery. 5.10 “ advertising- 31.00 $- 57 - 10 Balance on hand.. 334-74 Pi-84 1877. Jan. 1. By balance on hand from last year’s account.$ 44.00 Dec. 31. By dues .. 4S2.00 “ initiation fees .. 64.00 “ fines. 1.84 $591.84 The undersigned, a committee appointed for the purpose, have com- nared the foregoing account with the vouchers, and find it to be correct. v a B ARTHUR II. KING, L. A. BRADLEY. REPORT OF A SPECIAL COMMITTEE ON CITY HALL- - The Committee on City Hall beg leave to submit the following report: The present state of the building requires the early attention of the city, both in reference to needed changes in the arrangement of some of the rooms and in general repairs. The roof is in need of immediate repair, the paint being so worn away as to leave much of the tin exposed to the weather, which is, con¬ sequently, badly rusted. The ceiling, walls and seats of the upper hall also require calcimining and painting, and many lights of glass need resetting. They recommend that this room be generally repainted, which, by the painter’s estimate, annexed and marked A, can be done for ninetv-one (91) dollars. In connection with this improvement, they recommend the remodel¬ ing of the office of city clerk, by constructing a platform eight inches in height and seven feet in width on the south and west sides of the room, with a low railing on the outer side of the same. This change can be cheaply made from the present high railing in the room, which should be taken down. The outer doors should also be changed to swing out, instead of in as they now do. The cost of these changes will be but eightv-nine (89) dollars. The entire sum required for the above pur¬ poses will amount to one hundred and eighty (1S0) dollars. All of which is respectfully submitted. * A. B. CUMMINGS, ) N. E. CUSHMAN, \ Committee on City Hall. A. W. HARTMAN. ) A. ESTIMATE FOR PAINTING ROOF AND INTERIOR OF UPPER HALL. For painting roof two coats, mineral paint.....$26.00 For calcimining ceiling of upper hall...... 14.00 For setting seventeen panes of large glass... 9.00 For painting walls two coats.-... 24.00 For painting and graining seats. 1S.00 $91.00 BARNARD & STONE, Painters. REPORT OF COMMITTEE AT AN AGRICULTURAL FAIR. To the President and Superintendent of the Washington County Fair: Gentlemen— Your committee to whom was assigned the duty of deciding concerning the relative merit of swine on exhibition at this show, make the following report: The exhibit of different breeds is good, there being nine distinct classes in the exhibition. Of these, for sHe, cleanliness and generally superior condition, the first premium is awarded to four animals of the Poland China breed, in pen C, division four. The second premium is given to pen D, division three, containing three animals, Suffolks, which are to be commended for their great weight, considering their age. Very Respectfully ARTHUR MONROE, WILBUR HANCHETT, DEXTER D. BROWN. DIRECTIONS FOR SECURING COPYRIGHTS. PRINTED TITLE FOR ENTRY BEFORE PUBLICATION. 1. A printed copy of the title of the book, map, chart, dramatic or musical composition, engraving, cut. print, photograph, or a descrip¬ tion of the painting, drawing, chromo, statue, statuary, or model or design for a work of the fine arts, for which copyright is desired, must be sent by mail, prepaid, addressed LIBRARIAN OF CONGRESS, Washington, D. C. This must be done before publication of the book or other article. COPYRIGHT FEES. 2. A fee of 50 cents, for recording the title of each book or other article, must be inclosed with the title as above, and 50 cents in addi¬ tion (or $1 in all) for each certificate of copyright under seal of the Librarian of Congress, which will be transmitted by return mail. WHAT IS REQUIRED TO PERFECT COPYRIGHT. 3. Within ten days after publication of each book or other article, two complete copies of the best edition issued must be seut, to perfect the copyright, with the address LIBRARIAN OF CONGRESS, Washington, D. C. It is optional with those sending books and other articles to perfect copyright to send them by mail or express; but, in either ease, the charges are to be prepaid by the senders. Without the deposit of copies above required, the copyright is void, and a penalty of $25 is incurred. No copy is required to be deposited elsewhere. NOTICE OF COPYRIGHT TO BE GIVEN BY IMPRINT. 4. No copyright hereafter issued is valid unless notice is given by inserting in every copy published, on the title page, or the page fol- lowing, if it he a book; or, if a map, chart, musical composition, print, cut, engraving, photograph, painting, drawing, chromo, statue, statuary, or model or design intended to be perfected as a work of the fine arts, by inscribing upon some portion of the face or front thereof, or on the face of the substance on which the same is mounted, the fol¬ lowing words, viz.: Entered according to art of Congress, in the year -, liy -, in the office of the Librarian of Congress , at Wash~ ina'on. Or thus: Copyright , IS- , by A. B. The law imposes a penalty of $100 upon any person who has not obtained copyright who shall insert the notice “ entered according to act of Congress ,” etc., or words of the same import, in or upon any book or other article. TRANSLATIONS, ETC. 5. Any author may reserve the right to translate or to dramatize his own work. In this case, notice should be given by printing the words, Bight of translation reserved , or All rights reserved , below the notice of copyright entry, and notifying the Librarian of Congress of such reservation, to be entered upon the record. DURATION OF COPYRIGHT. C>. Each copyright secures the exclusive right of publishing the hook or article copyrighted for the term of twenty-eight years. At the end of that time, the author or designer, or his widow or children, may secure a renewal for the furtherterm of fourteen years, making forty- two years in all. Applications for renewal must be accompanied by explicit statement of ownership, in the case of the author, or of rela¬ tionship, in the case of his heirs, and must state definitely the date aud place of entry of the original copyright. TIME OF PUBLICATION. 7. The time within which any work copyrighted may he issued from the press is not limited by any law orregulatiou, but depends upon the discretion of the proprietor. A copyright may be secured for a pro¬ jected work as well as for a completed one. ASSIGNMENTS. 8. Any copyright is assignable in law by any instrument of writing, but such assignment must lie recorded in the office of the Librarian of Congress withiii sixty days from its date. The fee for this record is fifteen cents for every Kill words, aud ten cents for every 100 words for a copy of the record of assignment. COPIES, OR DUPLICATE CERTIFICATES. 0. A copy of the record (or duplicate certificate) of any copyright entry will be furnished under seal, at the rate of fifty cents each. SERIALS OR SEPARATE PUBLICATIONS TO BE COPYRIGHTED SEPARATELY. 10. Ill the case of books published in morethan one volume, if issued or sold separately, or of periodicals published in numbers, or of en¬ gravings, photographs, or other articles published with variations, a copyright is to he taken out for each volume of a book, or number of a periodical, or variety, as to size or inscription, of any other article. COPYRIGHTS FOR WORKS OF ART. 11. To secure a copyright for a painting, statue, model or design in¬ tended to lie perfected as a work of the fine arts, so as to prevent in¬ fringement by copying, engraving, or vending such design, a definite description must accompany the application for copyright, and a photograph of the same, at least as large as “cabinet size,” must he mailed to the Librarian of Congress within ten days from the comple¬ tion of the work. FULL NAME OF PROPRIETOR REQUIRED. 12. Every applicant for a copyright must state distinctly the name and residence of the claimant, and whether the right is claimed as author, designer, or proprietor. No affidavit or formal application is required IMPORTANT FACTS FOR USE IN PREPARING FOREIGN AND UNITED STATES GOLD COINS. Their Weight, Fineness and Value as Assayed at the United. States Mint. Note. —The weight is given in Troy-ounces and decimals of the same; the fineness shows how many parts in 1000 are fine gold; the value is the intrinsic relative value, as compared with the amount of fine gold in United States coin. Countries. Denominations. Weight Fine¬ ness. Chili . Australia.| Found of 1852.— •• .Sovereign, 1855 and I860.. Austria. Ducat. “ .] Sovereign. “ .'New Union Coin.. Belgium_25 Francs.. Bolivia.i Doubloon. Brazil.. Twenty Milreis. Central America. Two Escudos. " “ Four Beals. . Old Doubloon.. . Tm l’esos . _ Ti n Thalers . _ Four Escudos.. ,. Pouud or Sovereign, uew. “ . “ “ average Frauce... Twenty Francs, new.. “ ..i “ “ avcrage.. Germauy,...Ten Thalers. “ _|Ten Mark.—. “ . Krone (crown). “ _Twenty Mark. Greece. .. Twenty Drachms. llindostan. Mohur. Italy.Twenty Lire. Japan.Old Cobaug . Denmark . Ecuador.. England.. Mexico Naples_ Netherlands .. N ew Granada. Pi rn. Yen (new, assumed). Doubloon, average .. “ new . .. Twenty Pesos (Max.). “ “ (Repub.). Six Ducacti . Ten Guilders... Old Doubloon (Bogota)_ “ “ (Popayan) .. Ten Pesos.. Old Doubloon. Twenty Sols. Gold Crown.. New Crown (assumed). 2(4 Sciuli (new). Five Rubles.. .. 100 Reals.... 80 “ ... Ducat.. Carotin, 10 frs.. Tunis.25 Piastres. Turkey. 100 “ . Tuscany_ 7 Seguin... United States_Dollar.. “ “ _Quarter Eagle. “ “ _Three Dollar .. “ “ _|Half Eagle. “ “ _Eagle. “ “ _Double Eagle. Portugal. Prussia. Rome. Russia. Spain.. Sweden. 0.281 0.2565 0.112 0.363 0.357 0.254 0.867 0.575 0.209 0.027 0.867 0.492 0.427 0.433 0.2567 0.2562 0.2075 0.207 0.427 0.123 0 357 0 . 2’6 0.185 0.374 0.207 0.362 0.289 0.535 0.8675 0.8675 1.086 1.090 1.245 0.215 0.868 0.867 0.525 0.867 1.055 0.308 0.357 0.140 0.210 0.268 0.215 0.111 0.104 0.161 0.231 0.112 0.05375 0.13437 0.16125 0.26875 0.5375 1.075 Value 916.5 916 986 900 900 899 870 917.5 853.5 875 870 900 895 844 916.5 916 899 899 895 900 900 90 ' 900 916 898 568 572 900 866 870.5 875 875 996 899 870 858 891.5 868 898 912 900 900 916 896 869.5 875 900 900 915 999 900 900 900 900 900 900 $5,324 4.857 2.283 6.754 6.642 4.78 15.593 10.906 3.688 0.488 15.593 9.154 7.90 7-555 4 863 4.851 3.858 3.847 7.90 2.38 6.642 4.76 . 3.4-12 7 082 3.843 4.44 3.576 9.956 15.53 15.611 19.643 19.72 5.044 3.997 15.611 15.378 9.675 15.557 19.213 5.807 6.642 2.605 3976 4.964 3.864 2.237 1.935 2.995 4.369 2.313 1.00 2.50 3.00 5.00 10.00 FOREIGN AND UNITED STATES SILVER COINS. As Assayed at the United States Mint, the basis of valuation being $1.22J^ per ounce of standard fineness. Note.— Weight in Troy ounces; fineness In thousandths. Countries. Denominations. Austria.... Old Rix Dollar. “ ..Old Scutlo. Belgium Bolivia . Brazil .. Canada. Florin before 1858. New Florin..... New Union Dollar.. Maria Tlu-resa Dollar, 1780... Five Francs. New Dollar. Double Milreis. Twenty Cents. *• ..jTwenty-five Cents. Central America. Dollar. Chili. Okl Dollar. “ .[New Dollar. China .(Dollar (English) assumed- “ ..|Ten Cents. Denmark.|Two Rigsdaler. England.Shilling, new. . “ .. “ average. France.|Five Francs, average. “ _ I Two Francs.. Germany,___jOueMark.. . “ .'New Thaler .. “ _ Florin before 1S57. “ .New Florin, assumed. Greece...!.’.'Five Drachms. llindostan. Rupee. Japan. Itzabu.. “ ..'New Itzabu... - “ .jlO Sen (new coinage)- Mexico.jDollar, new. “ . “ average. “ .iPcso of Maximilian. Naples. Scutlo . Weight Netherlands-- Norway .. New Granada.... Peru.. Prussia Rome. Russia- Sardinia. Spain. Sweden- Switzerland Tunis- 2>/ 2 Guilders. Specie Daler.. Dollar of 1857.. Old Dollar. Dollar of 1858. Half Dollar, 1835 and 1838.. Sol.. Thaler before 1857_ New Thaler. Scndo . Ruble.. Five Lire. New Pistareen. Rix Dollar.. Two Francs. Five Piastres. Turkey__'Twenty Piastres . Tuscany..j Florin. United States_Dollar... “ •' Half Dollar_ “ “ _'Quarter Dollar . “ “ Dime. “ “ Half Dime. “ “ -Three Cent. 0.902 0.836 0.451 0.397 0.596 0.895 0.803 0.801 0.820 0.150 0.1875 0.866 0.864 0.801 0.866 0.087 0.927 0.1825 0.178 0.800 0.320 0.402 0.595 0.340 0.340 0.719 0.374 0.279 0.279 0.804 0.8675 0.866 0.861 0.844 0.804 0.927 0.803 0.866 0.766 0.433 0.802 0.712 0.595 0.864 0.667 0.800 0.166 0.092 0.323 0.511 0.770 0.220 0.S59K 0.400 0.200 0.080 0.040 0.024 Fine- Value 833 902 833 900 900 838 897 900 918.5 925 925 850 908 900.5 901 901 877 924.5 925 900 835 900 900 900 9C0 900 916 991 890 800 903 901 902., 830 944 877 896 901 909 650 900 750 900 900 875 900 899 750 899 898.5 830 925 9u0 900 900 900 900 9oO ;i,02a 1.026 .511 .486 .731 1.021 .98 .981 1.025 .189 .236 1.002 1.068 .982 1.062 .106 1.107 .23 .224 .98 .364 .19 .729 .417 .417 .881 .466 .376 .338 .985 1.066 1.062 1.055 .953 1.033 1.107 .98 1.062 .948 .383 .982 .727 .729 1.058 .794 .98 .203 1.115 .395 .625 .87 .276 ilulted States Trade Dollar. 20.00 Weight, 420 Grains; 900 Fine. The values of United States Silver Coins are not given owing to theii fluctuation. TABLES OF WEIGHTS, MEASURES, AND VARIATION OF TIME. 225 WEIGHTS. Troy. 24 (Trains (gr.) 1 pennyw’ht,—dwt. 20 (Ivvts.1 ounce,— oz. 3.2 grains, 1 carat, diamond wt. By this weight gold, silver, and jewels only are weighed. The ounce and pound in this, are the same as in apothecaries’ weight. Apothecaries’. 20 grains.1 scruple. 3 scruples.1 drachm. 8 drs.1 ounce. 12 ozs. . 1 pound. Avoirdupois. 36 drams ( drs.) 1 ounce,—oz. 16 ozs.1 pound,— lb. 25 lbs.1 quarter,—qr.* 4 quarters.100 weight,—cwt. 20 cwls. 1 ton. * Formerly 28 lbs. were allowed to the quarter, but the practice is now nearly out of use excepting in the coal mines in Pennsylvania, the Eastern fish markets, and the U. S. Custom House. Grains are the same in each of the above weights. 5,760 grains, apothecaries’or troy weight.1 lb. 7,000 grains, avoirdupois weight.1 lb. Therefore, 144 lbs. avoir, equal 175 lbs. apoth. or troy. Of Liquids. 1 gallon oil weighs 9.32 lbs. avoir. 1 gallon distilled water, 10 lbs. 1 gallon sea water, 10.32 lbs. 1 gallon proof spirits, 9.08 lbs. Miscellaneous. IRON, LEAD, ETC. 14 lbs.1 stone. 21)4 stones.1 pig, . 1 fother. I ptgs. BEEF, PORK, ETC. 200 ibs.1 barrel. 196 lbs. (flour).l barrel. 300 lbs. (fish).l quintal. Railway Signals. One pull of bell-cord signifies “stop.” Two pulls mean “go ahead.” Three pulls signify “back up.” One whistle signifies “down brakes.” Two whistles mean “ off brakes.” Three whistles signify “back up.” Cortinued whistles indicate “danger.” Rapid short whistles, “a cattle alarm.” A sweeping parting of the hands, on a level with the eyes, signifies “ go ahead.” A slowly sweeping meeting of the hands over the head, means “ back slowly. ” (•».w?^ w „ nwartl m ?l ion .. of the hand s. With ex¬ tended arms, signifies “stop.” "ba 1 ck C ” Crows. 20 Fair winds make their flight much more rapid. Degrees of heat above zero at which substances boil. Ether. 98 Alcohol.173 Water.212 Petroleum .30b Linseed Oil.640 Blood Heat. 98 Eggs Hatch.104 Interest. Money Doubles at Com¬ pound Interest as follows: At 3 per cent, in 23 years. 4 “ 5 “ 6 " 7 “ ‘ 9 ‘10 17 14 12 10 9 8 7 TABLE* OF WAGES; COMPUTED ON A BASIS OF TEN HOURS LABOR PER DAY. TW Tgr.«i ■•«!;» ; . 1 % | .3% 1 -5 i ‘ 714 | , 8 %'| .9/6 I ,10 I .uJ lJd^_LiigT-i3M 1 -15 , 8 hi .io-T MKnm^- r ^Lm\ - 2 ° tmstm* n* | ,2% 1 .3 % I -414 | ,5 | .6 l_ ^TT~30~n33Ml -36% I .5 I .7% I .10 | .13 % I -16 M AW, I .15 I .17% I 20 1 -22% I - 35 | .6% | .10 . __ IP j ~T8% 1 .12% I • !»% I -21 _ fi | .10 1 .15 | .20 | 25 | .30 | .20 | .23 % | .2 3 % I -32 _ ,25 | .29j.4 I .33% 1 -31'% I -41% .30 | .35 | .40 I .45 | .50 .27 % | .30 | .32% I -35 .43% .37% | .40 | .45 | -50 I .55 I .60 j .53 % | .60 I -66% I .73% ! .35 .41 A 7 I .11 % I .1734 I .23% I -29'4 _ "8 | .13% I .20 | .26% 1 .3 :1 % | .40 | .41 _ | .22% 1 .30 I .37% | .45 | .52% 1 .60 | .40 % | .5214 | .58% | .64% .60 .53% U58«nia^M«% ! .75 | ■ 83%N11^LML -Tsisg 1 .87U I .93% I 1.05 | 1.16%|1.28% 1 1.40__ 1 ^-- - 1.33%'1.46% | 1.60 | .70 | .76 I .81! .15 Days | 3 -M | 3 . 33 %j 3 . 66 %Jjl : OOJ 4 . 33 %_| 4 .B««,|b.OO |5.33%_Lb.w 1_L-16% 1 .25 _2 _I -33 % | .50 3 | .50 | .75 R.00 I 5.50 I 6.00 6.66% | 7.33% | _8.00_ li:33%ni66%T2dKn2-33% |3.33%>6fi% .50^33%HUOM MyOO, 75 M?M^_iL66%^ !M2——iio 1 oo_^i^w_>i2^_ EXPLANATION. tub 1 nr ere fln-ures at the top of the columns show the rate per week, while the S smuller figures indicate the amount per hour or per tfay- Th headed by $8.00, wher,maunerwe find'h^price o n fseveTa P l l'mu” labor at $8.00 per week. In like manner we uuu uu y one day, or several a i6 0 r more, per week, find the POPULATION AND GROWTH OF THE UNITED STATES. 227 States AND Territories. States. Alabama .... Arkansas. California .... Connecticut.. Delaware .... Florida. Georgia. Illinois. Indiana. Iowa. Kansas. Kentucky. Louisiana. Maine.. Maryland. Massacliusetcs... Michigan*. Minnesota. Mississippi. Missouri. Nebraska. Nevada. New Hampshire. New Jersey. New Yorl. North Carolina.. Ohio. Orc~on . Area in s(|iiaie Miles. 50 722 52,198 188 981 4.674 2.120 59.268 58.000 55,410 33.809 55,045 81.310 37.600 41,346 31.776 11.184 7.800 56.451 83,531 47.150 Population. Miles R.R. 1860. 964,201 435,450 379,994 460.147 112,216 140.424 1,057,286 1.711,951 1,350,428 674,913 107,209 1.155.684 1870. 996,992 484,471 560.247 537,454 125,015 187.748 1.184 109 2, >39,891 1.680,63 1,191.792 364,399 1,32 uOll 08,0i2| 726 915 628.279 626.915 687.0491 780 894 1,231,066 1.457,351 749,113 1.184 051- ' 439.706 827.922 1,721,295 123 993 172,023 _ 791,305 65,3501 1,182.012 75,995 28 841 112 090 6 9.280 8.120 47,000 50.704 39,964 95,244 3‘P. 0,3 6,2 035 3,880.735 992.622 2.339,511 52,465 42.491 318.300 906,096 4,3 '2.759 1 071.361 2,665,260 90,923 1875. 1862. 1872. 1,350, 528. 857,039 1.651. 1,334, 598. 246, 53, 1,026 4,705, 805 38 23 630 12 402 1 420 2.998 2,175 731 567 355 505 408 1,285 853 ”862 8d8 661 633 2 728 931 3.100 4 1,671 25 1,013 820 22 , 466 2 108 o 904 3 529 3,160 1.760 1,123 539 871 820 1 606 2,235 1.612 990 2,580 828 593 790 1.265 i.470 1.190 3,740 159 •LastCensus of Michigan taken In 1874. States AND Territories. States. Pennsylvania. Rhode Island.. South Carolina Tennessee. Texas. Vermont. Virginia . West Virginia Wisconsin. Total States. Territories. Arizona. Colorado**. Dakotah. District of Columbia, Idaho. Montana. New Mexico. Utah. Washing on . Wyoming. Total Territories. Area in square Miles. 46,000 l,3o6 29,385 45,600 237,504 10,212 40,904 23,000 53.924 Population. 1860. 1,950,171 2,906,215 174,620 703,708 1,109,801 604,215 315,098 1.219.630 376,688 775.881 31,183,744 1870. 34,277 4 837 75,080 93.516 40.273 11,594 964.982 259,57 38,113,253 9,658 39,864 14,181 131,70:1 14,999 20.595 91.874 86.786 23.955 9,118 442, 730 1875. 258, 925, 1,236,729 Miles R R. 1862. 1872 ,006 108 973 253 451 5( 2 379 3( 1 961 32,120 59,587 5 113 136 1.201 1,520 865 675 1,41:0 4 85 1,725 392 Aggregate of the U.S.,2,915,203131.443,321138 555,983 00,000,000 32,120 60,852 * Included in thp Railroad Milage of Maryland. •Colorado admitted to the Union us a State, Aug. 1, 1876. Principal Countries of the World; Population, Area, Religion, and Government. Countries. Population. Date of Census. Area in Sq. Miles. Inhabitants to Sq. Mile. Capitals. Population. Prevailing Religion. Form of Government. China.425,000,000....1871 British Empire.225 ,i Russia.85,( United States, with Alaska.38 ,{ France.36 J Japan. . Great Britain and Ireland . German Empire.. Turkey. Italy. Brazil.9.448,233 Mexico...9,1 Persia. Portugal.3,995,152 Columbia (New Granada). Chili.. Switzerland. Peru.1_ .2,058,447 Denmark . Baden . Greece. Ecuador. .1,457.864 . 682.399 .718,000 .4134.520 Hesse_ Liberia_ San Salvador Hayti. Nicaraugua. 350,665 Uruguay. . . 450 000 Honduras. 250,000 San Domingo. 250.000 Costa Rica. 165,000 Hawaii .. 71,000. )-1871. .113.3 ... 8_1871. ....4,677.432. ..49.6. 5. ...1871. .... 8,003,778. .-10.7. )_1870. ...2,60.3,884. -.14.9. 1-1872. _ 204,091. .176.8. 5....1869. _ 240,348. .149.4. 7-1875. _119,399. .219.5. 4-1871. .... 121,315.. .260.7.. \ -1875. .... 160,207. .266.6.. )t ..1856. ...1,742,874. - 16.0_ 4_1871. .... 118,847. .225.5. )_1870. _ 195,775. -.85.0 1-1872. ...3,253,029. ...2.9. 1-1874. - 761,526.. .12.0. ....1875. .... 170,096. ..25.2. '--..1870. - 635,964. ...6.9. ....1873. . 11,372. .461.9. -1875. . 29.292. .171.5. ....1868. ... . 34,494. .115.8. ....1875. . 12,680. .300.4. ...1871. .... 475,000.. ....1875. .... 132,616. -.15.6. ....1870. . 15,992. .106.9. ....1871.. .... 471,838. ...6.8 . ....4861.. .... 842,729. ...2.3. -1875.. ...1869.. .... 515,700.. ...3.4. ....1875- . 7,533. .249.7. ....1874.. . 14,753.. .127.0. --..1873.. .... 368,238.. ...4.8. ....1875.. .5,912.. .254 8. ...1870.. . 19,353. ...1865.. . 40,879. ..28.9. .... 218,928. ...5.9_ ....1873.. . 63.787.. ...3.4. ...1875.. . 2,969.. .297.2. ...-1871.. . 9,576. . .74.9. ....1870.. . 7,335. ..59.2. . 10.205., ..56.0. ..--1876.. .58,171.. ...6.0. ....1873.. . 66,722.. ...6.7. . 47,092. ...5.3. - 17,827. .140. -.--1870.. . 21,505. ...7.7. -Yeddo.1,554,900-Buddhic "I London.3,254,260_Protestant. . Pekin......... —.. .1,648,800 — .Buddhic ... Monarchy. •London.3,254,260_Protestant.Monarchy ■St. Petersburg. 667,926....Greek Church ....Monarchy. Washington. 109,199.... Protestant.Republic. ■Pans.1,794,380....Catholic.Republic. .Monarchy. .Monarchy. _Monarchy. -"v.aaaa . 966,872-Protestant .Empire.* -Constantinople.1,075,000....Mohammedan ....Monarchy. .Rome ....-... 244,482-Catholic __Monarchy ■Madrid. 475.785....Catholic.Monarchy.' Rio Jamero. 274,972.... Catholic. Monarchy ■Mexico. 210,300. ..Catholic.Republic. ■Stockholm. 152,582....Protestant_Monarchy. .Teheran- 85,000-Mohammedan_Monarchy. Brussels. 365,404....Catholic.Monarchy. Munich. 169,693.... Catholic. Monarchy ■Lisbon. 275,286.... Catholic..Monarchy. Hague. 100,254-Protestant.Monarchy. Bogota. 45,000.... Catholic__Republic. Santiago... 148,264.... Catholic__Republic. Berne..36,000-Protestant.. Confederation, t Lima.. 160 056-Catholic...-Republic. Chuquisaca. 25.000. ...Catholic .. Christiana. 77.041_Protestant Buenos Ayres. 177,800_Catholic .. ■ Stuttgart. 91,623.... Protestant Copenhagen . ..t.181,291_Protestant. 47,000-Catholic . Republic. .Monarchy, -Republic. . Monarchy. . Monarchy. -Republic." 7,633. 9.3. Carlsruhe.36,600....Catholic.Grand Duchy ■Athens. 46,000....Greek Church ....Monarchy. Guatemala. 45,000_Catholic.Republic." Quito-— 70 000-Catholic_Republic. ■ Asuncion. 48,000-Catholic.Republic. ■ Darmstadt. 30 000....Protestant.Grand Duchy. Monrovia. 13,000-Protestant..Republic. .San Salvador. 16.000_Catholic..Republic. Port au Prince. 22.000_Catholic.Republic. Managua. 8.000_Catholic.Republic. Monte Video. 105,295_Catholic. Republic. Comazagua.12,000-Catholic.Rupublic. San Domingo.15.000_Catholic.Republic. ...Republic, .. Monarchy. San Jose. 2 000_Catholic.. Honolulu..7,633_Protestant * Imperial Confederation. t Republican Confederation. nn thk ri , . 1, - . . .., ..... .. ■■■“■■■. ‘u u. ,iiu. > in iui aisu nruiema, including tne important seaport of Batoum on the Black Sea, and Bessarahia, taken from Ronmama for that purpose, were ceded by Turkev to Russia; all of which materiall/diminishes the nr,. , .,„u i »• -- -- .r., ...a. wc.c .uitu uy lurncv to rvussia au ot which materi; area and population of Turkey. The settlement leaves Turkey with a population of about 22,000,000, and an area of about 700,000 square miles. 228 GEOGRAPHICAL, HISTORICAL, AND STATISTICAL TABLES. Area and Population of the Earth. Divisions. j Area. | Po pulation. | Pop, to Sij.Miie. 14,700,000 •■••88,061,148 3,800,000 ...296,713,500 America. Asm 1 ’':::::::'::::::::::::: iI’qoo.’ooo "SjjgjsetEooo Africa. Cceanica. 10 800.000 _67,414,000 .. 4,500 000 ....25,924,000 .. Total. . 48.800.000 1.177.975.648 The Longest Rivers of the World. Rivers. Locality. Bise. Discharge. | Miles Missouri.N. America.. Rocky Mountains. Mississippi.N. America... Lake Itaska. h"ho.: :::: “:::::::": kSSSSouH Mountains: Murray.Australasia... Australian Alps. S y Siberia.Altaian Mountains... GUI.i ihvssinia Gulf of Mexico.. . Gulf of Mexico.. . Atlantic Ocean.. . Yellow Sea. . Encounter Bay.. . Arctic Ocean — 4,500 3,200 3,200 3,000 3,000 2.800 ah these collectively are estimated to speak 3.064 languages, and to possess about 1,000 different So 000^33 'or 91 954 per day, 3 fcZ^fer 'pe^second?’This’loss Ss com¬ pensated by an equal or the globe is thirty-three The average duration of life fhrougnour iue * seventh year, and r one^half^hefore°thejseventeeidh. Out of.10,000 persons only one reaches his hundredth yeaL only one in 500 ids eightieth; and ob.'y the‘earth’s population, classified by race and Nile::::::::;;::: Sjgpifcfc: |S^»‘ a ::::: lIBi \ Yang-tse-Kia. . China.. V„i,nfov a vct.ic Ocean_ 2.500 Yang-tse - - . Lena.Siberia Niger..Soudan St. Lawrence .. Canada Volga. Mayklang.. Bussia. Siam Another estimate religion, is as follows: ° l? ACES Whites .•••••■•'550,000,000 Mongolians.529’?,8n’nnn lilark* 173,000,000 Copper Colored..... 12,000,000 THE CHEISTIANS are divided as^follows CU 170 000 000 90 000f000 60,000,000 Pagans BELIG . IO .d?76,000,000 Christians ' .320,000.000 3^vs amm ! d ^ ns :'.v.'.'.d ( i:oo 0 o;°ooo Oceans, Seas, Bays and Lakes. Oceans. Sq. JSUlcs. pacific, about. ?i{’Rnn’noo Atlantic “ .40,000,000 iinUan ’ “ 20 . 000,000 Southern. “ .10,000 000 Arctic, “ :. 5 000 000 Note. The seas, hays, gull's, etc., connected with each ocean, arc included in the foregoing estimate. It may be proper to remark, however, that the exact superficial extent of the several oceans is not known with certainty, nor the exact proportion of laud and water. Seas. Length in Miles. Mediterranean, about .2,000 Caribbean. {’Sx!! China. .. ;;; <• _ 1,000 Bags. Length in Miles. Hudson’s, about. L~ u y Heights of Irkutsk.Arctic Ocean Base of Mt. Loma.Gulf of Guinea.. Biver St. Louis.G1 St. Lawrence Lake in Volhonsky. Caspian Sea ..... Thibet .Chinese Gulf — im^r. 6 :::::: Ifndosm:::: Lime Thibet.sea. Kefmie::::: gSfe::: gMab^a::::::::: Arctic | U Americi::: goekyMountains........ Pacific-Oge.^;; sSsqtfeh°an.'ia:. ^ America... LakejOtsego. 8 SpltkI|ay. IISSSS::: 2,500 2,300 1,960 1,900 1,700 1,700 1,630 2.500 1.500 1.090 1,000 400 500 400 325 Historical Facts Relating to the United States. Year Settled States. Where Settled. By 'Whom. Admit’d to the Union Capitals. --vr-- Augus tine Spaniards. 1845 Tallahassee. 1565 Florida ..English. 1788t Bichmond. 1607 Virginia* ..Dutch. 1788+ Albany. 1614 New York* ..... Manhattan.English Puritans., 1788t Boston. 1620 Massacliusetfi * .English. 1788t Concord. Baffin’s... ■ Chesapeake Lakes. Length. Mlies. .380.. ...360. .330. ..600 .250 iVidth. Miles. .120 .35 ..60 Bed . Japan. Black . Caspian.... Baltic. Okhotsk... White. Aral. .932 .640 .600 .600 .450 .250 Superior. Baikal. Great Slave.300.45 Huron.250.90 Winnipeg.240.40 ■Rrie .2 yn w states . 1867 Lincoln. }|g| co e iorado a ::::::: Denver.::::::v:::: Fr. Western States 1876 De nver.- Mt. Brit - Araerica ' - § Mt. Whitney. Mt. Fairweather... Mt. Shasta. Pike’s Peak. Dem Mt. t . Fremont Lon] Mt, - Mt, \rarat.......... Peak of Teneriffe . . . Miltsin, highestof Atlas Mountains.. Mt. Hood. Mt. Lebanon.••• .•■• Mt Perdu, highestof Pyrenees Mt. St. Helen’s. Mt. A'ltna, volcano. IX California. 15,000 .2% Bussian i'oss. 14,796 .2% California. 14,450 .2% Coloi'ado. 14,320 .2X Canaries'.. .Morocco. 12.(00 .2K The thirteen original States, t Date of adoption of Constitution. ... Oregon.. .Syria. ..._France.... .Oregon_ .Sicily. Monfe CorAorhighestof App'enines.... Naples ... Sneehattan, highest Dovreheld Mts.... Norway.-• j A y, Mount Sinai....Grpece'"' . ..7,677 .1 H Pintlus, liighestin........•••.N Carolina . ..6,476 A'A Black Mountain, highest in ...... - • ■ N. y^““g ire ..6 284 .IK Mt. Washington, lughest White Mts.... N. Dampsni g ^ 11.570 .2K 11.000 .2 X . 10,950 .2 . 10.150 .VA . 10.050 .1 % ..9,523 AX ",.115 AH Principal Exports of Various Countries. Arabia— Coffee, aloes, myrrh, frankincense gvtm arahia anufactU res. w».PTKi it and SOUTHERN Afeica -Gold ivory, ostri , ostrich feathers. China- DENMARK- v,-__,_ France —'silks,^vootens. nnen’7, cotton’s^ wine’^hraiKl)8 Porcelani, WI S - rv_T.inp.n orain.var ious manufacturesoi siivei, ^ ii lanufactures. Mt. Marry, highest in.... Mt Hecla, volcano.. • • ■ • • • • • Peaks of Otter.. Bound Top, highestof Catskili Mts... Iceland. 8cotlanrt .:l;l8o ::l ^ a -::::::- 3:932 :::| New York.3,804 ...^ Great BRiTAiN^—^ooleriaf’cott'onsi^imens^'a'i'dware, poi'cefain, etc. — * Sweden and Norway — Iron, steef, copp^ timber, nsn. silk goods> e tc. SWITZERLAND- Watches, jewelry, paper laces, niiemu siin swords Turkey —Grain, fruits, cotton, °l 1 !;,m 1 h P e r S> bee/ ) poi-k fish, cottons, woolens. ™ z x u NDi A Er-S;L°r?m; SSSlhSWS cott6n ’ lndlgo - fruits - etc. IMPORTANT FACTS FOR REFERENCE. 229 Presidents of the United States. Name. George Washington . John Adams. Thomas Jefferson_ James Madison. James Monroe. John Quincy Adams. Andrew Jackson. Martin Van Buren... William H. Harrison John Tyler. James k. Polk. Zachary Taylor. Millard Fillmore. Franklin Pierce. James Buchanan. Abraham Lincoln. Andrew Johnson. Ulys'es S. Grant. Rutherford B. Hayes.. Va. Mass.. Va. Va. Va. Mass.. Tenn.. N. Y... Ohio.. Va. Tenn.. stalled Office. 1732 1735 1743 1751 1758 1767 1767 1782 1773 90 1795 1784 1800 1804 1791 1809 .1808 .... HI.'1822118691 Ohio..1182211877' N. Y.. N. H. Penn. Ill.... Tenn. 1789 179 1801 1809 1817 1825 1829 1837 1841 1841 1845 1849 1850 1853 1857 1861 1865 Term of Office. 8 yrs. 4 ■* . 8 “ . 8 “ . 8 “ . 4 “ . 8 “ . 4 1 month. 3 yrs. 11 mos. 4 “ . 1 y. 4 m. 5 d... 2 y. 7 m. 26 d.. 4 yrs. 4 “ . 52 4 y. 1 m. 10 d... 57 13 y. 10 ill. 20 d. 47 8 years. 55 I. Died. Deo. 14, July 4, July 4, June 23, July 4, Feb. 23, June 8 July 24, April 4, Jan. 17 June 15, July 9, Mar. 8, Oct. 8, June 1, Apr. 14, July 31. 1799 1826 1826 1836 1831 1848 1845 1862 1841 1862 1849 1850 1874 1860 1868 1865 1875 Ago Height of Monuments, Towers, Etc. NAMES. PLACES. FEET. Pyramid of Cheops. Egypt 543 Antwerp Cathedral. Belg.um. 476 Strasburg Cathedral. France . 474 St. Martin’s Church at Landshut.Bavaria .456 Pyramid of Cephrenes.Egypt. 456 St. Peter’s Church. Rome 448 St. Paul’s Church, London.England . 404 Salisbury Cathedral.England.” " 400 Cathedral at Florence.Italy. 384 Cathedral at Cremona.Lombardy 372 Church at Fribourg.Germany 370 Cathedral of Seville.Spain. 360 Cathedral of Milan.Lombardy. 355 Cathedral of Utrecht..... Holland dm Pyramid of Sakkarah.i !!. Egypt...356 Cathedral of Notre Dame, Munich.Bavaria. 348 St. Mark’s Church.Venice. 328 Assinelli Tower, Bologna. Italy 314 Column at Delhi.Hindostan. 262 I orcelatn Tower, Nankin.China. 248 Church of Notre Dame. Paris 232 Bunker Hill Monument.Massachusetts. 220 Leaning Tower of Pisa.Italy. 202 Washington Monument.Baltimore. 183 Monument, Place Vendome.Paris. 153 J rajan’s Pillar, Rome.Italy... 151 Obelisk of Luxor, now in. Parts. 110 Capacity of Large Rooms. Estimating a person to occupy an area of 19.9 inches square. CHURCHES. "Will Contain No. Persons. St. Peter’s, Rome. 54,000 Cathedral, Milan. 37,000 St. Paul’s, Rome. 32,000 St. Paul’s, London. 25,600 St. Petronio, Bologna. 24,400 Cathedral, Florence. 24,300 Cathedral, Aiitwerp. 24 000 St.Sophia’s,Constantinople 23,000 St. John’s, Lateran. 22,900 Notre Dame, Paris. 21,000 Cathedral, Pisa. 13,000 St. Stephen’s, Vienna. 12,400 St. Dominic’s, Bologna_ 12,000 St. Peter’s, Bologna. 11,400 Cathedral, Vienna. 11 000 St. Mark’s, Venice. 7,500 Opera-Houses and Theaters. B a r n u m ’ s Hippodrome, New York. Stadt Theater, New York.. Academy of Music, Phila¬ delphia. Carlo Felice, Genoa. 2!660 Acad, of Music, Brooklyn.. Opera-House, Munich. Alexander, St. Petersburg. San Carlos, Naples. Adelphi Theater, Chicago. Imperial, St. Petersburg.. La Scala, Milan. 2 113 Academy of Paris, Paris... 2,092 Covent Garden, London... ~ ‘ Academy of Music, N. Y... Boston Theater, Boston.... Music Hail, Boston. Grand Opera-Hall, New Orleans. St. Charles Theater, New Orleans. 8,433 3,000 2,865 2,307 2,332 2,240 2,238 2,160 2,684 2,526 2.972 2,585 2,052 2,178 Grand Opera-House, N. Y. Booth’s Theater, N. York. Opera-House, Detroit. McVicker’s Theater, Chi¬ cago . Grand Opera-House, Chi¬ cago. Ford’s Opera-House, Bal¬ timore. National Theater, Wash¬ ington. De Bar’s Opera-House, St. Louis. California Theater, San Francisco. Euchu Ave. Opera-House, Cleveland . Opera-House, Berlin. Opera-House, Albany. Hooley’s Theater, Chicago Coulter Opera-House, Au¬ rora, Ill. Opera-House, Montreal_ 1,883 1.807 1,790 1,786 1,786 1,720 1,709 1,696 1,651 1,650 1,636 1,404 1,373 1,004 928 Periods of Digestion. Substance. Hrs. Mia. Rice, boiled. l Eggs, whipped, raw. 1 30 Trout, fresh, fried. 1 30 Soup, Barley, boiled. 1 30 Apples, sweet, mellow, raw. 1 30 Venison steak, broiled. 1 45 Sago, boiled. l 45 Tapioca, boiled. 2 Barley, boiled. 2 Milk, boiled. 2 Liver, beef, fresh, broiled.. 2 Eggs, fresh, raw. 2 Apples, sour, mellow, raw.. 2 Cabbage, with vinegar, raw 2 Milk, raw. 2 15 Eggs, fresh, roasted. 2 15 Turkey, domestic, roasted . 2 30 Goose, wild, roasted. 2 30 Substance. Cake, sponge, baked. Hash, warmed. Beans, pod, boiled. Parsnips, boiled. Potatoes, Irish, baked_ Cabbage, head raw. Custard, baked . Apples, sour, hard, raw... Oysters, fresh, raw. Eggs, fresh soft boiled.... Beefsteak, broiled. Mutton, fresh, broiled. 3 Mutton, fresh, boiled. 3 Soup, bean, boiled. 3 Chicken soup, boiled. 3 Dumpling, apple, boiled.... 3 Oysters, fresh, roasted. 3 Pork, salted, broiled. 3 Porksteak, broiled. 3 Mutton, fresh, roasted.3 Bread, corn, baked.3 Carrot, orange, boiled. 3 Sausage, fresh, broiled. 3 Oysters, fresh; stewed. 3 Butter, meited. 3 Cheese, old, raw. 3 Oyster soup, boiled. 3 Bread, wheat, fresh, baked. 3 Turnips, flat, boiled. 3 Potatoes, Irish, boiled . 3 Eggs, fresh, hard boiled.... 3 Eggs, fresh, fried. 3 Green corn & beans, boiled. 3 Beets, boiled. 3 Salmon, salted, boiled. 4 Beef, fried. 4 Veal, fresh, broiled. 4 Fowls, domestic, boiled. 4 Beef, old, salted, boiled.. Pork, salted, fried. Pork, salted, boiled. Veal, fresh, fried. Cabbage, boiled. Pork, roasted . Suet, beef, boiled. Capacity of a Freight Car. A load, nominally, is 20,000 pounds. The following number can be carried. Whisky—_ .60 barrels. Salt.70 “ Lime. 70 “ Flour. 90 “ Eggs.. 100 to 1(,0 “ El our. 200 srcks. W ood. 0 cords. Cattle..18 to 20 head. Hogs..F.O to (,0 “ Sheep.£0 to 100 “ Lumber.6,000 feet. Barley.. 300 bushels. Wheat. 340 “ Flax Seed.3(0 “ Apples —. 370 “ Corn. 4Q0 “ Potatoes. 430 “ Oats... OPO “ Bran. 1,000 “ Butter-—.20.000 pounds. Quantity of Seed to Plant. Asparagus.—1 oz. produces 1,000 plants. Asparagus Roots,—1,000 plants to bed 4 x 225 feet. Beans.—1 qc. plants 150 ft. of row. Beefs.—1 oz. plants 150 ft. of row. Cabbage.—1 oz. gives 2 500 plants. Celery—1 oz. gives 7,000 plants. Cucumber —1 oz. for 150 hills. Lettuce.—1 oz. gives 7.000 plants. Melon.—1 oz. for 120 hills. Onion .—Four pounds to the acre. Radish .—1 oz. to 100 ft. of ground. Spinage.—l oz. to 250 ft. of row. Squash .—1 oz. to 75 hills. Tomato.—1 oz. g'ves 2,500 plants. Turnip.—\y 2 pound to the acre. CHRONOLOGY OF IMPORTANT EVENTS. Before Christ. The Deluge. 2348 Babylon built. 2247 Birth of Abraham.ldua Death of Joseph. 1635 Moses horn. 1571 Athens founded. 1556 The Pyramids built..”.’.'.1250 Solomon’s Temple finished. 1004 Rome founded. 753 Jerusalem destroyed.587 Babylon taken by Jews. S38 Death of Socrates. ' 400 Rome taken l>y the Gauls.385 Paper invented in China. 170 Carthage destroyed. 146 Ciesar landed in Britain. 55 Ciesar killed. 41 Birth of Christ.0 After Christ. Death of Augustus. 14 Pilate, governor of Judea.’ 27 Jesus Christ crucified. 33 Claudius visited Britain. ' 4,3 St. Paul put to death. 67 After Christ. Death of Josephus. 93 Jerusalem rebuilt. 131 The Romans destroyed 580,000 Jews ail'd banished the rest from Judea. 1,35 The Bible in Gothic. 373 Horseshoes made of iron. ’ 481 Latin tongue ceased to be spoken.... i i.. i i 580 Pens made of Quills. 635 Organs used. ''" 999 Glass in England.. ’'' 393 Bank of Venice established. 1157 Glass windows first used for lights.1180 Mariner’s compass used. 1200 Coal dug for fuel. 1234 Chimneys first put to houses. 1236 Spectacles invented by an Italian. 1240 The first English House of Commons.1258 Tallow candles for lights.1290 Paper made from linen. 1302 Gunpowder invented.1340 "Woolen cloth made in England. 1341 Printing invented. 1436 The first almanac. 1470 America discovered.i 1492 First book printed in England.1507 After Christ. Luther began to preach. 1517 Interest fixed at ten per cent, in England. 1547 Telescopes invented. 1549 First coach made in England. 1564 Clocks first made in England.1568 Bank of England incorporated.1594 Shakspeare died. 1 .1616 Circulation of the blood discovered.1619 Barometer invented.1623 First newspaper.1629 Death of Galileo.1643 Steam engine invented. 1649 Great fire in London. 1666 Cotton planted in the United States.1759 Commencement of the American war....1775 Declaration of American Independence.. 1776 Recognition of American Independence. .1782 Bank of England suspended cash paym’t. 1791 Napoleon I. crowned emperor.1804 Death of Napoleon.l§20 Telegraph invented bv Morse.1832 First daguerreotype in Fi ance.1839 Beginning of the American civil war.1861 End of the American civil war. 1865 Great fire in Chicago. 1871 T 230 POPULATION OF THE PRINCIPAL CITIES OF THE WORLD,* OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES. HAYING 100.000 INHABITANTS AND OVER. ACCORDING TO THE LATEST AUTHORITIES. Abbeokoota, Africa. Adrianople, Turkey. Agra, India. Ahmedabad, India. Alexandria, Egypt. Algiers, Africa. Amoy, China . Amste dam. Holland. Antwerp, Belgium. Bahia, Brazil. Bangalore, India. Bangkok, Siam. Barcelona Spain. Bareilly, India. Baroda, India. Belfast, Ireland. Benares, India. Iieyrout, Syria. Bhurtpoor, India. Birmingham, England.. Bombay, India . Bordeaux, France. Bradford, England. Breslau, Prussia. Bristol, England. Bucharest, Turkey .100,000 .100,000 .140.008 .130,000 .180,796 . 100,000 .250 000 .289.9-2 .141,910 ..129.109 .142,513 .500,000 .252,015 ..111,332 .140,000 .174.394 ..200,000 .. 100.000 .. 100,000 ..343,696 ..644,405 ..194.241 ..145 827 ..171.926 ..182,524 ..121,734 Cairo, Egypt.282,348 Calcutta India.794,645 Canton, China .1,236,601 Cawnpore, India.122,770 Chang-Clioo, China.I,000,0n0 Cologne, Prussia.135,371 Damascus, Turkey.120.000 Delhi. India.152,406 Dhar, India.100,000 Dresden, Germany.156,024 Dublin, Ireland.215,722 Dundee. Scotland .118,974 Edinburgh, Scotland.196,500 Erzeroum, Turkey.100,000 Fez, Morocco.100,00 ) Florence, It ily.167,093 Foo-Choo, China. ,.6d0,OO0 Fyzabad, India.lOO.OOO Genoa, Italy .130,269 Ghent, Belgium.126,203 Glasgow, Scotland.477,144 Greenwich, England.167,632 Hamburg, Germany.224,974 Han-Keoo, China.800,000 Havana, Cuba.205,676 Herat. Afghanistan.100,000 Hull, England.121,596 Hyderabad, India.200.000 Joodpoor, India.150,000 Konigsberg, Prussia.122 636 Leeds, England.259,201 Liege, Belgium.111,853 Lille, France.154 749 Liverpool, England.493,346 Lucknow, India.300.000 Lvons, France.323,954 Madras, India.427.771 Manchester, England.383,843 M tnila. I'hil’ppine Is.160,000 Marseilles, France.300,131 Miako, Japan.500,000 Milan, Italy .261,976 Montreal, Canada.107,225 Monrshedaliad, India.146,963 Moscow, Russia.611,970 Nagpoor, India.111,231 Nanking, China.400,000 Nantes, France.111,956 Naples, Italy.448,743 Newcastle-on-Tyne, Eng., 128,160 Ningpo, China.400,000 Odessa, Russia.162,814 Ooroomtsee, Toorkistan Osaka, Japan. Palermo, Italy. Patna, India. Pestli, Hungary. Portsmouth, England... Prague, Bohemia. Riga, Russia. Rotterdam, Holland- Rouen, France. Saigon, Anam. Salford, England. Seville, Spain. Shang-H-ii, China . Sheffield, England. Smyrna, Asia Minor— Soo-Choo, China. Stoke-upon -Trent, Eng Toulouse, France. Trieste, Austria. Tunis, Africa. Turin, Italy. Valencia, Spain. Venice, Italy. Warsaw, Poland. Yarkand, Toorkistan... ...150.000 ..373,000 ..219.938 ..158 900 ...201,911 ...112.954 ...157.123 ...102 043 ...118.837 ...102.649 ... 200.000 ...124,805 ...118.298 ....395.000 ....239,947 ...150,000 .. 2 , 000,000 ....130,507 ...113.229 ...104.707 ...125.000 ....207.770 ...107,703 ...128,901 ....243 512 ...125,000 « F 0r population of several other large cities, see capitals of the principal countries of the world, page 227 . Population of the Principal Cities of the United States. CITIES. 1875. 1870. Adrian, Mich. 10,072 8.438 Akron, Ohio. * * * 10.006 AlbaifyN. Y. 86,013 69.422 Alexandria, Va. * * * 13,570 Allegheny, Pa. 72,000 53.180 Allentown, Pa. * * * 13.884 Alton, Ill. 11.773 8,6o5 Altoona, Pa. 15,329 10,610 Atlanta, Ga. * * * 21.789 Auburn, N. Y. 18,359 17,225. Augusta, Ga. * * * 15,389 Aurora, Ill. 11,162 Raltimorp, Md. . * . 267.354 Bangor, Me. * * * 18.289 Belleville 11!. 10,249 8 146 Biddefortl, Me. * * \ 10.282 Binghamton, N. Y — . 15.550 12.692 Bloomington, 111. . 23 130 14.590 Boston. Mass. .341,919 250.526 Bridgeport, Conn- * * * 19 876 Brooklyn, N. . .484,616 396,099 Buffalo, N. Y. .134.573 117 714 Burlington, Iowa- . 20.000 14,930 Burlington, Vt. * * * 14,387 Cambridge, Mass.... . 47,833 39 634 Camden, N. J. . * * * 20,045 Canton, Ohio. 9.109 Chicago, 111. 293.977 Charleston S. O. . * * * 4S956 Charlestown. Mass.. * * * 28 323 Chillicothe, Ohio. 8,920 Chester, Pa. * * * 9 485 Cincinnati, Ohio. 216,239 Cleveland, Ohio. * * * 92 329 Columbia, tS. C. * * * 9 298 Columbus, Ohio. * * * 31.274 Cohoes. N. Y . . 17,516 15.3 7 Concord, N. H. . . * * * 12.241 Count- 1 iiluffs, Iowa. . * * * 10 (121) Covington, Ky. . 28,574 24,505 Davenport, Iowa. . 21,234 20.038 Dayton, onio. . * * * 30.473 ])es Moines. Iowa— .. 18.343 12,035 Detroit, Mich. .101,083 79.577 Dover, N. JI. . * * * 9,294 Dubuque, Iowa. . 23,605 18,434 Ea«t Saginaw, Midi.. 17,174 Elizabeth. N. J. 25,923 Elmira, N. Y. 20.538 Erie, Pa. 26,037 Evansville, Ind. * * Fall River, Mass. 45,340 Fond du l.ac, Wis_ 15,308 Fort Wayne, lad. 25,000 Frederick, Md. * * * Galesburg, Ill. * * * Galveston, Texas— 34.213 Georgetown, D. C. « * » Grand Rapids, Mich.. 26,692 11,350 20,832 15.863 19,646 21,830 26 766 12,704 17,718 8,526 10,158 13,818 11,384 16,507 1860. 6.213 3.477 62,367 12,652 28,702 8,025 3,585 3.591 9.554 10,986 14,875 6,011 212 418 16,41-0 7,527 9,349 8,325 7.075 202,977 13,299 266,661 81,129 6,706 7,713 32,606 14,358 4,041 112,172 40,467 25.065 4.581 4,631 161,044 43 417 8,052 18.554 8,799 10,890 2,011 16,471 11,267 20,081 3 965 45 619 8.502 13,000 3,001 11,567 8.6 <2 9,419 11,484 14 026 5,450 9,000 8,143 4.953 7,307 8,733 8,084 CITIES. 1875. 1870. 1860. Hamilton, Ohio. * * * Hannibal, Mo. 10,000 Harrisburg, l'a. 27,926 Hartford, Conn. * * * Haverhill, Mass. 14.700 Hoboken, N. J. 26,000 Hen-ton, Texas. 25,960 Hudson N. Y. 8,828 Indianapolis, Ind. * * * Jackson, Mich. 13,889 Jacksonville, Ill. * * * Janesville. Wls. 10,115 Jersey City, N. J.109,229 Kansas City, Mo. 32,732 Keokuk, Iowa. 14,500 Knoxville, Teun. * * * 11,081 10,125 23,104 37.180 13.092 20,197 9.3-82 8.615 7,223 6,505 13.405 17.956 9,995 9,669 4.848 7,187 48,244 18,611 Lafayette, Ind. Lancaster Pa. Lawrence, Kansas.... Lawrence, Mass. Leavenworth, Kansas Lewiston, Me. Lexington, Ky. Little Rock, Ark. Lockport, N. Y. Logansport, Ind. Louisville, Ky. Lowell. Mass. Lynn, Mass. 18,200 25,421 8.149 35 400 16,000 * * * 19,733 20 475 12,624 49.688 32,600 557 039 750 ooo ,000 Macon, Ga. * Manchester, N. H. * Madison, Iml. 11. Madison, Wis. 10, Mansfield, Ohio. ‘ Memphis, Tenn. * Milwaukee, Wis.100 Minneapolis, Minn... 34 Mobile, Ala. 46 Nashua. N, H. * * * Na-hville, Teun. 27,950 Natchez, Miss. * * * New Albany, Ind. * * * Newark, N. J .123.310 New B-dford, Mass.. 25 876 Newburg, N. Y. 17.327 Newburyport, Mass.. 13,323 New Brunswick, N. J. 16,660 Hew Haven, Conn— * * * New Orleans, La.203.489 i> wport, Ky. 22.000 Newport, R. 1. 14,028 New York, N. Y.1,046.037 Norfolk. Va. 23,500 Norwich, Conn. * Ogdensburg, N. Y.... ... Omaha, Neb. * * ’ Orange, N. J. 10,813 Oshkosh, Wis. 17,015 Oswego, N. Y. 22,455 11.447 9,203 8.789 82,546 32.260 12,766 8,682 13.506 20.233 8.320 28.921 17.873 13,600 14,801 12,380 12,426 8,950 100,753 40.928 28.233 19,304 23.536 10,709 9,176 8,029 40.2--6 71,440 13.066 22,034 10,543 25.865 9 057 15,396 105,059 21.320 17.014 12.595 15.058 50,810 191.418 15.087 12.521 942,292 19,229 16,653 10 076 16,083 9.348 12,643 20,910 4,799 5,520 7.702 29,226 4.418 8.136 6,000 9.387 17,630 1 645 17.639 7,429 7,424 9,321 3,727 13.523 2.979 68,033 36.827 19,083 8.247 20,107 8.137 6,611 4,581 22.621 45,246 2 563 29,458 10,065 16 988 6,612 12,647 71,941 22,300 15,196 13,401 11,256 39,267 118,670 10.046 10,508 805,651 14,620 14,048 7,409 1,831 8,877 6,086 16,816 CITIES. 1875. Paterson, N. J. 38,824 Peoria, Ill. 30,639 Petersburg, Va. * * * Philadelphia, Pa.817,448 Pittsburgh, Pa. * * * Portland, Me. 35,031 Portland. Oregon. * * * Portsmouth, N. II— 10,043 Portsmouth, Ohio. 13,140 Portsmouth, Va. * * * Poughkeepsie, N. Y.. 19,859 Providence, R. 1.100,675 Quincy, Ill. 35,181 1870. 1860. 33,579 22 849 18,950 674,022 86.076 31,413 8,293 9.211 10.592 10,492 20.080 68,904 19,586 14 045 18 266 565.529 49,219 26.341 2.868 9.335 6,268 9.480 14.726 50,066 24,052 13,718 Racine, Wis. Raleigh, N. C. Reading, Pa .. Richmond, Ind. Richmond, Va. Rochester. N. Y. Rome, N. Y. Sacramento, Cal. St. Joseph, Mo. St. Louis, Mo. St. Paul, Minn.. Salem. Mass. Salt Lake City. Utah. San A utonio, Texas.. Sandusky, Ohio. San Francisco,Cal... Savannah, Ga. Schenectady, N. Y... Scranton, Pa. Springfield, III. Springfield, Mass- Springfield, Ohm — Steubenville, Ohio... Stockton, Cal. Syracuse, N. Y. 13,300 15,500 40,109 13,124 81,673 11,922 33.400 25,958 * * * 13,861 12,748 * * * 25.000 31,053 13.360 48,315 20.429 19.265 48,821 32,070 Taunton, Mass. Terre Haute, ind. Titusville, Pa. Toledo, Ohio. Tie non, N. J. Troy, N. Y. Utica, N. Y. Vicksburg, Miss. Washington, D. C. * Waterbury, Conn. 16.032 Watertown, N. Y. 10.041 Wheeling, W. Va. 29,000 Williamsport, Pa. * * * Wlimingt-m, Del. ’ Wilmington, N. C. *** Worcester, Mass. 49,265 York, Pa. * * * Zanesville, Ohio. * * * 9 880 7.790 33.930 9.345 51.038 62 386 11,000 16.283 19 565 310.864 20.030 24.117 12.854 12,256 13 000 149.473 28.235 10,026 35 092 17.364 26.703 12 652 8 107 10,966 43,051 18.629 16,11)3 8,639 31.594 22.874 46,465 28,801 12,443 109.199 10.826 9 336 19.280 16.030 30,841 13,446 41 105 11,003 10,011 7.822 4,780 23.162 6.623 37.907 48 204 10,584 12.797 8,932 160,773 10.400 22.252 8,207 8.325 8.408 . 56,802 22.292 9,576 9.223 9,320 15,199 7.002 6,154 3.679 28,119 15.376 8,594 438 i3.768 17.228 39.252 22.529 4,591 61,122 10 004 7 562 14 083 5.564 21.258 9.552 24,960 8,605 9,229 No census taken since 1870. FINANCIAL HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES; 231 Showing Expenditures and Debt of the Country during the various Political Administrations from the Founding of the Government to the present time ; also Presidents and Vice Presidents. Yr. President. Vice President. Puolic Expenditures. Public Debt. Yr. President. Vice President. Public Expenditures. Public Debt. ]7KQ 1837 M. VanBuren.. R. M. Johnson. D 37,265,037 15 3,308,124 07 1838 M. VanBuren.. R. M. Johnson.D 39,455,438 35 10,434,221 14 1791 G. Washington John Adams. F $3,797 436 78 $75,463,476 52 1839 M. VanBuren.. R. M. Johnson. D 37 614,936 15 3,573,343 82 1792 G. Washington John Adams. F 8,962,920 00 77,227,924 66 1840 M. VanBuren.. R. M. Johnson. D 28,226,533 81 5,250,875 54 1793 G. Washington John Adams. F 6,479,977 97 80,352,634 04 1841 W.H.Harrison lohn Tylerf.W 31,797,530 03 13,594,480 73 1794 G. Washington John Adams. F 9,041,593 17 78,427,404 77 1842 John Tyler.... Wm. P Mangum.. W 32,936,876 53 20,601,226 28 1795 G. Washington John Adams. F 10.151,240 15 80,747,587 39 1843 John Tyler.... Wm. P. Mangum.. W 12,118,105 15 32,742,922 00 1796 G. Washington John Adams. F 8,367,776 84 83,762,172 07 1844 John Tyler.... Wm. P. Mangum.. W 33,642,010 85 23,461,652 50 1797 John Adams.. Thomas Jefferson. .F 8,625,877 37 32,064,479 33 1845 Jas. K. Polk... George M. Dallas . .D 30,490,408 71 15,925,303 01 1798 John Adams. Thomas Jefferson. .F 8,583,618 41 79,228.529 12 1846 Jas. K. Polk... George M. Dallas . .D 27,632,282 90 15,550.202 97 1799 John Adams.. Thomas Jefferson ..F 11,002,396 97 78,408 669 77 1847 Jas. K. Polk... George M. Dallas .. D 60,520,851 74 38,826,534 77 1800 John Adams.. Thomas Jefferson. .F 11,952,534 12 82,798,294 35 1848 Jas. K. Polk.. George M. Dallas .. D 60,655,143 19 47,044,862 23 1801 Thos.Jefferson Aaron Burr. B 12,273,376 94 83,038,050 80 1849 Zach. Taylor.. Millard Fillmore?, ir 56,386,422 74 63,061,858 69 1802 Thos. Jefferson Aaron Burr. B 13,270,487 31 80,712,632 25 1850 M. Fillmore... Wm. R. King.H’ 44,604,718 26 63,452,773 55 1803 Thos. Jefferson Aaron Burr. R 11,258,983 67 77,054,686 30 1851 M. Fillmore... D. R. Atchison_ W 48,476,104 31 68,304,796 02 1804 Thos Jefferson Aaron Burr. B 12,615,113 72 86,427,120 88 1852 M. Fillmore... D. R. Atchison— TV 46,712,608 83 66,199,341 71 1805 Thos.Jefferson George Clinton. B 13.598,309 47 82,312,150 50 1853 Frank. Pierce. Wm. R. Kingl. D 54,577,061 74 59,803,117 70 1806 Thos. Jefferson George Clinton. R 15.021,196 26 75,723,270 66 1854 Frank. Pierce. D. R. Atchison. D 75,473,170 7b 42,242,222 42 1807 Thos.Jefferson George Clinton. R 11,292,292 99 69,218,398 64 1855 Frank. Pierce. Jesse D. Bright.. ..D 66,164,775 96 35,586,956 56 1808 Thos.Jefferson George Clinton. B 16,762,702 04 65,196,317 97 1856 Frank. Pierce. Jesse D. Bright. D 72,726,341 57 31,972,537 90 1809 Jas. Madison.. George Clinton.7? 13,867,226 30 57,023,192 09 1857 Jas. Buchanan J. C. Breckenrldge.D 71.274,587 37 28,699,831 85 1810 Jas. Madison.. George Clinton. R 13,309,994 49 53,173,217 52 1858 Jas. Buchanan J. C. Breckenridge.D 82.062,186 74 44,911,881 03 1811 Jas. Madison.. George Clinton. R 13.592,604 86 48,005,587 76 1859 Jas. Buchanan J. C. Breckenridge.D 83,678,642 92 58,496,837 88 1812 Jas. Madison.. George Clinton. B 22,279,121 15 45,209,737 90 1860 Jas. Buchanan J. C. Breckenridge.D 77,055,125 65 64,842,287 88 1813 Jas. Madison.. Elbridge Gerry. R 39,190,520 36 55,962,827 57 1861 A. Lincoln. Hannibal Hamlin..!? 85,387,313 08 90,580,873 72 1814 Jas. Madison.. Elbridge Gerryt....!? 38,028,230 32 81,487,846 24 1862 A. Lincoln. Hannibal Hamlin. .R 565,667,563 74 524,176,412 13 1815 Jas. Madison.. John Gaillard. R 39,582,493 35 99,833.660 15 1863 A. Lincoln. Hannibal Hamlin..!? 899,815,911 25 1,119,772,138 63 1816 Jas. Madison.. John Gaillard. B 48,244,495 51 127,334,933 74 1864 A. Lincoln. Hannibal Hamlin..!? 1,295,541,114 86 1,815,784,370 57 1817 James Monroe D. D. Tompkins_ R 40,877,646 04 123,491,965 16 1865 A. Lincoln. Andrew JohnsonIT. i? 1,906,433,331 37 2,680,647,869 74 1818 James Monroe D. D. Tompkins_ R 35,104,875 40 103.466.633 83 1866 A. Johnson_ Lafayette S. Foster.!? 1,139,344,081 95 2,773,236,173 69 1819 James Monroe D. D. Tompkins —R 24,004,199 73 95.529.648 28 1867 A. Johnson_ Benj. F. Wade. It 1,093,079,655 27 2,678,126.103 87 1820 James Monroe D. D. Tompkins- R 21,763,024 85 91,015,566 15 1868 A. Johnson— Benj. F. Wade.!? 1,069,889,970 74 2,611,687,851 19 1821 James Monroe D. D. Tompkins_ R 19,690,572 69 89.987,427 66 1869 U. S. Grant.... Schuyler Colfax....!? 584,777,996 11 2,588.452,213 94 1822 James Monroe D. D. Tompkins_ R 17,676,592 63 93,546,676 98 1870 U. S. Grant.... Schuyler Colfax ....R 702,907,842,88 2,480.672.427 81 1823 James Monroe D. D. Tompkins.....R 15.314,171 00 90,875,877 28 1871 U. S. Grant.... Schuyler Colfax....!? 691 680,858 90 2,353.211,332 11 1824 James Monroe D. D. Tompkins_ R 31,898,538 47 90,269,777 77 1872 U. S. Grant.... Schuyler Colfax ....R 682,525,270 21 2,253,251,328 78 1825 Jno. Q. Adams John C. Calhoun ...R 23,585,804 72 83,788,432 71 1873 U. S. Grant.... Henry Wilson. R 524,044,597 91 2,144,818,713 57 1826 Jno. Q. Adams John C. Calhoun...!? 24,103,398 46 81,054,059 99 1874 U. S. Grant.... Henry Wilson.!? 724.698.933 99 2,143.088,241 16 1827 Jno. Q. Adams John C. Calhoun. ..R 22.656,764 04 73,987,357 20 1875 U. S. Grant ... Henry Wilson** ...!? 682.000,885 32 2,128,688,726 32 1828 Jno. Q. Adams John C. Calhoun...!? 25,459,479 52 67,475,043 87 1876 D. S. Grant.... Thos. W. Ferry_i? 707,805.070 13 2,099.439.344 99 1829 A. Jackson_ John C. Calhoun ...D 25,044,358 40 58,421,413 67 1877 R. B. Hayes... Wm. A. Wheeler...!?. 565,299,898 91 2,205.301,392 10 1830 A. Jackson_ John C. Calhoun ...D 24,585.281 55 48,565,406 50 1831 A. Jackson_ John C. Calhoun ...D 30,038.446 12 39,123,191 68 Note.—'T hough the principles of the various administrations, from 1801 1832 A. Jackson_ John C. Calhoun ...D 34,356,698 06 ^4,332(235 18 to 1829. are designated as Republican, it inav lie remarked thattbe prill- eiples of both the Democratic and Republican parties have materially changed sine*' the establishment, of these parties, which changes have been 183; A. Jackson_ Martin VanBuren. .D 24,257,298 49 7,001,698 83 wrought by the new political Issues that rave from time to time sprung up 1834 A. Jackson_ Martin VanBuren ..D 24,601,982 44 4,760,082 08 in the history of the government. 1835 A. Jackson_ Martin VanBuren ..D 17.573,141 56 37,513 05 183b A. Jackson.. . Martin VanBuren.. V 30.868,164 04 336,957 83 * The political complexion of the different Presidential terms is Indicated by a single letter opposite each year, defined as follows : F, Federalist; B, Republican; D, Democratic; TV, Whig. t Elbridge Gerry died November 13,1814, and was succeeded by John Gaillard, Vice-President pro tern. x Wm. H. Harrison died April 4, 1841, after being one month in office. John Tyler succeeded to the Presidency, and VVin. P. Mangum became Vice-President pro tem. 5 Zachary Taylor died July 9, 1850, being succeeded by Millard Fill¬ more; Wm. R. King succeeding to the Vice-Presidency the first half of the Presidential term, and David R. Atchison the last half. II Wm. R. King died April 17, 1853; David R. Atchison becoming Vice-President pro (cm. for the first half of the Presidential term, and Jesse D. Bright for the last half. H Abraham Lincoln was assassinated by J. Wilkes Booth, April 14' 1865. Andrew Johnson succeeded to the Presidency; and Lafayette S. Foster to the Vice-Presidency the remainder of the first half of the Presidential term, and Benj. F. Wade the last half. •* Henry Wilson died November 22, 1875, and was succeeded by Thomas W. Ferry, Vice-President pro tem. 232 IMPORTANT FACTS FOR REFERENCE. United States Soldiers in the Late Civil War. Education of Presidents. The Time of Fast Trotters. Number of men furnished by each State and Territory from April 15, 1S61, to June 30, 1865. States and Men Territories. Furnished. New York. 445*959 Pennsylvania. 33 ^» T 55 Ohio.310,654 Illinois.258,162 Indiana. 194*363 Massachusetts. 146,467 Missouri.. ioS,i62 Wisconsin. 91,021 Michigan. 8S,m Iowa. 75*793 New Jersey. 75 » 3 X 5 Kentucky. 75,275 Maine. 69,738 Connecticut. 55*755 Maryland. 46,053 New Hampshire. 33,913 Vermont.-. 33 > 2 7 2 West Virginia. 32,003 Tennessee. 31,092 Minnesota. 24,002 States and Men Territories. Furnished. Rhode Island.. ... 23,243 Kansas. ... 20,095 Dist. of Columbia- - 6.534 California. - IS .725 Delaware.. 12,265 Arkansas.. 8,289 New Mexico Territory. ... 6,561 Louisiana.. ... 5.224 Colorado Territory. 4.903 Indian Nations.. ... 3.530 Nebraska Territory.... 3.-57 North Carolina.. 3.-56 Alabama.. ... 2,576 1,065 Oregon.-.. I,8lO Nevada. 1 ,oSo Washington Territory. 964 Mississippi. 545 Dakota Territory. 206 Number of Men Called for by U. S. Government During the Civil War. Number of men called for, periods of service, and number of men obtained under each call. Date of Call. Number | Periods Number Called For. of Service. Obtained. April 15, 1861.. May 3, 1S61. July 22 and 25, 1S61. May and June, 1S62, July 2, 1S62.. August 4, 1S62. June 15, 1S63.. October 17, 1S63_ February 1, 1S64.... March 14, 1S64.. April 23, 1S64. July iS, 1S64. December 19, 1S64.-. 75,000.3 months. 93,326 500^000 f — - 3 y ears . 7H.23I .3 months. 15,007 300,000.3 years. 431,958 300,000.9 months. 87,588 ioo.ooo.6 months. 16,361 * 5 SS}-— sy ears .374, S07 200,000.3 years. 284,021 85,000.. .100 days. 83,652 500,000_1, 2, 3 years_ 384,882 300,003.. .1, 2, 3 years_ 204,568 Totals. 2,942,743. 2,690,401 Strength of the United States Army at Various Dates. Date. Present. Absent. Total. January 1, iS6t . 14,663 .. 1,701 .. 16,367 July 1, 1861.183,588.. 3,163.. 186,751 January 1, 1862. 5 2 7* 20 4 -- A 7*3 -- 575 * 9^7 January 1, 1863...698,802 .. 219,389 .. 918,191 January 1, 1864.611,250 .. 249,487 .. 860,737 January 1, 1S65..620,924 .. 338,536 .. 959,460 May i, 1S65.797*807 .. 202,709 .. 1,000,516 May 1, 1S75. 25,000 EXPLANATORY. The calls of October 17, 1S63, and February 1, 1864, were combined, and the product of the draft of July, 1863, was credited thereon. In addition to the foregoing number, 63,322 men were obtained, chiefly from the territories and the seceding States, under different calls and for various periods of service. The whole number of men obtained by draft was 168,649. The whole number of colored troops obtained was 186,097. Strength of Ice. Thickness. Strength. Two inches—Will support a man. Four inches—Will support a man on horseback. Five inches—Will support an eightv-pounder cannon. Eight inches—Will support a battery of artillery, with carriages and horses attached. Ten inches—Will support an army; an innumerable multitude. Washington.. Fair English edu¬ cation. Adams.Harvard. Jefferson.William and Mary Madison.Princeton. Adams, J. Q^. .Harvard. Jackson.Limited education Van Buren_Academic course. Harrison.Hampden Sidney College. Tyler.William and Mary Polk ..University of N. C Taylor.Slight rudiments. Fillmore.Limited education Pierce__Bowdoin. Buchanan.Dickinson. Lincoln.Education limited Johnson.Self-educated. Grant.West Point. Hayes.Kenyon College. Monroe and Harrison did not graduate. Monroe left college to join the revolutionary army. Fi¬ nancial embarrassment prevented Harrison from pursuing a full course. Polk graduated at 23, Tyler at 17. The majority gradu¬ ated at 20. Political Representation. Number of Presidential Elect¬ ors, United States Senators and Representatives in Congress that each State is entitled to by Con¬ gressional apportionment between 1S70 and 1S80. States. Elect¬ ors. Sen¬ ators Rep- re- sen- ta- tives Alabama. .IO... . .2.. ... s Arkansas. .. 6... ..2... ... 4 California. .. 6... ..2... ... 4 Colorado. -.2... _I Connecticut.... .. 6... 2 — 4 Delaware. -- 3 --- -.2.. _I Florida. .. 4... ... 2 Georgia. -.2.. . .. 9 Illinois. . .21_ ..2.. ...19 Indiana. — > 5 — ..2.. ...13 Iowa. — 9 Kansas. .. 5— . .2.. — 3 Kentucky. Louisiana. .. s... ... 6 Maine. .. 7... — 5 Maryland. .. 8... ... 6 Massachusetts . ..13... ..2.. ---II Michigan. — 9 Minnesota. .. 5... ..2.. — 3 Mississippi .. 8... ... 6 Missouri. -15-- ..2.. ...-3 Nebraska. .. 3 ... ..2.. _ I Nevada_ .. 3-.. N. Hampshire. .. 5... . .2. . — 3 New Jersey_ .. 9... ..2.. New York _ -- 3 S--- . .2.. ---33 North Carolina ..10... ..2.. ... S Ohio. Oregon. .. 3 -.. Pennsylvania .. ..29... . .2. . ...27 Rhode Island.. .. 4... _ .2.. ... 2 South Carolina. Tennessee. ..12... . .2.. ... 10 Texas. .. 8 ... ... 6 Vermont. -.2.. — 3 Virginia. ..II... ... 9 West Virginia. -- 5 --- --- 3 Wisconsin. ..10... ... S Totals. 369-- 76 293 The Territories of Arizona, Da¬ kota, Idaho, Montana, New Mex¬ ico, Utah, Washington and Wyo- I ming have each one delegate. Horses that have trotted a mile in 2 min¬ utes and 21 3-4 seconds, and in less time. * Goldsmith Maid. Lula.. Smuggler _ Rarus.. Lucille Golddust. American Girl . Occident. . Gloster. Dexter. Hopeful. Judge Fullerton. Nettie. Red Cloud . Lady Maud.. Lady Thorn. Lucy. Slow Go. Cozette. Great Eastern. Bodine... Comee. George Palmer. Hannis.. Thomas L. Young... Camors.- . Flora Temple. Albemarle. Fleety Golddust. Frank-- Little Fred . . Mambrino Gift- May Queen.. Prospero.. Henry... Martha Washington Mazo-Manie. Gov. Sprague . Sam Purdy.. Huntress. Mountain Boy. Banquo.. Castle Boy. Clementine.. Gazelle. General Garfield- General Grant . John H. King Philip. May Bird. Susie.. White Stockings_ Kansas Chief.. Powers.. - Voltaire.. Adelaide. Jay Gould.. Music.. Richard . Moisey. Rosalind. ...2 14 ... 2:15 — ‘-MS* ...216 -.-2:16# _2: i b\4 -- 2:16y K 2:17 2:1714 2: 1734 .2:18 .2:18 2: 18 2:iSX .2:18J4 .2:1SJ4 .2:18 -| 2:19 .2:19 .2:19-4 2:19-4 2- > 9 l A 2:1914 .2:1934 2:19% .2:1934 .2:20 .2:20 .2:20 .2:20 .2:20 .2:20 .2:20 .2:2014 . 2:20/4 .2:20 y x . 2 : 2Q>y 2 . 2 : 20/2 . 2 : 2 C 24 . 2:20 % .2:21 .2:21 .2:21 .2:21 .2:21 .2:21 . 2:21 .2:21 .2:21 .2:21 .2:21 .2:21% . 2: 21% .2:21-4 .2:2114 .2:2114 . 2:21 y 2 .2:21 y 2 -2:21% .2:21^ * This list represents the best record made by fast trotters, in the United States, during the year 1877 . During the season of 1878 , Rarus has made the time of 2 1VX, and several other horses have materially improved their record; while many horses have entered the lists that are not here mentioned. Where We Get Coal. Area Sq. Miles. 1874 , Tons. Gt. Britain. Germany __ 11,900 1,800 125,070,000 46,658,000 U’d States. 192,000 50,000,000 France .... i,Soo 17,060,000 Belgium ... 900 14,670,000 Austria.... • i,Soo I2,2S0,000 Russia. Nova Scotia 11,000 18,000 1,392,000 1,052,000 58 O.OOO Spain. 2,000 Elsewhere- 28,000 5 ,000,000 BOARD, AND SHORT RATE INSURANCE TABLES. 233 EXPENSE OF BOARD PER DAY. The following- table will be found convenient for the proprietors of hotels and boarding-houses in giving the price per day where the board is a certain specified price per week. Thus if it is desired to find the price of five day’s board, at $3.00 per week, it will be found by reference to be $3.57. (See table.) When the board exceeds $10.00 per week, double the numbers. Days. | 50 c[ 75 c $ 1.00 $ 1 . 35 j $ 1.50 $ 1.75 $3 $ 3.35 $ 3.50 $3 $ 3 . 50 | $4 $ 4.50 | $5 | $6 | $7 | 88 | 89 j 810 1 1 -7 1 ■” 1 •'4 1 -18 | .21 | •25 .29 •32 ! •36 1 •43 1 • 5 ° 1 •57 1 .64 | • 7 ' 1 ,S6 | 1.00 | I.I 4 1 1.291 M 3 2 1 -'4 1 -21 1 .29 | •36 1 •43 1 • 5 ° •57 .64 | • 7 i .86 | 1.00 | i.i 4 1 1.29 | 1-43 1 1.71 | 2.00 | 2.29 | 2-57 1 2.S6 3 1 -21 1 -32 1 ■43 1 ■54 1 • 6 4 1 •75 .86 .96 | 1.07 1.29 | ■• 5 ° 1 1.71 | i -93 1 2.14 | 2-57 1 3.00 | 3-43 1 3-86 | 4.29 4 1 -29 1 -43 1 ■57 1 • 7 ‘ 1 .86 | 1.00 i ->4 1.29 | 1-43 1 1.71 | 2.00 | 2.29 | 2-57 1 2.86 | 3-43 1 4.00 | 4-57 1 5-14 1 5 - 7 i 5 1 -36 1 -54 1 • 7 < 1 -«9 1 1.07 | '•25 i -43 1.6l | 1-79 1 2.14 | 2 - 5 ° ! 2.86 | 3 - 2 i 1 3-57 1 4-29 1 5.00 | S- 7 I 1 6-43 1 7 -i 4 6 1 -43 1 -64 1 .82 | 1.07 | 1.29 | 1.50 i- 7 i 1 i -93 1 2.14 1 2-57 1 3.00 | 3-43 1 3-86 | 4-29 1 5 -H 1 6.00 | 6.S6 | 7 - 7 1 1 S .57 7 I - 5 ° 1 -75 1 I.OO | '•25 1 ■• 5 ° 1 i -75 2.00 | 2-2j 1 2-50 i 3.00 | 3-50 1 4.00 | 4 - 5 ° 1 5.00 | 6.00 | 7.00 | S.00 | 9.00 | 10.00 SHORT INSURANCE RATES. By the following table may be seen the customary short rates of in¬ surance for periods less than a year or month. Explanation. —Where the rate is one per cent., or $i on $100 for a year, the rate for one month is 4-20 of the annual rate, or 20 cents. (See table.) For six months it would be 14-20 or 70 cents. (See following table, which, by a little study, will be readily understood.) ANNUAL.... 3 ° 35 4 ° | 45 1 5 °| ss| 601 6 s| 7 °| 73 1 80 S 5 | 9 ° | 95 100 ‘05 I IO II 5 | 120 J ■ 2 S| ■ 3 ° >35 I40 >So|i 75 |aoo| 22 s|aso| 27 s| 3 oo| 325 | 35 o| 37 s| 4 3 | 2 io| 22 S| 24 s| 263 | 2 So| 3 So |420 7 Months.... 23 27 3 ° 34 3S i 42 1 4 s| 49 S 2 | 56 | 601 64 1 67 7 'l 75 791 83 S 7 | 9 o| 941 102 io6| 1i3|131 | 150J169I18SI206I225I244I263J2S1|3oo|37s|43o S Months _ 24 J 2S 32 36 | 4 °| 441 4 s| 5 *| 56 1 601 641 6S| 72 76 | 801 84 | 881 921 9 ^| 00 ° 4 I ioS| 112 J 20J i4o|i6o|i8o|20o|22o|24o|26o|2So|30o|32o|40o|4So 9 Months.... 261 3 °| 34 1 39 l 43 1 47 S>| 551 601 67 190 214 237|26i|2S4|30S|33i|3S5|37S[ 4 7s|s70 FOR PERIODS LESS THAN ONE MONTH. These tables will be found convenient by the general public who may frequently desire to insure various kinds of property for a brief time, or longer periods than one year. With this table they may understand what propor¬ tion they are to pay. Annual.. 601 7°| 801 9o|ioo|no|i2o|i3o|i4o|i5o|i75|2oo|225j25o|275|3oo|35o[4oo|5oo|6oo 5 Days. 4| s| 6| 7 8 p| 10 ii| 12J i3| 14! 15 i6| xS| 19 211 25 2SJ 35 42 10 Days. 6( 7] 8j 9| io| n| 12] 14] 15I i6| iS| 20J 23[ 2s| 2Sj 3oj 35] 401 501 Co 15 Days.. 8| g| 11 121 14 is| i6| iS| ip| 201 221 26 28( 33 361 39 46 521 651 78 20 Days. io| n| 13 14 16 17) 19 21j 23 24 2S 32] 34J 40 44] 4S( 56 64| 80| 96 Thus it will be seen, by examination of table, that should property be insur¬ ed at one per cent, the rate on $100 worth of insur¬ ance will be, for 5 days, Scents; for 20 days, 16 cents. At two per cent, for 5 days, 15 cents; for 10 days, 20 cents, and so on. For Periods of Several Years. For Periods Less than One Year. I YEAR. 2 YEARS. 3 YEARS. 4 YEARS. 5 YEARS. CHARGE THIS PROPORTION OF WHOLE PREMIUM. I mo. 2 mo. 3 mo. 4 mo. s mo. 4 ST) or 20 per cent. 2 4 6 a 8 a IO a 6 ST) “ 30 it 3 6 9 a 12 15 “ H v